calendararchive.usyd.edu.aucalendararchive.usyd.edu.au/Calendar/1887/1887.doc · RTF...
680
Transcript of calendararchive.usyd.edu.aucalendararchive.usyd.edu.au/Calendar/1887/1887.doc · RTF...
THE
SYDNEY
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
1887.
âgîmeg :PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BOR THE UNIVERSITY BY
GIBBS, SHALLARD, & CO.,HOSKINO PLACE, 84Λ PITT STREET.
I IST DD IE ZXl-
A.-PAGE
Academic Costume...............................................127Accountant............................................................144Acts of Parliament relating to the Uni-
versity and Colleges......................................37Admission ad eundem 109, 114,116, 120, 126
„ of Attorneys— Regulations .. 275„ of Barristers—Regulations .. 276Aitken Bursary ......................................192Alexander (Maurice) Bursary .. 189Allen (George) Prize................................ .. 200„ (George) Scholarship..
184,281,, (Wigram) Scholarship .. .. 183
Anatomy Lecture Subjects .." .. 254„ Examination Questions in.AppendixAntiquities, Museum of .. 136Applied Mechanics—Lecture Subjects .. 260
„ ,, Examination Ques-tions in. Appendixcxlii.Articled Clerks, Examinations for .. 276Arts, Faculty of ..........................................110„ Course.............................................110„ Examiners in.............................................143
,, Examination Papers. Appendix„ Graduates in............................................151Attorneys, Regulations for Admission of 275Auditor......................................................105, 144
B.B. A. Examination, Class Lists, 18S7 .. 214
,, „ . Papers, 1886-7. Ap-pendix lxxiii.
„ „ Prizes at .. 281,, ,, Class Lists in Honours 203M ,. Subjects for 1888 .. 268
Bachelor of-Arts By-Laws...................................Ill. ,, of Engineering By-Laws ... 125,, of Law, By-Laws.............................114,, of Medicine, By-Laws .. 115
,, of Science, By-Laws .. .. 121Bachelors of Arts, Alphabetical List .. 154
,, of Engineering,, „ .. 158,, of Law „ „ .. 157„ of Medicine „„ ' .. 158
of Science „ „ .. 158Baillie (Hunter) Bursaries.....................................191Balance Sheet for 1886 ..................................314Barker Scholarships .. .. \." 179, 280Barristers, Regulations for Admission of 276Bedell...................................................................144Belmore Medal ..........................193, 282
ΡΛΟ κBenefactors, List of....................................174, 287Board, Professorial.................................................105Boards, Chairmanship of.......................................106„ Convening and Quorum of .. 106Boat Club, University ...............................333Books Recommended ...........................263„ Presented to Library .. .. 294Bowman-Cameron Scholarship .. 184, 280Botany, Lecture Subjects.......................................251
,, Examination Questions in. Ap-pendix
Burdekin Bursary...................................................191Bursaries, List of....................................................189By-Laws of the University.....................................101
C.Cadetshipi Military .. .. ..
1S5Caird Scholarship -................................................ 185Calendar ................................................ 11Chancellor, Tenure of Office .. .. 101Chancellors, List of................................................ 137Chemical Laboratory .. .,. .. 248Chemistry, Lecture Subjects .. .. 247„ Examination Questions in.
AppendixCivil Service Examinations.. .. 274Classical Lecture Subjects..................................... 233Classical Scholarship ............................. 178Class Lists, Matriculation, 1887 .. .. 209
Faculty of Arts, 1887 .. 211„ in Honours .. .. ·. 203„ Engineering, 1887 .. .. 208Medicine, 1887............................... 216„ Science, 1887 .. ' .. .. 219
College, St. Andrew's .. .. 73, 169St. John's...................................69, 167„ St. Paul's............. 63,................................163
,, Sydney, Purchase of .. .. 50Colleges, Acts Relating to...................................... 60Comparative Anatomy, Practical.. .. 251Convocation, Members of .. .- 103, 145Cooper Scholarships..................................181,280Costume, Academic .. .. . .-
127Cricket Club, University....................................... 332
Deans of Faculties..................................................107Deas-Thomson Scholarships .. 180; 281Degrees, Ad Eundem Act.......................................56Demonstrators, List of ................................142Discipline, Regulations for....................................L31
4 INDEX.
PAGEDoctor of Laws—By-Laws .. \. .. 115„ J} Subjects of Examination
for .. ;. 115„ „ Examination, Papers for
AppendixDoctor of Medicine— By-Laws .. .. 120,, „
Subjects of Examination
for . 120„ of Science—By-Laws .. .. 123
Doctors of Laws—Alphabetical List .. 157Doctor of Laws-^Subjects of
Examination 271' Doctors of Medicine—Alphabetical List.. 158
Engineering, Department of-^By-Laws .. 124„ Class Lists, 1886 .. 208■ ,, - Degrees in................124„Examination Papers. Ap-
. pendix
,, - Graduates in.. .. M 158
,, Lecture Subjects .. .. 260
,, Time Table of Lectures ..235
English Verse, Prize for .. .. 198, 282
Essays, English - .....190, 199Evening Lectures—By-Laws
.. .. 129'„ „Time Table of .. 227,, Le'cturers......142
Examination Subjects—Arts .. .. 268 „B.Sc272„ Law .. .. 270„ ■ ,,Matriculation .. 222,, ,, ,Medicin
e.. .. 118Examination Papers.
''Appendix.. .. i.Examinations for Articled
Clerks.. .. 276„ Yearly ■.. .. .. 108„Deferred 212
Examiners in Arts...........143„ „ Law .. ' 143,, „ Medicine-
143■,,„ Science144
Exhibitions, List of .. .. :. 186, 280Extension Lectures .. .. .. [130, 272Ex-Professors..................140
.F
-Faculties .. .. * .. .. .. 105
Deans of...107, 141
-Faculty of Arts^-By-Laws.........................................110
- - - -
Π4115131121280
of Laws—By-Laws,, of Medicine—By-Laws * ..,, „ ■ Regulations,, of Science—By-Laws
Fairfax Prizes.. . .· · .. -. 193.'Faucett Prizes.. .. -.......................................202Fees, Tableof...................................-' ·- .. 283
Fellowship, Wentworth .. . - -. 174First Year Examination, Class List, 1887 211„ ,, Subjects for
Dec, 1887 .. 268Football Club, university .. .. 332Foundations .. . : ............................174Frazèr Bursaries ' ..................................' 190, 191„ Professorship...............................................174Freemasons' Scholarship .. 184, 280French, Lecture Subjects .. .- 238
G.PAGR
German, Lecture Subjects .. '.. .". 238„ Examination Papers. AppendixGilchrist Scholarship .. .. " .. 201Graduates, Alphabetical List of .. .. 151„ Register of .126Gradum, Ad Euudem
126Greek, Lecture Subjects... .238„ Examination Questions. Appendix
H.
Hamilton Prize ..""■.. .'. 200History, Frazer Professorship of .. .. 174Honours at B. A. Examination, Class Lists
in.................... .. 203Honours, B Sc. Examination, Class Lists
in...................... ... .........................208
Honours, Lecture Subjects for .. .. 238Hospital, Prince Alfred .Incorporation Act 77Hospitals recognised by the University .. 173Hovell Lectureship .. . .. .. 174Hunter Baillie Bursaries. . .191
Jurisprudence, Prizes for
L.
Laboratories .. .. .. .. 248Latin Lecture Subjects .. ... .. 238„ Examination Papers. AppendixLaws, Faculty of—By-Laws .......................................................................................114„ „ Examiners in .. ■ .. 143,, ,, Examination Papers. Ap-pendix
,, „· Graduates in· .. ... 157
Lecturers, List of .. .. .. 142Lectures, By-Laws Relating to .. .. 107
,, Exemption from...............................108„ Synopses of .. · .. ..238„. Time Tables of.........................224
Lectureship, Hovell......................................................174Lecture Subjects ................................................238Lent Term...................... ........................................107Levey and Alexauder Bursary .. 190Levey Scholarship :. .. ".. \ .. 178Librarian .. .. .. .. :. 144Library, Donations to .. ..- .. 294■,-, R-egulations .. .. 132Lithgow Scholarship.182, 281LL.B. Examination Subjects for 1883 .. 270LL.-D. „ „ „ ..
271
IW.
M. A. Examination, Prizes at .-. 196MacLaurm Prize .........................................199.Master of Arts, By-laws .......................................113„ Engineering, By-laws .. .. 125
,; Surgery
„ .:■■■.. 118Masters of Arts, Alphabetical List . 151Materia Medica, Lecture
Subjects .. 257„ „ Examination Papers. Ap-pendix
183, 202
INDEX. 5
Mathematics, Lecture Subjects ■' .. .. 240,, Examination Papers. Ap-
pendixMatriculation, By-laws ........................................110„ Class List for 1887 .. 209
,, Examination Papers. Ap-
pendix, Subjects of Examination 222
Medical Class Lists, 1887 :........................................216
Medical Jurisprudence. Lecture Subjects 25S
Medicine, Faculty of, By-laws .. .. 115
„ ,, Degrees in .. .. 118,, „
Examination Papers in. • Appendix.„ „Examiners in .. .. 143
.,, „ Graduates in .. 158,, „ Lecture Subjects .. 254„ „Regulations o£ the .. 131„ „ Time Table of Lectures 240,, Practice of,-Lecture Subjects .. 257■Merewether Prize...........................200
Metallurgical Laboratory 249Members of Convocation 145
,, University .. .. 145
Michaelmas Term ..107
Midwifery,..Lecture Subjects .. .. 258Military Cadetship..... .. 185
Mineralogy, Lecture Subjects .. ..
250,, t Examination
Papers. Ap-pendix.
Mort Travelling Fellowship .. .. 200
Museum of Antiquities .........................................136
N.Natural History, Lecture SubjectsNicholson Medal
,, Prizes . . .Non-Matriculated Students »
Officers of the university :.....................................137
„ Substitutes for ...................................126
P.Pathology, Lecture Subjects
.. .. 259,, Examination Papers. Ap-' pendix
Pell Prize ,..............................................................200Physics, Lecture Subjects..........................................243„ Examination Papers. AppendixPhysiology, Lecture Subjects
.. 255„ Examination Papers. Ap-pendix„ Practical ............................................256
Portraits, List of ..............................................292
Preface.........................................................................7Prize Compositions....................................................282Prizes, List of .. .. .. *. .. 192„ Past...................................200
,, Private Annual .........................................................................199„ Scholarships and Exhibitions .. 280
University........................................196'
Professor, Title of.....................................................105
251192200108
PAGEProfessors, List of. .t .. 141Professorial Board .. ..'..' .. 105Professorship of History, Frazer .·. . .. 174Public Examinations, By-laws .. . 12S, 274
Q.
Quirk (Norbert) Prize .........................................195
R-Register of Graduates......126Registrar .. ..
144„ Duties of .. .....105Regulations for Discipline.........................................131
General .. .. .. 222
,. . in Faculty of Medicine .. 131
Library........132Renwick Medal . .202
,, Scholarship . .. 183
Report of Senate for 1886 .. .. ... 302Robinson Prizes ...................................................... 201Rosebery Prizes ■. .199, 282Royal Charter......................................................... 33
S.Salting Exhibition... 186, 280Scholarships, By-laws relating to .. .- 109
,, Account of 175„ List of 280Science, Faculty of, By-laws.. .. 121„ ■ Class Lists, 1887..............219
,, Degrees in......122,, Examination Papers in. Ap-pendix„ Examiners iu ,. .. .. 144,, Graduates in
158„ Time Table of Lectures in .. 232Scott Prize........................199Seal of the University
105Second Year Examination—Subject for
December, 1887........268Senate, Constitution of ... 39, 48„ Election to Vacancies .. 48, 57, 103„ ' Ex Members.......................139„ Ex Officio Members .. 48,104„ Meetings 102„ Original Members........138
., Present Members"
....................................140,, Quorum of.........................................41,47
S lade Foundation .. :. .. .. 185Smith Prize .. .. .........................................194Solicitor to the University .. t .. 104, 144St. Andrew's College .. 73, 169St. John's College 69, 167St. Paul's College 63,163Statum, Ad eundem.. .. .. .. 109Struth Exhibition.............1S8Stuart Prize .. .. ".......................................199Substitutes for Officers .........................................126Superior Officers . .104Surgery, Degree in...........HS
,, Lecture Subjects....................257
Surveying, Lecture Subjects..
61Sydney College, Purchase of
.. 50
INDEX.
PAGET.
Tennis Club, University ................................ 334Terms...................................................................... 107Text Books............................................................. 263Time Tables of Lectures, Arts .. ..224„ ,, Engineering .. 235„ ,, Evening Lectures 227„ „ Medical .. .. 230„ „ Science .. .. 232*
U.Undergraduates, List of ................................158Union, University .. .. · .. .. 331University Building Fund.......................................54
,, Extension Act .. .. 59„ Deed uf Grant of Lands .. 91,, -Members of ........................145
Prizes ..........................196,280V ,, Scholarships, By-laws relating
to .. .. 109,, „ Account of .. 175„ „ List of .. .. 280
V.Vacancies in Senate, Election to .. 48,.57,103Vice-Chancellor, Tenure of Office .. .. 101
Vice-Chaucellors, List ofVisitor of the University
W.
Walker BursariesWant ScholarshipWatt ExhibitionWentworth Bursaries
,, Fellowship
,, MedalWest MedalWilkinson PrizeWilliams (John), ScholarshipWindows, Stained Glass, List ofWoolley Prizes 290200
Yearly Examinations
Z.Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Lec-
ture Subjects ..........................................253Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Exr
animation Papers. Appendix.
PASE.. 137.. 137
192191
192,2SO19
PREFACE.
THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNKY was incorporated by an Act of theColonial Legislature, which received the Royal Assent on the 1stof October, 1850. The objects set forth in the preamble are—" The advancement of religion and morality and the promotion ofuseful knowledge." By this Act it is empowered to confer, afterexamination, Degrees in Arts, Law, and: Medicine, and is endowedwith the annual income of £5,000.
By the University Extension Act of 1884, the Senate isempowered to give instruction, and to grant such Degrees andCertificates in the nature of Degrees as it shall think lit, in allbranches of knowledge except Theology or- Divinity. The sameAct admits women to all University privileges equally with men.
By a Royal Charter, issued 7th February, 1858, the samerank, style, and precedence were granted to ' Graduates of theUniversity of Sydney as are enjoyed by Graduates of Univer-sities within the United Kingdom. The University of Sydneyis also declared in the Amended Charter granted to the Universityof London to be one of the institutions in connection with thatUniversity from which Certificates of having pursued a due courseof instruction may be received with a view to admission toDegrees.
The government of the University is vested in a Senate,consisting of sixteen elective Fellows, and not fewer than threenor more than six " ex _ officio " members, being Professors ofthe University, in such branches of learning as the Senate mayfrom time to time select. Under this power the Professors ofClassics, and Mathematics, and the present Professors of Chemistryand Mineralogy, · of Anatomy and Physiology, and of NaturalHistory, have been constituted " ex officio " - members of theSenate. A Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor are elected by theSenate from their own body.
Vacancies in the Senate are filled by means of a convocationof electors, consisting of the Fellows of the Senate for the timebeing, Professors, Public Teachers· and Examiners in the Schools
8 ' PREFACE.
of the University, Principals of Incorporated Colleges within theUniversity, Superior Officers, declared to be such by By-Law,Masters of Arts, Doctors of Law, Doctors of Medicine, Bachelorsof three years standing, and persons holding any other certificateor qualification which the Senate may declare by By-Law to be ofequivalent rank to the Degree of Bachelor of Arts.
There are four Faculties in the University, viz., Arts, Law,Medicine, and Science.
In the Faculty of Arts two Degrees are given—namely,Bachelor of Arts and Master of Arts. The curriculum of studyfor the Degree of B.A. extends over a period of three years,during which stndents are required to attend Lectures and passExaminations. The subjects of study are the Latin, Greek,French and German Languages, Ancient History, Mental Philo-sophy and Logic, Mathematics (pure and mixed), ElementaryChemistry, Elementary Natural Philosophy, Physical Geographyand Geology, Zoology, and Botany.
In the Faculty of Law a Board of Examiners has beenappointed to test the qualifications of candidates.
In the Faculty of Medicine three Degrees are granted, viz.,Bachelor of Medicine, Doctor of Medicine, and Master of Surgery.The course of study for the Degrees of M.B. and Ch.M. extendsover a period of five years, in the first of which the subjects arethe same as in the first year of Arts. In the four remainingyears the attention of students is confined to professional studiesand practical work in the hospitals, laboratories, &c.
The University of Sydney is recognised as one of the Insti-tutions from which the University of London is authorised toreceive certificates for Degrees in Medicine. The University ofEdinburgh accepts Certificates of Attendance on Medical Classesin this University to the extent of three years of professionalstudy, and the Royal College of Surgeons extends.a similar recog-nition to attendance on the classes of the whole course, in thecase of Graduates in Medicine who present themselves for ex-amination for the Diploma of Member of the College.
The Matriculation and Arts Certificates of this LTniversityare also recognised by the General Council of Medical Educationand Registration of the United Kingdom of Great Britain andIreland, as indicating proficiency on the part of candidates in thesubjects for which they hold such Certificates.
In the Faculty of Science the Degrees of Bachelor of Science
PREFACE. 9
and Doctor of Science are given, and Degrees are given in thethree branches of Engineering, viz.. Civil Engineering,- MechanicalEngineering, and Mining Engineering. The subjects in the firstyear of study in this Faculty are the same as in the Faculty ofArts. The subjects of study in the remaining period for the De-gree of B.Sc, two years, Mathematics (pure and mixed), Chemistry(theoretical and practical), Physics (theoretical and practical),Mineralogy, Geology, and Palaeontology, Zoology and ComparativeAnatomy, and Botany. Candidates for Degrees in Engineeringreceive instruction for a period of three years in Mathematics,Chemistry, Physics, Surveying, Geometrical Drawing, AppliedMechanics, Engineering generally, Mineralogy and Geology, andthe different branches of Engineering.
Courses of Lectures in connection with the scheme for Univer-sity Extension are delivered in some central place in the city.Each course consists of ten Lectures, and concludes with an Ex-amination. Those persons who have attended any course regularlyand passed the concluding Examination receive University Certi-ficates to that effect. The subjects of the Lectures have hithertobeen English Literature; Modern History, Ancient History, andPolitical Economy.
Senior and Junior Public Examinations are held annually inSydney and at other places where persons approved by the Senatecan be found to superintend the Examinations.
A Civil Service Examination is held four times a year. Allpersons seeking appointment to a clerical office in the PublicService of the colony are required to pass this Examination.
The Lectures of the Professors are open to persons not mem-bers of the University upon payment of a moderate fee for eachcourse.
Graduates and Undergraduates of other Universities areadmitted ad eundem statum and gradwm under certain regulationsprescribed by the By-laws.
The object of the Sydney University is to supply the meansof a liberal education to "all orders and denominations, withoutany distinction whatever."
An Act to encourage the erection of Colleges in connectionwith different Religious Denominations was passed by the Legis-lature during the Session of 1854. Ample assistance is offered
towards their endowment ; and the maintenance of the funda-mental principles of the University—the association of students
A
10 PREFACE.
without respect of religious creeds; in the cultivation of secularknowledge—is secured consistently with the most perfect inde-pendence of the College authorities within their own walls.Colleges in connection with the Church of England, the RomanCatholic and Presbyterian Churches, have been established.
An account of the several Scholarships and other Prizes forproficiency which have been established out of the funds of theuniversity, or have been founded by private benefactions, will befound in this Calendar.
The Senate has the privilege of nominating one candidate perannum to a Cadetship in the Royal Military College at Sand-hurst.
Graduates of this University enjoy certain privileges (grantedby Act of Parliament), exempting them from all examinationsother than an Examination in Law before admission as Banistersof the Supreme Court. The Rules of the Supreme Court alsoprovide for a shortening of the period of Studentship-at-Law inthe case of Graduates from three years to two, one of which maybe concurrent with the final year of studentship at the University.Graduates who enter into articles of clerkship with Attorneys andSolicitors are only required to serve for three years instead offive.
All persons who desire to enter into articles of clerkship withAttorneys are required to pass the Matriculation or some otherequivalent Examination in this University. They are subse-quently required during the term of their articleship to pass anintermediate Examination in History. For this purpose theSenate has appointed the Heads of the Colleges of St. Paul, St.John, and St. Andrew a Board of Examiners, to deal with suchindividual cases' as may be referred to them.
At the yearly Examinations of 1882 female Students werefirst admitted to Matriculation, in pursuance of a resolution passedto that effect by the Senate on the 1st of June, 1881.
ERRATA AND ADDENDA.
Page 140—Present Senate—Omit Stephen, the Hon. Sir Alfred,C.B.,G.C.M.G. Add, 1887, Backhouse, Alfred Paxton,M.A.
Page 160:—line 2—For Stokes, Edward Sutherland, read Stokes,, Stanley Frederick.
Page 160—Under heading First Year, Add Wallace, RobertAllan.
18S7:
MARCH XXXT,
1 TU
2 W 13 TH4 F " t5 S6 S Second Sunday in Lent.
/7 M Senate Meets. LENT TERM Begins. MATRICU-8 Tu RATION Examination,. HONOUR Examina-9 W tions in Classics and Mathematics and
10 TH ENGINEERING Examinations Begin. Com^11 F petitive Prize Compositions to be sent in.12 S13 S Third Sunday in Lent. ,U M Senate Meets. Lectures Begin. < -15 Tu [Last Day for receiving entries for CIVIL
[SERVICE and Law Examinations.16 VV17 TH18 F19 S20 S Fourth Sunday in Lent.21 M22 Tu23 W24 TH25 F26 S27 S Fifth Sunday in Lent.28 M29 Tu30 W31 TH /
A2
¡ti|bnftj UniîiÊijsitjj iaííttítar.1887.
APRIL XXX.
1 P
2 S3 S Palm Sunday.4 M Senate Meets. CIVIL SERVICE and LAW Ex-5 Tu aminations.6 W7 TH f
8 F Good Friday.9 S
10 S Easter Sunday. v
11 M12 Tu13 W14! TH15; F16. S Annual Commemoration.17 S First Sunday after Easter.18 M Senate Meets.19 Tu20 W21 TH22 F23 S24 S Second Sunday after Easter.25 M26 Tu27 W28 TH29 F30 S
mac HmuEijsitc §aÍBni>ar1887.
MAY XXXL
1 S .............................Third Sunday after Easter.
2 M Senate Meets.^ 3 Tu
4 W5 TH6 F7 S8 S Fourth Sunday after Easter.9 M
10 TuIL W *■■12 TH13 F14 S15 S Rogation Sunday.16 M Senate Meets.17 Tu18 W19 TH Ascension Day.20 F21 S *·22 S First Sunday after Ascension.23 M24 Tu 1
25 W26 TH27 F28 S LENT TBRM Ends.29 S Whit Sunday.30 M31 Tu
1887.
JUNE XXX.
1 W
2 TH3 F4 S5 S Trinity Sunday.6 M Senate Meets.7 Tu8 W9 TH
10 F11 S /12 S First Sunday after Trinity.13 M TRINITY TERM Begins.14 Tu15 W16 TH17 F13 S19 S Second Sunday after Trinity.20 M Senate Meets.Sl Tu Last Day fSr receiving entries for the CIVIL22 W [SERVICE and LAW Examinations.23 TH24 F25 S26 S Third Sunday after Trinity.27 M28 Tu29 W30 TH
1887.
. JULY XXXI.
1 F
2 S3 S Fourth Sunday after Trinity.4 M Senate Meets. CIVIL SERVICE and LAW Ex-5 Tu aminations.6 W
" 7 TH8 F9 S
10 S Fifth Sunday after Trinity.11 M12 Tu13 W14 TH15 F.IG S17 S Sixth Sunday after Trinity.18 M Senate Meets.19 Tu20 W21 TH22 F23 S I
24 S Seventh Sunday after Trinity.25 M26 Tu27 W28 TH29 F30 S31 S Eighth Sunday after Trinity.
1
1887.
AUGUST XXXI.
1 M Senate Meets.
2 Tu3 W "4 TH5 F6 S7 S Ninth Sunday after Trinity.8 M9 Tu
10 W11 TH1-2 F13 S14 S Tenth Sunday after Trinity.15 M Senate Meets. Last day for receiving Coni-16 Tu mittee Forms for Local PUBLIC Examina-17 W tions.18 TH19 F20 S TRINITY TERM Ends.21 S Eleventh Sunday after Trinity22 M Last Day for receiving entries for PUBLIC Ex-23 Tu aminations, and CIVIL SERVICE and LAW
[Examinations in Country Districts.24 W25 TH -26 F27 S28 S Twelfth Sunday after Trinity.29 M30 Tu31 W •
1887.-
SEPTEMBER XXX.
- r TH , I
2 F3 S4 S Thirteenth Sunday after Trinity.5 M Senate Meets. 6 Tu7 W8 TH9 Γ
10 S11 s Fourteenth Sunday after Trinity.12 M PUBLIC Examinations, and CIVIL SERVICE and13 Tu LAW Examinations in Country Dis-14 W tricts begin.15 TH16 F r
!7 S18 s Fifteenth Sunday after Trinity.19 M Senate Meets. ;20 Tu'31 VV22 TH23 F24 S25 S Sixteenth Sunday after Trinity.26 M' MICHAELMAS TERM Begins. '27 Tu28 W29 TH30 F <
1887.
. OCTOBER XXXI.
1 S , ,
2 S Seventeenth Sunday after Trinity.3 M Senate Meets.4 Tu5 W6· TH7 FS S9 S Eighteenth Sunday after Trinity.
IO M11 Tu12 W13 TH14 F15 S16 S Nineteenth Sunday after Trinity. .17 M Senate Meets.18 Tu19 AV20 TH21 F22 S23 S Twentieth Sunday after Trinity.24 M25 Tu Last Day íor receiving entries for CIVIL SEE-26 W [VICE and LAW Examinations.27 TH28 F29 S30 S Twenty-first Sunday after Trinity.31 M
1887.
.NOVEMBERXXX.
1 Tu i
2 W3 TH . ■4 P5 S67
SM
Twenty-second Sunday after Trinity, ιSenate Meets. CIVIL SERVICE and LAW EX
89
TuW
[aminations
10 TH11 F , '12 S1314
SM
Twenty-third Sunday after Trinity.
15 Tu16 W17 TH18 F19 S2021
SM
Twenty-fourth Sunday after Trinity.Senate Meets,
22 Tu *23 W24 TH25 F26 S27 S Advent Sunday.28 M29 Tu30 W
jlçitaeç 
!tjiméij l[tmí£i{BÍít¿ ialsttîtar1888.
JANUARY XXXI.
SMTUWTHFSSMTuWTHFSSMTuWTHFSSMTuWTHFSSMTu
First Sunday after Christmas.Senate Meets.
Epiphany.
First Sunday after Epiphany.
Second Sunday after EpiphanySenate Meets.
Third Sunday after Epiphany.
Anniversary of Foundation of Colony of New[South Wales.
Septuagésima Sunday.
j!i|&n^ 
1888. .
MARCH XXXI.
1 TH
2 F3 S4 S Third' Sunday in Lent.5 M Senate Meets. LENT TERM Begins. MATRICU-6 Tu LATiON Examination, HONOUR Examin-I W ation in the Faculty of Arts, and ENGIN-8 TH EERING Examinations Begin. Competi-9 F tive Prize Compositions to be ,sent in.
10 S Last day for receiving applications for11 S Fourth Sunday in Lent. ' 12 M Examinations for M.A., LL.B., LL.D., M.D.,13 Tu [D.Sc, and M.E. begin.14 W ,15 TH16 F 1
17 S18 S Fifth Sunday in Lent.19 M Senate Meets. Lectures Begin.20 Tu21 W22 TH I
23 F24 S25 S Palm Sunday.26 M27 Tu Last Day for receiving Entries for (JIVIL SER-28 W VICE and LAW Examinations.29 TH30 F Good Friday.31 S \
1888.
APRIL XXX.
1 S Easter Sunday.
2 M Senate Meets.3 Tu4 W ι5 TH6 F7 S8 S First Sunday after Easter.9 M CIVIL SERVICE and LAW Examinations.
10 Tu11 . W12. TH13 F14 S Annual COMMEMORATION.15 S Second Sunday after Easter.16 M Senate Meets.17 Tu18 W19 TH20 F21 S22 S Third Sunday after Easter.23 M24 Tu25 W «26 TH27 F28 S29 S Fourth Sunday after Easter.30 M
1888.
MAY XXXI.
1 Tu
2 W3 TH4 F í5 S6 S Rogation Sunday
" 7 M Senate Meets. 8 Tu ',9 W !
10 TH Ascension Day. ." ' ··.. : , 11 F 1
12 S13 S First Sunday after Ascension.14 M15 Tu '16 W17 TH , .18 F19 S20 S Whit Sunday.21 M Senate Meets.22 Tu23 W24 TH25 F26 S LENT TEEJI Ends.27 S Trinity Sunday.28 M29 Tu .30 W31 TH
B
1888.
JUNE XXX.
1 F
2 S3 S First Sunday after Trinity.4 M Senate Meets.5 Tu6 W -'7 TH8 F9 S
10 ,s Second Sunday after Trinity.11 M TRINITY TERM Begins.12 Tu13 W14 TH15 F ι ·16 S17 S Third Sunday after Trinity, ' ' !
18 M Senate Meets.19 Tu Last Day for receiving entries for CIVIL SERVICE20 W [and LAW Examinations.21 TH22 F23 S24 s Fourth Sunday after Trinity.25 M26 Tu27 W28 TH29 F30 S
¡ItjÎïnBç Í[rim?i¡BÍiij iabßhar1S88.
JULY XXXI.
1 δ Fifth Sunday after Trinity.
2 M Senate Meets. CIVIL SERVICE and LAW Ex-3 Tu aminations.4 W5 TH6 F7 S8 S Sixth Sunday after Trinity,9 M
10 Tu11 W12 TH13 F14 S.15 s Seventh Sunday after Trinity.16 M Senate Meets.17 TuIS W19 TH20 F21 S22 S Eighth Sunday after Trinity.23 M24 Tu25 W26 TH27 F28 S29 S Ninth Sunday after Trinity.30 M31 Tu
jüt^na^ 
1888.
SEPTEMBER XXX.
1 S
2 S Fourteenth ,Sunday after Trinity.3 M Senate Meets.4 Tu
; 5 W6 TH7 F ; ,:.
: S S < '..9 S Fifteenth Sunday after Trinity. I
10 M PUBLIC Examinations, and CIVIL SERVICE and11 Tu LAW Examinations in Country Districts12 W begin.13 TH 1
14 F15 S16 S Sixteenth Sunday after Trinity. ' ..17 M Senate Meets.18 Tu19 W 120 TH21 F22 S '23 S Seventeenth Sunday after Trinity. ;24 M MICHAELMAS TERM Begins.25 Tu . ) ■
26 W >27 TH i
28 F29 S h ,30 S Eighteenth Sunday after Trinity.
içfciuç UnmEqsttc ddbnhar1888.
V OCTOBER XXXI.
1 M Senate Meets.
2 Tu3 W4 TH5 F ■6 S7 S Nineteenth Sunday after Trinity.8 M ■9 Tu *
10 W11 TH12 F13 S •14 S Twentieth Sunday after Trinity.15 M Senate Meets.16 Tu17 W18 TH19 F' ■ ·20 S21 S Twenty-first Sunday after Trinity.22 M23 Tu24 W25 TH26 F27 S28 s Twenty-second Sunday after Trinity.29 M30 Tu31 W
18S8.
NOVEMBER XXX.
1 TH
2 F3 S4 S Twenty-third Sunday after Trinity.5 M Senate Meets.6 Tu7 WS TH9 F
10 S11 S Twenty-fourth Sunday after Trinity.12 M13 Tu14 W15 TH16 F17 S18 S Twenty-fifth Sunday after Trinity.19 M Senate Meets.20 Tu21 W22 TH23 F24 S25 S Twenty-sixth Sunday, after Trinity26 M27 Tu28 W29 TH30 F
1888.
DECEMBER XXXI.
1 S Lectures cease.
2 S Advent Sunday.3 M Senate Meets.4 Tu5 AV6 TH7 F8 S *9 S Second Sunday in Advent.
10 M PASS Examinations in FACULTY OF ARTS, YEAR-11 Tu ■ ' .'[LY.and MEDICAL Professional Examina-
tions, and DEGREE Examinations Begin.12 W]3 TH14 F15 S MICHAELMAS TERM Ends.16 S Third Sunday in Advent.17 M Senate Meets.i 8 Tu19 W20 TH21 F ' *22 S -23 S Fourth Sunday in Advent.24 M25 Tu Christmas Day.26 W27 TH28 F29 S30 S First Sunday after Christmas.31 M
ROYAL CHARTEROP THE - t
UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY.
FEBRUABY 27TH, 1858.
firiona, bythe Grace of God of the United Kingdom Rfc¡tes Actof Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the ^ti'0n
ncorpo"
Faith, to all to whom these presents shall come Greeting :WHERKAS under and by virtue of the provisions of anAct of the Governor and Legislative Council of ourColony of New South Wales, passed in the fourteenth
, year of our reign, No. 31, intituled " An Act to Incor-porate and Endow the University of Sydney," and towhich'our Royal Assent was granted on the 9th day ofDecember, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-one,a Senate, consisting of Sixteen Fellows, was incorporatedand made a body politic with perpetual succession, underthe name of the University of ^Sydney, with power togrant, after Examination, the several degrees of Bachelorof Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, Doctor ofLaws, Bachelor of Medicine,', and'Doctor of Medicine,'and to examine for Medical Degrees in the four branches
' of Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy. AND
whereas our trusty and well-beloved Sir William Thomas .( Denison, Knight Commander of our most honourable
'Order of the Bath, Lieutenant-Colonel in the BoyalEngineers, our Captain-General and Governor-iñ-Chief in
• c
34 KOTAL CHARTER.
Petition of an(j over our sai<j Colony, has transmitted to us thehumble Petition of the Senate of the said University ofSydney under their common seal, dated the 9 th of Feb-ruary One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-seven,wherein is set forth a statement of the establishmentof the said University, the appointment of learned Pro-fessors of the Faculty of Arts, and the provisions adoptedand to be adopted in respect to the Faculties of Laws andMedicine, and the course of Education and discipline for
Soliciting the Scholars, Undergraduates, and Graduates of the saidrecognition University, and in which it is liumbly submitted thatof Dearreea iip · i-i ι -ι,conferred by the standard Oi acquirements which must be attained by8i'ty.Umver* Graduates in the University of Sydney is not below that
prescribed by the most learned Universities of theUnited Kingdom, and the direction of the studies in thesaid University has been committed to Professors whohave highly distinguished themselves in British Universi-ties, that the rules under which the high standard in theUniversity has been fixed cannot be altered without the"approval of our representative in the Colony, and thatthere is invested in him the power of interference shouldthe rules laid down be unduly relaxed in practice, andthat, therefore, the Memorialists confidently hope thatthe Graduates of the University of Sydney will not beinferior in scholastic requirements to the majority ofGraduates of British Universities, and that it is desirableto have the degrees of the University of Sydney generallyrecognized throughout our dominions ; and it is alsohumbly submitted that although our Royal Assent to theAct of Legislature of New. South Wales hereinbeforerecited fully satisfies the principle of our law that thepower of granting degrees should flow from the Crown, yetthat as that assent was conveyed through an Act whichhas effect only in the territory of New South Wales, theMemorialists believe that the degrees granted by tlie saidUniversity under the authority of the said act, are notlegally entitled to recognition beyond the limits of NewSouth Wales; and the Memorialists are in consequencemost desirous to obtain a grant from us of Letters Patent• requiring all our subjects to recognise the degrees givenunder the Act of the Local Legislature in the same
ROYAL CHARTER.
35
manner as if the said University of Sydney had been.anUniversity established within the United Kingdom under \a Royal Charter or an Imperial enactment; and theMemorialists therefore hereby most humbly pray that wewill be pleased to take the premises into our graciousconsideration and grant to the University of SydneyLetters Patent effective of the object therein set forth.Now KNOW YE that we, taking the premises into consider-ation, and deeming it to be the duty of our Royal office,for the advancement of religion and morality and thepromotion of useful knowledge, to hold forth to all classesand denominations. of our faithful subjects, withoutany. distinction whatsoever, throughout our dominions,encouragement for pursuing a regular and liberal courseof education, and considering that many persons do pro-,secute and complete their studies in the Colony of NewSouth Wales, on whom it is just to confer such distinc-tions and rewards as may induce them to persevere intheir laudable pursuits ; do, by virtue of our PrerogativeRoyal and our especial Grace and certain knowledgeand mere motion, by these presents of us, our heirs andsuccessors, will, grant, and declare that the Degrees ofBachelor of Arts, Master of A rts, Bachelor of Laws, Sucll
Doctor of Laws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor of recognitionMedicine, already granted or conferred or hereafter to bè sranted-granted or conferred by the Senate of the said Universityof Sydney shall be recognised as Academic distinctionsand rewards of merit, and be entitled to rank, precedence,rind consideration in our United Kingdom and in ourColonies and possessions throughout the world as fullyas if the said Degree had been granted by any Universityof our said United Kingdom. · A nd we further will andordain that any -variation of the Constitution of the saidUniversity which may at any time or from time to timebe made by an Act of the said Governor and Legislatureshall not, so long as the same or a like standard ofknowledge is in the opinion of the said Governor preservedas a necessary condition for obtaining the aforesaiddegrees therein, in any manner annul, abrogate, circum-scribe, or diminish tlie privileges conferred on the saidUniversity by these our Pvöyal Letters Patent, nor the ,
c2
ROYAL CHARTER..
ranks, rights, privileges, and consideration conferred bysuch degrees. And, lastly, wc do hereby for us, ourheirs, and successors, grant and declare that these ourLetters Patent or the enrolment or exemplificationthereof shall be in and by all things valid and effectualin law according to the true intent and meaning of thesame, and shall be construed and adjudged in the mostfavourable and beneficial sense to the best advantage ofthe said University, as well in all our courts else-where, notwithstanding any non-recital, uncertainty, orimperfection in these our Letters Patent. IN WITNESSwhereof we have caused these our .Letters to be madePatent,
Witness ourself at Westminster, the Twenty-seventhday of February, in the Twenty-first year of our Reign.
By AVAEEANT under the Queen's sign manual.
C. ROMILLY.
ACTS OF PAELIAMENTRELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY.
An Act to Incorporate and Endow the University ofSydney, 14 Vict., No. 31.
. [Assented to 1st October, 1850. J
WHEREAS it is deemed expedient, for the better advance- Preamble,ment of religion and morality, and the promotion of-use-ful knowledge, to hold forth to all classes and denomi-nations of Her Majesty's subjects resident in the Colonyof New South Wales, without any distinction whatsoever,an encouragement for pursuing a regular and liberalcourse of Education : Be it, 'therefore, enacted by HisExcellency the Governor of New South Wales, with theadvice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof,That for the purpose of ascertaining, by means of exami-nation, the persons who shall acquire proficiency in lite-rature, science,· and art, and of rewarding them byacademical degrees as evidence of their respective attain-ments, and by marks of honour proportioned thereto, aSenate, consisting of the number of persons hereaftermentioned, shall, within three months after the passingof this Act, be nominated and appointed by the saidGovernor, with the advice of the Executive Council of thesaid Colony, by proclamation, to be duly published in the A. body poii-New South Wales Government Gazette, which Senate shall ^S^™^be and is hereby constituted from the date of such named "Thenomination and appointment a Body Politic and Corpo- 0f"sydney.'rate, by the name of the " University of Sydney," by constituted
i-i ι -η ι -n i- ■ ι n ι ι with certainwhich name such Body Politic shall have perpetual sue- power»cession, and shall have a common seal, and shall in thesame name sue and be sued, implead, and be impleaded,
38 UNIVEESITY -
and answer and be answered unto in all Courts ofthe. said Colony, and shall be able and capable in Law totake, purchase, and hold to them and their successors allgoods, chattels, and personal. property, whatsoever,and shall be able and capable in law to take, purchase,and hold, to them and their successors, not only suchlands, buildings, hereditaments, and possessions asmay from time to time be exclusively used and occu-pied for the immediate requirements of the said Univer-sity, but also any other lands, buildings, hereditaments,and possessions whatsoever situate in the said.Colony orelsewhere ; and that they and their successors shall beable and capable in law to grant, demise.' alien, or other-wise dispose of all or any of the property, real or per-sonal, belonging to the said University, and also to doall other matters and things incidental to or appertainingto a Body Politic.
Not to have II. Provided always, and be it enacted, That it shall
afoaBLte0 or n°* ke lawful f°1' the said University to alienate, mort-
moitgage gage, charge, or demise any lands, tenements, or heredita-
m°ess with ments to which it may become entitled by grant, purchase,
approval of 0r otherwise, unless with the approval of the Governor
• and Execu- and Executive Council of the said Colony for the time
tive Council, heing, except by way of lease, for any term not exceed-
ing thirty-one years from the time when such lease shall
be made, in and by which there shall be reserved and
made payable, during the. whole of the term thereby
granted, the best yearly rent that can be reasonably
gotten for the same without any fine or foregift.Goveuor III. And be it enacted, That by way of permanentoutyofS8Gene- endowment of the said University, the said Governorral or Ordi- shall be, and is hereby empowered, by Warrant undermies yearly bis hand, to direct to be issued and paid out of thea Bum not. general or Ordinary Revenues of the said Colony by fourfixctíCCLiiiEf *
Λ
£5000, to de-equal quarterly payments, on the first day of January,e^pen^LUal the first <% of APril> the first dsíJ of Jul.V. an<* t]ie first
day of October in every year, as a
fund for building andfor defraying the several stipends which shall be appointedto be paid to the several Professors or Teachers ofliterature, science, and art, and to such necessary officers
ACT OF INCOEPOKATION OF ISSO. 39
and servants as shall be from time to time appointed bythe said University, and for defraying the expense of suchprizes, scholarships, and exhibitions as shall be awardedfor the encouragement of Students in the said Univer-sity, and for providing, gradually, a Library for the same,and for discharging all incidental and necessary chargesconnected with the current expenditure thereof,, or other-wise the sum of five thousand pounds in each and everyyear, the first instalment thereof to become due andpayable on the first day of January, one thousand eighthundred and fifty-one.
IV. And be it enacted, That the said Body Politic and Sixteen Fei-Corporate shall consist of * sixteen Fellows, twelve of átitutifa00'1"whom shall be laymen, and all of whom shall be mem-Senate, withbers of and constitute a Senate, who shall have power to eíeüt a Pro-elect out of their own body, by a majority of votes, a r°?£Aor a-1^* Provost of the said University for such period as thesaid Senate shall from time to time appoint ; and when-ever a vacancy shall occur in the office of Provost of the 'said University, either by death, resignation, or other-wise, to elect out of their own body, by a majority ofvotes, a fit and proper person to be the Provost instead ofthe Provost occasioning such vacancy.,V. i And be it enacted, That until there shall he one How
yacanhundred graduates of the said University who shall have ^eAucttajeen tlie degree of Master of Arts, Doctor of Laws, orDoctor of Medicine, all vacancies that shall occur by. death, resignation, or otherwise among the Fellows of thesaid Senate, shall be filled up as they may occur by theelection of such other fit and proper persons as the remain-ing members of the said Senate shall, at meetings to bedidy convened for that purpose, from-time to time elect tofill up such vacancies : Provided always, that no suchvacancy, unless created by death or resignation, shall occurfor any cause whatever, unless such cause'shall have beenpreviously specified by some by-law of the said BodyPolitic and Corporate, duly passed as hereinafter men-tioned.
'·' Amended as respeets the number of Fellows and the title of Provoat andVice-Provost, by an Act passed in 1861.
t Repealed by Act of 1S81.
40 UNIVERSITY
ViC1-PrVKSt VI. And be it enacted, That the office of Vice-Proixtâannu/uj. °f tne 3^d University shall be an annual office, and thesaid Fellows shall, at a meeting to be holden by themwithin six months after the passing of this Act, elect outof the said Senate a Vice-Provost, and on some daybefore the expiration of the tenure of the said office, ofwhich due notice shall be given, elect one other fit andproper person to be the Vice-Provost of the said Univer-sity, and so from time to time annually ; or in case ofthe death, resignation, or other avoidance of any such Vice-Provost before the expiration of his year of office, shall,at a meeting to be holden by them for that purpose, assoon as conveniently may be, of "which due notice shallbe given, elect some other fit and proper person to beVice-Provost for the remainder of the year in which suchdeath, resignation, or other avoidance shall happen, suchperson to be chosen from among themselves by the majorVice-Provost part of the Fellows present at such meeting : Provided£i£Son always, that the Vice-Provost shall be capable of re-election to the same office, as often as it shall be deemedmeet.Proviso, that VII. * Provided always, and be it enacted, That as soon«Λ«™ tiiere ¿^ fjlere shall be not /ewer than one hundred Graduatesshall be one , ■ ·* . 7 ,hundred vulto have taken any or either of the degress of Master ofaU^vaca^Kies Arts, Doctor of 'Laws, or Doctor of Medicine, all vacan-iii Senate to cies thereafter occurring in the said Senate shall be fromiy them.Up time to time filled up by the majority of such Graduatespresent and duly convened for that purpose.Senate to VIII. And be it enacted, That the. said Senate shallmana6ement nave full power to appoint and dismiss all Professors,»nd super- tutors, officers, and servants belonging to the said Univer-ndenoe. sity, and also the entire management of and superintend-ence over the affairs, concerns, and property of the saidUniversity ; and in all cases unprovided for by this Act,it shall be lawful for the said Senate to act in such man-ner as shall appear to them to be best calculated to promote ■the purposes intended for the said University ; and thesaid Senate shall have full power from time to
timeto make, and also to alter any statutes, by-laws, and
• Repealed by Act of 1861.
~\
ACT OF INCOEPORATION OF 1850.
41
regulations (so as the same be not repugnant to anyexisting law, or to the general objects and provisions ofthis Act) touching the discipline of the said University,
'the examinations for scholarships, exhibitions, degrees, orhonours, and the granting of .the same respectively, and' touching the mode and times of convening the meetingsof the said Senate, and in general touching all othermatters whatsoever regarding the said University ; and allstich statutes, by-laws, and regulations, when reducedinto writing, and after the common seal of the said Uni-versity shall have been affixed thereto, shall be bindingupon all persons members thereof, and all candidates fordegrees to bë conferred by the same—all such statutes,by-laws, and regulations having been first submitted tothe Governor and Executive Council of the said Colonyfor the time being, and approved of and countersigned bythe said Governor : Provided always, that the produc-tion of a verified copy of any such statutes, by-laws,and regulations, under the seal of the said Body Politic ' .and Corporate, shall be sufficient evidence of the authen-ticity of the same in all Courts of Justice.
IX. And be it enacted, That all questions which shall Questions tocome before the said' Senate shall be decided by the £1¾¾.majority of the members present, and the Chairman at of votes,any such meeting shall have a vote, and, in case of anequality of votes, a second or casting vote ; and that noquestion shall be· decided at any meeting unless theProvost or Vice-Provost and *seven Fellows, or in theabsence of the Provost and Vice-Provost, unless eight Fellows .at the least shall be present at the time of such decision.
X. And be it enacted, That at every'meeting of the chairman ofsaid Senate, the Provost, or in his absence the Vice-Provost, meetu)Ks-shall preside as Chairman, or in the absence of both, aChairman shall be chosen by the members present, or themajor part of them.
XI. And whereas it is expedient to extend the benefits studentsof colleges and educational establishments already in- coueges andstituted for the promotion of literature, science, and ed
tac
ba,'ilînal
art, whether incorporated or not incorporated, by con · ments mayAmended aa respects the quorum by an Act passed in Dec., 1S52.
42 UNIVEBSITY
be admitted necting them for such purposes with the said University :for certain*8 ^e ^ enacted, That all persons shall be admitted as Can-degrees, didates for the respective degrees of Bachelor of Arts,Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, or Doctor of Laws, tobe conferred by the said University of Sydney, on pre-senting to the said Senate a certificate from any such' colleges or educational establishments, or from the headmaster ,thereof, to the effect that such Candidate hascompleted the course of instruction which the saidSenate, by regulation in that behalf, shall determine:Provided that no such certificate shall be received from ·any educational establishment, unless the said Universityshall authorise it to issue such certificate : Provided alsothat it shall be lawful for the said Senate to apply anyportion of the said endowment fund to the establishmentand maintenance of a college in connection with andunder the supervision of the said University.
AB to Modi- XII. And be it enacted, that for the purpose ofcal Degrees. granting tne degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Doctorof Medicine, and for the improvement of Medical Educa-tion in all its branches, as well as in Medicine as in Sur-gery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy, the said Senate shallfrom time to time report to the Governor and ExecutiveCouncil for the time being of the said Colony whatappears to them to be the Medical Institutions andSchools, whether corporate or incorporated, in thecity of Sydney, from which either siugly or jointly,with the Medical Institutions and Schools in thesaid Colony or in Foreign parts, it may be fit andexpedient, in the judgment of the said Senate, toadmit Candidates for Medical degrees ; and, on approvalof such report by the Governor and Executive Council,shall admit all persons as Candidates for the respectivedegrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Doctor of Medicine,to be conferred by the .said University on presenting tothe said Senate a certificate from any institution or schoolto the effect that such Candidate has completed the
coux'se of instruction which the said Senate from time totime, by regulation in that behalf, shall prescribe.
ACT OF INCOEPORATLON OF 1850. 43
XIIT. And be it enacted, That the said Senate shall senate mayhave power, after examination, to confer the several degrees c°aierdo-of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, which feesDoctor of Laws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor of ** cha,ged
Medicine, and to examine for Medical Degrees in the fourbranches of Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy,and that such reasonable fee shall be charged for thedegrees so conferred as the said Senate, with the approba-tion of the said Governor and Executive Council, shallfrom time to time direct ; and such fees shall be carriedto one general fee fund for the payment of the expensesof the said University ; and that a full account of thewhole income and expenditure of the said University Accounts ofshall, once in every year, be transmitted to the Colonial ^'¿"*ùd"ei-Secretary, for the purpose of being submitted to the penditure'toLegislative Council or Assembly of the said Colony, as foVLegisia-the case may be, and subjected to such examination and tiveCouuca■ audit as the said Legislative Council ar Assembly maydirect.
XIV. And be it enacted, That at the conclusion of Examiner3
every examination of the Candidates the Examiners shall !»declaredeclare the name of every Candidate whom they shall have candidates,deemed to be entitled to any of the said degrees, and the 11JjJn*1?!'.,departments of knowledge in which his proficiency shall certiacates'have been evinced, and also his proficiency in relation to begnmted0
that of other Candidates, and he shall receive, from the by Provost,said Provost, a certificate under the Seal of said Univer-sity of Sydney, and signed by the said Provost, inwhich the particulars so declared shall be stated.
XV. Provided always; and be it enacted, That all By-laws,statutes, by-laws, and regulations made from time to Ac¿· *?>»
... ... « ^ .. . ,' . submitted to
time touching the examination 01 Candidates, and granting Governorof degrees, shall be submitted, for the consideration and J[J^ ^0
e™cil
approval of the Governor and Executive Council. ' for approval.
XVI. And be it enacted, That the Governor of the Governor tosaid Colony for the time being shall be the Visitor of the b,e νΛ3'ί°Γ t0
•1TT--I ρ η ι · ι ι · τ ni- tne Univer-
saitt University ot bydney, with authority todo all things sity.which pertain to Visitors as often as to him shall seemmeet.
44 UNIVEBSITY
Prof essoremay demandfees fromStudents,and Trea-surer maycharge feesfor entrance,4 c.
Regulationsas to w hereStudentsshall reside.
Regulationsas to licens-ing tutors,with whomStudentsmay reside.
XVII. And be it declared and enacted, That it shallbe lawful for the Professors and Teachers in the saidUniversity, in addition to the stipends with which theyshall be so respectively endowed, to demand and receivefrom the Students of the said Univeisity such reasonablefees for attendance on their Lectures, and for the Treasurerof the said University to collect from the said Studentson behalf of the said University, such reasonable fees forentrance, degrees, and other University charges, as shallbe from time to time provided by any statutes, by-laws,or regulations of the said University.
XVIII. And for the better government of the Studentsin the said University : Be it enacted, That no Studentshall be allowed to attend the lectures or classes of thesame, unless he shall dwell with his parent or guardian,or with some near relative and friend' selected by his•parent or guardian, and approved by the Provost or Vice-Provost, or in some collegiate or other educational esta-blishment, or with a tutor or master of a boarding-houselicensed by the Provost or Vice-Provost as hereinaftermentioned.
XIX. And be it enacted, That every person, who iadesirous of being licensed as a tutor or a master of a board-ing-house in connection with the said University, shallapply in writing under his hand to the Provost or Vice-Provost of the said University for his license, and it shallbe lawful for the said Provost or Vice-Provost, if he or.they shall think fit, to require of any such applicant suchtestimonials of character and fitness for the office as shallbe satisfactory to such Provost or Vice-Provost ; and theapplication shall specify the house or houses belonging toor occupied by the applicant, and intended by him for thereception of Students, and the number of Students whomay be conveniently lodged and boarded therein ; andthereupon it shall be lawful for the Provost or Vice-Provostin their discretion to grant or withhold the license for theacademical year then current or then next ensuing, andevery such license shall be registered
in the archives ofthe said University, and shall inure until the end of theacademical year in which it shall be registered, and shal]
ACT OF INCORPORATION OF 1850. 45
then De of no force, unless renewed in like manner, butshall be revocable at ahy time, and may forthwith berevoked by the Provost or Vice-Provost, in case of anymisbehaviour of such tutor or master of a boarding-houseor of the Students under his care, which, in the opinionof the Provost or Vice-Provost, and a majority of the Pro-fessors of the said University, ought to be punished byimmediate revocation of such license.
XX. And be it enacted, That no religious test shall be AstoreU-administered to any person in order to entitle him to be glous ^8'8-admitted as a Student of the said University, or to holdany office therein, or to partake of any advantage or privi-lege thereof : Provided always that this enactment shallnot be deemed to prevent the making of regulations forsecuring the due attendance of the Students for DivineWorship at such Church or Chapel as shall be approvedby their parents or guardians respectively.
XXI. And be it enacted, That all statutes, by-laws, By-laws.rules, and regulations which shall be made and approved to^from'from time to time by the said Governor and Executive i'ïï6^1'1116
Council, concerning the government and discipline of the the Legisia-said University, which shall be in force at the beginning *,τ" Council,of every session of the said Legislative Council or Legis-lative Assembly of the said Colony, and which shall nothave been before that time laid before the said LegislativeCouncil or Legislative Assembly, shall from time to time,within six weeks after the beginning of every suchsession, be laid before the same by the Colonial Secretaryfor the time being.
XXII. And be it enacted, That the said University Proceedingsshall once at least in every year, and also whenever the ¡,hail once y
pleasure of the Governor for the time being shall be sig-at least in
nified in that behalf, report their proceedings to the said be reportedGovernor and Executive Council, and a copy of every ^'nor^ndsuch report shall be laid before the said Legislative Coun- Executivecil or Legislative Assembly, within six weeks after the co^'of re""same shall have been made, if such Legislative Council P0J'lai(ior Assembly be then sitting, or if not, then within six Legislativeweeks next after the meeting of the same. · Council.
46 UNIVEESITY
' altered or** χχΙΙΪ. Provided always, and it be declared and
amended, enacted, That nothing herein contained shall be deemed
or construed to prevent the Legislature of the Colony for
the time being from altering, amending, or repealing'the
provisions of this Act, or any of them, as the public
interest may at any time seem to render necessary or
expedient.Not to inter- XXIV. And be it declared
and enacted, That nothingHghta'of her ™ *nis Act contained shall be
deemed to afiect or to inter-Majesty, fere with any right, title or
interest of her Majesty, her.Heirs and Successors, or in any way to limit
the RoyalPrerogative.
Passed the Legislative Conn- νcil, this twenty-fourth day} CHARLES NICHOLSON,of Sex>tember, one thousand j SPEAKER.eight hundred and fifty. 1
WM. MACPHERSON, CLERK OP THE COUNCIL.
In the name and, on behalf of Her Majesty, I assent to this Act.
CHaS. A. FITZ-ROY, *
GOVERNOR.Govt. House, Sydney, 1st October, 1850.
INCOEPOBATION AND ENDOWMENT ACT. 47.
An Act to amend an Act, intituled, " An Act to Incor-porate and endow the ' University of Sydney,' " 16Vict., No. 28.
[Assented to 21st December, 1852.]WHEREAS it is provided by an Act of the Governor and PreambleLegislative Council of New South Wales, passed in thefourteenth year of Her Majesty's Reign,· intituled, "AnAct to Incorporate and Endow the University of Sydney," u Vict., No.that the Senate of the said University shall consist of "sixteen Fellows, of whom one shall be elected by them as ·Provost, and another as Vice-Provost ; and that no ques-tion shall be decided at any meeting of the senate, unless■ the Provost or Vice-Provost or seven Fellows, or in theabsence of the Provost and Vice-Provost, unless eightFellows at the least shall be present at such decision·:And whereas it is expedient that the number of suchQuorum be lessened : Be it therefore enacted by HisExcellency the Governor of New South Wales, with theadvice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, asfollows :— .
I. From and after the passing of this Act, all questions Fiye Mem-which shall come before the Senate of the said University senate to"bemay be decided at any meeting duly convened, where ? α«0"™,there shall be present five Fellows of the University, of seven, a3 di-whom the Provost or Vice-Provost shall be one!
vTc NoVi4
Passed the Legislative Coun- \cil, this twenty-fourth day of I CHABLES NICHOLSON,December, one thousand eight Í SPEAKER.hundred and fifty-two. )
WM. MACPHEBSON, CLERK TO THE COUNCIL.
In the name and on the behalf of Her Majesty, 1 assent to this Act.
CHAS. A. FITZEOY1
GOVERNOR.
Govt. House, Sydney, 21st December, 1852.
48 UNIVERSITY
Δη Act to amend the Sydney University IncorporationAct.
[Assented to 26th April, 1861.]
Preamble. WHEEEAS it is expedient to amend the Sydney University
Incorporation Act, fourteenth Victoria, number.thirty-
one, in respect to the Constitution of the Senate and the
mode of electing the Fellows thereof: Be it therefore
enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and
with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council
and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales in Par-
liament assembled, and by the authority of the sanie asfollows :—
Repeal of ss. 1. The fifth and seventh sections of the Act fourteen
Vic. No.31. Victoria, number thirty-one, are hereby repealed.
Certai» Pro- H· In addition to the number of sixteen Fellows of
'6830I*.40 be whom the Senate of the said University now consists,
Members of there shall not be fewer than three nor more than six ex
^0"16- officio Members, who shall be Professors of the said Uni-
versity in such branches of learning as the Senate shall
from time to time by any by-law in that behalf select.
Professors, III. Every Professor and other Public Teacher and
Μ°'ϊβ1)θ Examiner in the Schools of the said University, every
with the Principal of any Incorporated College within the said
ful^Gii University, and every superior officer of the said Uni-
Uuates. versity-declared to be such by any by-law duly passed,
shall during his tenure of such office in the University,
but no longer, be a member of the said University with
the same rights and privileges as are enjoyed by persons
holding any or either of the Degrees of Master of Arts,
Doctor of L? ws, or Doctor of Medicine within the said
University.How future IV. Every Professor or
other person so declared byFXW'S O0' tQis -^ct to be a Member of tne said
University, andt» filled. every person having taken
the Degree of Master of Arts,Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine,
and keeping hisname in accordance with any by-law in
that behalf onthe Register of the said University, shall
have the same
INCORPORATION AMENDMENT ACT OF 1862. -1-9
privilege as the existing Fellows now'have of attending-and voting at the election of Fellows, and every futurevacancy by death, resignation, or otherwise among theFellows for the time being shall be filled up by the elec-tion at a meeting duly convened for the purpose of suchother fit and proper person as may be elected to fill suchvacancy by the majority of the following persons presentat such meetings, viz. Fellows of the Senate of the saidUniversity for the time-being—Professors and other per-sons so as last aforesaid declared to be members of thesaid University—Graduates keeping their names on theRegister of the University who shall have taken withinthe said University any or either of the Degrees of Master.of Arts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine : Providedthat unless by death or resignation no such vacancy shalloccur for any cause not previously specified by some by-law of the University duly passed.
V. The Chief Officers of the University now called Provost andProvost and Vice-Provost respectively, shall hereafter be J0^SySd*and be styled Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor of the Uni- Chancellorversity : Provided that the present Provost and Vice- cbanceUor.Provost shall be the first Chancellor and Vice-Cbancellorrespectively : And that all the provisions of the said Act .of Incorporation now applicable to the Provost andVice-Provost and to their respective offices shall applyto the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor and their officesrespectively.
VI. Nothing herein shall affect the said recited Act or Not to afreetany other Act or any Letters Patent or other instrument be^cruTac^or byrlaw of or relating to the said University otherwise tual enact-than as is by this Act expressly enacted.
VEI. This Act shall be styled and may be cited as the Short Title." Sydney University Incorporation Act Amendment Actof 1861." ; .In the name and on the b^alf of Her Majesty, I assent to this Act.
JOHN YOUNG,ADME. OF THE GOVT.
Govt. House, Sydney, 26ifc April, 1861.
UNIVERSITY
An Act to enable the University of Sydney to purchasethe Sydney College, with the land attached thereto.—17 Vict., No. 18.
[Assented to 5th September, 1853.]WHEREAS in time past a certain Institution called theSydney College was established by a certain number ofSubscribers, forming a Joint Stock Company, for thepurpose of imparting the rudiments of a liberal educationto the youth of the Colony : And whereas a parcel ofland in the City of Sydney was given as and for the siteand other necessary purposes of the said College by thethen Governor of this Colony, Sir Richard Bourke, whichland was granted by Her present Majesty, by a Grant orLetters Patent bearing date the fifth day of December, inthe year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred andthirty-seven, to certain Trustees therein named, and thesurvivor of them, and the heirs of such survivor, in andby which said Grant or Letters Patent it is declared thatsuch land was given and granted for the promotion in thesaid Colony of Science, Literature, and Art : Andwhereas a College Hall and other Buildings were erectedon the said land by the said Company at a great expense :And whereas after some years the said College began tolanguish, and at last was temporarily closed as an educa-tional establishment, and the said Land, College Hall, andBuildings are now occupied by the University of Sydney:And whereas William Bland, of Sydney, Esquire, is thesole surviving Trustee named in the said Grant, and is alsothe last appointed President of the said Sydney College :And whereas at a meeting of the Proprietors of the saidInstitution, held on the eighteenth day of June last, itwas resolved unanimously that the said William Blandshould be empowered to treat with the University ofSydney for the sale of the said Land, College Hall, and
PÜECHASE OP SYDNEY COLLEGE.
Buildings, on behalf of the said Proprietors at the fullprice of all the shares held- by the said Proprietors in thesaid Institution : And whereas the Senate of the saidUniversity of Sydney, having had the same resolutionsubmitted to them, have agreed, on behalf of the saidUniversity, with the said William Bland, on behalf ofthe said Proprietors, to purchase the said Land, CollegeHall, and Buildings, for the full price of all the saidshares, together with the sum of one hundred and fiftypounds, the estimated expenses incurred and to be in-curred by the said William Bland in and about carryingthe said agreement into effect : And whereas diversvolumes of classical books, and certain scientific instru-ments and apparatus, and other personal property, for-merly used in the educational establishment conducted inthe Sydney College, now belong to the Proprietors of thesaid Sydney College, as such Proprietors, which said books,instruments, apparatus, and other property, are now inthe possession of the Senate of the said University, andit is desirable, and the Proprietors of the said College arewilling, that the' same shall be transferred to and vestedin the said Sydney University, for the use and benefitthereof : And whereas a certain legacy or sum of fivehundred pounds, bequeathed to the said Sydney College,by the late Solomon Levey, Esquire, together with anaccumulation of interest thereon, amounting in thewhole to the sum of five hundred and sixty-five poundsthree shillings and eleven pence, or thereabouts, is nowin the possession of George Allen, Esquire, the Treasurer,of the said Institution; and the intention of the saidSolomon Levey will be best carried out by the said sumof money being transferred to the said University inmanner hereinafter mentioned, and the Proprietors of thesaid Sydney College are willing that the same shall be sotransferred for such purposes : And whereas such sale andpurchase, and the other above-mentioned objects cannot beperfected without the sanction of the Legislature : Be ittherefore enacted by His Excellency the Governor ofNew South Wales with the advice and consent of thelegislative Council thereof, as follows :—
52 ÜNIVEBSITY.
The Presi-dent of theSydney Col-ledge em-powered tosell, and theUniversityto buy thesaid College.
As to pay-ments to bemade to theProprietorsof the saidCollege.
In case ofdoubt, Pro-prietors'shares to bepaid to per-sons entitledupon anorder of anySupremeCourt or anyJudgethereof.
• 1. The said William Bland is hereby empowered tosell, and the said University of Sydney to buy, the saidLand, College Hall, and other Buildings for the full priceof all the aforesaid shares in the said Institution, and thesaid sum of one hundred and fifty pounds, and aforesaidestimated amount of »the said expenses incurred and to be ■incurred by the said William Bland as aforesaid ; and aconveyance of the said Land, College Hall, and otherBuildings, duly executed by the said William Bland tothe said University, shall be held and deemed to vest toall intents and purposes valid and absolute title in feesimple in and to the said Land, College.Hall, and otherBuildings in the said University of Sydney and theirSuccessors.
II. Upon the execution of such conveyance everyProprietor of the said Sydney College shall be entitled toreceive on demand from the said University or theSenate thereof, and on such demand the said Universityor the Senate therefore shall be bound to pay to every suchProprietor the full amount of all and every share orshares in the said Institution held by such Proprietor ;and upon the execution of such conveyance the saidWilliam Bland, his executors or administrators, shall alsobe entitled to receive on demand from the said Univer-sity or the Senate thereof, and on such demand the saidUniversity or the Senate thereof shall be bound to payto the said William Bland, his executors or adminis-trators, the aforesaid sum of one hundred and fiftypounds.. III. Provided always, that in case any doubt shallarise or exist as to who is or are or shall or may beentitled to any of such shares, it shall be lawful for anyperson or persons claiming to be entitled as such Pro-prietor or Proprietors, to demand and receive any moneyfrom the said University or the Senate thereof, under orby virtue of the provisions ' hereof, to apply to theSupreme Court of the said Colony, or any · Judge thereof,in a summary way for an order for the
payment of somuch money as such person or persons shall be so entitledto receive, and such Court or Judge shall and may hear
PUBCHASE OF SYDNEY COLLEGE.
53
and determine every such application in a summary wayjand every order made by such Court or Judge thereon,directing the payment' of any' such money shall be bind-ing and conclusive upon the said University and theSenate thereof, and shall be a valid and sufficient autho-rity for any payment thereby directed to be made. '
IV. The said books, instruments, apparatus, and other Classical ¡mdpersonal property belonging to the Proprietors of the said tio^ai^aksSydney College, which are now in the possession of the &&,ofSyd-'Senate of the said University as aforesaid, shall be and vested iuge
the same are hereby vested in the said University to the University.. intent and so that the same shall be the absolute propertyof the said University and their successors, for the pur-poses of the said University.
V: It shall be lawful for the said George Allen or such Levey's io-other person or persons as has or have or may have the fransfeiïedpossession of the said sum of five hundred and sixty-five *° tl>e Syd-pounds three shillings and eleven pence, or thereabouts, àity to'fcmídand he and they is and are hereby directed, so soon as a tkere°i'alship
conveyance to the said University of the aforesaid Land,College Hall, and other Buildings, shall under and byvirtue of the provisions hereof, be executed by the saidWilliam Bland, to transfer and pay over to the saidUniversity, or the Senate thereof, the said sum of fivehundred and sixty-five pounds three shillings and elevenpence, or thereabouts ; and such last-mentioned sum shallthereupon become and be the property of the said Uni-versity and their Successors, to be held nevertheless bythe said University and their Successors upon trust, toinvest the same at interest upon such security and in suchmanner in all respects as the Senate of the said Univer-sity shall, from time to time, in their absolute discretionthink fit, and to apply the clear or net interest or incomearising therefrom, in or towards the formation or endow-ment of a Scholarship in the áaid University, under such'regulations as the said 'University and their Successors,or the Senate thereof, shall deem to be as nearly inaccordance with the intentions of ^ the said SolomonLevey in making the aforesaid request as circumstancesmay permit : Provided always, that the said University
54 UNIVERSITY
and their Successors, or the Senate thereof, shall have anabsolute and uncontrolled discretion in respect of makingand altering all such regulations. '
Passed the Legislative Goun- 'eil this twenty-third day of (August, one thousand eight ihundred and fifty-three. JWM. MACPHEESON, CLERK OF THE. COUNCIL.
In the name and on the behalf of Her Majesty, I assent to this Act.
■ · CHARLES A. FITZROY,
GrOVEENOR.
Gevt. House, Sydney, 5th September, 18S3.
An Act to provide a Fund for Building the University ofSydney.—17 Vict., No. 28.
[Assented to 24th October, 1853.]
Preamble WHEREAS it is. expedient, with a view gradually to pro-vide a Building Fund for the University of Sydney, thata grant for this specific purpose should be made from theGeneral Revenue, payable by the amounts and at theperiods hereinafter mentioned : . Be it therefore enactedby His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales,with the advice and consent of the Legislative Councilthereof as follows :—
I. There shall be payable to the Senate of the Uni-versity of Sydney, out of the General Revenue of thisColony, or out of any consolidated Revenue Fund withwhich such General Revenue may be incorporated, inaddition to the sum of five thousand pounds voted thisSession towards a Building Fund for the said University,the sum of forty-five thousand .pounds by instalments,
CHARLES NICHOLSON,SPEAKEB.
In additionto £5000voted thisSession to-wards aBuildingFund lor theUniversity,£45,000more shall bepaid by in-
BUILDING FUND. 55
not exceeding ten thousand pounds,* nor less than five staiments ofthousand pounds in each year, until the whole sum so fn°g ¿jojooopayable shall have been issued, all which payments shall nor underbe applied by the said Senate in building the University Te ry
of Sydney, on such site as may be fixed upon for thatpurpose, and in no other manner.
II. There shall be laid before the said Legislative countsoftheCouncil' or any House of Assembly, or other House that expenditure
τ..1Λ .-Ι.1Λ1 of said summay be substituted for it, accounts in detail of the ex- of £50,000 to. pendit are of the said sum of fifty thousand pounds, and {!,Vbefore^of every part thereof, within thirty days next after the t|» ^egisia-beginning of the Session after such expenditure shall or House ofhave been made ; and all such accounts shall be subject *jJJ?JWr
to examination in the same manner as all other accounts thirty daysof expenditure chargeable on the General Revenue of the ^mme^ce-
Colony. ment ofIII. This Act shall commence and take"effect from
and 6Teryk
after the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred ^¾"^ 'and fifty-four.
Passed the Legislative Goun- \cil, this fifth day of October, (_ CHAELES NICHOLSON,one thousand eight hundred 1
SPEAKER.and fifty-three. J
WH. MACPHEESON, CLEKK OF THE COUNCIL.
In the name and on the behalf of Her Majesty, I assent to this Act.CHAS. A. FITZROT,
GOVEBNOB-GENERAI*
Govt. House, Sydney, 24ift October, 1863.
* By a provision in a subsequent Act of Council (19 Vict., No.' 3S) theGovernor was empowered to raise the full amount by loan, and to issue it " insuch sums and at such times as to him might seem fit, r-otwithstanding theprovisions in the Act of Council, 19th Vict, No. 2S, that the sum to be p;iid inany one year out of the Consolidated Revenue shall not exceed ten thousandpounds.
56 UNIVERSITY
Preamble.
Exemptionof Graduatesin Arts fromexamiua-tious, andshorteningthe period ofserviceunderArticles.
An Act to confer certain privileges on Graduates of theUniversity of Sydney, 20 Vic, No. 14.[Assented to 3rd February, 1857.]WHEREAS it is expedient, in order to encourage the pur-suit ôf a regular and liberal education in the Universityof Sydney, that persons who become Graduates of thatUniversity . should acquire certain privileges : Be ittherefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty,by and with the advice and consent of the LegislativeCouncil and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales,in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of thesame as follows :—
I. No person who shall have taken the degree ofBachelor or Master of Arts in the University of Sydney,and who shall be desirous of being admitted to be aBarrister of the Supreme Court, shall be required to passany examination under the provisions of the Act ofCouncil eleventh Victoria number fifty-seven, other thanan examination in law.
II. Every person who shall have taken the degree ofBachelor or Master of Arts in the University of Sydney,and who shall be desirous of being admitted as an Attor-ney or Solicitor of the Supreme Court, shall be exemptfrom any examination either before or after entering intoArticles of Clerkship, other than in Law, and shall beentitled to admission as such Attorney or Solicitor, afterservice as' a Clerk for a term of three years, instead oíthe term of five years, as now required.
Preamble.
AN ACT to empower the Senate of the University ofSydney to confer degrees in certain cases withoutExamination and to give to Bachelors of Arts theright of voting in certain cases.
[Assented to 23rd March, 1881.] '
WHERKAS by the Act of Council fourteenth Victorianumber thirty-one intituled " An Act to Incorporate andEndow the University of Sydney " it is enacted that the
Ai) EUNDEM DEGREES ACX OF 1881.
57
University shall have power after examination to conferthe several degrees of Bachelor of Arts Master of ArtsBachelor of Laws Doctor of Laws Bachelor of Medicineand Doctor of Medicine. And whereas it is expedientthat, the said Senate should be empowered to grantdegrees without examination in the cases hereinafterspecified And whereas it is expedient to admit Bachelorsof Arts in certain cases to have the right of voting forFellows Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's MostExcellent Majesty by and with the advice and consentof the Legislative Council and the' Legislative Assemblyof New South Wales in Parliament assembled and bythe authority of the. same as follows :'
I. Any degree which the Senate of the University Degrees mayof Sydney is now or may hereafter be empowered to ceitaîn case"confer after ' examination may at the discretion of the^^[^dua,te8
said Senate be conferred without examination in the said UniversitiesUniversity upon any person who shall have obtained acorresponding ;or equivalent degree in any other Univer-sity recognized by the By-Laws of the University ofSydney in force for the time being and the persons soadmitted to such degrees shall be entitled to the samerights and privileges as appertain to those who havetaken the same degrees in the ordinary course in the .University of Sydney.
TI. The provisions of this A ct shall be carried into By-»*"8·effect in accordance with such By-Laws as may be madeand approved in the manner prescribed by the said recitedAct of Council. · : ■
III. From and after the passing of this Act every Extension ofBachelor of Arts of three years standing in the University j^Xej[fegree.of Sydney and of the full age of twenty-one years shallhave the privilege of attending and voting at the electionof Fellows of the' University of Sydney.
IV. This Act shall be styled and maybe cited as Short Title,the ·■' Ad Euhdem Degrees Act of 1881." -
58 UNIVEBSITT.
An Act to enable the University of Sydney to grantAdditional Degrees and Certificates in the nature ofDegrees and for other purposes.
Preamble.
Senate em-powered tograutadditionaldegrees andcertificates.
Status, &c,of graduatesunder thisAct.
WHEREAS by the Act fourteenth Victoria numberthirty-one power was given to the Senate of theUniversity of Sydney to confer the several degrees ofBachelor of Arts Master of Arts Bachelor of LawsDoctor of Laws Bachelor of Medicine and Doctor ofMedicine, but no power was given to confer other degreesor certificates in the nature of degrees And whereasit is expedient that the Senate should have extendedpower to confer degrees and certificates in the nature ofdegrees. And whereas the Senate has agreed to admitwomen to certain privileges heretofore enjoyed by menwithin the University but doubts have arisen as to thepower of the Senate in that respect under the saidrecited Act Be it therefore enacted by the Queen'sMost Excellent Majesty by and with the advice andconsent of the Legislative Council and LegislativeAssembly in New'South Wales in Parliament assembledand by authority of the same as follows :
1. The Senate is hereby empowered to give instruc-tion and grant such degrees and certificates in thenature of degrees as it shall think fit in all branches ofknowledge except Theology or Divinity Provided thatno student in the University shall be compelled to attendlectures upon or to pass examinations in any of thefollowing subjects namely—Ethics' Metaphysics andModern History.
2. All persons upon whom the degree of Master orDoctor shall be conferred in pursuance of the provisionsof this Act shall have the same rights and privilegeswithin the University hitherto enjoyed by graduatesholding the degree of Master of Arts Doctor of Laws orDoctor of Medicine and all persons upon whom in pur-
EXTENSION ACT OF 1884. -5b
suance of the said provisions the degree of Bachelor orany other certificate or qualifications which the Senatemay by By-Law declare to be of equivalent rank to thedegree of Bachelor of Arts shall have the same rightsand privileges hitherto enjoyed by Bachelors of Artswithin the said University.
3. The benefits and advantages 'of the University Women toand the provisions of the Acts relating thereto shall be to unTver-deemed to extend in all respects to women equally with J"*' Pr.ivi-
Γ ι ·/ leges, &c.men.
4. This Act may be cited as the " University Exten- Short title,sion Act of 1884." . '
ACTS RELATING TO COLLEGESWITHIN THE UNIVERSITY.
An Act to provide' for the establishment and endowmentof Colleges within the University of Sydney.—18Vict., No. 37.
|Assented to 2nd December, 1854.]
Preamble. W HEREAS it is expedient to encourage and assist theestablishment of Colleges within the University of Syd-ney, in which College systematic religious instruction,and domestic supervision, with efficient assistance in pre-paring for the University lectures and examinations, shallbe provided for Students of the University : be it there-fore enacted by His Excellency the Governor of Ne*South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legis-lative Council thereof as follo,ws :—Pecuniary I. Whenever any College shall have been established
üi'aidoT'er- an(* incorporated by any Act of the Governor and Coun-uin Colleges cil, as a College within the University of Sydney, and the
un^Veraityof founders of or subscribers to such College shall have com-Syduey. plied with the conditions mentioned in the nexC, section,
■ such College shall be entitled to the endowments herein-after severally mentioned, which said endowments shallbe paid by the Treasurer of the Colony under warrants
signed by the Governor.CouditiuTiB II. No such College, although incorporated, shall be
dowQienf" ^titled to such endowments unless and until the sum often thousand pounds, at the least, shall have · been sub-
scribed by its founders, and of that sum not less than fourthousand pounds shall have been paid and invested in
such manner as shall be approved of by the Governor andthe residue shall have been to his satisfaction secured tobe paid, within three years next following ; nor unless
the whole ci the said ten thousand pounds shall be devotedexclusively to the erection of College Buildings, on land
ENDOWMENT ACT: 61
granted for that purpose by Her Majesty to the Univer-sity in trust for such College, (if any shall be so granted,and if not, then upon land otherwise conveyed to andaccepted by the University in such trust), and it shallhave been agreed by the founders that the entire amountshall be so expended, if the University so require, withinfive years next after the first payment on account of eitherof such endowments. ♦
ν III. There shall be paid out of the General Revenue, Endowmoutin aid of the Building Fund of every College so incorpo- 01
u' lns
rated, a sum or sums not exceeding in the whole twentythousand pounds nor more than shall have been fromtime to time actually expended by the College out of itssubscribed funds for the purpose of building.
IV. There shall be paid out of the said General Bn.iowmentRevenue annually to such incorporated College in perpe- p°aVf ""ury.tuity, a sum of five' hundred pounds for the use of andas a salary to the Principal of such College or in aid ofsuch salary.
V. Every such Principal shall be entitled to the annual conditionssalary hereby provided for, on the production of his own Endowment,certificate, at the timeof each payment, that he has duringthe period to which it relates performed the duties of hisoffice : Provided that he shall transmit to the ColonialSecretary, once in each year, a certificate to the like effectunder the hands of such persons as shall be for that pur-pose appointed by the constitution or rules of the parti-cular College.
VI. Where any person selected to be the Principal of Payment to■ any such College shall be out of this colony at the time principal.of his appointment, no such certificate shall be· requireduntil after he shall have actually entered on his duties,but he shall be entitled to the salary, (aud the College towhich he shall have been appointed may receive the sameaccordingly for his use) from the day of his embarkationfor this Colony . 5Provided that every Principal shallactually enter on his duties witiiin six months after suchembarkation, unless the Governor, upon being satisfiedthat unavoidable obstacles have intervened, shall· thinkfit to extend that term to nine months.
62 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
Accruing VII. Until the subscribed fund shall be required foreubSribed'0 the erection of Collège buildings as aforesaid, .the interest
FunddJ?1'U or ráher proceeds accruing from the investment thereofbuilding. or of the portion remaining unexpended from time to
time, may be applied to the general purposes of· theCollege, as the governing body of such College may
determine,students <rf VIII. All Students in any such College shall, imme .be niembera diately upon entering therein, matriculate in the Univer-andnitt°r^ty s**y> aac* S'la^ thereafter continue to be members thereof»
lectures, and submit and he subject to the discipline thereof,and shall be required duly and regularly to attend thelectures of the University on those subjects an examina-
tion and proficiency in which are required for Honoursand Degrees, with the exception (if thought fit by any
such College) of the lectures on Ethics, Metaphysics, andModern History.
Certificates IX. And whereas it lias been resolved by the Senate ofgious attain- the University of Sydney that Honours and Degrees shall
menta. n0¿ fo glven f0 any student who shall not produce testi-monials of competent religious attainments, and it isexpedient to give legal permanency to such resolution : Beit therefore enacted, that no Honour or Degree shall beconferred by the University on any student ivho shall notproduce from the Principal of liis College, or (if notbelonging to a College) from some religious teacher orother responsible person accredited by the University, aCertificate that lie is of competent religious attainments.
X. The term Principal shall include Master, Warden,or any other head of a College. <
Passed the Legislative Coun- 'cil this twenty-ninth dayof November, one thousandeight hundred <& fifty -four.
WM. MACPHEESON, CLEBK OF THE COUNCIL.In the name and on the behalf of Her Majesty, I assent to this Act.
CHAS. A. FITZ EOY,GOVERNOR-GENERAL.
Govt. House, Sydney, 2nd December, 1854.
By au Act passed during the Session of 1S5S, Clausrï IX. lias been repealed.
CHAELES NICHOLSON,SPEAKER.
ST. PAUL'S ACT OF INOOBPOBATION. 63
An Act to Incorporate St. Paul's College as a College
within the University of Sydney.—18 Vic.[Assented to 1st December 1854]
WHEREAS considerable funds have been subscribed for Preamble,the Institution and Endowment in the diocese of Sydneyof a College within the University of Sydney in connec-tion with the United Church of England and Irelandto be called St. Paul's College wherein due religiousinstruction in accordance with the doctrines and disci-pline of that Church shall be afforded and provision bemade as soon as may be practicable for the residence ofstudents under proper academical control. And whereasit is expedient that the said College (to be governed by ,a Council· consisting of the persons hereinafter men-tioned should be incorporated. Be it therefore enactedby his Excellency the Governor of New South Waleswith the advice and consent of the Legislative Councilthereof as follows :
I. So soon as it shall be made to appear to the satis- st. Paul'sfaction of the Governor that a sum of not less than ten ¡¡fJóvporatthousand pounds has been subscribed or contributed forthe endowment aforesaid and that the amount has eitherbeen paid or secured to be paid for that purpose andthat a Warden and Six Fellows for the Government ofthe said College in accordance with the constitutionthereof as in this Act set forth have been duly appointedand elected respectively the same shall be notified byProclamation in the New South Wales GovernmentGazette under the hand of the Governor and imme-diately upon such notification and from thenceforth theWarden and Fellows of the same College shall be andthey are hereby constituted a Body Politic and Corporateby the name of " The Warden and Fellows of St. Paul'sCollege " by which name the said incorporated body shallhave perpetual succession and shall have a Common Seal
64 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
aud shall sue and be sued or otherwise appear and answer
and be answered and may take and hold to them and
their successors by grant will or otherwise in perpetuityor for any term of life or years as well chattels
andother personal property as lands buildings and
otherhereditaments and the same or any part thereof
mayalien or otherwise dispose of or demise and also
shallor may do all other things incident or appertaining to a
body politic and corporate.Restraining II.—Provided always that it shall not
be lawful forîànds'de-0 tne said Corporation or any person or persons
seized ofj™^from or entitled to lands in trust for the
Corporation or forthe purpose of the College to alienate mortgage charge
or demise any lands or hereditaments granted to or intrust for the Corporation or for College purposes by her
Majesty or her successors without the consent in
writing of the Governor with the advice of the Execu-tive Council for the time being.
Warden and IIT.—The said body politic or corporate shall consist
lows to con- of a Warden and eighteen Fellows of whom six shall,
ttitutea always be Clergymen in Priest's Orders of the United
Church of England and Ireland and twelve shall be lay-men * which said Eighteen Fellows shall elect six Jromtheir own body to be called Senior Fellows who
shallappoint the Warden who shall not be one of themselves
and the Warden and Six Senior Fellows for the time being
sliall together form a council to be called " The Council of
St. Paul's College " in which shall be vested at all timesthe Government in evei'y respect of the College and all
matters relating thereto.Vi.itor. IV.—The Bishop of the Diocese of
Sydney shall beVisitor of the College with all such powers as by lawappertain to the office of visitor of a College.,Warden and V.—The Warden shall always be a Clergyman inVice-warden priest>s Orders of the aforesaid United Church and .heshall have power to appoint a Vice-Warden who shall inthe Warden's absence have all the powers and dischargeall the duties of a Warden.
* Repealed as regards the distinction between Senior and Junior Fellows by^Ct passed in 1S57.
ST. PAUL'S ACT OF INCORPORATION. 65
VI. The Warden and Vice-Warden shall be respec- Removal ortively liable to removal or suspension for sufficient cause penslon .by the Senior Fellows subject to an appeal to the Visitor,and the Vice-Warden shall also be liable to removal orsuspension by the Warden subject to an appeal to theSenior Fellows.
VII. Of the Senior Fellows three shall always be Senior Fei-Clergymen in Priest's Orders as aforesaid and the other s- ·three shall be laymen.
VIII. All vacancies in the office of Warden or in the vacanciesnumber of Fellows or Senior^ Fellows occasioned by deathresignation or removal or other cause shall as soon asconveniently may be after the vacancy (on notification of ■the fact under the hand of two Fellows or Senior Fellows)be supplied in the manner following that is to say in the 'office of Warden by the Senior Fellows in the office orplace of Senior Fellow by the twelve other Fellows fromtheir own. body and in the place or post of Fellows bythe remaining Fellows. - .
IX. Provided that the first eighteen Fellows shall be Election ofelected by the subscribers to the funds of the College in e l0W8
such manner as they shall among themselves appoint■ and that all vacancies in the number of Fellows (not , ■being Senior.Fellows) as soon as there shall be twentyMembers of the College who are graduates, of the .University continuing on the books of the College shallbe supplied by election by such graduates in such manneras the Council may appoint.
X. The College of Saint Paul hereby incorporated shall Saiat^Paui'sbe a College of and within the University of Sydney and a coîiege ofall Students in the College shall immediately upon enter- Jjj*(¾'^"-ing therein matriculate in the said University and shall sitj.submit and be subject to the discipline thereof and shallcontinue in the College so long only as they shall beMembers of the University and shall be required dulyand regularly to attend the Lectures of the University onthose subjects an examination and proficiency in whichare required for honors and degrees with the exceptionif (thought fit by the Council) of the Lectures on EthicsMetaphysics and Modern History.
66 UNIYEESITY COLLEGES.Clergy resi-dent In theCollege.
Power tomake By-Laws.
By-Laws tobe laid be-fore the Le-gislature.
Control overStudents.
Vote andquorum atMeetings.
XI. In case a Church Constitution for the aforesaidUnited Church within this Colony shall be hereafterestablished by any Act or Statute passed for that purposeevery clergyman resident in the College shall be subjectto all such regulations as may (by or in pursuance ofsuch Church Constitution) be enacted for the governmentof the Clergy in general.
XII. The Council of the College shall have power fromtime to time to make and establish all such By-Laws andRules for carrying into effect the several Provisions andobjects for this Act and particularly for declaring thecauses which shall create vacancies in the office of Fellowor Senior Fellow and directing who shall preside atMeetings of the Council and of the Fellows and for themanagement of the College and prescribing the duties ofthe several offices thereof and of the Warden and Vice-Warden and the ordering of all things in and connectedwith the College and the discipline thereof to the pro-motion of Religion and Learning as to the said Councilshall seem expedient and such Laws and Rules or any ofthem from time to time to alter or revoke or to substituteothers in their place.
3. Provided that every such By-Law and Ruleshall be transmitted to the Governor within thirty daysafter being made to be by him laid before the LegislativeCouncil or Houses of the Legislature, of the Colony assoon as conveniently may be hereafter.
4. Provided also that the Warden or Vice-Wardenof the College subject only to the Laws and Rules somade shall have the general superintendence and controlof the Students and of the Institution.
XV. The votes at all meetings of the Fellows or SeniorFellows or Council (except votes for a Senior Fellow orthe appointment of a Warden) shall be taken exclusively 'of the person presiding unless there shall be an equalityof votes and in every case where all the Fellows ov SeniorFellows resident within fifty miles of Sydney entitled toattend shall have had notice of the time and place ofintended meeting one clerical and one lay Member ofthe Council with the Warden shall constitute a Meeting
ST. PAULS ACT OF INCORPORATION. 67
of the Council and two Clerical and two Lay Fellowswith one presiding Fellow shall constitute a meeting ofthe Fellows and the votes and proceedings of the majorityat any such meeting shall be taken and accepted· asthe votes and proceedings of the Council of Fellowsrespectively.. XVI. Provided that it shall be lawful for the Council ^¿'by
by any By-Law or By-Laws by them made, and assented By-Laws,to by the Fellows to ordain and appoint that the personpresiding at any meeting whether of the Council or theFellows or the Senior Fellows shall have a deliberativeas well as a casting vote and to alter the mode of supply-ing vacancies in the office of Fellow by ordaining andappointing that such vacancies until twenty Graduateshave become qualified as Electors shall be supplied bythe remaining Fellows and the Graduates (continuing onthe books of the College) jointly.
XVII. No temporary vacancy or vacancies in the Temporaryoffice of Warden or in the number of Fellows or Senior not to pieju-Fellows of the College shall be deemed in any way to potion00""'affect the Constitution of the College or its privileges orits status as an Incorporated Body.Passed the Legislative Council}
this■ twenty-eighth day of\ CHARLES NICHOLSON,November one thousand eight Γ SPEAKER.hundred and fifty-four. J
WM. MACPHERSON, CLERK OF THE Coimcrr..In the name and on behalf of her Majesty I assent to this Act,
CHAS. A. FITZ ROY,GO VERNOR-G EN1 E RAf,.
Govt. House, Sydney, 1st December, 185Ί.
68 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
An Act to Enlarge the Council of St. Paul's College.
[Assented to 15th December, 1857].
Preamble. WHEREAS by an Act passed in the eighteenth year of her
Majesty for the incorporation of St. Paul's College it wasenacted that the Fellows of the College should elect six
oftheir own body to be called Senior Fellows who with the
Warden shall form the Council of the College. And
whereas1 it is deemed expedient by the Warden Senior. . Fellows and Fellows of the said College that the
Councilthereof should in future consist of the Warden and all
' the Fellows without distinction but that change can only
be affected by the authority of the Legislature. Be ittherefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majestyby and with the advice and consent of the LegislativeCouncil and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales
in Parliament assembled and by the authority of thesame as follows : ■
Council v> I. After the passing of this Act the distinction be-
warien and tween " Fellows " and " Senior Fellows " of St. Paul's
eighteeu College shall cease and no Senior Fellow be electe'd and
rellowa. °
the Council of the College shall consist' of the Wardenand eighteen Fellows for the time being and in thoseFellows the powers now residing exclusively in theSenior Fellows shall be vested.
II. Every vacancy hereafter arising in the number ofFellows shall be notified to the remaining Fellows bythe Warden on the requisition in writing of any twoFellows and he shall as soon afterwards as may be prac-ticable convene a meeting of the Fellows to supply suchvacancy.
III. Before any meeting of the Council or Fellowsshall ^ake place every Fellow resident within fifty milesof Sydney shall have reasonable notice of the day andplace of meeting and two Clerical and two lay Fellowsexclusive of the Warden or Presiding Fellow shall con-stitute a quorum.
Vacancies inthe office ofFellow. .
ofQuorumFellows.
ST. JOHN'S INCORPORATION ACT. ·69
An Act to Incorporate St. John's College as a Collegewithin the University of Sydney..
[Assented to 15th December, 1857.]
WHEREAS considerable funds have been subscribed for Preamble,the Institution and Endowment in the Archdiocese ofSydney of a Roman Catholic College within theUniversity of Sydney to be' called " The College of SaintJohn the Evangelist " wherein the students shall receivesystematic religious instruction and be brought up in ·■—■the doctrines and discipline of the Roman CatholicChurch and provision be made foi the residence of thestudents and their preparation for the UniversityLectures and Examinations under Collegiate control.And. whereas it is expedient that the said College shouldbe incorporated. Be it therefore enacted by the Queen'sMost Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and con-sent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assemblyof New South Wales in Parliament assembled and bythe authority of the same as follows : ·
I. So soon as it shall be made to appear to the satis- st. John'sfaction of the Governor that a sum not less than ten 00116^L'","thousand pounds has been subscribed or contributed forthe endowment aforesaid and that the amount haseither been paid or secured to be paid for that purposeand that a Rector and eighteen Fellows for the Govern-ment of the said College in· accordance with the consti-tution thereof as in this Act set forth have been dulyappointed and elected respectively the same shallbenotified by Proclamation in the New South WalesGovernment Gazette under the hand of the Governorand immediately upon such notification and from thence-forth the Rector and Fellows of the said College shall beand they are hereby constituted a Body Politic and Cor-poiate by the name of the " Rector and Fellows of St.John's College " by which name the said incorporatedbody shall have perpetual succession and a common seal
70 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
and shall sue and be sued or otherwise appear andanswer and be answered and may take and hold to them
and their successors by grant will or otherwise in per-petuity or for any term of life or years as well chattels
and other personal property as lands buildings and otherhereditaments and the same or any part thereof mayalien or otherwise dispose of or demise and also shall or
may do all other things incident or appertaining to aBody Politic and Corporate.
Restraiuiiig II. Provided always that it shall not be lawful for thefànd°derived sa'^ Corporation or any persons or person seized of or ·from the entitled to lands in trust for the Corporation or for the
purposes of the College to alienate mortgage charge ordemise any land or hereditaments granted to or in trust
for the Corporation or for College purposes by herMajesty or her successors without the consent in writing
of the Governor with the advice of the ExecutiveCouncil for the time being.
Rectors and III. The said Body Politic or Corporate shall consistconetHut'ea 0 a Rector, and eighteen Fellows of whom six shall
Council. always be duly approved Priests and twelve shall belaymen which said eighteen Fellows shall appoint the
Rector who shall not be one of themselves and theRector and Fellows for the time being shall together
form a Council to be called "The Council of St. John'sCollege " in which shall be vested at all times the
government in every respect of the College and allmatters relating thereto,
visitor. IV. The Koman Catholic Archbishop of Sydney shallbe visitor of the College with all such powers as by lawappertain to the office of \7isitor to a College.Rector und V. The Rector shall always be a duly approved Priest" and the Council shall have power to appoint a Vice-Rector who shall in the Rector's absence have all thepowers and discharge all the duties of Rector.
VI. The Rector and Vice-Rector shall be respectivelyliable to removal or suspension for sufficient cause by theFellows subject to an appeal to the Visitor.
VII, All vacancies in the office of Rector or in thenumber of Fellows occasioned by death resignation orremoval or other cause shall as soon as conveniently may
Removal orsuspension.
ST. JOHN'S INCORPORATION ACT. 71
be after the vacancy (on notification of the fact under thehand of two Fellows) be supplied in the manner followingthat is to say in the office of Rector by the Fellowsand in the place or post of Fellows by the remainingFellows.
VIII. Provided that the first eighteen Fellows shall Election otbe elected by the subscribers to the funds of the College Fellows-at a meeting of the subscribers to be convened by .theVisitor by notice in one or more newspapers published inSydney at least one fortnight before the day appointed forsuch meeting And that all vacancies in the number ofFellows so soon as there shall be twenty members of theCollege who are Graduates of the University continuingon the books of the College shall be supplied by theremaining Fellows and the said Graduates in such manneras the Council may appoint.
IX. The College of St. John hereby incorporated Saint John's■shall be a College of and within the University of ^¾^Sydney and all Students in the College shall immediately and withinupon entering therein matriculate in the said University s¡ty.and shall thereafter continue to be members thereof andsubmit and be subject to the discipline thereof and shallbe required duly and regularly to attend tho Lectures ofthe University on those subjects an examination andproficiency in which are required for Honours andDegrees with the exception (if thought fit by the Council)of the Lectures on Ethics Metaphysics and ModernHistory.
X. The Council of the College shall have power from power totime to time to make and establish all such By-laws ™a^e By~and Rules for carrying into effect the several. provisions
and objects of this Act and particularly for declaring thecauses which shall create vacancies in the office of Fellowand directing who shall preside at Meetings of theCouncil and of the Fellows and for the management ofthe College and prescribing the duties of the several. officers thereof and of the Rector and Vice-Rector and theordering of all things in and connected with the Collegeand of the discipline thereof as to the said Council shallseem expedient and such Laws and Rules or any of them
72 UNIVEESITY COLLEGES.
By-Laws belaid beforeParliament.
Control overStudents.
Vote andquorum atmeetings.
Specialpower byBy-Laws.
Temporaryvacanciesnot to pre-judice theCorporation.
from time to time to alter or revoke or to substituteothers in their place.
XI. Provided that every such By Law and Rule shallbe transmitted to the Governor within thirty days afterbeing made to be by him laid before the Houses of Par-liament of the Colony as soon as conveniently may bethereafter.
XII. Provided also that the Rector or Vice-Rector ofthe College subject only to the Laws and Rules so madeshall have the general superintendence and control of theStudents and of the Institution.
5. The votes of all meetings of the Council (exceptvotés for the appointment of a Rector) shall be takenexclusively of the person presiding unless there shall bean equality of votes in which case he shall have a castingvote,and in every case where all the Fellows residentwithin fifty miles of Sydney entitled to attend shall havehad notice of the time and place of intended meeting one .Clerical and two Lay Members of the Council with theRector shall constitute a meeting of the Council and thevotes and proceedings of the majority at any such meetingshall be taken and accepted as the votes and proceedingsof the Council or Fellows respectively.
6. Provided that it shall be lawful for the Councilby any By-Law or By-Laws to alter the mode of supply-ing vacancies in the office of fellow by ordaining andappointing that such vacancies until twenty Graduateshave become qualified as Electors shall be supplied bythe remaining Fellows and the Graduates (continuing onthe books of the College)-jointly.
XV. No temporary vacancy or vacancies in the officeof Rector or in the number of Fellows in the Collegeshall be deemed in any way to affect the Constitution ofthe College or its privileges or status as an Incorporatedbody.
ST. ANDREW'S INCORPORATION ACT. 73
An Act to Incorporate St. Andrew's College as aCollege within the University of Sydney.
[Assented to 12th December, 1867.]
WHEREAS by an Act Eighteenth Victoria number thirty- ream
e'seven provision has been made for encouraging and assist-ing the establishment of Colleges within the Universityof Sydney, and whereas it is proposed to institute andendow such a College within the said University to becalled " St. Andrew's College," wherein may be affordedto Presbyterian and other students residence anddomestic supervision with systematic religious instructionin accordance with the principles of the PresbyterianChurch of New South Wales and also efficient tutorialassistance in their preparation for the University lecturesand examinations and whereas ' it is expedient that thesaid College be incorporated Be it therefore enacted bythe Queen's Most Excellent Majesty by and 'with the .advice and · consent of the Legislative Council and §
Legislative Assembly of New South Wales in Parliamentassembled and by the Authority of the same as follows :
1. So soon as it shall be made to appear to the satis- Saint An-faction of the Governor that a sum not less than ten iege incor-thousand pounds has been subscribed for the Endowment portedaforesaid and that the amount has either been paid orsecured to be paid for that purpose in accordance withSection II. of Eighteenth Victoria number thirty-sevenand that a Principal and twelve Councillors for thegovernment of the said College in accordance with theconstitution thereof as in this Act set forth have beenduly elected and appointed the same shall be notified byproclamation in the New South Wales Government Gazetteunder the hand of the Governor and immediately uponsuch notification and from thenceforth the Principal andCouncillors of the said College shall be and they arehereby constituted a Body Politic and Corporate by théname of " The Principal and Councillors of Saint
74 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
Andrew's College " by which name the said incorporated
body shall have perpetual succession and a common seal
and shall sue and be sued or otherwise appear and answer
and be answered and may take and hold to them and totheir successors by grant, will or otherwise in perpetuityor for any term of life or years as well chattels and otherpersonal property as lands buildings and hereditaments
. and the same or any part thereof may alien or otherwise
dispose of or demise and also shall or may do all otherthings incident or appertaining to a body politic and
. corporate.
Restraining H. Provided, always that it shall not be lawful for the
disposal of . , , · τ ΛLands de- said corporation or any person or persons seized or orthTcrown entitled to lands in trust for the Corporation or forCollege purposes to alienate mortgage charge or demiseany lands or hereditaments granted to or in trust forthe Corporation or for College purposes by Her Majestyor her successors without the consent in writing of theGovernor with the advice of the Executive Council forthe time being.CouBtitutiou m. The Principal who shall also be a Councillor andshall always be a duly ordained Presbyterian Ministerholding and prepared to subscribe (when called on so todo) the standards of the Presbyterian Church of NewSouth Wales shall be chosen and appointed by the saidtwelve Councillors of whoni four but not more shall beordained ministers of the Presbyterian Church of New• South Wales and all tutors and professors of the Collegeshall be chosen and appointed by said Principal andCouncillors.council^ IV- The Principal and said twelve Councillors for
thetime being of whom five shall be a quorum shall togetherform a council to be called the Council of St. Andrew'sCollege in which shall be vested at all times the govern-ment in every respect of the College and all matterrelating thereto. No temporary vacancy or vacancies inthe office of principal or in the,number of Councillors ofthe College shall be deemed in any way to affect theconstitution of the College or its privileges or status asan incorporated body.
ST. ANDBEWS INCORPORATION ACT. 75
V. The first twelve Councillors shall be elected by thesubscribers to the funds of the College every subscriber election 'ofof One Pound paid to have one vote every subscriber of Cou"clllor8·Ten Pounds to have two votes every subscriber of Twenty-five Pounds three votes and every subscriber of FiftyPounds or upwards to have four votes all such votes tobe given by ballot and subscribers not present at anymeeting for such purpose who may authorise in writingany other subscriber shall be allowed to vote by proxy.
VI. All future vacancies either in the office of Princi- vacancies,pal or in the number of Councillors shall be filled up by howfliiedupelection by the remaining Councillors and such graduates-of the University as still continue on the books of theCollege Provided always that no person shall be deemedeligible as a Councillor who is not a member of the Pres-byterian Church of New South Wales.
VII. The Moderator for the time being of the General visitor.Assembly of the Presbyterian Church of New SouthWales shall be the Visitor of the College and shall havethe right to visit the College at any time to examine intothe manner in which it is conducted and to see that its ·laws and regulations are duly observed and executed.
VIII. The Principal and Professors or Tutors shall Removal
be liable respectively to removal or suspension for a suffi- and suopeii-cient cause by the Council subject to an appeal to the swn'Visitor in any case involving the moral character of any ofthem Provided that if the ground of complaint shall con-cern the theological or religious doctrines or teaching ofthe Principal and Tutors or Professors or any of them theCouncillors shall not adjudicate thereon but shall remitthe same for trial to the Presbytery of Sydney subject toan appeal to the General Assembly of the PresbyterianChurch of New South Wales.■ IX. The Council of the College shall have power p0Wer offrom time to time to make and establish all such By-laws Making By-and Pules for carrying into effect the several provisionsand objects of this Act as to the said Council shall seemexpedient and such laws and rules from time to time toalter and revoke or to substitute others in their placesProvided that every such By-law and Rule shall he trans-mitted to the Governor within thirty days after being
76 ,UNIVERSITY COLLEGES.
made to be by him laid before the House of Parliamentof the colony as soon as conveniently may be thereafter.Residence ^- ^e College of St. Andrew's hereby incorporatedafter gradu- shall be a College of and within the University of Sydneyand all students in the College shall.immediately uponentering therein matriculate ie the said University andshall be subject to the discipline thereof and shall berequired duly and regularly to attend the Lectures of theUniversity on those subjects an examination and pro-ficiency in which are required for Honours and Degreeswith the exception (if thought fit by the Council) of thelectures on Ethics Metaphysics and Modern History ButStudents after taking their Degrees at the University·may continue in the College for a period not exceedingfour years for the purpose of prosecuting such branchesof learning as may not be taught in the University.Deed of XI. And whereas in the Deed of Grant to the Univer-u>rbetcoù-OW s*ty °f Sydney of land in trust for certain.Colleges whenstrued. the founders of the same shall have complied with theconditions of public endowment as therein mentioned aportion of the said land is vested in the Senate of theUniversity in Trust for a College in connection with the" Church of Scotland " the phrase " Church of Scotland "shall .be understood to signify the Presbyterian Churchof New South Wales. " . ■
PEINCE ALFRED HOSPITAL INCORPORATION ACT.
An Act to Incorporate the " Prince Alfred Hospital."[Assented to 3rd April 1873.]
WHEREAS a public meeting was held in Sydney on thetwentieth day of March one thousand eight hundred andsixty-eight at which certain resolutions were passedexpressing a determination that a substantial and per-manent monument should.be erected in commemorationof the heartfelt graditude of the inhabitants of NewSouth Wales for the preservation of his Royal HighnessPrince Alfred and that the form *of memorial mostappropriate to the object in view and best calculated torepresent the feelings of the community would be a
Hospital for the relief of the sick and the maimedpossessing all modern appliances necessary for the effec-tive treatment of disease and for the comfort of theinmates including a ward for convalescents until suitableaccommodation should be provided for such Andwhereas a Committee, was formed for collecting sub-scriptions for the erection of such Hospital and thecarrying out of such resolutions And whereas a numberof persons resident in all parts of the said colony andelsewhere have subscribed towards such objects and thereis now in the hands of the Treasurer a large sum ofmoney from such subscriptions applicable to suchpurposes And whereas such sum of money has beensubscribed by persons of all shades of religious opinionand belief and it is deemed expedient that the said insti-tution shall be entirely unsectarian in character Andwhereas by reason of the very large number of subscriberstowards the erection and establishment of such Hospitaland the impossibillity of having a meeting of such sub-scribers for the purpose of their choosing the firstDirectors of the said Hospital to represent them as thedonors of the fund with which such Hospital shall beerected it is expedient that such first Directors should bythis Act be nominated and appointed and that provisionshould be made for the election from time to time of
78 PRINCE ALFRED HOSPITAL.
Directors to represent the said persons subscribing thefund for the erection and constitution of the said Hos-pital And whereas a portion of the land originally·granted to the University of Sydney in the year onethousand eight hundred and fifty-five is intended to beresumed by Her Majesty under an Act of the Legis-lature for that purpose in order that the same may begranted for the purposes of the Prince Alfred Hospitalin accordance with and subject to certain conditions andtrusts in such Acts expressed And whereas it is expe-dient for the purpose of more effectually carrying out thesaid determination as to the erection of the said Hospitaland of providing for and carrying out the good govern-ment and management of the said Hospital that thecontributors for the time being to the erection andsupport of the said Hospital should be incorporated withand subject to the powers privileges and provisions here-inafter mentioned · Be it therefore enacted by theQueen's Most Excellent Majesty by and with the adviceand consent of the Legislative Council and LegislativeAssembly of New South Wales in Parliament assembledand by the authority of the same as follows :Subscribers I· -A-U persons who have already subscribed and allto Hospital persons who after the passing of this Act shall subscribeporation. towards the erection and completion of the said Hospitaland who after the passing of this Act and the completionof the said Hospital shall contribute to the support ofthe said Hospital and also all persons who after thecompletion of the said Hospital shall contribute to thesupport of the said Institution for so long and duringsuch time as they shall continue to be such contributorsto the support of the said Institution and also all personswho shall have paid or shall hereafter pay one entire sumof Fifty Pounds towards either the erection completion orsupport of the said Hospital shall be from the time ofthe passing of this Act subject to the provisions in thisAct contained a body corporate by the name of "ThePrince Alfred Hospital " by which name such body cor-porate shall have perpetual succession and a common sealand in the same name shall and may sue and be suedimplead or be impleaded proceed or be proceeded against
INCORPORATION ACT 79
in all Courts of the said Colony and may prefer lay andprosecute any indictment information and prosecutionagainst any person or persons whomsoever for any offenceand in all indictments informations and prosecutions itshall be lawful to state any property of the said corporatebody to be the property of the said corporate body in itscorporate name and to allege any attempt to defraudthe said corporate body or any'of its officers to be anintent to'defraud the said corporate body in its corporatename.
II. All real and personal estate vested in and held by AU propertyany person or persons in trust for the said Prince Alfred for HospitalHospital at the time of the passing of this Act shall be vested in
r r o body cor-and the same is hereby transferred to and vested in the porate.said body corporate.
III. It shall be lawful for the said body corporate to Power totake purchase hold and enjoy not only such lands d°a] ™ihbuildings and hereditaments as may from time to time lai>de. ιbe required used or occupied for the immediate require-ments and purposes of the said Hospital but also anyother land and hereditaments whatsoever wheresoeversituate and also to take purchase receive hold andenjoy any goods chattels and personal property and alsoto sell grant convey assure demise or otherwise disposeof either absolutely or by way of mortgage any of theproperty real or personal belonging to the said body cor-porate Provided that it shall not be lawful for the saidbody corporate so to sell grant convey assure demise ordispose of the said portion of the land originally grantedto the said University of Sydney so as aforesaid intendedto be resumed by Her Majesty and to be granted for thepurposes of the said Hospital or any part thereof or anyland or hereditaments which may at any time hereafterbe granted by the said body corporate by the Crown byway of free gift unless with the approval of the Governorand Executive Council to be testified by writing underthe hand of the Governor countersigned by the ColonialSecretary for the time being except by way of lease forany term not exceeding twenty-one years from the time
of the granting of any such lease in and by which thereshall be reservedand made payable during the whole of
80 PRINCE ALFRED HOSPITAL,
the term to be thereby granted the best yearly rent thatcan be reasonably gotten for the same without any fine
or premium.Hospital and IV. The said Hospital and the property of the said
be°managed body corporate shall be governed managed and disposedby Directors 0f by the Board of Directors of the said Institution for
the time being subject to the By-laws Rules and Regu-lations for the time being of the said Institution and six
Directors shall form a quorum of such Board for thedoing any act or performing or transacting any business
which may under the provisions of this Act or the By-Laws Rules and Regulations of the said body corporate
be done' performed or transacted. 'Appoint- V. The first Directors of the said Institution and who
Directors.'''9 shall for all purposes connected with the said Institutionbe the representatives of the said persons who havesubscribed to the fund for the erection and establishmentof the said Hospital shall be fifteen in number and suchfirst Directors shall be the Chancellor for the time beingof the University of Sydney the Dean of the Faculty ofMedicine of the said University and three other personsto be appointed from time to time by the Governor andExecutive. Council together with Ewen Wallace CameronRobert Coveny Eyre Goulburn Ellis John Fairfax theHonourable Thomas Holt Edward Knox Lewis WolfeLevy Alfred Roberts John Smith M.D. and John BrownWatt and such Directors shall subject to the conditionsand provisions herein contained hold office until the-saidHospital shall have been erected and shall be opened andready for reception of patients and for thirteen monthsthereafter.Appoint- YI. In the event of any one of such first directors as
D^ectonfiT mentioned in the last preceding section or any Directorplace of any nominated and appointed under the provisions, of this
ceasing to be section at any time and from time to time under any ofDirector. tjje provisions of this Act or any By-Laws and Rules made
hereunder ceasing to be a Director the Board of Directorsshall within three months of such vacancy nominate and
appoint some. other person from among such originaldonors of a not less amount than Five Pounds to the fund
for erecting and establishing the said Hospital or from
■· INCORPORATION ACT.
81
the annual subscribers of amounts not less than TwoPounds per annum to the said Hospital to be a Directorin the room and place of such person so ceasing to besuch Director and every Director so appointed shall forall the purposes and provisions of this Act be takenand considered to be a first Director in the same manneras if he had been hereby appointed one of the said firstDirectors. Provided always that when and so often asany person appointed by' the Governor and ExecutiveCouncil ceases to be a Director some other person shall' be appointed by the Governor with the advice aforesaid.
VIL Within thirteen months after the said Hospital £23¾" Dl.shall have been erected and shall be opened and ready rectors afterfor the reception of patients the said first Directors shall openecUocall a meeting of the then annual subscribers to the representsupport and maintenance of the said Institution for the scribers.reception of patients by an advertisement in any one ormore of the newspapers published in Sydney for four-teen days before the time of such meeting for the pur-pose of electing Directors to represent such annualsubscribers at the Board of Directors as the same shallthenceforth be constituted and at such meeting such sub-scribers shall elect ten Directors and the Governor andExecutive Council may appoint three Directors in lieuof the persons previously appointed.
VIII. At every annual meeting subsequently held in Appoint-the month of July in every year five of such ten annualDirectors mentioned in the last preceding section shall Directore'inretire and the five who are to retire shall be determined place ofby lot and when the whole of such ten Directors shall Jectore?have retired then at every such subsequent annual meetingfive of the ten Directors elected by the annual subscriberstowards the support of the Institution shall retire inrotation the Directors so retiring being eligible forre-election and at every such annual meeting it shall belawful for the then annual subscribers to the support ofthe said Institution to elect five Directors in the room ofthe said Directors then retiring according to the pro-visions herein contained and if there shall be more thanfive candidates such election shall be by ballot.
82 PRINCE ALFRED HOSPITAL,
After sub- jx_ ^8 s00n as the said Directors shall have been soDirectors as aforesaid elected the said Board of Directors of andSm??*?1 f°r tne said Institution shall consist of fifteen Directorsconsist of made up of the said ten Directors first herein providedfor and the Chancellor of the University for the time "being the Dean of the Faculty of Medicine of the saidUniversity and the three persons appointed by theGovernor with the advice aforesaid and of such Board-the presence of six Directors shall form a quorum..Ministers of X.' Ministers of Religion shall subject and
accordinghav<ffreet0 to the provisions of the By-laws Rules and
Regulations toaccess to -^6 made by the Board of Directors have free
admit-not capable tance to the said Hospital for the purpose of
giving ande'ectèd8 administering religious instruction and
consolation to anyDirectors, patients in the said Hospital of such
minister's owndenomination but in no case shall any
minister ofreligion of any denomination be capable of being elected
a Director of the said Hospital.XI. It shall be lawful for the Board of
Directors atany time and from time to time to make repeal andalter By-laws Rules and Regulations for regulating theirown times and mode of meetings and transactingbusiness for fixing the number of votes of contributorsin proportion to the amount of their contributions fordetermining the qualifications disqualifications charge re-tirement election and appointment of Directors (exceptas herein provided for) medical officers auditors executiveand other officers and nursnig staff and sub-committeesof the said Institution and generally for the supportmanangement and governmentof the said Institution andof all officers servants and patients thereof providedthat no such By-laws Rules or Regulations shall be inany way repugnant to or inconsistent with the provisionsherein contained.
XII. A copy of any such By-laws Rules and Regulationssealed with the seal of the said body corporate and pur-porting to be certified by the Secretary for the timebeing of the said Institution as being correct shall bereceived in any Court as being conclusive evidence ofsuch By-laws Rules and Regulations.
Power tomake By-laws.
Copy of Bylaws to beevidence.
• INCORPORATION ACT.
83
XIII. It shall be lawful for the Board . of Directors Powers offrom time to time and for the time being to invest any of £vœtf™ade.the funds of the said body corporate and which may notin the opinion of such Board of Directors be required forthe current expenses of the said Institution arid anymoneys given or bequeathed to the said Institution orarising from the sale of property granted devised be-queathed or given to the said Institution according to.the discretion of such Board of Directors in any Govern-ment funds or debentures of the Australian Colonies orin any debentures or debenture stock of any Municipal,Corporation in the said Colonies or of any bank orincorporated company carrying on business in the saidColonies or by way of purchase mortgage or otherwiseupon any freehold estate in the said Colonies with powerfrom time to time and at any time to vary and transferany such investment for or into any other investment ofa like kind Provided always that it shall be lawfulfor the Board of Directors in their absolute discretion atany time and from time to time to resort to any suchinvestments and to realise the same for the purpose ofapplying the moneys to arise from the sale and realisationof the same in or towards any then current or immediateexpense or requirement of the said Institution. '
XIV. The Board, of Directors shall from time to time Directors toelect and appoint from amongst such Board a house com- appoint sub-mittee and such and so many sub-committees as they maythink fit for transacting the affairs and business of thesaid Institution with and subject to such powers privilegesprovisions and conditions as shall be provided and declaredby the By-laws Rules and Regulations for the time being.
XV. It shall be lawful for the Board of Directors from power to ap-time to time to make provision for the appointment and point .medi-support of a medical school and a'nursing and training ¡ng staa.staff for the said Institution.
XVI. No irregularity informality or illegality in the informalityelection;or appointment of any Director or officer of the Director"""said Institution shall be taken or construed to render pfflcer not toillegal or invalid any act deed matter or thing done or this Act.executed or suffered to be done or executed by suchDirector or officer in pursuance of such election or appoint-
F2
84 PRINCtí ALFRED HOSPn1AL.
Power tomake andalter com-mon seal.
Proceedingsmay be in-stituted forrecoveringremunera-tion fortreatment inthe Hospital
Unclaimedmoneys ofdeceased 'patients toform " Sa-maritanFund."
Interpreta-tion.
merit but any such election or appointment may in suchway as may be provided for in the said By-laws for thetime being be determined to be good or bad and if badthe vacancy supplied in such way as may be provided forin such By-laws and the provisions of the said By-laws forthe time being as to the validity of any such election orappointment and the acts deeds and things done by anyDirector or officer in pursuance of any such- election orappointment shall have the force and effect of law.
XVII. It shall be lawful for the said Board of Direc-'tors to design at any time and from time to time· tochange or alter the common seal of the said body corporate.
XVIII. Tt shall be lawful for the Treasurer at anytime to institute and prosecute on behalf and in the nameof the said body corporate proceedings in any courtagainst any person who may have received medical orsurgical care or attention or both in the said institutionor against the executors or administrators of any suchperson or against the Curator of the estate of any suchperson for the recovery of fees and remuneration for suchcare and attention and any amount recovered in any suchproceeding shall be applied in such way as may be pro-vided in the said By-laws for the time being.
XIX. All unclaimed moneys of patients who shall diein the said Hospital shall be the. property of the saidbody corporate and shall form a distinct arid separatefund to be called the " Samaritan Fund " which fundshall be managed and disposed of in such manner as bythe By-laws for the time being of the said Institutionshall be provided for the benefit of the necessitous out-going patients.
XX. The words " body corporate " in this Act shall inall cases mean the said Corporation of " The PrinceAlfred Hospital " hereby created the word " Institution "in this Act shall in all cases mean the said hospital soincorporated as an establishment for all the purposes ofan 'hospital the words the " Board of Directors " in thisAct shall in all cases mean the Board of Directors as thesame shall for the time being and from time to timeconsist and be constituted either in number or otherwisethe word " Treasurer " in this Act shall in all cases mean
INCOBPOfIATION ACT. 85
the Treasurer for the time being or any person appointedto act and for the time being acting in the capacity ofTreasurer for the said Institution.
XXI. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or Act may beconstrued to prevent the Legislature of the Colony for r^ufed! °r
the time being from altering amending or repealing theprovisions of this Act or any of them as the publicinterests may. at any time ,seem to render necessary orexpedient.
XXII. This Act may for all purposes be cited as Title of Act."The Prince Alfred Hospital Act." /
.86 PRINCE ALFRED HOSPITAL.
An Act to authorise the resumption by the Crown anddedication as ä site for the~ Prince Alfred MemorialHospital of a portion of the Land granted to theUniversity of Sydney.
[Assented to 25th April 1873.]Preamble WHEEEAS by a Deed of Grant under the Great Seal ofthe Colony and dated the eighteenth day of January in' the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and
fifty-five the land in the said deed particularly describedwas granted unto the University of Sydney and theirsuccessors for ever for the. purposes and upon the truststherein specified and declared as to four several portionsof the said land so thereby granted to consist each of notless than eighteen acres to be selected by the Senate ofthe said University that is to say as to one such portionof the said land thereby granted upon trust when and sosoon as a college in connection with the United Churchof England and Ireland shall have been duly establishedand incorporated as a College within the said Universityand the founders thereof or subscribers to the same shallhave complied with the conditions of public endowmentmentioned in the Act of the Governor and LegislativeCouncil passed in the eighteenth year of Her Majesty'sreign intituled " An Act to provide for the establishment" and endovmment of Colleges within tJie University of" Sydney " to make and execute a sub-grant of such pieceor parcel of land to Trustees for such College for thepurposes and upon the conditions thereinafter in the saiddeed of grant mentioned And as to each of the threeother such portions of the land by the said deed grantedto the said University upon the like trusts for a Collegein connection with each of the respective Churches ofRome Scotland and the Religious Society denominated" Wesleyan Methodists " when such College should havebeen ' in like manner established and incorporated as aCollege within the said University and the founders
EESUMPTION OF LAND ACT.
thereof or subscribers to the same should have compliedwith the said conditions of public endowment respectivelyAnd whereas it was in the presents now under recitalprovided that the said University should not be' obligedto make any such sub-grant upon trust for any or eitherof such Colleges which should not have become so estab-lished and incorporated or whereof the founders or sub-scribers to the same should not have complied with thesaid conditions of public endowment within five yearsfrom the date of the issue of the said presents And itwas therein further provided that if any or either.of theabove declared trusts should lapse by reason of suchfailure as in the preceding proviso mentioned or if any oreither of the said four portions of land" so set apart forsub-grants as thereinbefore provided should after thesub-grant thereafter (in accordance with the provisionstherein contained) become revested in the said University,under or by virtue of the said proviso then and in eitherof such cases the said University should hold the portionsor portion of land in respect to which any "such lapseshould have occurred or which should have becomerevested as aforesaid upon trust to make and executesuch sub-grant or sub-grants thereof or of any portion orportions thereof respectively as should be in that behalfdirected by the Governor for the time being with theadvice of the Executive Council upon trust for suchCollege or Colleges within the said University as the saidGovernor and Executive Council should think fit and asshould be in Her Majesty's behalf named and declaredby an instrument or instruments to be executed by theGovernor for the time being under the Great Seal of theColony and whereas one of such portions of land so setapart as aforesaid being the portion selected by the Senateof the said University for the Religious Society denomi-nated " Wesleyan Methodists " in accordance with theprovisions in the said deed contained in that behalf haslapsed by reason of the non-compliance of the Reli-gious Society as 'aforesaid with the said conditions ofpublic endowment within the said period of, five yearsAnd whereas it has been considered desirable that somuch of the said lapsed portion of land as is more
m PBINCE ALFBED HOSPITAL.
particularly described in the Schedule hereto shall be
resumed by Her Majesty her heirs and successors inorder that a grant thereof should in accordance with theconditions and subject to the trusts hereinafter specified
'and declared to be made to the subscribers towards a fund
■ to be devoted to the erection of a hospital to commemo-
rate the preservation of the life of His Royal.Highness■Prince Alfred which said subscribers were incorporated
by an Act of the Legislature passed during this presentsession of Parliament by the name of " The Prince Alfred
■Hospital" And whereas the Senate of the said Univer-
sity have consented to such resumption and grant and theTrustees of the said fund on behalf of the said subscribers
thereto are desirous that the same should be carriedinto effect Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's most
Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and consent,of the. Legislative Council and·Legislative Assembly of
New South Wales in Parliament assembled and by theauthority of the same as follows :
Resumption I. The land described in the schedule hereto and being
llniversity Par*; 0^ *ue sa^ lapsed portion of land hereinbefore
land by the referred to and containing by measurement eleven
rowu' acres three roods and twenty six perches more or less
shall be. and the same is hereby resumed by Her Majestyher heirs and successors free from all trusts conditions
and provisions respecting the same contained in the saidin part recited deed of grant and the same land subjectaud vesting to the conditions reservations and provisions
hereinafterU1^f1
0P*? contained shall be and the san^fis hereby vested in the
Alfred Hos- said body corporate or incorporated by the name of the
pitai." « prince Aifred Hospital."Conditions II. The said body corporate shall hold the said land°andislcto subject to the conditions reservations and provisionsbe sold. following that is to say :
(1.) They the said body corporate shall within three: years from the time of the passing of this Actcommence the erection of the hospital- mentioned■ ' · in the next preceding section.
(2.)'.They shall expend on the erection of the saidHospital and the buildings connected therewith' a sum of not less than fifteen'thousand pounds. '
BESUMPTIONOi1LAIiD1ACT. 89
' (3^) The said Hospital when completed arid ready■ ' for the reception of inmates shall be open for
the reception of all persons without any dis- "tinction whatsoever. ■.<·■.
(4.) The said body corporate shall reserve for the :. ,'establishment by the University of a Medical .School in connection with the said Hospital aportion of the said land not being less thantwo nor more than three acres. ' '
(5.) They shall make proper provision for thedrainage and sewerage of the said Hospital
and carry out the same subject to the approvalof the Senate of the said University.
(S.) They shall submit for approval of the saidSenate all plans and elevations for the- said -; ■
Hospital and all buildings connected therewithand also all plans for laying out the groundsto be used in connection with such Hospital
and buildings. ' '.(7.) There shall be reserved for the use of the
public a road or pathway through the saidportion of land of such width and between
such points as the Governor with the adviceof the Executive Council may prescribe on that
behalf.And upon the breach of any of the said conditions it
shall be lawful for the Governor with the advice of theExecutive Council to resume the said portion of landtogether with all biddings erected thereon for the use
of Her Majesty her tíeirs and successors.
*'_.III. Notwithstanding, anything to the contrary con- p0wer to
tained in the " Prince Alfred Hospital Act " all appoint- g¡gj¡£j a
mentsof the Medical or Surgical officers of the said Surgical'Hospital shall be vested in a Board to consist of the H^ita?/Senate of the said University and the Directors of thesaid Hospital acting conjointly and the power of makingany such appointment may be exercised at any meetingor adjourned meeting of such Board by a majority of themembers thereof at which meeting there shall be presentnot fewer members than a quorum of such Senate asdefined by the Act 16 Victoria No.' 28 and a quorum of .the Directors of the said Hospital. :
90 PBINGE 4.LFBED HOSPITAL.
By-Laws - IV". It shall be lawful for the Senate of the saidregulating University to make By-laws regulating the mode offtPDOlHt- Oo
ments &c. appointment of Professors and Lecturers on the staff ofsitoo?iCal the said Medical School and for the Board described in
couree of the next preceding section to make By-laws regulating theHospitaUic. mode in which the Students of the said Medical School
shall have access to and the course of studies to bepursued in the said Hospital And such By-laws shallon approval by the Governor with the advice aforesaid
be binding on the said University and on the PrinceAlfred Hospital and shall be laid before Parliament
within fourteen days after such approval if Parliamentbe then sitting and if not then within fourteen days after
the commencement of the next ensuing session thereof.Bhort title. , V. This Act may be cited as the " Prince Alfred
Memorial Hospital Site Dedication Act 1873."
SCHEDULE.
. Eleven acres'three roods six perches county of Cumberlandparish of Petersham (portion of the University Lands) commenc-ing on the eastern building line of the Missenden Road at thesouthern corner of the St. John's College grant and boundedthence on the west by that building line bearing south twenty-four degrees twenty-six minutes east eight chains and nine links■ on the south by a line bearing sixty-five degrees thirty-fourminutes east nine chains and fifty-four links to the left bank of awatercourse on the east by that watercourse downwards to itsintersection therewith by the north-easterly prolongation of thesouth-eastern boundary of the aforesaid St. John's College grantand on the north-west by a line partly forming the south-easternboundary of that grant bearing south thirty-four degrees thirty-five minutes west thirteen chains and forty-four links to the pointof commencement. , . < ■ ■
DEED OF GRANTUHDEB WHICH THE UNIVERSITY HOLDS THS LAND GRANTED TO IT
BY THE CROWN.
VICTORIA by the Grace of God of the United Kingdomof Great Britain and Ireland Queen Defender ofthe Faith, ac. ,
To all to whom these Presents shall come : Greeting.
WHEREAS by an Act of the Governor and LegislativeCouncil of the Colony of New, South Wales passed inthe fourteenth year of our Reign intituled "An Act toIncorporate and Endow the University of Sydney " aSenate consisting of Sixteen Fellows to be nominatedand appointed And also were thereafter duly nominatedand appointed as by that Act is directed was constituteda body Politic and Corporate with perpetual successionby the name of the "University of Sydney" ,And,thesaid Body Politic were by that name rendered capable inLaw to take purchase and hold to them and theirsuccessors not only such lands buildings hereditamentsand possessions as might from time to time be exclu-sively used and occupied for the immediate requirementsof the said University but also any other lands build-ings hereditaments and possessions whatsoever and togrant demise alien ' or otherwise dispose of all or any ofthe property real or personal belonging to the saidUniversity And also to do all other matters and thingsincidental to or appertaining to a Body, Politic andwhereas provision has been made by the said Governorand Legislative Council for defraying the cost of erectingbuildings for the purposes of the said University Andapplication has been made to us for a grant of- Landwhereon to erect such buildings and for the formation ofa Park and Gardens in connection therewith And
92 UNIVERSITY. .
■whereas it is contemplated that Colleges shall be estab-lished within the. said University in which Collegessystematic religious instruction and domestic supervisionwith efficient assistance'in preparing for the Universitylectures and examinations shall be provided for Studentsin the said University And the said Governor andLegislative Council have made provision for assistingthe erection of the necessary buildings for such Collegesupon land to be granted for that purpose by us to thesaid University in trust for such Colleges if any shouldbe so granted and if not then upon land otherwise con-veyed to and accepted by the University upon suchtrusts And whereas it is expected that Colleges con-nected with; the four several churches or religiousdenominations hereinafter particularly mentioned willshortly be established within the said University andapplication has been made to us for land to be granted,tothe said University in trust for such four severalColleges And whereas it has been determined onour behalf by his Excellency Sir Charles AugustusEitz-Roy our Governor-General of our AustralasianPossessions and Governor of our Territory and Colony ofNew South "Wales with. the advice of the ExecutiveCouncil of our said Colony that certain land situatenear the City of Sydney comprising in all one hundredand twenty-six acres more or less and which lands arehereinafter more particularly described shall be appro-priated . and granted upon the terms and conditionshereinafter mentioned for the uses and purposes of thesaid University and of Colleges within the same Andwhereas we being desirous of encouraging the saidUniversity and of assisting the establishment of Collegeswithin the same to the end that religion virtue andsound, learning may be by means of the said Universityand Colleges better advanced within our said Territoryof New South Wales have approved of the said determi-nation so made on our behalf * And whereas by reasonof the four Colleges herein niore particularly mentionedbeing so as aforesaid expected to be shortly establishedbut without the intention of thereby creating any distinc-tion whatsoever of classes or denominations amongst our
DEED OF GBANT.
subjects resident in our said Colony we have approvedof the special provision hereinafter contained being madeat this time for such four several Colleges Now knowye that for the purposes aforesaid we of our own specialgrace do for us our heirs and successors hereby grantunto " The University of Sydney " so constituted ■ andincorporated as aforesaid All that piece or parcel of landsituate lying and being in the parish of Petersham andCounty of Cumberland in the colony aforesaid contain-ing by admeasurement one hundred and twenty-sixacres more or less commencing at a point on the southside of the Parramatta Road distant seventy-three linkssouth-westerly from the north-west corner of the TollGate House and bounded on the east by a curved lineof fence the general bearing being south forty degreesforty-four minutes west four chains twenty-four linksthence south thirty-one degrees twenty minutes west sixchains and seventeen links thence south seven degreeseast five chains and eighty-nine links thence southeighteen degrees forty-five minutes west three chains andnine links thence south two degrees . west five chainssixty-seven links and thence south fourteen degrees thirtyminutes east six chains and fifty-two links to the presentor New Town Road and thence by that road bearingsouth-westerly four chains and sixty-one links to the·site granted-for an Episcopal Residence on the south-west by the north-east boundary line of that land bearingnorth-westerly seven chains and sixty-five links on thesouth-east by the north-west boundary line of that land,bearing south-westerly four chains and sixty links on'thenorth-east by the south-western boundary line of thatland in its prolongation bearing south-easterly eightchains and forty-eight links to a reserved street on thesouth by that street dividing it from the CamperdowhEstate bearing west eleven degrees thirty minutes southtwenty chains and fifty-one links to a reserved roadagain on the south-west by that road bearing_ northtwenty-four degrees thirty minutes west thirteen chainsand seventy links thence west thirty-eight degrees twentyminutes north thirteen chains and seventy-six links tóthe southernmost corner of the Roman Catholic Church
UNIVERSITY.
allotment on the north-west'by the south-eastern boun-dary lines of the Roman Catholic Church Parsonage andSchool allotments bearing north-eastern four chainsagain on the south-west by the north-east boundary lineof the said school allotment five chains and fifty-threelinks to the Parramatta Road and again on the north-west by that road and its embankments and cuttingsbearing north-easterly to the point of commencementaforesaid With all the rights privileges members andappurtenances thereunto belonging or in any wise apper-taining To hold unto the said University of Sydney andtheir successors for ever Yielding and paying thereforyearly unto us our heirs and successors the Quit Rent ofone peppercorn for ever if demanded for the purposesand upon the trusts hereinafter mentioned that is to sayAs to so much of the,said piece or parcel of land herebygranted as shall not be set apart by the Senate of theUniversity for the sub-grants hereinafter mentioned upontrust for the erection thereon of buildings for the saidUniversity and for the formation of a Park and Gardensin connection therewith And as to four several portionsof the said land so hereby granted to consist each of notless than eighteen acres to be selected by the said Senateupon the trusts following that is to say As to one suchportion of the said land hereby granted upon trust whenand so soon as a College in connection with the United;Church of England and Ireland shall have been dulyestablished and incorporated as a College within thesaid University and the founders thereof or subscribersto the samé shall have complied with the conditions ofpublic endowment mentioned in the Act of the saidGovernor and Legislative Council passed in the presentyear of our reign intituled " An Act to provide for the.Establishment and Endowment of Colleges within theUniversity of Sydney " to make and execute a sub-grantof such piece or parcel of land to Trustees for suchCollege for the purposes and upon the conditions herein-after mentioned And as to one other such portion of thesaid land hereby granted to the said University for thelike ,trust for a College in connection with the Church ofRome when the same shall have been in like manner
DEED OF GBANT.
established and incorporated as a College within the saidUniversity and the founders thereof or the subscribers tothe same shall have complied with the said conditions ofpublic endowment And as to one other such portion ofthe said land hereby granted to the said University uponthe like trust for a College in connection with the Churchof Scotland when the same shall have been in likemanner established and incorporated as a College withinthe said University and the founders. thereof or sub-scribers to the same shall have complied with the saidconditions of public endowment And as to one othersuch portion of the said land hereby granted to the saidUniversity upon the like trusts for a College in connec-tion with the Religious Society denominated " WesleyanMethodists " when the same shall have· been in likemanner established and incorporated as a College withinthe said University and the founders thereof or subscri-bers to the same shall have complied with the said con-ditions of public endowment Provided always that thesaid University shall not be obliged to make any such sub-grant upon trust for any or either of such Colleges whichshall not have become so established and incorporatedor whereof the founders or subscribers to the same shallnot have complied with the said conditions of publicendowment within five years'from the date of the issue ofthese presents Provided also that if any or either of theabove declared trusts shall lapse by reason of such failureas in the preceding proviso is mentioned or if any oreither of the said four portions of land so set apart forsub-grants as aforesaid shall after the sub-grant thereofin accordance herewith in trust for any or either of thesaid four Colleges become re-vested in the said Universityunder or by virtue of the proviso hereinafter lastlycontained then and in either of such cases the saidUniversity shall hold the portions or portion of and inrespect of which any such lapse shall have occurred orwhich shall have become re-vested as aforesaid upon trustto make and execute such sub-grant or sub-grants thereofor of any portion or portions thereof respectively asshall be in that behalf directed by the Governor of oursaid Colony for the time being with the advice of the
UNIVEBSITY.
said Executive Council upon trust for such College orColleges within the said University as the said Governorand Executive Council shall think fit and as shall be inour behalf named and declared by an instrument orinstruments to be executed by the Governor for the timebeing under the Great Seal of the Colony A.nd we dohereby direct that the said several sub-grants shall bemade upon trusts for the erection upon the lands thereby-sub-granted or conveyed of buildings for the uses andpurposes of such Colleges respectively and for the forma-tion of. Gardens and Grounds for recreation and exercisein connection therewith And that each of such sub-grants shall be made to five Trustees of whom two andtheir successors (one of them being the Provost or Vice-Provost of the University) shall be nominated by theSenate of the said University And other two and theirsuccessors shall be nominated by the Councils or otherGoverning Bodies of the said Colleges respectively or bythe. heads of the religious denominations (if any) inconnection with which such Colleges may respectivelyhave been established (as may have been determined by theconstitution of such Colleges respectively) and of whomthe fifth and his successors shall be chosen and nominatedby the other four Trustees or their successors or in defaultthereof shall be nominated by the said Senate And wedo hereby further direct that the said several sub-grantsshall be made upon the conditions that the buildingsto be erected upon the lands respectively thereby con-veyed shall be. completed within five years from theissue of such sub-grants respectively or such more,extended time as the said Senate may allow in suchcase And that the same respectively shall be erectedin such positions respectively and according to suchdesigns plans sections and elevations and of suchconstruction as shall be approved . by the said SenateAnd that the Gardens and Grounds for recreation andexercise in' connection with such Colleges respectivelyshall be laid out and made within a reasonable timein that behalf and according to such general designsas shall be approved of by the said Senate And wedo hereby further direct that such several sub-grants
DEED OF GBANT.
shall be made upon conditions for securing the landsrespectively thereby conveyed and every part thereoffrom being applied to or used for any purpose other thansuch as shall be consistent with and in furtherance of theobjects hereof and shall be authorised by the term of thesaid sub-grants respectively And also for securing themaintenance of the connection of the said Collegesrespectively with the said University in accordance withthe provisions ■ and true intent and meaning of the saidAct of the said Governor and Legislative Council passedin the present year of our reign And lastly we directthat in the said sub-grants respectively there shall becontained a provision for making void the samerespectively and for re-vesting the lands thereby con-,veyed together with all buildings erections and otherimprovements thereon as the said university in the eventof the trusts and conditions of the said sub-grantsrespectively not being carried out and observed accordingto the true intent and meaning thereof In witness where-of we have caused this our grant to be sealed with the sealof our said Territory witness our trusty and well-belovedSir Charles Augustus Fitz-Roy Knight-Companion ofthe Royal Hanoverian Guelphic Order our Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief of our said Territory andits Dependencies at Government House Sydney in NewSouth Wales the Eighteenth day of January in the yearof our Lord One thousand eight hundred and fifty-fiveand in the eighteenth year of our reign.
(Seal of the Colony).CHAS. A. FITZ-ROY.
Entered on record by me in'Register of Grants No.105 pages 419 to 429 in-clusive this twenty-thirdday. of January onethousand eight hundredand fifty-five.
G
C. D. RIDDELL,
Colonial Secretary
and
Registrar.
UNIVERSITY.
-VICTORIA by the Grace of God of the United Kingdomof Great Britain and Ireland Queen Defender of theFaith and so Forth.
To all to whom these Presents shall come : Greeting.
WHEREAS by an Act of the Governor and LegislativeCouncil of New South Wales passed in the fourteenthyear of our reign intituled " An Act to Incorporate andEndow the University of Sydney " a Senate of sixteenFellows to be nominated and appointed and also werethereafter duly nominated and appointed as by that Actis directed was constituted a body politic and corporatewith perpetual succession by the name of " The Universityof Sydney " and the said body politic were by that namerendered capable in the law to take purchase and hold tothem and their successors not only such lands buildingshereditaments'and premises_as might from time to timebe ι exclusively used and occupied for the immediaterequirements of the said University but also any otherlands buildings hereditaments and premises whatsoeverand to grant demise alien or otherwise dispose of all orany of the property real or personal belonging to the saidUniversity and also to do all other matters and thingsincidental to or appertaining to a body politic Andwhereas it has been determined on our behalf by hisExcellency with the advice of the executive Council ofour said Colony that the lands hereinafter particularlydescribed shall be granted to the University of Sydneyfor the purpose of forming approaches to the UniversityHall and buildings and shall be appropriated andgranted upon the terms and conditions hereinaftermentioned for the uses and purposes aforesaid Nowknow ye that for the purposes aforesaid we ofour special grace do for us our · heirs and successorshereby grant unto the University of Sydney soconstituted and incorporated as 'aforesaid all that
DEED OF GEANT.
piece or parcel of land situated in the County of Cumber-land Parish öf Petersham and containing by admeasure-ment eight acres nineteen perches and one-third of aperch be the same more or less commencing at thewestern side of the Newtown Road ninety feet wide ata point where it intersects the south side of the Parra-matta Eoad, ninety feet wide and bounded thence on thenorth by lines bearing west seventeen degrees fiveminutes south eleven chains and thirty-three links westsixteen degrees eleven minutes south fifty-five links andwest seventeen degrees twenty-five minutes south eighty-four links on the north-west by part of the south-easternboundary line of the University Grant south-westerly tonorth-west corner of the reserve for public recreation onthe south by the northern boundary line of that reservebearing east seventeen degrees forty-five minutes northsixteen chains and ninety-five links and thènce by a linebearing south forty-three degrees twenty minutes easttwelve links and three-fourths of a link to the NewtownRoad ninety feet wide aforesaid and on the east by aline bearing north eight degrees fifty-two minutes eastsix chains and twelve links to the point of commence-ment reserving for public use the present access to thepond the area of which has been deducted from the totalarea with all the rights members privileges and appurte-nances, thereunto belonging or in any wise appertainingto hold unto the said University of Sydney and theirsuccessors for ever Yielding and paying therefor yearlyunto us our heirs and successors the quit rent of onepeppercorn for ever if demanded For the purposes andupon the trusts hereinafter mentioned that is to sayupon trust to use the same as a portion of the park andgardens in connection with the University Buildings andin and about so using the said lands to form approachesover the same to the said University Buildings to erectone or more lodges for a gatekeeper or gatekeepers uponthe said lands and to plant with trees and otherwise usethe said lands as part of the park and gardens connectedwith thé University Buildings in such manner as to theUniversity of Sydney and their successors shall seem fitIn witness whereof we have caused this our gra'nt to be
100 UNIVEESITY.
sealed with the seal of our said territory Witness ourright trusty and well beloved Councillor Sir John YoungBaronet Knight Commander of our most HonourableOrder of the Bath Knight Grand Cross of our MostDistinguished Order of St. Michael and St. George.ourCaptain-General and Governor-in-Chief of our Colony ofNew South Wales at Government House Sydney in NewSouth Wales aforesaid this first day of September in thetwenty-ninth, year of our reign and in the year of ourLord one thousand eight hundred and sixty-five.
• JOHN YOUNG.
Recorded and enrolled in the Registrar-[L.S.] General's £>ifice at Sydney New SouthWales this tenth day of July 1866.
THOS. JAMES JAQUES,
Registrar-General.
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
All By-laws heretofore passed by the Senate and now in force are herebyrepealed, and in lieu thereof the following By-laws shall be and are herebydeclared tobe the By-laws under which the University of Sydney shall hence-forth be governed. Provided always, that nothing herein contained shall bedeemed to revive any By-law previously repealed, or to prejudice any matteralready done or commenced under any By-law hitherto in force. ·.
CHANCELLOR. ■ "
1.—The election to the office of Chancellor shall take placeat a duly convened meeting of the Senate, to- be held in Lu atTerm. '■'..'..„
2.—The Chancellor shall be elected for -a period of three-years (except as hereinafter provided) to be computed from thedate of election, but shall be eligible for re-election.
' 3.—In the event of the office of Chancellor becoming vacantby death, resignation, or otherwise, before the expiration of thefull term of office herein prescribed, the election of a successorshall be proceeded with at the next ensuing regular meeting ofthe Senate, and the Chancellor so appointed shall hold officeuntil the Lent Term next after the expiration of three yearsfrom the date óf such^lection.
VICE-CHANCELLOB.
4.—The election of the Vice-Chancellor shall take place.annually at a duly convened meeting of the Senate, to be heldin Lent Term, except as in cases otherwise provided by the Actof Incorporation.
.-,-,.
H
102 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVEKSITY. .
SENATE.MEETINOS AND BULES OF PROCEDURE.
5.—The Senate shall meet on the first and - third Monday inevery month, or on the nearest convenient day should such firstor third Monday be a public holiday, and may adjourn from time»to time to conclude any unfinished business.
6.—At any time in the interval between such meetings itshall be competent for the Chancellor, or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor, in any case of emergency, to call a special meeting ofthe Senate, to be held as soonas conveniently may be for theconsideration of any business which he may wish to submit tothem.
7.—Upon the written requisition of any three members,the Chancellor, or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor, or in theabsence of both, the Registrar shall convene a special meeting ofthe Senate to be held as soon as conveniently may be after theexpiration of seven days from the receipt of such requisition.
8.—Except in any case of emergency as aforesaid, no motioninitiating a subject for discussion shall be made, but in pursuanceof notice given at the previous meeting, and every such noticeshall be entered in a book to be kept by the Registrar for thatpurpose.
9.—The Registrar shall issue to each member of the Senatea summons with a written specification of the various matters tobe considered at the next meeting of the Senate, whether suchmeeting be an ordinary or a special one, and such summons,except in any case of emergency as aforesaid, shall be issued i atleast three days previous to such meeting.
10.—In the event of a quorum of the Senate not beingpresent at any meeting within half an hour" after the hourappointed, the members then present may appoint any convenientfuture day, of which at least three days' notice shall be given bythe Registrar in the usual manner.
11.—All the proceedings of the Senate shall be entered in ajournal, and at the opening of each meeting the minutes of thepreceding meeting shall be read and confirmed, and the signatureof the Chairman then presiding shall be attached thereto.
. 12.— If any Fellow shall, without leave from the Senate, beabsent from its meetings for six consécutive calendar months, hisfellowship shall, ipso facto, become vacant.
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVEBSlTY. ' 103
' , . . · . ELECTION TO VACANCIES.' . ' ■ ■ , ' ( . ' ■ ■13.—At the first meeting of the Senate after the occurrenceof a vacancy among the Fellows, a day shall be fixed1 for a Convo-cation for the election of a successor, such day to be within sixtydays from the date of such Senate Meeting, and to be announcedat least thirty days before such Convocation, by notice.posted atthe University and by advertisement, in one or more of the dailynewspapers. Due notice shall also be given of the day on whicha ballot shall be taken, should such be required. Provided thatno Convocation shall be held in the month of January. ■, 14.—No person shall be eligible for election to fill any vacancyamong-the Fellows unless his candidature shall have been com-municated to the Registrar under the hands of two qualified*voters ten clear days at least before'the intended Convocation,and seven clear days at least after the fixing of the day for suchConvocation ; and it shall be the duty of that officer to cause theñame of such person and the fact of his candidature to be forth-with advertised in one or more of the daily newspapers publishedin; Sydney, and to be posted in a' conspicuous place in'theUniversity for eight clear days at: least before such Convocation.15.—The Convocation for the election of'a Fellow shall be,held in the University, and shall be presided over in the samemanner as if it were a meeting of the Senate. Every candidatesubmitted for election must be proposed and seconded by legallyqualified voters. If one candidate only or or.-e only for eachvacancy be so proposed and seconded, then such candidate orcandidates shall be declared by the President to be duly elected.But if more candidates are proposed and seconded than there arevacancies in the Senate to be filled at such Convocation, a show ofhands shall be taken, and unless a ballot be demanded by at leasttwo members of Convocation then present, the President shalldeclare the candidate or candidates in whose favour there shall bethe greatest show of bauds to be duly elected. Should a ballot bedemanded, it shall be conducted in the following manner :
(es.) The voters then present shall choose two or more membersof Convocation to act as scrutineers.
* The legally qualified voters are Fellows of the Senate for the time being, Professors,Public Teachers and Examiners in the Schools of the University, Principals of IncorporatedColleges within the.University, Superior officers of the University declared to be such byBy-law, Graduates holding the Degree of Master or Doctor, and Graduates of three years'standing who hold the Degree of Bachelor, in' accordance with the provisions of theUniversity Extension Act of 1884.H2
( ■' ■
104 ■ BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
(6.) The Ballot shall not be held earlier than one week from the■ ' day of nomination at Convocation, and shall be notified
• by notice posted in the University and by advertisementin one or more of the daily newspapers.
(c.) The Ballot shall commence at 10 a.m., and close at 2 p.m.,on the day appointed.'(d.) At the expiration of the time allotted for the ballot thescrutineers shall proceed to the examination of the votingpapers, and shall report the result to the President, whoshall then declare the candidate or candidates having themajority of votes to be duly elected to the vacant seator seats in the Senate.(e.) In the event of an equality of votes the election shall bedecided by the casting vote of the President.. 16.—Before the time fixed for the Convocation for the electionof a Fellow, the Registrar shall prepare.for the President's use acomplete list of all persons entitled to vote under the provisionsof the law,' and a copy of such list shall be posted in a con-spicuous place in the University for two days at least before thetime of Convocation.
17,—None but legally qualified voters shall be allowed to bepresent during the taking of a ballot.
EX OFFICIO MEMBBES.(24 Victoria, No. la.)'
18.—The Professor of Classics and the Professor of Mathe-matics shall be ex officio members of the Senate under theprovisions of the " Sydney University Incorporation Act Amend-ment Act of 1861." , '
19.—The present Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogyshall be an ex officio member of the Senate under the Act of 1861.The present Professor of Anatomy and Physiology shall be an exofficio member of the Senate under the Act of 1861. The presentProfessor of Natural History shall be an ex officio member of theSenate.
SUPERIOR OFFICERS.(24 Victoria, No. 13.)
20.—The Registrar and the Solicitor to the University arehereby declared to be superior officers of the University, entitledto the rights and privileges conferred by the " Sydney UniversityIncorporation Act Amendment Act of 1861."
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 105
21.—The present Auditor of the University; the HonourableGeoffrey Eagar, is hereby declared to be a superior officer of theUniversity, entitled to the rights and privileges conferred by the" Sydney University Incorporation Act Amendment Act öf 1861."
REGISTRAR.22.—The Registrar shall keep all necessary
records öf theProceedings of the University, conduct all necessary correspon-dence, and keep such Registers and books "of Account as may berequired.
23.—All fees, fines, or other sums received by the Registrarin his capacity as such shall be paid into the Bank of the Univer-sity, in order that the same may be applied, accounted for, andaudited in such manner as the Senate may from time to timeappoint. t
SEAL OF THE UNIVERSITY.24.—The Seal of the University shall be
placed in the chargeof the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor and Registrar, and shall notbe affixed to any document except by order of the Senate.
FACULTIES.• 25.— There shall be four Faculties in the. University, viz. :1.' Arts. . , .
2. Law.3.. Medicine.4. Science.
LIMITATION OF THE TITLE OF PROFESSOR.26.—The title of Professor shall be distinctive of those PublicTeachers of the University upon whom the Senate shall have con7
ferred that title, arid no person in or belonging to the University,or any College within it, shall' be recognised as Professor withoutthe express authority of .the Senate.
PROFESSORIAL BOARD. '27i The Professors in the Four Faculties, with the Chancellorand Vice-Chancellor, shall form a. Board, to be called "TheProfessorial Board "—the duties of which shall be to considerand repoit to the Senate upon all matters respecting the studiesand examinations of the students, and the conferring of Degreesin the several Faculties—the studies, examinations, and degrees,
.106 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
in.the Faculty of Medicine·excepted—with power to establishRules, subject to the approval of the Senate, for maintainingorder and discipline among the students, and securing their dueattendance at Lectures. For the breach of any such Rule, ormisconduct of any kind by a student, the Board may inflict suchpunishment as is sanctioned by Academic usage, including a finenot exceeding Five Pounds, or such other punishment as thoseRules shall have prescribed. . Provided that no student shall beexpelled, or suspended for more than a month,, unless the orderin that behalf be confirmed by the Senate.
CHAIRMANSHIP OF BOARDS.
28.—The Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor shall be members exofficio of every Board appointed by any By-law, or otherwise bythe Senate ; and at every Meeting of any Board the Chancellor,or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor, or in the absence of both,the Chairman shall preside—or in his absence a Member electedfor that sitting. The Chairman of the Professorial' Board andChairman of the Public Examination Board respectively shall beelected at its first Meeting in any year, to hold office for thatyear ; such election to be by ballot—the details of which shall beprescribed by the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor if present, and, ifnot, then by the Registrar. The Chairman of every other Board■ shall be the Dean of the Faculty with which it is connected.
CONVENING AND QUORUM OF BOARDS. '
29.—Every Meeting of any Board shall be convened bywritten notice from the Registrar, by direction of—and on a daynamed by—the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, or Chairman ; and,on the requisition of any two members addressed to the Regis-trar, a Meeting shall be convened in like manner. Three membersshall form a quorum of any Board ; and, in case of an equality ofvotes, that of the presiding Chairman included, such Chairmanshall have a casting vote.
• REGISTRAR TO ATTEND.
30.—-It shall be the duty of the Registrar,' if required, to .attend the meetings of the several Boards,1
arid record theirproceedings; 'to collect all Fines imposed by the ProfessorialBoard ; and generally to assist in carrying out the directions and
rules of every Board. ¡ · '"'
BY-LAWS OP THE UNIVERSITY. . 107
DEANS OF FACULTIES. . "
31.—A Dean for'each of thé Faculties in the Universityshall be appointed by the Senate from time to time for a term ofthree years.
32.—In the event of the office of Dean becoming vacantby death, resignation, or otherwise, before the expiration of thefull term of office herein prescribedj the appointment of a successorshall be proceeded with at the next ensuing regular meeting ofthe Senate ; and the Dean so appointed shall hold office until thefirst regular meeting of the Senate in the Term next after theexpiration of three years from the date of such appointment.
TERMS.
33.—The Academic Year shall contain three Terms, that isto say : ,
LENT TERM—Commencing on the tenth Monday in .theyear, and terminating with the Saturday before thetwenty-second Monday in the year, with a recess atEaster not exceeding nine days.
TRINITY TERM—Commencing on the twenty-fourth Mondayin the year, and terminating with the Saturday beforethe thirty-fourth Monday in the year.
MICHAELMAS TERM—Commencing on the thirty-ninthMonday in the year, and terminating with the Satur-day before the fifty-first Monday in the year.
LEOTUEES. " · ' '
34,—Lectures shall commence on the first day of'Term,except in Lent Term, in which they shall commence on the thirdMonday of Term. In Michaelmas Term the Lectures shall ceaseon the Saturday before, the forty-ninth Monday in the year.
35.—Lectures of an hour each shall be given by the Professorsand other teachers at such times and' in such order as the Senatemay from time to time direct. ■
36.—Before the admission of a Student to any course ofLectures he shall pay.to the Registrar of the University the feeappointed'by the Senate.
..<-,
108 BY-LAWS OF THE.UNIVEBSITY.
37.—Full and complete tables of Lectures and subjects ofExaminations shall be printed annually in the Calendar, andposted at the University.from time to time.
38.—Each Professor and Lecturer shall keep a daily recordor Class Roll of the Lectures delivered by him, showing the numberand names of the Students present at each lecture. These ClassRolls shall be laid on the table at each monthly meeting of theSenate, and shall be collected by the Registrar at the erid of eachterm, and preserved for reference. -
3 9. — Any Undergraduate not holding a scholarship in theUniversity, nor being a Member of a College established underthe provision of the Act 18 Victoria, No. 37, may be exemptedfrom attendance upon any or all of the prescribed Lectures, uponproducing evidence which shall satisfy the Senate that there aresufficient reasons for such exemption : Provided that no suchexemption shall be granted for more than one year at any one time
40.—No such exemption shall be granted until the Examinersshall have specially certified to the Senate that the' abilities andattainments of the applicant are such as to enable him in theiropinion to keep up with the usual course of study at the Univer-sity without attendance upon Lectures. Undergraduates admittedad eundem statum, and who are not required to pass the Matricu-lation Examination, shall nevertheless be required to pass a specialExamination, to be certified by the Examiners as above, beforeobtaining exemption from attendance upon Lectures.
NON-MATBICULATED. STUDENTS. ,
'41.—Any person desirous of attending University Lecturesmay do so without Matriculation, upon payment of such Fees asthe Senate may from ;time: to time direct.
YEABLY EXAMINATIONS.
42.—In the Faculties of Arts, Law, and Science, the Yearly, 'B.A., and B.Sc. Examinations shall be held during the last'weekof Michaelmas Term, with the exception of the Honour'Examinations and Professional Engineering Examinations, whichmay .be held at the beginning of Lent Term.
43. —No Undergraduate not exempted under By-Law 39 fromattendance upon Lectures shall be admitted to these examinations
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVEBSITY. 109
who without sufficient cause shall have absented himself ' morethan three times during any one term from any prescribed courseof lectures.
44.—Such Undergraduates as absent themselves from-exami-nations except under medical certificate, or. fail to pass' them in asatisfactory manner, shall, unless exempted by the ProfessorialBoard, be required to attend the lectures in the subjects in which theyhave failed before again presenting themselves for Examination.
45.—Every Undergraduate exempted from attendance uponLectures under By-law- 39 shall, before being admitted to anyYearly Examination, pay to the Registrar a fee of Two Pounds.If any such candidate fail to pass the examination the fee shallnot be returned to him, but he may be admitted again to exami-nation without the payment of any additional fee.
46.—Undergraduates who shall have passed the YearlyExaminations shall receive certificates to that effect, signed by theDean of the Faculty in which they are pursuing tßeir studies, andby the Registrar. _ '.',.„.■ ■·/-.■.
47.—At each examination honour papers shall be set wherenecessary, aDd a list of the honour subjects shall be annually pub-lished in the Calendar. ■ _ ,.
48.—rThe names of those candidates who obtain honoursshall be arranged in order of merit.
49.—Prize books, stamped with the University arms, shallbe given to each Student who shall be placed in the first class inhonours at examinations other than those for Degrees.
50.—Examiners shall be appointed from time to time bythe Senate to. conduct the examinations provided for under theseBy-laws, . '
ADMISSION AD EUNDEM STATUM.51.—Undergraduates of other Universities may, at the dis-
cretion of the Senate, be admitted ad eundem· statum in this Uni-versity without examination. Provided always that they shallgive to the Registrar, to be submitted to the Senate, sufficient evi-·dence of their alleged status, and of good conduct;
SCHOLARSHIPS.52.—Scholarships shall be awarded after examinations asthe Senate may from time to time appoint.
-110 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
53.—No Scholarship shall be awarded except to such candi-dates as exhibit a degree of proficiency which shall be satisfactoryto the Examiners.
54.—The Examination for Scholarships shall be concurrentwith the Matriculation and yearly Examinations, additional papersand questions being set when required.
FACULTY OF AETS.
• BOABD OF EXAMINERS.55.—The Professors in the Faculty of Arts, together with
such other persons as may from time to time be appointed by theSenate, shall form a Board of Examiners for conducting the Ex-aminations in the Faculty of Arts, and of this Board the Dean of 'the Faculty, or in his absence the Professor next in seniority, shallbe Chairman.
56.—The Board of Examiners shall from time to time, andin accordance with the provisions of the By-laws for the time being,frame rules and appoint times and places for the several Examina-tions in the Faculty of Arts.
57.—At the conclusion of each examination the Board shalltransmit to the Senate a report of the result, signed by the Chair-man, and by at least two other members.
MATRICULATION.
58.—Candidates for Matriculation must make application tothe B.egistrar before the commencement of Lent Term.
59.—The Matriculation Examination shall take place at thecommencement of Lent Term, but the Examiners in specialcases, with the sanction of the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, areauthorised to hold such examinations at such other times as maybe deemed expedient.
60.—The Examinations shall be conducted by means of writtenor printed papers : but the Examiners shall not be precluded'fro mputting vivâ voce questions.
61.—The names of all Candidates who have passed theMatriculation Examination shall be arranged and published insuch order as the Board of Examiners shall recommend to theSenate.
BY-LAWS OP THE UNIVERSITY. m
62.—Students who ■ shall have passed the MatriculationExamination, or the Senior or Junior Public Examination in thesubjects required for the ordinary Matriculation Examination,and shall have paid a fee of Two Pounds to the Registrar, may beadmitted by the Senate as members of the University./ ·
63.—The Examination for Matriculation shall' be in thefollowing subjects : ■ · ■ ·
English Grammar and Composition.Latin. ...
! Arithmetic..·,._. ι Algebra to Simple Equations, inclusive. -
Geometry, Euclid, Book I.And two of the following, one of which must be eitherFrench or German :—
Greek. . 'French. ■ 'ÍGerman. -Elementary Chemistry.Elementary Physics. ■ l'"" .·■■·-'· .J
|,, ,.,;.. . . ... BACHELOJR OF AKTS. ,
!>;„.... »,'64.—Candidates for the Degree of Eachelor of Arts shall,
during their, first year, attend the University Lectures on thefollowing subjects :— '
ι , I.—Latin. . -II.—Mathematics.'
III.—Elementary Chemistry and the . Elements ofNatural Philosophy.
IV,—And one of the three following :—Greek. , . , ,
French Language and Literature.German Language and Literature.65.—Undergraduates of the first year shall be requited topass a satisfactory examination in the subjects in which they haveattended lectures under By-law 64. '..'■'
66.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of· Arts shall,during their second year, attend the University Lectures on thefollowing subjects :
I.—Latin and Ancient History.II.—Mathematics.
112 BY-LAWS OF THB UNIVERSITY.
III.—One or more of the following :— :.Greek. "
French Language and Literature.German Language and Literature.IV.—Physical Geography and Geology, Zoology, andBotany.67.—Undergraduates of the second year, shall be requiredto pass a satisfactory examination in the subjects of the lectureswhich they have attended under By-law 65,. with the exceptionof Physical Geography and Geology, Zoology and Botany.68.—Candidates for the Degree of B.A. shall, during theirthird year, attend lectures upon the following.subjects :I.—Latin.. ,II.—Mathematics.
III.—One or more of the following :—Greek. . .
French Language and Literature.German Language and Literature.IV.—Mental Philosophy and Logic.69.—No Candidate shall be admitted to this examinationunless he produce a certificate from the Dean of the Faculty ofArts that he is of nine terms standing, and that he has passed allthe examinations required since his admission to the University.
- 70.—The fee for the degree of B.A. shall be Three Pounds.'No candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless hehave previously paid his fee to the Registrar. If a candidatefail to pass the examination, the fee shall not be returned to him ;but he shall be admissible to any subsequent examination for thesame degree without the payment of an additional fee.
71.—The examinations shall be conducted in the first instanceby means of printed papers, and at the termination of such ex-amination each candidate shall undergo a vivâ voce examinationif the Examiners think fit.72.—To obtain the Degree of B.A. candidates shall passsatisfactory examinations in the following subjects :—I.—Latin.II. ^Mathematics.III.—One or more of the following :—Greek.
French Language and Literature.German Language and Literature,
BY-LAWS OF THÉ UNIVERSITY. 113
73.—Students proceeding to the Degree ôf B.A. who havepassed the First Year Examination, and who have thereat beenplaced in the honour list, both in Classics and in Mathematics,may elect to attend lectures during their second year in one ofthese subjects only, and if they again obtain honours in thatsubject at their Second Year Examination, they shall be deemedto have passed that examination.
74.—Students of the Third Year who have obtained honoursin either Classics or Mathematics at both their First and SecondYear Examinations, may elect to attend lectures during their ,third year, in that subject only, and if they again obtain honoursin that subject at their B.A. examination, they shall be deemedto have passed for their degree.
75.—The candidate for Honours who shall have most distinguished himself at the B.A. Examination in Classics or inMathematics shall, if he possess sufficient merit,, receive a goldmedal or prize of the value of Ten Pounds.
MASTER OP ARTS.
76.—There shall be a Yearly Examination for the Degree ofM. A. during Lent Term or at such other times as the Examiners,with the sanction of the ChancellororVice-Chancellor,mayappoint.
77.—-Every candidate for this Degree must have previouslyobtained the Degree of B. A., and two years must have elapsedsince the time of his examination for such Degree. He will alsobe required to furnish evidence of having completed his twenty-first year.
78.^The fee for the Degree of M.A. shall be Five Pounds.No candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless he havepreviously paid this fee to the Registrar. If a candidate failto pass the examination, the fee shall not be returned to him ;but he shall be admissible to any subsequent examination for thesame Degree without the payment of an additional fee.
79.—Candidates for the Degree of M.A. shall elect to beexamined in one or moré of the following branches of knowledge :
7. Classical Philology and History.8. Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.9. Logic, Moral, Mental, and Political Philosophy.
The candidate most distinguished in each branch at the examina-tion shall, if he possess sufficient-merit, receive a gold medal.
114 BY-LAWS OP THE UNIVERSITY.
80.—The Senate may, at its discretion, admit to examinationfor the Degree of Master of Arts . any person who shall haveobtained at least two years previously the Degree of Bachelor ofArts, or equivalent first Degree in Arts in any other University,approved by the Senate. Every candidate for admission underthis By-law must make application in writing to the Registrar,and supply satisfactory evidence of his qualification as aforesaid,and that he is à person of good fame and character, and upon theapproval of his application shall pay to the Registrar a fee of TwoPounds for the entry of his name in the University Books, inaddition to the prescribed fee for his Degree. Every candidate,'before he is admitted to this Degree, shall be required to furnishevidence of having completed his twenty-first year. .
FACULTY OF LAWS.BACHELOR OE LAWS.
81.—Until Professorships are established there shall be aBoard of Examiners appointed by -the Senate to test the qualifi-cations of candidates desirous of obtaining a Degree in Laws. Theexamination for the Degree of LL. B. shall take place at suchtimes as the Examiners, with the sanction of the Chancellor orVice-Chancellor, may appoint.
82.—Every candidate for the Degree of LL. B. shall lodgewith the Registrar satisfactory evidence of having taken theDegree of B.A, or some equivalent Degree, at least one yearpreviously in this or some other University approved by theSenate. Every such candidate shall also furnish satisfactoryevidence that he is a person of good famé and character, andthat he has completed his twenty-fifth year.
83.—The fee for the Degree of LL.B. shall be Ten Pounds.No candidate shail be admitted to the examination unless he havepreviously paid this fee to the Registrar. If the candidate failto pass this examination, the fee shall not be returned to him,but he shall be admissible to any subsequent examination ,for thesame degree without the payment of an additional fee.
84.—Candidates for the Degreee of LL.B. shall be examinedin the following, subjects :—
Roman, Civil, and International Law,Constitutional History and Constitutional Law of England.General Law of England, ;
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 115,
DOCTOR OF LA.WS. ,
85.—The Degree of LL.D. shall not be conferred until afterthe expiration of two Academic years from the granting of ,theLL.B. Degree. Eveiy candidate shall be required to pass an ex-amination in the Civil Law in the original Latin, with especialreference to such particular works as the examiners may fromtime to time determine. The fee for the degree of LL.D. shall beTen Pounds.............
86.—The Senate shall have power to admit to examinationfor the Degree of LL.D. any person who shall have obtained atleast two years previously the Degree of LL.B. at any other Uni-versity approved by the Senate, and who shall have completed histwenty-seventh year, and shall also have obtained the Degree ofBachelor of Arts, or any equivalent first Degree in Arts at anysuch University, or shall pass an examination similar to thatprescribed for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts in this University.Every candidate for; admission under this By-law must makeapplication in writing to the Registrar, and supply satisfactoryevidence of his qualifications as aforesaid, and that he is a personof good fame and character ; and upon the approval of his appli-cation he shall pay to the Registrar a fee of Two Pounds for theentry of his name in the University Books, in addition to theprescribed fee for his degree. ■
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.87.—Fellows of the Senate who are legally qualified mem-bers of the Medical Profession, the Professors and
Lecturers»connected with the Medical School of the University, and the
Examiners in Medicine appointed by the Senate from time to time,shall constitute the Faculty of Medicine.
88.—The Dean shall exercise a general superintendence overthe administrative business connected with the Faculty of Medicine,and it shall be the duty of the Registrar to summon meetings ofthe Faculty on the third Thursday of each term, and at suchother times as may be required by the Dean. Upon the writtenrequisition of any three members of the Faculty, the Dean, or inhis absence the Registrar, shall convene a Special Meeting. Noquestion shall be decided^ at any Meeting of the-Faculty unlessthere shall be present at least five Members. The Dean shall actas Chairman at all Meetings of the Faculty, but in his absence
116 ' BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
the Members then present shall elect a Chairman from amongstthemselves. The Chairman at any such Meeting shall have avote, and in case of an equality of votes, a second or castingvote. t
89.—The Faculty" shall meet from time to time for the purposeof considering and reporting to the Senate such subjects as haverelation to the Studies, Lectures, Examinations, and Degrees inMedicine, and such questions as may be referred to it by theSenate.
90.—The Academic Year in Medicine shall comprise twosessions, the Long or Winter Session, including Lent and TrinityTerms, and the Short or Summer Session, including MichaelmasTerm.
91.—Courses of Lectures shall be delivered on subjects directedby the Senate, and shall consist either of a hundred lectures of onehour each, to be called a Long Course, or of fifty lectures of one houreach, to be called a Short Course, and, as far as possible, the longcourse of lectures shall be delivered during the long session, andthe short course of lectures during the short session.
92.—At least three Written Class Examinations shall be .held during a long course of lectures, and at least two suchexaminations during a short course. No Undergraduate shallabsent himself from these examinations except under medicalcertificate, and at the end of each session a' report of the resultsshall, be presented to the Senate, signed by the Lecturer and bythe Dean of thé.Faculty.
93.—Every Undergraduate in Medicine must have passed theMatriculation Examination, and during his first year must havepursued the course of studies provided for Undergraduates in Arts,and have passed satisfactorily the examinations in the subjects of-lectures before proceeding any further. Graduates in Arts areexempted from the provisions of this By-law.
94.—The Undergraduate shall be required to attend- thefollowing courses of instruction in his Second Year :—
During the Long Session—General and Descriptive Anatomy,Regional and Surgical Anatomy,Chemistry ; ·
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY. H7
During the Short Session—Botany,Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,Practical Chemistry,
Demonstrations in Comparative Anatomy,Clinical Instruction in Practical Surgery at a reeognised Hospital.He shall also attend a six months' Course of Dissections.
95.—In his Third Year the Undergraduate shall be requiredto attend the following courses of instruction :—
During the Long Session—Physiology, -
"Practical Physiology, . ."Surgery;
During the Short Session—General and Descriptive Anatomy (senior),Practical Pharmacy,
Out-door Surgical Practice at a recognised Hospital. »He shall also attend a six months' Course of Dissections,'andshall be required to produce a certificate of having attended thePractice of a recognised Hospital during the Twelve Months.
96.—In his Fourth Year the Undergraduate shall be requiredto attend the following courses of instruction : —.
During the Long Session—Physiology (senior),Materia Medica, - ,Pathology,Regional and Surgical Anatomy (senior) ;
During the Short Session—Operative Surgery, . · ■Practical Pathology,Vaccination..
He shall also be required to produce certificates—1. Of having attended the Practice of a recognised Hospital
during the Twelve Months.2. Of having been present at at least Ten Post Mortem
Examinations at a recognised Hospital.-1
118 BY-LAWS 0F; THE UNIVERSITY.
3. Of having attended the out-door Medical Practice of a
recognised Hospital during at least three months ofthe year.
4. Of having attended at least fifty lectures on ClinicalSurgery during the year. ■
97. In his Fifth Year the Undergraduate shall be requiredto attend the following courses of instruction :—
During the Long Session—Midwifery and Diseases of WomenPrinciples and Practice of MedicineMedical Jurisprudence. '
During the Short Session—Clinical Instruction in " Diseases of Children at a
recognised Hospital,Psychological Medicine, "including three months'
attendance át & recognised Hospital for the Insane,with- at least twelve Lectures on PyschologicalMedicine, ■ ' "
Clinical Instruction in Diseases of the Eye.
He shall also be required to produce Certificates— '1. Of having attended the Practice of a recognised Hospital
during the twelve months,2. Of having attended at least twelve cases of Practical
Midwifery,3. Of having attended at least fifty lectures on Clinical
Medicine during the year.
98.—There shall be three Degrees 'granted in the Faculty ofMedicine, viz., Bachelor of Medicine (M.B.), Master of Surgery(Ch.M.), and Doctor of Medicine (M.D.).
99.—Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicinemust have completed the course of study prescribed for studentsof the First Year in the Arts Classes, and must have passed three' Professional Examinations.
100.—The First Professional Examination shall take placeat the end of the Second Year, and shall include Zoology andOomparative Anatomy, Chemistry, and Botany. The Second
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 119
Professional Examination shall take place at the end of theFourth Year, and shall include Anatomy, Physiology, MateriaMedica, and Pathology. .No Undergraduate shall be admittedto the Second Professional Examination unless he shall haveproduced certificates showing that he has dissected at least oneside of the entire body.
101.—Before admission to the Final Examination for theDegree of Bachelor of Medicine, the Candidate shall furnish adeclaration, in his own handwriting, that he has completed histwenty-first year, and also a certificate as to his moral character,signed by two competent persons.
102,—The Candidate who at graduation is found to havemost distinguished himself at the Professional Examinations,shall, if he possess sufficient merit, receive a Gold Medal, or aPrize of the value of Ten Pounds.
103.—The Third.or Final Professional Examination shallnot take place before the completion of the Fifth Year,and shall include Medicine, Clinical Medicine, Surgery, ClinicalSurgery,. Midwifery, Medical Jurisprudence, Psychological Medi-cine, and Diseases of the Eye.
104.—At the three Professional Examinations the Candi-date shall be required to give proof of his knowledge by writtenanswers to the questions set, to be followed by a Practical or vivavoce Examination in all subjects whatsoever.
105.—Candidates who shall have passed to the satisfactionof the Faculty in all the subjects of the above examinations shallbe classified in order of merit, and shall be recommended to theSenate for admission to the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine andto the Degree of Master of Surgery if he so elect.
106.—If any Candidate at these Examinations be foundunqualified, he shall not be again admitted to examination untilhe has studied during another year the subjects in which he hasfailed to pass.
■ 107.—Accredited Certificates of Attendance and of Examina-tion from other Universities and Schools of Medicine recognisedby the University of Sydney, may, on the report of the Dean ofthe Faculty, be accepted by the Senate as proof pro tanto of theattendance on Lectures and Examinations required by these By-
120 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
laws. But in all such cases a Degree in Arts, or some similarliterary or scientific Certificate satisfactory to the Senate, on theaforesaid report, shall be required.
108.—Bachelors of Medicine and Masters of Surgery of thisUniversity shall not possess any right to assume the title ofDoctor.
109.—The Degree of Doctor of Medicine shall not be con-ferred until after the expiration of two Academic Years from thegranting of the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine.
110.—The Candidate must produce evidence that afterhaving obtained the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine he hasspent two years in Hospital Practice, or three years in Practiceeither in private or in the public service.
111.—The Candidate shall be required to pass the followingN examination, which shall be conducted by means of printed papersand viva voce interrogations, viz. :—
• (a) Medicine, including Psychological Medicine,(δ) 'Examination and Report on cases of patients undertreatment in the wards of an Hospital,(c) Viva voce Interrogations and Demonstrations from ■. normal and abnormal Specimens and Prepara-tions.
I
He shall also be required to present and defend a Thesis on somesubject in Medical Science. ; , .
112.—Candidates who shall pass the Examination satisfac-torily, shall be classified in order of merit, and may, on report ofthe Dean of the Faculty, be admitted by the Senate' to theDegree of Doctor of Medicine.
113.—The Degree of Master of Surgery shall not be conferredon any person who is not already a Doctor of Medicine or a-Bachelor of Medicine, or who does not at the. same GraduationCeremony obtain the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine.
114.—The Senate shall have power to admit to the Examina-tion for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine persons who shall haveobtained the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine or some correspond-ing or equivalent 'first degree in Medicine at a Universityrecognised by the Senate. Provided that at least three years
BY-LAWS OF THE ÜNIVEESITY. 121
shall have elapsed since that Degree was obtained. Providedalso that the Applicant shall supply proof satisfactory to theDean of the Faculty of Medicine that the attendance on lecturesand other conditions prior to the obtaining of that Degree havebeen equivalent to those required for the Degree of Bachelor, ofMedicine in this University. When such evidence cannot besupplied, the applicant shall attend lectures either in thisUniversity or in some recognised University or School ofMedicine, in the required subjects, and shall pass a satisfactoryExamination in them before admission to the Examination for theDegree of, Doctor of Medicine. Every applicant for admissionunder this By-law must make application in writing to theRegistrar, and supply satisfactory evidence of his qualifications asaforesaid, and also that he is a person of good' fame and character.Upon the approval of his application, he shall pay to. the Registrara fee of Two Pounds for the entry of his name in the UniversityBooks, in addition to the prescribed fee for his Degree.
115.—The.fee for the Degrees of Bachelor of Medicine,Doctor of Medicine, and Master of Surgery, shall be Ten Poundsrespectively. '
116.—The above fees shall be paid to the Registrar previousto the examination,, and shall not in any case be returned to thecandidate. .
, 117.—Candidates who fail to pass an examination shall beallowed to present themselves for one further similar examinationwithout fee, but for each subsequent examination that may berequired, they shall pay the sum of Five Pounds.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
118:—The Professors in the Faculty of Science, together withsuch other persons as may from time to time be appointed by theSenate, shall form a Board of Examiners for conducting theexaminations in the Faculty of Science, and of this Board theDean of the Faculty, or, in his absence, the Professor, next inseniority, shall be Chairman.
119.—The Board of Examiners shall, from time to time, andin accordance with the provisions of the By-laws for the timebeing, frame rules and appoint times and places for the severalexaminations in the Faculty of Science. · '
122 BY-LAWS OF ;THE UNIVERSITY.
120.—At the conclusion of each examination the Board shalltransmit to the Senate a report of the result, signed by the Chair-man and by at least two other members.
121.—There shall be two Degrees granted in the Faculty ofScience, viz., Bachelor of 'Science (B.Sc.) and Doctor of Science(D.Sc).
122.—Every Undergraduate in Science must have passed·the Matriculation Examination, and during his first year musthave pursued the course of studies provided for Undergraduatesin Arts, and have passed satisfactorily the examinations in thesubjects of Lectures before proceeding any further. Under-graduates in Scisnce must, however, pass the MatriculationExamination in French and the First Year .Examination inGerman, or vice versa. '123. Undergraduates in Science shall, during the second year,attend Lectures and pass examinations in the following subjects :—Chemistry—Theoretical and Practical..· - Physics—Theoretical and Practical. -Mathematics—(the same as in the Second Year of Arts)Physical Geography, Geology, Zoology, and Botany.124.—To obtain the Degree of Bachelor of Science, Under-graduates shall, during the Third Year, attend Lectures and passexaminations in any two of the three following subjects :—
» 1. Chemistry—Inorganic and Organic (with LaboratoryPractice). . . . ' '...'■
2. Physics (with Laboratory practice).■ ; 3. Mathematics—the same as in the Third Year of Arts.Or in the three following subjects :—-. ... , . ...
4. Mineralogy, Geology, and Palaeontology (with Labora-
tory practice).10. Botany and Zoology.11.Comparative Anatomy and Physiology (with Labora-
tory practice).- ' 125.—The candidate who shall at this examination most'distinguish himself shall, if of sufficient merit, 'receive a goldmedal or prize of the value of Ten Pounds. ! ' ' '
126.—The examination for the Degree of B.Sc. shall takeplace once a. year.
127..—No candidate shall be admitted to this examinationunless he produce a certificate from,the Dean of the Faculty, ofScience that he is of nine Terms standing, and that he has passedall the examinations required since his admission to the University
BY-LAWS OP THE UNIVERSITY. 123
128.—The fee for the Degree of B.Sc. shall be Three Pounds.No candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless hehave previously paid this fee to the !Registrar. If a candidatefail to pass thc-exaniiiiaticnpthe.fee shall-not r be ; returned J» him :but he shall be admissible to one subsequent examination for thesame Degree without the payment of an additional fee.
129.^The Second and Third Year Examinations shall beconducted in the first instance by means of printed papers,practical exercises, and reference to specimens when necessary,and at the-termination of such examinations each candidate shallundergo a vivâ voce examination, if the Examiners think fit.
130.—At both the Second and Third Year Examinationshonour papers shall be set where necessary. Students may electto take up any one or more subjects. : '
131.—The Examination for the Degree of Doctor of Science(D.Sc.) shall take place once a year. This Degree shall not beconferred until after the expiration of three Academic years fromthe granting of the B.Sc. Degree. '
132.—Every candidate must produce evidence that duringthe intervening time he has been employed in scientific study andresearch for at least three years. He shall be required to pass atheoretical and practical examination in one of the followingbranches of Science, viz., Chemistry, Physics, Zoology, Botany,Geology, Palaeontology, and Physiology. He shall also be requiredto present, for the approval of the Examiners, a paper embodyingthe results of an original investigation or scientific research.. Fiveprinted copies of this paper must be transmitted to the Registrarat least two months before the date fixed for the Examination.The candidate must also submit sufficient evidence of the authen-ticity of his paper to the Examiners, who may, if they think fit,examine him in the contents thereof.
133.—The candidate who at this Examination shall mostdistinguish himself shall receive a gold medal or prize of the .valueof Ten Pounds. '
134._The fee for the Degree of D.Sc. shall be Ten Pounds,which shall be paid to the Registrar previous to the examination.
135.—The above fee shall not in- any case be returned, butany candidates who fail to pass an examination shall be allowedto present themselves for one further similar examination withoutfee, but for each subsequent examination that may be requiredshall pay. the sum of Five Pounds.
124 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.136.:—The Board cof Examiners in Science shall conduct theexaminations in the Department of Engineering as provided forin By-laws 118, 119, 120.
137.—There shall be two degrees in Engineering, viz.—Bachelor of Engineering (B.E.), and Master of Engineering (M.E.),the examinations for which shall take place once a year.
138.—Candidates for the degrees in Engineering must haveattended Lectures and passed the examinations in the First Yearof the Arts Course satisfactorily, unless exempted under By-Law39.
., 139.—During the Second Year candidates shall attend lecturesand pass examinations in the following subjects :—
Mathematics (as in the Second Year of Arts), includingPlane and Solid Geometry,
Chemistry (as in Second Year of Science),Physics (as in Second Year,of Science),Physical Geography and Geology,,; Surveying,Applied Mechanics, . -
Geometrical.and Mechanical Drawing.140.-^-During the Third Year candidates shall attend lecturesand pass examinations in the following subjects :—- .
12. Mathematics (as in the Third Year of Arts).13. Engineering (Section I.),14. Mineralogy and Geology,15. Engineering Drawing and Design, and one , of the
following Branches of Engineering :—I. Civil Engineering (Section II.) and Architecture, 'II. Mechanical Engineering and Machine Construction.III. Mining Engineering, Metallurgy, Assaying, and.; Mining Law. ■Candidates selecting Mechanical Engineering are exemptedfrom Lectures and Examinations in Physical Geography, Geology,,and Mineralogy ;■ Candidates, selecting Mining Engineering areexempted from the Lectures and Examinations in Pure Mathe-matics.* All candidates are required to prepare and submit tothe Board of Examiners an original set of working drawings andspecifications of machinery or works in connection with thebranch or branches of Engineering selected.
* i.e., of the Third Year.' ' ·
BÏ-LAWS OP THE ÜNIVEBSITY. 125
141.-J-At both the Second and Third Annual Examinations,Honour papers shall be set where necessary.
142.—A candidate shall not be admitted to the degree ofBachelor of Engineering, unlesshe shall.produce-a= certificate fromthe Dean of the Faculty of Science that he is of nine termsstanding, that he has passed all the Examinations, and has satis-factorily complied with all #he other conditions required of himsince his admission to the University.
143.—The candidate who shall most distinguish himself inthe Honour division of the third Annual Examination shall, ifof sufficient merit, receive a gold medal, or prize of the valueof Ten Pounds.
MASTBB OF ENGINEERING.
144.—Candidates for the degree of Master of Engineeringshall be Bachelors of Engineering of not less than three yearsstanding ; they will be required to produce to the. Board ofExaminers' satisfactory certificates, or other evidence, of havingbeen engaged.during three years in the practice of one of the threebranches of Engineering specified in By-Law 145, one year at leastof which must have been spent in acquiring a practical knowledgeof the Branch or Branches selected, under the direction of anEngineer or Architect practising the Branch or Branches inwhich they wish to be examined.
145.—Candidates for the degree of Master of Engineeringshall pass Examinations in one of the following divisions orbranches :— ' "
1. Civil Engineering, Architecture and Building Con-
struction ;16. Mechanical Engineering arid Machine Construction ;17. Mining Engineering, Metallurgy and Assaying.
146.—The diploma for the degrees of Bachelor and Masterin Engineering shall specify ' the Branch or Branches ofEngineering for which they are granted.
147.—The fees for the degrees of Bachelor and Master ofEngineering shall be £10 respectively ; no candidate shall beadmitted to the Examinations unless he shall have previously paidthis fee to „the Registrar. If a candidate fail to pass the Exami-nation, the fee shall not be returned to him, but he shall be ad-missible to one subsequent Examination for the same degreewithout the payment of an additional fee.
126 BY-LAWS OP' THE UNIVERSITY.
148.— Graduates in Engineering in any !Branch may, uponpassing the Examination in any other branch or branches, andproducing satisfactory evidence of practical work therein, receivea certificate for such additional branch or branches.
149.—The fee for such additional Examination shall be TenPounds.
ADMISSION AD EUNBEM GRADUM,
150.—Admission ad eundem gradum in this University may,at the discretion of the Senate, be granted without examinationto Graduates of the following approved Universities,—that is tosay, the Universities of Oxford, Cambridge, London, and Durham,the Victoria University, the University of St. Andrew's, Edin-burgh, Glasgow, Aberdeen, and Dublin, the Queen's Universityof Ireland, and the Royal University of Ireland lately establishedin its place, and the Universities of Melbourne, New Zealand andAdelaide ; and may also be granted to Graduates of such otherUniversities as the Senate may from time to time determine,provided always that they shall give to the Registrar, to besubmitted to the Senate, sufficient evidence of their allegedDegrees respectively, and of their good fame and character. Uponthe approval of his application each candidate shall pay to theRegistrar a fee of Two Pounds for the entry of his name on theUniversity books in addition to the prescribed fee for his Degree.
EEGISTEB OF GBADUATES.
151.—A Register of Graduates of the University shall bekept by the Registrar in such a manner as the Senate shall fromtime to time direct.
152.—A Register of the Members of the Convocation shallbe kept by the Registrar, in such manner as the Senate shall fromtime to time direct,'and.such Register shall be conclusive evidencethat any person whose name shall appear thereon at the time ofhis claiming a vote at a Convocation is so entitled to vote.
SUBSTITUTES FOB OFFICEBS.
153.—Any act required by the By-laws to be performed byany Officer of the University may, during the . absence or otherincapacity of such Officer, unless otherwise provided, be performedby a person appointed by the Senate to act in his place.
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 127
ACADEMIC COSTUME ,
"154.— The Academic Costume shall be for—The Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor—a robe and cap
similar to those worn by the Chancellor of the• University of Oxford. In undress the silk gown
worn by other members of the Senate,—black velvetcap and gold tassel.
A Member of the Senate—the habit of his Degree, or ablack silk gown of the description worn by Graduatesholding the Degree of Doctor, with tippet of scarlet
, cloth, edged with white fur, and lined with blue silk,black velvet trencher cap.
Doctor of Laws, Medicine, or Science—the gown wornby Graduates holding the Degree of Doctor ia theUniversities of Oxford or Cambridge,—black cloth,trencher cap.
Doctor of Laws—ihood of scarlet cloth, lined with bluesilk. ».
' Doctor of Medicine -hood of scarlet cloth, lined with
purple silk.Doctor of Science—hood of scarlet cloth, - lined with'
amber-coloured satin.Master of Arts—the ordinary Master's gown of Oxford
or Cambridge, of silk or bombazine, with black silkhood, lined with blue silk,—black cloth trencher cap.
- Master of Engineering—a Master of Arts gown, withblack silk hood, lined with light maroon-coloured silk,black cloth trencher cap.
' ' ■Bachelor of Laws or Medicine—the black gown worn by
civilians in Oxford or Cambridge holding Degrees, —black cloth trencher cap.
Bachelor of Laws—hood of black silk, edged with bluesilk. ..-'■..
Bachelor of Medicine—hood of black silk,· edged with. purple silk.
Bachelor of Arts, Science or Engineering — a plain
black stuff gown,—black cloth trencher cap.Bachelor of Arts—hood similar to that worn by the
B. A. at Cambridge.
1I
128 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Bachelor of Science—hood of black silk, edged withamber-coloured silk.
Bachelor of Engineering—hood of black stuff, edgedwith light maroon-coloured silk.
An Officer not being a Graduate—a black silk gown ofthe description worn by civilians not holding Degrees,—black cloth trencher cap.
Undergraduate—a plain black stuff gown,—black clothtrencher cap.
Scholar—plain black stuff gown, with a velvet bar andshoulder strap,—black cloth trencher cap.
Provided that Students in the Medical School shallwear, while in attendance on courses of instruction,a corded silk sash of purple, edged with scarlet oneand a half inches wide, and worn over the leftshoulder, so as to be visible across the chest.
155.—Members of the University shall on all public occasions,when convened for Academic purposes, appear in their AcademicCostume.
. 156.—The Undergraduates shall appear in Academic Costumewhen attending Lectures and on all public occasions in the Uni-versity j and, whenever they meet the Fellows, Professors or otherSuperior Officers of the University, shall respectfully salute them.
PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS.
157.—Two Public Examinations shall be held every year,the one to be called the Junior Public Examination and the otherto be called the Senior Public Examination, and shall be open toall candidates, male or female, who may present themselves.
158.—The Public Examinations shall be held at such timesand at such places as the Senate may, from time to time appoint.
159.—The subjects of the Junior Public Examinations shallbe the English Language and Literature, History, Geography,the Latin, Greek, French, and German Languages, Arithmetic,Algebra, Geometry, Natural Science, and such other branches oflearning as the Senate may from time to time .determine.
160.—The subjects of the Senior Public Examination shallbe those mentioned in the foregoing section, together with higher
BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY. ' 129
Mathematics, Drawing, Music, Natural Philosophy,· and 'suchother 'branches of learning as the Senate may from time to timedetermine.
' *161.—Every candidate_who shall, pass^either. ofJ:heset exami^^ ^.íatións^or'such* portions of "either ofthem as may be required bythe Rules or Orders of the Senate in force for the time ' being,shall receive a certificate to that effect, specifying the subjects inwhich he shall have passed, and signed by the Dean of the Facultyof Arts and by the Registrar. ,
162.—No person shall be admitted to either of the PublicExaminations until he shall have paid such Fees as may be re-quired by the Rules or Orders of the Senate in force for the timebeing.
163,—The Professorsand Assistant Professors not engagedin tuition except publicly within the University, together withsuch other persons as the Senate may from time to time appoint,shall form a board for conducting the Public Examinations ; andof this Board the Dean of the Faculty of Arts, or in his absencethe Professor next in seniority, shall be chairman.
* 164.—At the conclusion of each Examination the Boardshall transmit to the Senate a report of the result, signed by theChairman and at least one other member. - .
165.—Subject to these By-laws, the Public Examinationsshall be conducted according to such Rules or Orders as the Senatemay from time to time establish.
EVENING LECTUBES. .
166.-—Courses of Evening Lectures, embracing all the subjectsnecessary for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, shall be given at theUniversity, or at some other approved place, at sucb times and insuch order as the Senate may from time to time direct.
167.— Any person desirous of attending a course of EveningLectures may do so upon payment of such fees as the Senate mayfrom time to time direct.
168.-^-Each Course of Evening Lectures shall consist of afixed number of Lectures on a single subject, and shall concludewith an examination in the subject of the Lectures, conducted bythe, Professors and such other examiners as the Senate mayappoint.
169.—Every person who shall have attended such a Courseof Lectures, who shall have satisfied the Lecturer by means of
130 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
written answers to questions set during the course or otherwise,that he has followed the Lectures with attention, and who shallhave passed the concluding examination satisfactorily, shall receivea University certificate to that effect, signed by the Lecturer, theDean of the Faculty of Arts, and the Registrar.
170.—Students who shall have at any time, and in any order,attended and obtained certificates for courses of Evening Lecturesin all the subjects required for the Degree of B. A, in accordancewith the By-laws in force at the time of application (such lecturescorresponding in number and standard with the day lectures on thesame subjects) may, on payment of the prescribed fee, be admittedto the final B.A. Examination, and on passing it shall be entitledto the Degree of Bachelor of Arts.
171.—Students who shall have attended and obtainedcertificates for courses of Evening Lectures in all the subjectsrequired in the First Year, or First and Second Year, of the ArtsCourse (such lectures corresponding in number and standard with-the day lectures on the same subjects as prescribed by the By-laws in force at the time of application), may be admitted to theFirst or Second Year Examination respectively, and on passing itshall have the status of Matriculated Students who have passedthe same examination.
EXTENSION LECTUEES.172.—In addition to the lectures prescribed in the above
By-laws, Courses of Lectures on Literary, Historical, and othersubjects may be delivered by persons appointed by the Senate, atsuch time and place, ,and under such regulations, as the Senatemay determine.
173. —Such lectures shall be open to all comers on paymentof a fee for the course, to be fixed by the Senate.
174.—Every such course of lectures shall consist of a fixednumber of lectures on a single subject and shall conclude with anexamination in the subject of the lectures, conducted by theProfessors and such other examiners as the Senate may appoint.
175.—Every person who shall have attended such a course oflectures, who shall have satisfied the Lecturer by means of writtenanswers to questions set during the course or otherwise, that hehas followed the lectures with attention, and who shall havepassed the concluding examinations satisfactorily, shall receive aUniversity certificate to that effect, signed by the Lecturer, the.Dean of the Faculty of Arts, and the Registrar.
REGULATIONS . 131
DISCIPLINE. ■ .,
REGULATIONS PASSED BY THE PROCTORIAL BOARD.The highest amount of fine which it shall be competent for
any Professor acting as Proctor "to impose" for* any one offenceshall be twenty shillings..
Every fine shall be paid to the Registrar within forty-eighthours from the time of its imposition. If not so paid, the fineshall be doubled?;, and if the doubled fine be not paid within oneweek from the time when the original fine was imposed, theRegistrar shall report the fact to the Professorial Board, in orderthat suitable means may be taken against the offender for hiscontumacy. ■ ■ ■
A Student who shall, absent himself from any lecture of acourse which he is required to attend under the By-laws without'furnishing a sufficient reason in writing, within one week, to theRegistrar, shall be reported to the Professorial Board. A Studentwho shall absent himself from more than five per cent, of thelectures of a course shall, in any case, be reported to the ProfessorialBoard. . , '
No excuse for absence from Lectures shall be received fromany Undergraduate, unless tendered in writing to the Registrarwithin one week after he resumes attendance. - Every writtenexcuse for absence from Lectures in any Faculty shall be submittedto the Dtan of that Faculty, who may at once decide that suchexcuse shall be accepted,, or in cases of doubt may call a meetingof the Professorial Board to adjudicate thereon.
Matriculated students who have lost their places in their ownproper year, either by non-attendance at their prescribed course oflectures, or by failing to pass the required examinations, are notallowed to compete for honours, scholarships, or prizes at subse-quent yearly, professional or Degree Examinations, unless by ex-press permission of the Professorial Board.
EXTRACT FROM THE REGULATIONS OF THEFACULTY OF MEDICINE.
No Professor or Teacher in the Medical School shall grant acertificate of attendance upon any course of lectures to any
132 REGULATIONS
Undergraduate unless he shall have been present at 75 per cent,of the meetings of the class,
For the Course of Practical Pharmacy the Senate may accepta certificate showing that the Undergraduate has been engagedfor at least three months,· by apprenticeship or otherwise, incompounding and dispensing drugs in the Laboratory of aHospital, Dispensary,·Licentiate of the London or Dublin Societyof Apothecaries, or Pharmaceutical Chemist approved by theFaculty of Medicine. , '*
Theses must be written on paper, a specimen of which maybe obtained on application to the Registrar of the University.The Thesis is to be written on one side only of each leaf, and amargin of one and a half inches is to be left on each side.
THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY.
For Boohs allowed to be taken out of the Library.
18. No person shall be allowed to take books out of the Librarybut Fellows of the Senate, Professors, and other Public Teachersin the University, Officers of the University, or other personswho shall have obtained this privilege under a special resolutionof the Senate, and Graduates having their names on the books ofthe University and being resident in Sydney, or its suburbs.
19. No books shall be taken out of the Library except with thesanction of the Librarian, who shall enter in a book kept for thepurpose the name of the borrower, the title of the book borrowed,and the date of the loan, and this entry shall be signed at thetime by the borrower
20. No person shall be allowed to have in his possession at onetime more than ten volumes belonging to the Library, but theLibrary Committee may dispense with this order in any particularcase, if they shall be of opinion that sufficient reasons have beenassigned for such dispensation ; such dispensation, however, shallcontinue in force no longer than to' the end of the current quarter;but upon fresh application may be renewed by the sameauthority. '
REGULATIONS. 133
21.Every one.who shall borrow or take any book out of theLibrary shall return it thither again on demand of the Librarian,at any time after the expiration of seven days, and withoutsnch demand On or before the next· of the four following quarter^days, viz. :—March 31st, June 30th, September 30th, December"31st, under penalty of Two Shillings for every folio or quarto, andOne Shilling for every book of less size ; all penalties to be repeatedevery fortnight till the books be -returned, or others of the sameedition and equal value be placed in their room, such fortnightbeing.first reckoned from the day on which the Library is re-opened after the Quarter Day. If any of ■ the Quarter Daysshould fall on a Sunday, or on any other day on which the Libraryis closed by Rule 20, the day appointed for returning the booksshall be the following day.
22.No books shall be taken out of the Library on the daysappointed for the return of books.: 6. Every Professor shall have the privilege of obtaining booksfor each Student attending his lectures, and being a Member ofthe University. Each order for the volumes so obtained shallbear the titles of the books, and be dated and subscribed asfollows :
For M.N. ' ''C
D., Professor.The books so obtained shall not' be taken out of the Library tillthe day after that on which the Library is re-opened for the Quar-ter; and they shall be returned at any time after the;expirationof seven days, if demanded by the Librarian, and if not so de-manded, not later than the day before the next Quarter Day.The Profesor shall be responsible for the books so obtained, andfor the penalties under Rule 4 ; and no student shall have in hispossession at one time more, than five volumes.
7. A list of the books omitted to be returned at the end of anyQuarter, together with the names of the borrowers, shall be posted
: up in some conspicuous place in the Library.23.No person from whom any fine is
due to the Library shallbeallowed to take out books until such fine has been paid.
24.If any book be injured or defaced by writing while in thepossession of any person taking it out of the Library, he shall berequired to replace it by another book of the same edition and ofequal value. Persons taking books out of. the
Library are re-quired to report without delay, to the Librarian, any injurywhich they may observe in them.
134 REGULATIONS.
' For books not to be taken out of the Library, without a notecountersigned by the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor.
10. Certain printed books, of which a list shall be preparedunder the authority of the Library Committee and kept by theLibrarian, shall not be taken out except by a note countersignedby the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, nor until the day after thaton which the note is presented ; and no such note shall be givento any Undergraduate Member of the University, nor shall anyperson have more than five volumes of such books out of theLibrary at one time. A Register shall be kept of all such bookstaten out of the Library, and of the date on which they arereturned, and after the books are returned the plates in themshall forthwith be collated, and the collation be registered ; anduntil such collation shall have been made, the books shall not beaccessible to persons using the Library, nor shall the counter-signed note be given up to the persons by whom the books arereturned, but in lieu of it an acknowledgment signed by theLibrarian or his deputy ; and the name of the person by whomthe acknowledgment is signed shall also be registered.
11.. The Penalties for not returning such books at the QuarterDays shall be double of the penalties prescribed in Rule 4.
For MSS. and Books not allowed to be taken out of the Library.
12. The Library Committee may cause MSS., books containingcollections of Prints or Drawings, and other documents and booksof a nature or value to render such precaution expedient, to belocked up in cases or compartments by themselves. These shallnot be taken out of the Library on any pretence whatever ; andaccess to them shall not be allowed, unless the Librarian, or someone deputed by him, be present. The Librarian himself shallhave charge of the keys.
13. The Library Committee may direct that certain printedbooks, of which a list shall be kept by the Librarian, shall not beremoved from the Library.
14. Persons desirous of referring to any particular MSS. or; scarce printed books, shall apply to the Librarian, who, if he seecause, may allow such MSS. or books to be consulted, but not in
the compartment in which the MSS. or scarce printed books arekept.
REGULATIONS. I35
15. Parts of Periodicals, works in progress, Pamphlets, &c.,.until such time as is proper for binding them, shall be kept undersuch a system of management that they may be produced, if re-quired, after a few minutes' notice, on application being made to theLibrarian, by means of an ordinary Library note, so that personsin whose literary researches such works are necessary, may consultthem in the Library with the consent of the Librarian.
For Ad/mission to the Library.
16. Except on the day when the Library is re opened for anyQuarter, those Undergraduates who have obtained a Professor'sorder for books, shall be admitted to the Library for the purposeof selecting their books, or otherwise consulting the Library,during the hour from one to two.
Admission of Persons not Members of the University, forthe purpose of Study and Research. " ' '
17. The Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor may grant an order ofadmission to the Library for the purpose of study and research toany person who shall produce to him a recommendation from anyFellow of the Senate or Professor, or any Member of the Univer-sity, who shall have been admitted to the degree of M. A. orany higher degree, stating " that the person recommended is wellknown to him," and " that he is a fit and proper person to obtainsuch order." The name of. the Member of the Senate or theProfessor upon whose recommendation any such order of admissionshall be granted, shall be placed after the name of the personreceiving the permission in a List to be suspended at the entranceof the Library.
18. Such persons shall be permitted to usethe Library whilstopen, except on any days on which the Library is first open forthe Quarter, or on any day on which the Library is closed for theQuarter. This admission order shall not entitle the holder tohave access to lock-up cases, which admission order shall haveeffect only until the expiration of the Quarter in which it shallhave been granted.
K2
136 EEGULATIONS,
For Opening and Ch&ing the Library.
19. For the purpose of allowing the Librarian sufficient time toinspect the books, the Library shall be closed for the first fort-night in the month of January, and also for the two days(excepting Sunday) next after each of the other Quarter Days.
20. The Library shall be closed on Sundays and PublicHolidays.
21. The Library shall be open on Saturdays from ten tillone, and other days from ten till three. '
MUSEUM OF
ANTIQUITIES
.
EEGULATION
S.
I. The Bedell shall have charge of that portion of. theBuilding devoted to the Museum, and.during the absence of theCurator shall be responsible for the due care of the Collection.
II. The Museum shall be open for the admission of Visitorsevery Saturday from the 1st May to the 31st of October, fromtwo to five p.m. ; and from the 1st of November to the 30th ofApril, from two to six p.m., for the admission of Visitors.Visitors may also be admitted at any other convenient time whenaccompanied by a Member of the Senate, or by any Professor, orSuperior Officer of thé University, or by the Curator, or theBedell in charge of the Museum. .
25. All Visitors to the Museum shall be required to givetheir names and addresses, which shall be entered in a book to bekept· for that purpose. ;
26. Children under fifteen years of· age shall not be admittedunless accompanied by older friends.
UNIVERSITY OFFICERS, Aa
VISITOR, .The Governor of ■ the Colony for the time being is ex officio
Visitor of the University. ' ' ' ■ :
*1850.—'His Excellency ' Sir Charles Augustus Fitz Roy,K.C.B., K.H. :
1855.—His Excellency Sir Thomas William Denison, K.C.B.1861.—His Excellency The Right Hon. Sir John Young,
Bart., K.C.B., G.C.M.G.1868.—His Excellency The Right Hon. the Earl of Belmore.M.A. ' ' ■ . -
■ 1872.—His Excellency Sir Hercules George Robert Robinson,G.C.M.G.1879.—His Excellency The Right Hon. Lord Augustus W.
Loftus, M.A.; G.C.B.1886.—His Excellency The Right Hon. Charles Robert Baron
Carrington, P.C., G.C.M.G.At the Commemoration in 1872; after Lord Belmore'sdeparture, and at the Commemoration in 1879, after Sir HerculesRobinson's departure, Sir Alfred Stephen, K.C.M.G. and C.B.,administering the Government, presided as Visitor.
CHANCELLOR.The Chancellor is elected by the Fellows "of the Senate out
of .their own body, for. such period as the Senate may from timeto time appoint The period is at present limited by a By-law tothree years, but the retiring Chancellor is declared to be eligiblefor re-election. .
1851.—Edward Hamilton, M.A.' 1854—Sir Charles Nicholson, Bart., D.C.L., LL.D.
1862.—The Hon. Francis Lewis Shaw Merewether, B.A.- 1865.—The Hon. Sir Edward Deas-Thomson, C.B., K.C.M.G.
1878.—The Hon. Sir William Montagu-Manning, LL.D,
■ '■ ' ' ■ VICE-CHANCELLOR.The Vice-Chancellor is annually elected by the Fellows of
the Senate out of their own body.1851.—Sir Charles Nicholson, Bart., D.C.L., LL.D.
* The dates prefixed to ,the:names öf Office Holders refer to their first appointment orentrance upon office.
138 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS.
1854.—The Hon. F. L. S. Merewether, B.A.1862.—The Hon. Edward Deas-Thomson, CB.1865.—The Hon. J. H. Plunkett, B.A.1869.—The Rev. Canon Allwood, B.A.1883.—The Hon. Mr. Justice Windeyer, M.A.1887.—HENRY NORMAN MACLAURIN, ESQ., M.A., M.D.
THE SENATEThe original Senate was appointed on the 24th
December,1850, by the following Proclamation :—,
HEREÄ.S by an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of NewSouth Wales, passed in the fourteenth year of Her Majesty's Eeign,entitled, " An Act to Incorporate and Endow the University oj Sydney," it isamongst other things enacted, that for the purpose of ascertaining by meansof examination the persons who shall acquire proficiency in literature,science, and art, and of rewarding them by Academical Degrees as evidenceof their respective attainments, and by marks of honour apportioned thereto,a Senate, consisting of the number of persons in the said Act mentioned,shall, within three months of the passing thereof, be nominated and ap-pointed by the said Governor, with the advice of the Executive Connoil ofthe said Colony, by a proclamation to be duly published in the New SouthWales Government Gazette, which Senate shall be, and by the said Act is con-stituted, from the date of such nomination and appointment, a Body Politicand Corporate, by the name of " The University of Sydney:" and it isthereby further enacted that the said Body Politic and Corporate shall con-sist of sixteen Fellows, twelve of whom, at least, shall be laymen. Now,therefore, I, SIE CHARLES AUGUSTUS FITZ EOY, as such Governor aforesaid,by this my Proolamation, published in the New South Wales GovernmentGazette, do notify and proclaim that, with the advice of the said ExecutiveCouncil, I have nominated and appointed the following persons to be suchSenate as aforesaid : that is to say :
The Eev. William Binnington Boyce. Francis Lewis Shaw Merewether, Esq.Edward Broadhurst, Esq. Charles Nioholson, Esq.John Bayley Darvall, Esq. Bartholomew O'Brien, Esq.Stuart Alexander Donaldson, Esq. The Hon. John Hubert Plunkett, Esq.The Bight Rev. Charles Henry Davis. The Rev. William Purves.Alfred Denison, Esq. His Honor Roger Therry, Esq.Edward Hamilton, Esq. The Hon. EdwardDeas-Thomson,Esq.James Macarthur, Esq. · William Charles Wentworth, Esq,
Given under my Hand and Seal, at Government House, Sydney,this twenty-fourth day of December, in the Year of Our Lord,One thousand eight hundred and fifty, and in the fourteenthyear of Her Majesty's Reign.
(L. s.)
CHAS. A. FITZ ROY. , ■By his Excellency's eommand,
E.
W
DEAS-THOMSON!"GOD 8AVE THE QUEEN.
UNIVEBSITY OFFICERS. ISO
Under the original Incorporation Act the election to vacantFellowships was vested in the Senate until there should be onehundred Graduates holding the Degree of M.A., LL.D., or M.D.By an Act passed in 1861 the election to vacancies was vested inFellows of the Senate, Professors and other Public Teachers ofthe University, Examiners, Principals of Incorporated Collegeswithin the University, Superior Officers declared to be such byBy-law, and Graduates who should have taken any or either ofthe Degrees of M. A., LLD., or M.D. By an Act passed in 1881,the privilege of voting at such elections was extended to Bachelorsof Arts of three years standing, and by the University ExtensionAct of 1884 the privilege was further extended to all Bachelorsof three years standing. In addition to the sixteen ■ Fellows, itwas provided by the Act of 1861 that there should not bé fewerthan three, nor more than six, ex-officio Members of the Senatebeing Professors of the University in such branches of learningas the Senate might select.
EX-MEMBEBS OF THE SENATE. '1850-1854.—Hamilton, Edward T., M.A.1850-1855.—Davis, The Eight Rev. C H., D.D. ·1850-1856.— Broadhurst, Edward1850-1859.—Boyce, The Rev. W. B.1850-1859.—Therry, Roger1850-1860.—Macarthur, James• 1857-1860.—Denison, Alfred, B.A.1850-1861.—Donaldson, Sir Stuart A.1857-1861.—Cooper, Sir Daniel1853-1865.—Douglass, Henry Grattan, M.D.1861-1866.—Woolley, The Rev. J., D.O.L. (Principal)1850-1868.—Darvall, John Bayley, M.A.1850-1869.—O'Brien, Bartholomew, M.D.1850-1869.—Plunkett, John Hubert, B.A.1850-1870.—Purves, Rev. W., M.A.1850-1872.—Wentworth, W. C.1868-1872.—Nathan, C."1869-1873.—Stenhou8e,N. D., M.A.-.1868-1874.—Arnold, W. M.1850-1875.—Merewether, F. L. S., B.A.1856-1877.—Polding, Archbishop, D.D.1859-1878'.—Allen, George
î 40 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS. '
EX-MEMBERS OF SENATE—continued.1873-1878.—Dalley, William Bede1858-1878.—Martin, Sir James1861-1879.—Pell, Morris Birkbeck, B.A.1850-1879.—Thomson, Sir E. Deas, C.B., K.C.M.G-1860-1880.—Macarthur, Sir William1872-1882.— Forster, William
1850-1883.—Nicholson, Sir Charles Bart., D.CL., LL.D.1867-1884.—Badham, Professor Charles, D.D.1861-1885.—Smith, The Hon. Professor, M.D.,LL.D., C.M.G.1877-1885.—Allen, Sir George Wigram, K.C.M.G.1885-1886.—Martin, Sir James, CJ.1855-1886.—Allwood, Rev. Canon, B.A._ 1879-1887.—Darley, The Hon. Sir F. M., B.A.
PRESENT SENATE.
1880.—Barton, The Hon. Edmund, M. A.1886.—Barry, The Most Rev. Alfred, D.D., LL.D.1859.—Faucett, The Hon. Mr. Justice, B.A.1877.—Gurney, Professor, M.A. ·1870.—Hay, The Hon. Sir John, M.A., K.C.M.G.1883.—Jennings, The Hon. Sir Patrick A., K.C.M.G.1887.—Knpx, George, M.A.1879.—Liversidge, Professor, F.R.S.1883.— MacLaurin, H. N., M.A., M.D., Vice-Chancellor.1875.—Macleay, The Hon. William1861— Manning, The Hon. Sir Wm. M., LL.D, Chancellor1879.—Oliver, Alexander, M.A.1872.—Renwick, Arthur, B.A., M.D.1872___Rolleston, Christopher, C.M.G.1875.—Russell, Henry C, B.A.1885.—Scott, Professor, M.A.1S78.—Stephen, The Hon. Sir Alfred, CB.,.G.CM.G.1884—Stephens, Professor, M.A.1883.—Stuart, Professor Anderson, M.D. ... .·1866.-Windeyer, The Hon. Mr. Justice, M.A.,
EX-PROFESSORS.• CLASSICS AND LOGIC.
1852-1866.—Wôolley, The Rev. John, D.C.L.1867-1883,—Badham, Rev. Charles, D.D.
UNIVERSITY OFFICEBS 141
EX-PROFESSORS—continued.GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY.·
1870-1S72.—Thompson, Alexander M., D.Sc. ■ ' ; "MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
1852-1877.—Pell, Morris B., B.A. hCHEMISTRY AND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS.
1852-1885.—Smith, The Hon. John, M.D., LL.D., C.M.G.• ' PEOFESSOES.
CLASSICS.1885.—(a) Walter Scott, M.A., Merton College, Oxford. Dean
of the Faculty of Arts.MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
1877.—(¾) Theodore T. Gurney, M. A., St. John's College, Cain-bridge.
CHEMISTRY AND MINEBALOGY.1872.—(c) Archibald Liversidge, F.E.S., Christ's College, Cam-
bridge. . ,Dean of the Faculty of Science.,
PHYSICS.1886.-(¾ Threlfall, Éichard, B. A., Caius College, Cambridge.
NATURAL HISTORY.1882.—(e) William John Stephens, M. A., Queen's College, Oxford.
'. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.1883.-(/) T. P. Anderson Stuart, M.D., and Ch.M., Edin. Déanof the Faculty of Medicine. ,
• ENGINEERING.1883.—(g) William H. Warren.
MODERN LIERATURE.1887.—(¾ Mungo W. MacCallum, M.A., Glasgow.
(a) Fellow of Merton College, Oxford.(o) Late Scholar and Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge, and Bell University Scholar.(C) Associate of the Royal School of Mines, London ; late University Demonstrator ofι Chemistry, Cambridge. ■27. Late Demonstrator in Physics, Cavendish Laboratory, Cambridge.*28. Late Fellow and Tutor of Queen's College, Oxford ; First Head Master of the Sydney
Grammar School. ,(f) M.B., Ch.M., First Class Honours, Ettles Scholar, ISSO, M.D., Thesis Gold Medal, 1SS2,
Edin: ; late Assistant to Professor of Physiology, Edidburgh,(j) Memb. Inst. Civil Engineers, Whitworth Scholar, Society of Arts Technological Scholar.\h) Late Professor of English Literature in University College, Aberystwyth, Wale»·
142 ■ DNiVBESITr OPFICEES.
" WILLIAM HILTON HOVELL" LECTUEEE IN GEOLOGY ANDPHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.
1877.—Archibald Liversidge, Christ's College, Cambridge.1882.—William J. Stephens,'M.A.
LECTURERS.CLASSICS.
1880.—Thomas Butler, Β.Δ., (Evening Lecturer).1885.—Laurens F. M. Armstrong, B.A.
MODERN LANGUAGES.1885.—FRENCH.—A. Bulteau.1885.—GERMAN.—Rudolph Max, LL.D.
MATHEMATICS.1886.—A. Newham, B.A., St. John's College, Cambridge. (Even-ing Lecturer). · ' · ·1887.—Acting Lecturer. George C. Halliday, B.A.
DEMONSTRATOE IN PEACTICAL CHEMISTRY. . .1880.—Albert Helms, Μ.Δ., Ph.D., Berlin.
LECTURER IN ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY ANDDEMONSTRATOR IN HISTOLOGY.
1882.—William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc, Edin..DEMONSTRATOR IN PHYSIOLOGY.
1883.—Alexander MacCormick, M.D.,-Ch.M., Edin.DEMO.NSTEATOR IN ANATOMY. ■
1887.—James T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M. (Edin.)LAW.
Evening Lecturers.EQUITY AND REAL PROPERTY—Alex. C. Wylie.CONTRACTS, PERSONAL PROPERTY AND TORTS—William H. Coffey,
B.A., LL.B. ; . .CRIMINAL LAW AND THE LAW OF EVIDENCE—Walter Edmunds,
M. A, LL.B.LECTURERS IN THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE. '
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE—James Cox, M.D.,P.RC.S., (Edin.)
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF SURGERY—Frederick Milford, M.D.,(Heidelburg and Sydney) ; L.R.C.P. (Lond.); M.RC.S. (Eng.)
MIDWIFERY AND DISEASES OF WOMEN—Thomas Chambers,
F.R.C.S., F.R.C.P. (Edin.)MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS—Thomas Dixson, M. B.,
Ch.M/(Edin.) *
UNIVEESITY OFFICERS, 143
PATHOLOGY^-(«) W. Camac Wilkinson, B. A. (Syd.) ; M.D.(Lond.) : M.R.C.P. (Lond.)
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE—W. H. Gk>ode, Μ.Ά., M.D., Ch.M·(Dub.)
'CLINICAL MEDICINE—A. Shewen, M.D., A. Murray Oram, M.D·CLINICAL SURGERY—W. H. Goode, M.Α., MJX, Oh.M. (Dub.),
G. T. Hankins, M.R.C.S. (E.)PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE—F. Norton Manning, M.D.
EXAMINERS FOR 1886-7^FACULTY OF AETS.
The Professors. ,The Lecturers.Professor Nanson.Professor Tucker,Rev. J. C. Corlette, M.A., D.D.W. A: Dixon, F.C.S.J. Olunies Ross, B.Sc. ' . ^ ,.
FACULTY OF LAW.His Honor Mr. Justice Windeyer, M.A. (Dean.)His Honor Mr. Justice Faucett, B. A.M. H. Stephen, Q.O.B. R. Wise, B. A.R. M, Sly, M.A., LL.D.J. J. Donovan, LL.D.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.The Professors.The Lecturers.George Bennett, M.D. (Glasg.) ; F.R.C.S. (Eng.)J. C. Cox, M.D., F.R.C.S. (Edin.)Charles K. Mackellar, M.B., Ch:M., (Glasg,)H. N. MacLaurin, M.A., M.D. (Edin.)F. N. Manning, M.D. (St. And.)Charles McKay, M.D. (St- And.)F. H. Quaife, M.D.,· Ch.M. (Glasg.)Arthur Ren wick, B. A., M.D. (Edin.)Sir Alfred Roberts,. M.R.C.S, (Eng.)
(α) M. B. First Class Honours Medicine, Unireraity Scholarship and Gold Medal ForensicMedicine, 1S82, M.D., 18S4. Atchison Scholar, University College, London.
144 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
The Professors.The Lecturers.W. A. Dixon, P.C.S.J. J. Fletcher, B.Sc. 'Professor Kernott (Engineering.)
REGISTRAR.
1882.—H. E. BARFF, M.A.
CHIEF CLERK AND
ACCOUNTANT.
1887.—ROBERT A. DALLEN.
ASSISTANT LIBRARIAN.
1885.—RALPH HARDY.
CLERK. .
1887.—WILLIAM S. MAYER.
ESQUIRE BEDELL.
1866.—JOHN KINLOCH, M.A,
.UNIVERSITY SOLICITOR.
1886.—HON. JAMES NORTON,
M.L.C.
AUDITOR. , ·1861.—THE HON. GEOFFREY EAGAR.
YEOMAN BEDELL.
S. CRADDOCK.
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
MEMBERS OF
Allen, Arthur Wigram, B. A.,1883
Allen, George Boy ce, B. Α.,
1877Allen, Reginald C., B. A., 1879Amess, William, B.A., 1883Anderson, H. C. L., M. A.Armstrong, Laurens F. M.,
B.A., 1884-11Armstrong, William G., B. A.
1884Ayres, Charles, B.A., 1882Backhouse, Alfred, M.A.Badham, Lewis B. L, M.A.Barff„H. E.j M.A*Barlee, Frederick R., M.A.Barker, Henry Auriol, B.A.,
1881**Barret, James, M. D.Barton, Edmund, M.A.fBarton, Francis, M.A.Barry, The Most Rev. Alfred,
LL. D.**Barry, Very Rev. D. F. ||Baylis, Harold M., B.A., 1883Beehag, Albert Jobson, B.A.,
1882Belgrave, T. B., M.D.**Bennett, George, M.D.J:Berne, Percy Witton, B.A,
1883Blacket, Arthur R., B.A.,
1872
CONVOCATION.
Blair, John, M.D.Böhrsmann, Christian, B.A.,
1879Bowden, John Ebenezer,M.A.Bowker, ! Richard Ryther S.,
M. D.**Bowman, Alexander,. B.A.,
1859Bowman, Alister S., B.A.,
1878Bowman, Andrew, M.A.
: Bowman, Edward, M.A.Bowman, Arthur, B. A., 1880Bowman, Earnest M., B.A.,
; 1880 ".! Bfennan, Francis P., M.A.
Broughton, Alfred, M.A.' Brown, Alfred, B.A., 1866
Browne, William C, B.A.,1864
Buckland, Thos., B.A., 1878Bucknell, D'Arcy H., M.A.Bulteau, A.ITBundock, Charles, B.A., 1878Bundock, Francis F., B. A.,. 1877Burdekin, Marshall, M-A.Burdekin, Sydney, B. A., 1860Butler, Edmund, M.A.Butler, Thomas, B. Α., 18761TButler, Francis J., B. A., 1882Callachor, Hugh B., B.A., '
1863
* Superior Officers. f Fellows of the Senate. {Examiners. || Heads ofColleges.. IT Public Teachers. ** Admitted ad eundem gradum.
146 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Campbell, Allan, B.A., 1874Campbell, Edward, M. A.Campbell, Gerald R., M.A.Campbell, Joseph, M.A.Cape, Alfred John, M.A.Carlisle, W. W;, B.A, 1878Carruthers, Joseph H., M.A.Carvosso, Albert B., B.A.,
1884Chambers, Thos., F.R.C.S.ÍTChisholm, Wm., B.A., 1875,
M.D.Clarke, Francis Wm., B.A.,
1884Clay, Wm. French, M.D.Chine, Michael, M.A.Coffey, Wm. H., B.A.,LL.B.HCoghlan, Chas., M.A., LL.D.Cohen, John J., M.A.Collingwood, 'David, M.D.**Colyer, Henry Charles, M.ACooper, David John, M.A.Cooper, Pope Alexander,M. A.Corbett, Wm. Francis, B.A,,
1883 .Corlette, Jas. Christian, M A.,
D.D.JCormack, Alex. John, M.A.Cosh, James, M.A.**Coutts, John, B.A., 1870Cowlishaw, Wm. Philip, M.A.Cowper, Sedgwick Spelman,
M. A.Cox, James, M.D.{ITCrane, Charles, B. A., 1882Cribb, John Geo., B.A, 1881Crocker,.Herbert D., M.A.Crompton, William, M.A.
Cullen, W. P., M.A., LL.DCurtis, William 0., M.A.Dalton, Gerald T. A., M.A.Dargin, Sydney, B.A., 1871Dawson, Arthur F, M.A.Deane, Wm. Smith, M.A.Debenham, J. W., M.A.Dillon, John Thomas, M.A.Dixon, W. A, F.O.S.|Dixson, Craig, M.D.Dixson, Thos., M.B., M.Ch.liDocker, Ernest B., M.A.Donovan Henry G,, M.A.Donovon, John J., LL.D. JDunne, John D., B.A., 1873Dunstan, Ephraim, M. AEagar, Hon. Geoffrey*Edmunds, Walter, M A,
LL.B.1TEdwards, J. Ross, M.A.Elder, Francis R., B.A, 1877Elphinstone, Jas., B.A., 1881Emanuel, Nathaniel, B. A.,
1867Faithfull, Geo. Ernest, M.A.Faithfull, Henry Montague,
M. A.Faithfull, Wm. Percy, M.A.Farrell, Charles, M.A., LL.B.Faucett, His Honor Peter,
B.A.f 'Feez, Arthur H., B.A., 1880Fisher, Donnelly, M.A.Fitzgerald,Edmund,B. A., 1866Fitzgerald, Robert Marsden,
M.A.Fitzhardinge, Grantley Hyde,
M.A.
* Superior Officers, t Fellows of the Senate. î Examiners. || Heads ofColleges. IT Public Teachers. ** Admitted ad eundem gradum.
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 147
Fletcher, Chas. R., B. Α., 1881Fletcher, F. E., M. A.Fletcher, J. Α., Β.Α, 1879Fletchc r, Joseph J., M.A.|Flint, Oharles A., M. A.Fly tin, John E., M. A.Flynn, Joseph Alban, M.A.Flyhn, William J., B.A., 1884Foster, Charles E., B.A, 1876Fosbery, Eustace E., M.A.Francis, Henry Ralph, M.A.Freehill, Francis, M.A.Fuller, George W., M.A.Garland, James Robert, M.A:Garrick, Joseph Hector, M.A.Garran, Andrew, LL.D.Gibbes, Alfred George, M A.Gibbes, Fredk. J., B.A., 1860Gibbes, William C.V., B.A.,
1868 'Gilchrist, Archibald, LL.D.1ÏGoode, W. H., M.A, M.D. 1ΓGorman, John R., B.A., 1886Graham, James, M. B.**Gray, Arthur St. J., M.A.**Green, Arthur Y., LL.D.Green way, Alfred R., B. A.,
1870Griffiths, Saml. Walker, M.A.Gurney, Theodore T., Μ.Α.1ΪHall, William H., B.A., 1883Halliday, George C, B. A.,1884Hammond, Alfred de Lisle,
M. A.Hankins, Geo. T., M.R.C.S.ÎTHargraves, Edward John,
B.A., 1859Harris, Mathew, B.A., 1863
Haswell, William Α., Μ. Α.,B.Scir
Hay,Hon.SirJohn,K.C.M.G.tHealy, Patrick J., M.A.Helms, Albert, M. A, Ph! D.1THiggins, Michael Α., Β.Α.,
1879Hill, Thomas, M.A.Hills, HenVy H., M.A.,Hodgson, Evelyn G. M.A.**Holroyd, Arthur T., M.D.**Horniman, Alex., B.A., 1866Houison, Andrew, B.A., 1869Houison, James, B.A., 1863,
M.D.. ' Hunt, Edward, B. A., .1859Hunter, John, M.A. .Hurst, George, M.A.Iceton, Edward Arthur, M.A.Iceton, Thomas Henry, M.A.Irving, Clark Arthur, M.A.Jackson, Henry Latimer,
M. A.**Jackson, Robert, M.A.Jamieson, Sydney, B.A., 1884' Jefferis, James, LL.D.Jenkins, E. J., M.D.**Jennings,Sh-Patk.,K.C.M.G.tJohnson, James Wm., M.A.Johnston, Alex. "W., M.A.Jones, G. E. Russell, M.A.Jones, Rees Rutland, M.A.Jones, Richard Theophilus,
M.D.Jones, Thomas E., B.A, 1884Jones, Ernest Trevor, B.A
1884.Kay, Robert, M.A.
* Superior Officers. t Fellows of tColleges. 1Γ Public Teachers.
s Senate, χ Examiners. || Heads of*'Admitted ad eundem gradum.
148 MEMBERS OF '
Kelly, Samuel, B.A., 1882Kemp, Richard Edgar, M. A.Kendall, Theodore M., B.A.,
1876Kenna, Patrick, B. A, 1882Kent, Fredk. Deacon, M.A.Kent, Henry Chambers, M.A.Kernott Professor}King, Cecil J., M.A. .King, Copland, M.A.King, Frederick Hart, M.A.King, R. W., B.Á., 1884**King, Walter 0". S., M.A.Kinloch, John, M.A.Kinross, Rev. John, D.D.,-
B.Á, 1869 II ■Knaggs, Samuel Thos.,M-.D.**Knox, George, M.A.tLander, William H., M.A.Lang, John Gavin, M.A.Lee, Edward, M.A.Lee, William, M.A.Legge, J. Gordon, M.A.Leibius, Adolph, M.A.**Leverrier, Frank, B.A. 1884Liddle, Andrew Innes, M.A.Lingen, John Taylor, M.A.**Linsley, William H., B.A.,'. 1880.'Liversidg'e, Arch., F.R.S-HÏ.Lloyd, Frederick, M.D.Lloyd, Thomas, RA'., 1878Long, George Edward, M.A.Lynch, Michael D., B.A., 1870Lynch, William, B.A.', 1863MacCallum, Mungo W., M. A. ITMacarthy, Herbert T.S;, Β.Δ.,
1860 ·
: UNIVERSITY.
M'Carthy, Arthur W.,,R.A.,1881 -
M'Carthy, Francis, M.A.MeClelland,-HÜgh, B.A.,-1881MacCormick, Alexr., 'M.D.HMcCuiloch," 'Francis, - B. A.,
1886 = ■M¿Culloch, P.V., B.A., 1881·McDonagh, John M., B.A.,
•1879MacDonald, J M., M.A.McEvilly, Ulric, B.A, 1883McGuinn, Denis, B.A., 1884Mclntyre, A. T., B.A.,1879,McKay, C, M.D.J ' 'Mackellar, C. K., M.B.+Maclardy, J.' D. S., M.A.rMacLaurin, Henry Norman,
M.A., M.D.tMacleáy, Hon. WilliamtMcLeod, James, B. A., 1879.-'McManamey, James Fraser,;\.Β.Ά.,"1881Mäher, Charles H. B.Α., 1877Mäher, Matthew E.ÎB. Α., 1867Mäher, W'. Odillo, M.D.**Mann, William J. G., M.A. 'Manning; Chas. James, M.A.Manning, Frederick Norton,
M.D.+Manning, James N., M.A.,
LL.B. .Manning, Hon: Sir W. M.,
LL.D.t ' · ·Manning, William Alexan-der, M.A.Manning, W. Hubert, M.A.Marrack, Jno. Rea M., M.A.
' * Superior Officers. + Fellows of the Senate, χ Examiners. Il Heads ofColleges. TI Public Teachers. ' ** Admitted ad eundem graduvi.
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVEBSITY. 149
Mate, William H., B.A., 1864Mathison, .Walter, B. A.,' 1880Max, Rudolph, LL.D.1ÎMayne, W, M., M.A. -Mayne, J. O'Neill, B. A. 1884Mein, Charles Stuart, M.A.Meillonj Joseph, B.A., 1863Merewether, E. A. M., B.A.,
1884.Merewether,'W. L., M. A.Metcalfe, George, M. A.Milford, Frederick, M.D. IP*Millard, H. S., M.A.Mitchell, David Scott, M. A.Montague, J. H., M. A.Moore, David C, B.A., 1883Moore, Frank Joseph S., B. A.
1883Moore, George, M.D. ' "Moore,'John, B.A., 1883Moore, Samuel, M. A.Moore, William L., M.-A.Moore, Verner, B.A., 1884Morrice, John, B.A., 1874Morris, Robert N., B. A.,
1870, LL. D.Morrish, Francis, B.A., 1882Mort, H.· Wallace, M.A.**Morton, Selby, M.D. "Mullins, John L., M. A.Munro, Wm. 3., B.A., 1880Murray, Charles ' Edward
Robertson,· M. A.Myers, David M., B.A., 1866Nanson, Professor E. J. %Nash, William Henry,'M. A.Nathan, Edw. AHeyne, MiA.Newham, Α., B.A.1T
Noake, Reginald, B.A.S 1877O'Brien, Francis, M. A.O'Brien, Lucius, B.A., 1865O'Brien, Ormond, B.A., 1876O'Connor, Richard Edw., M. A.Oliver, Alexander, M.A.tOliver, James, M. AOram, Arthur Murray,• M.D.1Ï**O'Mara, Michael," M. A. .O'Reilly, Archibald T., B. A.,
1877O'Reilly, Walter Wm. Joseph,' M.D.**Pain, A. W., B.A., 1884'**Parish, Walter G., M.A.Paterson, Jas. Stewart, LL. DPerkins, Alf red Edward, M.A.Perry, John, M.A.Philp, Richard, M.A.**Piddington, Albert Bathurst,
B.A., 1883Pilcher, Geo. D., B.A., 1859Pilcher, Chas. E., B.A., 1865Plomley, Francis James, MA.Poolman, Arthur Edward,• B.A., 1883Powell, Theodore, M.A. ,Pring, Robert Dorlow, M.A.Purves John, M.A.Purves, William Α., Μ.Α.,
LL.B.Qu'aife, ■ Frederick Harrison,
M. A., M.D. iQuaife, W. F., B.A., 1879 'Quayle, Edwin IlQuirk, Daniel Placid, M.A.Ralston, Alexander G., M.A:
* Superior Officers, f Fellows of the Senate, i Examiners. || Heads of
Colleges. IT Public Teachers: ** Admitted ad eumlem gradum
Γ50 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Rènnie, Edw. Henry, M.A.Rennie, George Edward, B. A.,
1882 'Renwick, Arthur, B.A., 1857,
M.D.fRich, George E., Μ.Δ.Richardson, Henry A., B.A.,
1867 '■Richardson, Robert,. B.A.,
1870'Rigg, Thomas, B.A., 1884Riley, Valentine B., B.Ä.,
Ί872 ,Roberts, Sir Alfred, M. R. C. S.JRobertson,. Joseph, M. A.Rofe, John F., M. A. ·Roger, Robert, B.A., 1876Rogers, Francis Edward,
M.A., LL B.Rolin, Tom, M.A.Rolleston, Christopher,
C.M.G.t .Röseby, Thomas, LL. D.Rowan, Thomas, M.D.Russell, Henry Chamberlain,.' B.A:, 1859t'Russell. Edward, M.A.Russell, William, M. A.Rutledge, David Dunlop,
M:A.Rutledge, William F.; B. A.,
1871Rygate, Charles D. H., B.A.,. 1883Rygate,' Philip William, M. A.Salting, George, B.A., 1857 ·Salting, WiUiani, B. A, 1857Sàvigny, William Henry, M. A.
Scott, Walter M.A. til .Shand, A. B., B.A., 1884 ■Sharp, Rev. W. Hey, M. A.||**Sharp, Ernest, B.A., 1865Sheppard, Edward Haslewood,
B.A., 1882 'Sheppard, George B.A., 1873Sheridan, Francis B., B. A.,
1874Shewen, Alfred,. M.D. 11Sloman, John, B.A., 1872' Sly, George, LL.D.Sly, Joseph.David, LL.D.Sly, Richard Meares, LL. D. J.Smith, Patrick, M.D.Smith, Robert, M. A.Smyth, Frank L., S., M. ASomerville, George B., B. A.,
1882Stack, John, M. A.Stanley, George Heap, LL.D.Steel, Robert, M.A.Stephen, the Hon. Sir Alfred,
C.B., G.C.M.G.tStephen, Cecil Bedford,
M.A. . . ■:" -, ·.
Stephen, Matthew Henry JStephens, William John,
M.A. nt .' 'Stewart, Charles, M.D.Street, Philip Whistler, B.A.,
1883Stuart, T. P. Anderson, M.D. ftSullivan, Henry, B.A., 1872Sullivan, James, B.A., 1867Sutherland, George, B. A.,
1882 -Tange, Charles L., B.A., 1880
* Superior' Officers, f Fellows of the Senate. Î Examiners. || Heads of ,Colleges. IT Public Teachers'. ** Admitted ad eundem gradum.
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 151
Tarleton, Waldyve Willing-ton, M. A. ' ·■■■ ·
Tarplee, W. F., B.A., 1884Taylor, Charles, M. D.Taylor, Hugh W., M.A.Taylor, James Wilson, M.A.**Teece, John Jeremiah, M. A.Thallon, Jas. B., B.A.,
1876• Thompson, I. Florence, M. A.Thompson, James A., M. A.Thompson, Joseph,
M. A.,LL.B.
Thompson, Wm. Mann, M.A.,B.E.
Thomson, George G. Deas,B.A., 1866
Thome, George, B. Α., 1865Threlfall, Richard, BA., IITole, · Joseph, B. A.,
1868,LL.B.
Tom, Wesley, B.A., 1860Tracey, Fredk., M.A.' Trebeck, Tom Beal, M. A.Tucker, Professor, J 'Waldron, George C, M.A.Want, Bandolph Chas., M.Α..Ward, Thomas W. C, B.A,
1884 ...Warren, William
Edward,M.D.**
Warren, William .Henry,M.I.C.E.ir
Waterhouse, John, M.AWatkins, John Leo, M.A.Watson, William George, M. A.Waugh, Robert, M.A.Weigall, Albert Bythesea,
M.A.Wentworth, Fitzwilliam, M.A.White, James Smith, LL. D.White, W. Moore, LL.D.**Whitfield, Lewis, M.A.Wilkinson, Fredk. B., M.A.Wilkinson, H. L., B. A., 1880Wilkinson, W. Caniac, B.A.,
1878, M.D.1ÏWillis, Robert Speir, M.A.Williams, A. Lukyn, M.A.**Williamson, Mark Α., Β.Α.,
1879Wilson, Jas. T., M.B., Ch:M.1ïWilson, Roger, B. Α., 1877Windeyer, Willliam Charles
M.AfWise, Bernhard R.', B.A. %Wood, Ebenezer C, B.E., M. A.Woólcock, John, B. A., 1883Woolnough, George, M.A.Wright, Stewart, B.A, 1882.Wyatt,. Arthur H., M.A.Wylie, Alex. C.,1TYarrington, W. H., M.A.,
LL.B.Yeomans, Allan, M.A.
GRADUATES.MASTERS OP ARTS.
Anderson, Henry 0. L., 1878Backhouse, Alfred, 1873
Badhám, Lewis B. L., 1882Barff, Henry R, 1882-
* Superior Officers. + Fellows of the Senate. î Examiners. ¡| Heads ofColleges. IT Public Teachers. ** Admitted ad ewndem gr.adum.
L 2
152 MEMBERS OF Ί
BarleeJ Frederick Rudolph,1884
Barton, Edmund, 1870Barton, Francis,' 1878Bowden, John E., 1863 'Bowman, Andrew, 1864Bowman, Edward, 1864Brennan,.Francis P., 1882Broughton, Alfred, 1870Bucknell, D'Arcy H., 1886Burdekin, Marshall, 1859Butler, Edmund, 1887Campbell, Edward, 1884Campbell, Gerald R., 18S5Campbell, Joseph, 1882Cape, Alfred John, 1867Carruthers, Joseph H., 1878Clune, Michael, 1875 . 'Coghlan; Charles A., 1879Cohen, John J., 1881Colyer, Henry C, 1865Cooper,' David J., 1871Cooper, Pope A., 1874Cormack, Alexander J., 1886Corlette, James Christian,
1880Cosh, James, 1881**Cowlishaw, William P., 1862Cowper, Sedgwick S., 1870Crocker, Herbert D., 1886Crompton, William, 1876Cullen, William P., 1882Curtis, William C, 1-859Dalton, Gerald T. A., 1882Dawson, Arthur F., 1877Deane, William Smith, 1884Debenham, J. W., 18S0Dillon, John T„ 1876Docker, Ernest B., 1865
Donovan, Henry G., 1872Dunstan, Ephraim, 1870Edmunds, Walter, 1879Edwards, J. Ross, 1884Faithfull, George E., 1869Faithfull, Henry M., 1871Faithfull, William P., 1868Farrell, Charles, 1879Fisher, Donnelly, 1875Fitzgerald, Robert M., 1859Fitzhardinge, Grantley H.,
1869Fletcher, F. E., 1883Fletcher, Joseph J., 1876Flint, Charles Alfred, 1884Flynn, John, 1879Flynn, Joseph A., 188i -Fosbery, Eustace E., 1881Francis, Henry R., 1870Freehill, Francis, 1876Fuller, George W., 1882Garland, James R., 1862Garrick, Joseph H., 1871Gibbes, Alfred George, 1875Gray, Arthur St. J., 1887**Griffith, Samuel W., 1870Hammond, A. de Lisle, 1884Healey, Patrick J., 1877Hill, Thomas, 1878Hills, Henry H., 1880Hodgson, Evelyn G., 1881**Hunter, John, 1869Hurst, George, 1882Iceton, Edward Arthur, 1870Iceton, Thomas H., 1872Irving, Clarke Arthur, 1876Jackson, Henry' Latimer,-
1886**,Jackson, Robert, 1880
** Admitted ad cumian gr adum.
DHE UNIVERSITY.
MEMBERS' OF THE
Johnson, James W., 1859Johnstone, Alexander W.,
1876Jones, Griffith E. R, 1877
. Jones, Rees R., 1872Kay, Robert, 1876'Kemp, Richard E'.,' 1873Kent, Frederick D., 1874 ■Kent, Henry C, 1875King, Cecil J., 1887King, Copland, 1887King, Frederick H., 1876King, Walter Uther S;, 1884Kinloch, John, 1859Knox,'George, 1874Lander, William H., 1882Lang,- John Gavin D., 1884Lee, Edward, 1859Lee, William, 1878
■ Legge, J. Gordon, 1887Leibius, Adolph, 1882**Liddell, Andrew I,,' 1875Lingen, John Taylor, 1881**Long, George E., 1867MacDonald, J. M., 1879Maclardy, J. D. St. Clair, 1883McCarthy, Francis, 1872 'Mann; William J. G., 1882Manning, Charles James, 1869Manning, Jas. Napoleon, 1885Manning, William A., 1875
' Manning, W. Hubert, 1878Marrack, John Rea Melville,
1884Mayne, W. M., 1884Mein, Charles S., 1865Mere wether, W. L., 1879Metcalfe, George, 1868Millard,' H. S., 1878 "-
UNIVERSITY. . ■ 153
Mitchell, David S., 1859Montague, James H., 1877Moore, Samuel, 1882Moore, William L., 1882 'Mort, H. Wallace, 1881 **.Mullins, John L., 1879Murray, Charles E. R., 1865Nash, Wm. Hy., 1885Nathan, Edward A., 1882O'Brien, Francis, 1868O'Connor, Richard E., 1873 ,O'Mara, Michael, 1877Oliver, Alexander, 1869Oliver, James, 1885Parish, Walter G.', 1886Perkins, Alfred Edward, 1886Perry,' John, 1876' ■Philp, Richard, 1885' ** .Plomley, Francis'James, 1876Powell, Theodore, 1876Pring, Robert D., 1875Turves, John, 1873Purves, William A, 1873Quaife, Frederick H., 1862Quirk, Daniel P., 1871 [Ralston, Alexander G., 1883Rennie, Edward H., 1876Rich, George E., 1885Robertson, Joseph, 1877Rofe, John F., 1885Rogers, Francis E., 1863 .Rolin, Tom, 1885Roseby, Thomas, 1871Russell, E., 1880 . ,Russell, William, 1882Rutledge, David D., 1875Rygate, Philip /William; 1886Savigny, William H., 1862Sharp, William Hey, 1881 **
^Admitted'ad e qraäum.
154 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
Sly, George, .1874Sly, Joseph D., 1872Sly, Richard M., 187Ö 'Smith, Robert, 1878Smyth, F. L. S., 1879 'Stack. John, 1860Steel, Robert, 1879Stephen, Cecil B., 1864Tarleton, Waldyve W., 1872Taylor, Hugh W., 1884Taylor, James Wilson, 1887**Teèce, John J., 1874Thompson, I. Florence, 1887Thompson, James A., 1882Thompson, Joseph, 1875Thompson, William M., 1875Tracey, Frederick, 1885Trebeck, Tom Beal, 1884Waldron, George C, 1881Want, Randolph C, 18C0
Waterhouse, John, 1876Watkins, J. L, 1876WatsoD, William George, 1873Waugh, Robert, 1879Weigall, Albert B., 1869Wentworth, Fitzwilliam, 1876 *White, James Smith, 1871.Whitfield, Lewis, 1882Wilkinson, Frederick Bushby,
1884Williams, A. Lukyn, 1881 **Willis, Robert Spier, 1862Windeyer,; William Charles,
1859 ' .Wood, Ebenezer Clarence,
1886Woolnough, George, 1873Wyatt, Arthur H., 1869Yarrington, W- H. H., 1880Yeomans, Allan, 1871
Abbott, Geo. H., 1887Allen, George B , 1877Allen, R. C, 1879Allen, Arthur W., 1883 **Amess, William, 1883Armstrong, Laurens F. M.,
1884 .Armstrong, Wm. G., 1884Ayres, Charles, 1882Barbour, George P., 1887Barker, Henry Auriol, 1881**Barker, Thomas Charles, 1886Baylis, Harold M., 1883Beegling, Daniel, 1885Beehag, Albert Jobson, 1882Beehag, Samuel Alfred, 1886Berne, Percy Witton, 1883
OF AKTS.
Blacket, Arthur R., 1872Böhrsmann, Christian, 1879Bowman, Arthur, 1880Bowman, Ernest, 1880Bowman, Alexander, 1859Bowman, Alister S., 1878 .Brown, Alfred, 1866Brown, Mary Elizabeth, 1885Browne, William C, 1864 .Bruce, Mary H., 1887 ' ■■Buckland, Thomas, 1878Bundock, Charles, 1878 .Bundock, Francis F., 1877 ,'Burdekin, Sydney, 1860Butler, Francis J., 1882Butler, Thomas, 1876Callachor, Hugh B., 1863 ,,
* Admitted od ewndem gradum
MÈMBEBS ÓF
Campbell, Allan, 1874Campbell, George Polding,
1885 · "Carlisle, W. W., 1878 ■■Carvosso, Albert B.,. 1884Chisholm, William, 1875Clarke, Francis Wm., 1884'Coutts, John,· 1870Corbett, William Francis, 1883Crane, Charles, 1882Cribb, John George, 1881Dargin, Sydney, 1871Delohery, Cornelius, 1886Dick, Jaines Adam, 1886Dudley, Joseph T,, 1885 .
' Dunne, John D.,' 1873Elder, Francis E., 1877Elphinston, ■ James, 1881Emanuel, Nathaniel, Ί867England, Theophilus, 1885England, Thomas H., 1885■Feez, Arthur H., 1880Ferguson, David, 1886Fitzgerald, Edmund, 1866Fletcher, Archibald William,
^'1886Fletcher, Charles R., 1881 ·Fletcher, J. A., 1879 ,.Flynn, Wm. J., 1884 ' ■Forster, Charles E., 1876Fosbery, Vincent, F., 1886Fox, Harold S., 1885Fraser,.Robert W., 1885 > -Fullerton, Alexr. Y., 1885Garnsey, Edward R.', 1885Geddes, Samuel, 1885Gibbes, Frederick J., 1860
. Gibbes, William C. V., 1868Gorman, John R., 1866
UNIVERSITY. 155
Greenwáy, Alfred-R.',' 1870Hall, Williarii H.; 1883Halliday, Geo. C.s 1884Hargraves, Edward John,■ 1859Harris, Matthew, 1863Higgins, Michael A.{ 1879Horniman, Alexander, 1866Houisón, Andrew, 1869Houison, James, 1863Hughes, Charles Michael,'1886Hungerford, Hedley Heber,
1886Hunt, Edward, 1859 :> 'Jamieson, Sydney, 1884 ■Jenkins, Charles J., 1887Johnston, John, 1887 ■Johnstone, Henry Thos., 1885Jones, Thomas E., 1884 ' 'Jones, Ernest Trevor, 1884Joseph, Horace B., 1887Kelly, Samuel, 1882Kendall, Theodore M., 1876Kenna, Patrick, 1882King, R. W.; 1884*» ■Kinross, John, 1869Langten, Frederick W., 1887Lee, Herbert Ernest, 1886Leverrier, Frank, 1884Littlejohn, Edward S., 1887.Linsley, William H, 1880Lloyd, Thomas, 1878 " 'Lomer, Carrie, 1887 : "Loxton, Edward James, 1886Lynch, Michael D., L870 -
Lynch, William, 1863Macansh, A. W., 1885 ·Mácarthy, Herbert T. S., 1860McCarthy,'Arthur W., 1881
** Admitted ad eundem gradum.
Í56 MEMBERS OF UNIVERSITY.
McOulloch,· Francis, 1866McCulloch, P. V., 1881McDermott, Vesian B., 1887McDonagh, John M., 1879McEvilly, Augustine, 1886McEvilly, Ulric, 1883McGuinn, Denis, 1884Mclntyre, A. T., 1879Maclean, Frederick S., 1887McLelland," Hugh, 1881McLeod, James, 1879McManamey, James Frazer
1881Maher, Charles H., 1877Maher, Matthew E., 1867Manning, Reginald K., 1887 ,Marks, Percy J., 1887Massie, Richard de Winton,
1886Mate, William H., 1864Mathison, Walter, 1880' Mayne, J. 0,'Neil, 1884Meillon, John, 1886Meillon, Joseph, 1863Merewether,· E. A. M., 1884Millard, Alfred Charles, :
, 1885Miller, Richard J., 1885 'Moiony, Thos. Patrick, 1885Moore, David C., 1883Moore, Frank Joseph Sarsfield,
1883Moore, John, 1883Moore, Verner, 1884Morris, John, 1874Morris, Robert N., 1870Morrish, Francis, 1882Munro, William J., 1880Myers, David M., 1866
Neill, Leopold Edward Flood,
1886Newman, Geo. Hine, 1887Noake, Reginald, 1877Noble, Edmund Murray, 1886O'Brien, Lucius, .1865O'Brien, Ormond, 1876 · -O'Reilly, Archibald T., 1877Pain, A. W., 1884**Paton, Arthur T., 1887Perske, Hermann, 1887Piddington, Albert Bâthurst,. 1883Pilcher, Charles E., 1865Pilcher, George D., 1859 .. *Poolman,. Arthur Edward,
1883. 4Pope, Roland James, 1885Purser, Cecil, 1885Quaife, W. F., 1879Ramsay, James, 1885Rennie, George Edward, 1882Renwick, Arthur, 1857Richardson, Henry A., 1867Richardson, Robert, 1870Rigg, Thomas, 1884Riley, Valentine. B., 1872Roger, Robert, 1876Russell, Harry A., 1887Russell, Henry C, 1859Russell, Jane Foss, 1886Rutledge, William F., 1871Rygate, Charles D. H., 1883Rygate, Henry Bertram,1885Saddington, Arthur G.,'1887'Salting, George, 1857 .Salting, William, 1857 ■Shand, A. B., 1884Sharpe, Ernest, 1865
**Admitted ad ewiidem gradum
MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. 157
Shaw, J. A. K., 1885 '■■· ■Sheppard, Edward Haslewood,
1882 ■Sheppard, George, 1873Sheridan, Francis B.; 1874Sloman, John, 1872Somerville,' George B. 1882 ,Street.. Philip Whisler, 1883Sullivan, Henry, 1872Sullivan, James, 1867Sutherland, Constance A., 1887Sutherland, George, 1882Tange, Charles L., 1880Tarplee, W..F., 1884Thallon, James B., 1876Thompson, Sydney A., 1887Thomson, George G. Deas, 1866Thorburn, James Thomas, 1886
. Thome, George, 1865Tole, Joseph, 1868 .Tom, Wesley, 1860Townley, Percy L., 1886Trindall, Richard B., 1885Walsh, William M. J., 1887Ward, Thomas W. C, 1884Watson-, Robert S., 1887Weame, Minnie, 1887Wilkinson, H. L., 1880Wilkinson, W. Camac, 1878Williamson, Mark A., 1879Wilson, Roger, 1877Wise, Bernhard R., 1885**Woodd, Henry A., 1887Woodthorpe, Robert A., 1886Woolcock, John, 1883 ■.Wright, Stewart, 1882
DOCTORS OF LAW.
Barry, Most Rev. · Alfred,1884** ' --.·...
Coghlan, Charles A., 1885 >Cullen, William P., 1887Donovan, John, 1867Garran, Andrew, 1870Gilchrist, Archibald, 1873Green, Arthur V.', 1887Jefferis, James, 1885
Morris, Robert Newton, 1886Patterson, James S., 1866 ■Roseby, Thomas, 1873 ■'''.■Sly, George, 1878 ■■--■ [■■■Sly, Joseph D., 1873Sly, Richard, M., 1877Stanley, G. H., 1866White, James Smith, 1874 'White, W. Moore, 1882**
BACHELORS OF LAW.
Edmunds, Walter, 1881 'Farrell, Charles, 1876Manning, J. Napoleon, 1887Purves, William A., 1869Quick, John, 1881**
Rogers, Francis E., 1867Thompson, Joseph, 1869Tole, Joseph, 1869Yarrington, W. H. H,, 1887
** Admitted ad eundem gradum.
158 MEMBEES OF THE UNIVERSITY.
DOCTORS
Barret, James, 1873 ·Belgrave, T. B.,. 1882**Blair, John, 1877Bowker,Richard Ry thèr Steer,
1881**Chisholni, William, **Clay, William R, 1874 .Collingwood, David, 1886**Dixson, CraUr, 1882Holroyd, Arthur Todd,1881**Houison, James, 1870Jenkins, Edward Johnstone,
1886**Jones, Richard T., 1874Knággs, Samuel T., 1882**
OF MEDICINE.Lloyd, Frederick, 1872Maher, W. Odillo, 1884**Milford, Frederick, 1882**Moore, George, 1872Morton, Selby, 1877Oram, Arthur Murray, 1882**O'Reilly, Walter William J.,1882**Ross, Chisholm, 1886Rowan, Thomas, 1882Smith, Patrick, 1870Stewart, Charles, 1872Taylor, Charles, 1875<Warren \' William Edward,1882** ■ ·"
' BACHELORS OP MEDICINE. ιEllis, Henry Augustus, 1887**Graham, James, 1886**, ..·.■
Oakes, Arthur, 1881
BACHELORS OF SCIENCE.
(a) Angove, William H., 188729. Crane, John T., 188730. Leverrier, Frank, 1885
(a) McKay, William J., 1887(V) Wood, E. Clarence, 1885
BACHELORS OF ENGINEERING. '
Merewether, E. A..M., 1885Rygate, Philip W., 1885Thompson, William Mann,1886
Ward, Thos. William Chap-man, 1886 'Wood, E. Clarence, 1885
UNDERGRADUATES.FACULTY OF ABTS.
FIRST YEAR.
.Amos, Jeanie CairnsAnderson, Hugh Miller
Barnet, Donald McKayBerney, George Augustus
31. Natural History and Mineralogy.32. Chemistry, Physics, and Mineralogy.33. Mineralogy, Physics, and Mathematics.
MEMBEBS OF THE UNtVEBSITY. 15Ô
Biffen, Harriett ElizaBirch, "William James( .Blacket, CuthbertBlunt, Henry ErnestBode, Frederick F. O.Böhrsmanri, Otto MartinBooth, Mary .Brierley, Frank NunanBrowne, Thomas HarveyBruton, DorothyOhallands, FrederickCock, Nicholas JohnCoghlan, Iza Francis JosephineCorlette, Cyril ErnestCpttee, Herbert WilliamCosh, JamesCripps, Esther FisherCummins, Arthur Ernest ,Curlewis, Herbert RaineCiirnow, William LeslieDavis, HenryDeane, Claude SmithDick, RobertDick, William Thomas (a)Drew, Constance HughesDunlop, Norman JohnElkin, Hypatia ElizabethEdwards, Harrie AshcroftElwin, Godfrey BasilEvahs, Griffith ParryFairburn, Edith AdelaideFlynn; PatrickFoster, Frederick LeopoldFreshney,'ReginaldGilmore, Eunice .Goldsmid, Joseph AlbertHarris, Samuel Henry Alex.
Henry, Ernest AlfredHilliard, Arthur VaughanHolme, Clara EmilyHughes, Michael O'GormanHungerford, Thomas ■Hynes, Sarah B. '.Johnston, EUa Russell , ,,Kidston, Robert MatthewLamrock, Leslie J.Lawes, Charles Herbert EsseryLloyd, Frederick (b) ,Long, MarkLyon, PearsonMcGregor,Athol Edward JohnMclntyre, William DonaldMcintosh, Herbert EdgarMackinnon,Roger Robert SteelMcLaughlin, DanielMcManamey, Caroline FrazerMack, SidneyMaitland, Herbert LethingtonMeymott, Harry AngleseaMorgan, Thomas Henry DistinNewell, Benjamin ArmitageO'Hara, Aclan AndersonPark, JosephPinconibe, Torrington HawkeReading, Phillip BurdettRen wick, Arthur.Robinson, Mabel FullerRoche, George NicholasRutter, Graham Ford 'Ryan, Martin MichaelSaxby, George CampbellSellors, Richard PickeringShepherd-Smith, LeslieStephen,' Alfred John Milner
(a) Barker Scholar No. 2. 18S7.(6) Holder of Cooper Scholarship No. 2, 1887, vacated
by H. Wolstenholme on account of hisbeing the holder of two other Scholarshipe.
160 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY.'
Stewart, AlexanderStokes, Edward SutherlandTaylor, Adolphus JamesThomson, Alec'Toms, Wüliani E.Treby, Robert Edward CharlesVeech, Louis Stanilaus
SECONDAspinall, A. A. ·Brennan, Sarah OctaviaCargill, John SydneyCox, HaroldCreagh, Albeit JasperD'Arcy - Irvine, Malcolm
MervynDay, Sidney ThomasFitzgerald, John TimothyHarriott, Charles WarreKelynack, Arthur JamesKinross, Robert Menzies .Leahy, John Patrick
Warburton, John WilliamWaters, Malcolm Donald
M'KayWatt, John AlexanderWolstenholuie, Harry (a)Wood, Frederick ErnestWright, Robert
YEAE.'Lukin, Gresley HallMcNeil, AndrewMcintosh, HaroldMcPherson, PeterMartyn,' Sydney CharlesMeares, Matilda "Montgomery, Jno.Newton, HenryRobson, William Elliott VeitchSands, John MarshallThompson, Robert Alfred (b)Wallace, Frank Ernest
THIRD YEAR.Abbott, Thos. Kingsmill Maclean, Alister L. N.Artlett, Ettie Lucy McDonnell, Randall CharlesBode, Arnold George Henry William (e)Brittein, Herbert Edward Mclntyre, Duncan AllanBuchanan, Charles' Arthur Meagher, Louis FelixDaley, Francis Henry Morgan, Frederick Allen ,Fletcher, Norman Vyner O'Keefe, John Arthur ;
Fidler, Carleton Brennard Pritchard, William ClowesGarran, Robert Randolph (c) Sendall, Alfred Edward .Hunt, Harold (á) Studdy, Albert JohnJames, Augustus George F. Vindin, Herbert C,Kelly, Thomas Walker, William AlexanderKing, George Chatfield l" White, Patrick KinchelaLeibius, Gustav Hugo Wood, John Robert'Manning, Herbert Andrew
(a) Bowman-Camsron Scholar, 18S7; JohH Williams Scholar, 1887; CooperSchoIar No. 2,1877(6) Cooper Scholar, No. 2, 1886 ; Barker Scholar No. 2, 18S6 ;, University Scholar1886 ; Lithgow Scholar, 1887 ; George Allen Scholar, 18S7.(cl Cooper Scholar No. 2, 1SS5 ; University Scholar, 1SS5 ; Salting Exhibitioner, 1S85;
Lithgow Scholar, 1S86; George Allen Scholar, 1886; Cooper Scholar .Nd. 1,1887 ; BarkerScholar No. 1, 1887. '34. Barker Scholar No. 2,1S85.35. DeaB-Thomson Scholar, 1887.
MEMBERS OF THK UNIVERSITY. 161
EVENING STUDENTS.
ATTENDING FIRST YEAR LECTURES.
Armstrong,Tancred de CarteretBowmaker, David WilliamBucknell, Leslie FrankConnolly, EdwardCreagh, R.Dimelow, Albert BearparkDove, William NortonFord, Leslie C.Forde, JamesHolme, Garthshore StirlingKennedy, AlicetMillard, Godfrey. William·
Moriarty, Alexander DouglasOlsen, ;—+Reynolds, Arthur Joseph
Perk ins .GoulburnRoseby, Thomas ErnestSawkins, Frederick JohnSpark, Ernest JamesfSpruson, Joseph J.tSpruson, Wilfred J.tSullivan, ReginaldtWilliams, J. Leslie tWilkinson, Edwin Hart ,
ATTENDING SECOND YEAR LECTURES.
Board, Peter ' '.D'Arcy, John SynottGillies, JamesHinder, Robert JohnMorgan, Harold ThomasO'Reilly, Peter
Pike, George HerbertSheridan, John Patrick ,Smith, ArchibaldStephenson, John Hunter,Taylor, John Michael
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
SECOND YEAR.
Alston, Hugh, B. A.Abbott, George Henry, B. A.(«i)Broinowski, Gracias HerbertHyam, Samuel PriestleyHiggins, Frederick CharlesHunt, Claude Leopold Wolf-gang (δ)McCarthy, Robert Pringle tMcKay, William J., B.Sc.
Mackenzie, Herbert James tMacnamara, John J.fMerrick, Sydney WilliamMillard, Reginald JeffreyShirlowy Sidney StewartStanley, George PercivalStokes, Edward SutherlandThallon, James B., B.A..
t Unmatriculatod.(a) Barker Scholar No. 2, 1884; Deas-Thomson Scholar, 1S86.(6) Holder of Cooper Scholarship No. 2, 1886.
162 MKMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY '
THIRD YEAR.
Neill, Leopold E. Flood, B.A:
Nolan, Herbert KussellPurserj Cecil, B. A.Shaw, Frederick C. S.Shirlow, William JohnSheppard, Arthur MurrayTWnley,Percy Langford, B.A.-Wilson, Colin George (a)
FOURTH YEAR.
Kelly, Patrick JohnMcDonnell, iEneas John ·Mills, Arthur Edward• Trindall, ftichard B., B.A.White, James Purves
FIFTH YEAR.
Henry, Arthur G.
Perkins, Alfred E., M.A. (d)Rutledge, David Dunlop, MA.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.SECOND YEAR.
Dun, William Sutherland Tidswe.l, FrankKemmis, William Henry
THIRD YEAR.
Fletcher, Archibald William | Hunt, Fanny Elizabeth. DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
■ ■ ' SECOND YEAR. 'Amphlett, Edward AlbinBowman, ArcherBradfield, John Job Crew (e)
Marks, Percy Joseph, B. AWhite, Henry Hunter
Dare, Henry HarveyFitz, Norman
THIRD YEAR.
I Vicars, James
(a) Levey Scholar, 1886 ; Renwick Scholar, 1887,(6) Renwick Scholar, 1886 ; Renwick Medalliät, 1886.36. Renwick Scholar, 1885 ; Renwick Medallist, 1S85.37. Renwick Medal list. 1887.38. Levey Scholar, 1S87.
Berne, DagmarBinney, Edward HaroldDick, James Adam, BA.Hollis, Leslie ThomasLister, HenryMclnnes, James McCullochMorton, GavanMorton, John
Badham, RobertHenry, ArthurHester, Jeaffreson W. (b)Hinder, Heriry V. 0.Holle, Ernest T."Hungerford, Kenneth Stuart
Armstrong, William G., B.A.Bancroft, Peter|(c)Davidson, Leslie G.
COLLEGES,
By the Act 18 Victoria, No. 37, provision is made for theFoundation of COLLEGES within the University in connection withthe various religious denominations, in which Students of theUniversity may enjoy the advantages of residence, instructionin the doctrine and discipline of their respective churches, andtuition supplementary to the lectures of the Public Professors.
No Student can be admitted to any such College unless heimmediately matriculates in the University, submits to its dis-cipline, and attends the statutable Lectures ; nor cari he continuea member of the College longer than his name remains upon theUniversity books. . , '
' ST.· PAUL'S COLLEGE. 'Incorporated by the Act 18 Victoria, in connection with the
Church of England. In the terms of the Act the Visitor is theBishop of Sydney. The· Corporation consists of a Warden, whomust be in Priests' Orders, arid eighteen Fellows, six of whommust be in Priests', Orders, and the remainder must be Laymen.The Fellows, with the "Warden, form the Council in which theGovernment of the College is vested.
VISITOR. THE LORD BISHOP OP SYDNEY.
WARDEN.
The Rev. Canon William Hey Sharp, M.A. (Oxford.)
MATHEMATICAL LECTURER.
H! Pearce, Esq., M.A. (Cambridge.)
BURSAR.
J. R. Street, Esq
164 COLLEGES.
King, Rev. G., M.A., LL.D.Holroyd, A. T., M.D.Metcalfe, MichaelNorton, Hon. J., M. L C.Knox, G., M. A.Priddle, Rev. C. F. D.Kèmmis, Rev. CanonStreet, J.R., M.L A.King, Ven. Archdeacon, B. A.
Rogers, F. E.Cowlishaw, W. P.Bowden, J. E.Cowper, S. S.Want, R. C.Bowman, A.Stephen, CB.Innes, G. A. C.Long, G.E.Manning, W. A.Watson, W.Faithful, W. P:
Günther, Ven! Archdeacon,. M. A.
Stephen, C.B., M.A.Stephen, Hon. S.A., M.L.C.Jackson, Rev. H. L., M. A.Cox, Hon. G. H., M.L.C.Wise, B. R., B.A., M.L.A.Weigall, A. B., B.A.Jenkins, E. J., M.D.*- ■Purves, J. M. . .Faithfull, H. M.Kemp, Rev. R. E.Liddell, A. J.'Pring, R. D. . "Powell, T.Lee, W. ■ ■■ * ■Dawson, A. F.Taylor,'Rev. H. W.Campell, Rev. J.Hills,. H. .Wilkinson, F. B.
B.A.Hargraves, E. J.Hunt, E.Sharpe, E.Coutts, J.
Buckland, T. .Elder, F. R.Bundock, GW. .-Feez, A.
Greenvvay, A. R.Dargin, S.
Tange, O.Wilkinson, H. L.
Blacket, A. R. Piddington, A BRiley, V. B.Chisholm, J.
Baylis, H. M.Street, P. W.
Campbell, A.Morrice, J.Chisholm, W.
* · Merewether, E. A. M:Macansh, A. W.Clarke,, F. W.
Thallon, J. B. Millard, A. C.Wilson, R. Trindall, R. B.Noake, R. Jenkins, C. J.Forster, O. E. Woodd, H. A.Bundock, F.
* The Warden will be glad to receive informatioa tending to complete or correct thelist of Graduates of the College,
FELLOWS.M.A.*
COLLEGES • 165
Crane, J. T.
Bancroft, P.Wood, J. R.Bode, A.Abbott, J. K.Britten, H. E.Armstrong, T. deDay, S. T.Newton, H.Hunt, C. L. W.Dun, W. S.White, H. H.Millard, R. G.
B. E.Merewether,' E. A. M
B.Sc.| McKay, W. J.
UNDERGRADUATES,Wallace, R. A..M'Intosh, H.
Hester, J. W.Reeve, F. W.Blacket,. C.
Millard, G. W.Bode, F.
Blunt, H. E.■ Taylor, A.J.
Coriette, C. ERatter, G. F.
ENDOWMENTS AND PRIZES
1.—Fellows' Scholarships.—Two Scholarships are given bythe Lay Fellows for the benefit of Resident Students who intendto take Holy Orders in the Church of England, They are of theyearly value of ¿£25 each, and are tenable for three years frommatriculation.
1885.—Bode, A.2.—Edward-Aspinall Scholarship.
—This scholarship, value¿£25, is awarded to a student of the second year who shall havetaken at least a second class in the University Examinations,and shall have been placed in the first class in the annual Collegeexamination in Divinity.
1887.—Hunt, C. L. W.3.—Kemp Scholarship.—The
sum of ¿£400' was bequeathedto the Warden and Fellows by the late Mrs. C. Kemp to founda scholarship in memory of her husband, the late Rev. C. Kemp.The scholarship is of the value of £20, and is awarded to astudent of the first year.
' 1887.—Coriette, CE.4.—Augusta Priddle Memorial
Scholarship.—The sum of£600 has been paid to the Warden and Fellows by the Rev.
166 COLLEGES.
C. P. D. Priddle, to found a scholarship in memory of his latewife. The scholarship is tenable for three years, and is awardedto a resident student who intends to take Holy Orders.1887.—Reeve, F. W.
. 5.—Starling Scholarships.—The sum of £1,000 has beenrecently paid to the Warden and Fellows, for the foundation ofone or more scholarships to be held by resident Students whointend to take Holy Orders.
1887.— Blacket, C6.—Henry William Abbott
Scholarship.—The sum of £1,000has been paid to the Bishop of Sydney, under the will of the lateT. K. Abbott, Esq , the interest of which is appropriated for themaintenance of a scholarship, to be held by a resident Studentwho is preparing to take. Holy Orders.
1886.—Newton, H.7.—Mitchell Prize.—This prize
was founded by the lateHon. James Mitchell. It consists of books to the value of £10,and is awarded to a Bachelor of Arts of the" College who shallwithin twelve months after taking that degree, pass the bestexamination in the Doctrines and History of the Church ofEngland.8.—A Prize of Books is given by the College to the Studentwho shows the greatest proficiency in the Annual DivinityExamination. A second prize is given by the Warden.1886. (1)—Rode, A., Millard, R. G.-œq.(2)—Hunt, C. L. W., Newton, H.
9.—The Rev. H. L. Jackson, M.A., gives two prizes ofBooks of the value of £5 each.
(a). For the knowledge of certain selected works.
1886.—Newton, H.'(b). For the best English Essay on a
selected subject.10.—Mr. William Day has offered a prize,
of the value of£5, for the best knowledge of a selected
portion of the NewTestament in Greek. Subject for 1886,
the Gospel by St. Mark.1886.—Bode, A., Millard, R. G.—ceq.
, · PEES.. The Annual Fees are, for Resident
Students, £70, forNon-Resident Students, £20. These amounts are payable inadvance, in three equal instalments, one at the commencement ofeach Term. ·
COLLEGES.
167.
ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE.
Incorporated by Act 21 Victoria, in connection with theRoman Catholic Church. In the terms of the Act the Visitor isthe Roman Catholic Archbishop of-Sydney. The Corporationconsists of a Rector, (who must be a duly approved Priest) andeighteen Fellows, of whom six must be duly approved Priests, andtwelve Laymen. These eighteen Fellows, with the Rector, formthe Council, in which the government of the College is vested.
VISITOR.
THE BOMAN CATHOLIC ARCHBISHOP OP SYDNEY.
1884.—His Eminence Cardinal Moran.
THE PRESENT SOCIETY.
RECTOR.The Very Reverend D. F. Barry, O.S.B.
FELLOWS.Austin, HenryBrowne, W. C, B.A:Coghlan,Charles, M. A., LL.D.Clune, M.J., M. A.D'Arcy, The Rev. David J. ■Donovan, John, LLD.Dunne, Very Rev. J., V.F.Edmunds, Walter, M.A.,LL. B.Freehill, F.B., M.A.Jennings, Sir P. A., K.C. M.G.
LeRennetel,VeryRev.P.,S.M.Loughnan, G. C, M.L. A. ·Maher, M. E., B.A.M'Carthy, The Very Rev. C,
DeanMullins, J. F., M.A.O'Connor, R. E., M.A.Rigney, Ven. ArchdeaconSheridan. The Very Rev. Dean,
D.D., V.G.
M. D.Maher, W. O.
LUD.Coghlan, C. A.
LL. B.Tole, J. A.
168 COLLEGES.
M. A.
ßreiinan, F. P.Coghlan, 0. A.Clune, M. J.Dalton, G. T.Dillon, J. T.Flynn, J. E.Flynn, J. A.
Browne, W. 0.Butler, T.Butler, F. J.Callachor, Rev. H. B.Corbett, W.Flynn, W. F.Gorman, J. R.Higgins, M. A.Kenna, P. J.Lynch, W.Lloyd, T.Macnamara, P. B.Maher, M. E.Maher, C. H.
Flynn, P.Kelly, T.Leahy, J. L.Lister, H.
Freehill, F. B.Healey, P. J.Mullins, J. F.O'Connor, Richard EO'Mara, M.Quirk, Rev. D. P.
B. A.Mayne, J.Mayne, W. M.M'Donagh, J.M'Evilly, A.M'Evilly, U.M'Guinn, D.Meillon, J.Moloney, T. P.Sheridan, F. B.Shorthill, J. R.Sullivan, H.Sullivan, J. J.Tole, J. A. .Walsh, W. M. J.
UNDERGRADUATES.Meagher, L. F.Newell, B.O'Keefe, J. AVeech, L.
LECTURERS... The Rev, the Rector... The Rev. W. Kelly, S.J.... CA. Coghlàn, Esq., M. A., LL.D... The Rev. E. J. Butler, M.A. (Math.
Hon.), Syd.... The Rev. the Rector... The Rev. E. J. Butler,'M.A. '.. -The Rev. the Rector
M. J. Clune, Esq., M A., M,D.(Brux.), F.KQ.C.P.L, L.R.C.S.I.
SACKED SCRIPTURELOGIC AND THEOLOGYCLASSICS ...MATHEMATICS
MODERN HISTORY...NATURAL SCIENCE...FRENCH ................ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
COLLEGES. 169
ENDOWMENTS AND PRIZES.The De Jonghe Belgian Scholarship (Value £50)—in the
discretion of the Archibishop of Sydney, for the maintenance andEducation of an Ecclesiastical Student in 1876 and the yearsfollowing. (Donor—Rev. P. Young.) »
The O'Connell Scholarship (Value ¿£50)—Open for competí- "tion to Resident and Non-Resident Students who have newlyMatriculated in 1S79 and the years following. (Subscribers—·Sir P. A. Jennings, K.C.M.G., and others.) The origin of thisScholarship was the O'Connell Centenary Celebration.
The McEncroe Scholarship (Value ¿£50—for EcclesiasticalStudents.
The Dunne Scholarship (value ¿£50) (Donor—the . lateVery Rev. P. Dunne, D.D., Hobart.)
Δ Prize of ¿£5 is given yearly at the College Examinationsin each of the following subjects: Sacred Scripture, ReligiousInstruction, Mental Philosophy, Modern History, Classics,Mathematics, Natural Science, and Modern Literature.
ST. ANDREW'S COLLEGE.Incorporated by Act of Parliament, 31 Victorin, in connec-tion with the Presbyterian Church of New South Wales. TheModerator for the time being of the General Assembly of thePresbyterian Church is Visitor. The Corporation consists of aPrincipal, who must be a duly ordained Presbyterian Minister,holding and prepared to subscribe (when called upon to do so)the standards of the Presbyterian Church of New South Wales,and twelve Councillors, of whom four, but not more, must beordained ministers of the same Church. These twelve Councillors,with the Principal, form the Council, in which the government ofthe College is vested. ■
. VISITOR. ".THE MODERATOR OF GENEIiAL ASSEMBLY.
The Very Rev. William Bain.PRINCIPAL.
The Rev. John Kinross, B.A., D.D. (Edin.)MATHEMATICAL LECTURER.
G. C. Halliday, B.A.SECRETARY AND TREASURER.
James Anderson.
170 COLLEGES.
Beeling, D. H.Bowman, Allster S.Bowman, Arthur"Bowman, ErnestCrane, C.Cribb, J. G.Dick, J. A.Dudley, J.· T.Elphinstone, JamesHalliday, G. C.Jamieson, S.Johnston, J.Linsley, W. H.McLelland, HughMcManamey, J. F.
Barnet, DonaldBradfield, John J. C.Cosh, JamesDick, W. T.Dick, R.Hollis, LeslieHunt, HaroldKinross, R. M.
COTLNCILOBS.Cosh, Rev. J., M.A.Grimm, Rev. G., M.A.Smith, CharlesSteel, Rev. Robert, D.D.Dodds, Hon. Alex., M.L.CCampbell, George
M. A.Moore, Rev. S.Moore, W. L.Perkins, A. E.Rygate, P. W.Steel, Rev. RobertThompson, J. A.Waugh, Rev, Robert
B.A.Manning, R. K. .Miller, R. J.Moore, J.Perské, H.Pope, Roland, J.Purser, CecilRamsay, J. E. .Ralston, A. G,Rygate, C. D. H.Rygate, H. B.Shand, A. B.Sheppard; E. H.Sommerville, G. B.
Bowman, E., LL.B.Brown, AndrewCameron, Rev. James, M.A.,
D.D.Campbell, JohnDymock, D. L.Goodlet, John Hay
Cohen, J. G.Flint, C. A.Fuller, G. W.Hill, Rev. ThomasJacksón, Rev R.Kay, Rev. RobertMann, W. J. G.Marrack, J. R. M.
Townley, Percy L.Thorburn, J. T.
UNDERGRADUATES.
Lamrock, Leslie J.Lyon, Pearson P.Mackinnon, R.Shep
pard, A. M.Stewart, A.Stokes, EdwardWhite, J. P.
COLLEGES. 171
ENDOWMENT AND PRIZES.I.—SCHOLARSHIPS.
1.—Bowman Scholarship.—A sum of ¿£1,000 was bequeathedin 1873 by the late Robert Bowman, Esq., M.D„ of Richmond,for the Foundation of a Scholarship.
1887.—W. T. Dick.A. Stewart, )Nonßesidentg
J. Cosh, J2.^Fraser Scholarship.—In 1884 a sum of £1,000 was
bequeathed by the late Hon. John Fraser, M.L.O., for a Scholar-ship.
1887.—A. McNeil. .3.—Goodlet Scholarship.—In 1874 the Sum of £50 (to.be
continued for three years)\vas given by John Hay Goodlet, Esq.,for a Scholarship, open to Students for the Ministry.
1879.—Charles Crane.1884.—R. J. Miller.
4.—Marks Scholarship.—In 1874 the Sum of £50 (to becontinued for three years) was given by the Hon. John Marks,for a Scholarship, open to Students from any of the Public Schoolsin Illawarra.
1878.—Hugh McLelland.1881.—George M. Colley.
5.—The Gordon Scholarship,—A sum of £1,000 was givenin 1882 by the late T. D. Gordon, Esq., M.L.C., for the Founda-tion of a Scholarship, for Students who have taken the B. A. degree
6.—The Lawson Scholarship.—A sum of £1,000 (in BankShares) was bequeathed in 1882 by the late George Lawson, Esq.,of Yass, for the Foundation of a Scholarship for Students whohave taken the B. A. degree.
1887.—J. T. Thorburn.7,—The Struth Scholarship.—A sum of a £1,000 was givenin 1884 by J. Struth, Esq., for the Foundation of a Scholarship.1887.—C. Purser, B.A.
8.—The Horn Scholarships.—In 1883 the late Mr. John W.Horn, of Corstorphine, Edinburgh, bequeathed eighty shares cfthe A. G. Co., to found three Scholarships.
2nd year—L Ho I lis. «1st year—R. M. Kinross.
"172 COLLEGES.
9.—The Coutts Scholarship.—In 1884 the sum of £1,000-was bequeathed by the late Rev. James ,Coutts, M. A., of New-castle, for the Foundation of a Scholarship. A Student of thename of Coutts to have preference.
10.— In 1885 the sum of £100 was bequeathed by the lateMr. Hugh Hossack, Catechist at Port Macquarie, to provide twoScholarships in Divinity, for those who have graduated at theUniversity of Sydney, to be held for two years.
II.- - - -PRIZES.1.—The Dean Prize.—A sum of
¿£100 was given in 1879by Alexander Dean, Esq., for the Foundation of an Annual Prizefor General Excellence.. . 2;—Fraser Prize of £25, for Modern
History.1879.—Hugh McLelland.
Of the above Scholarships, the Bowman, Fraser, Gordon,Lawson, and Hossack, are restricted to Students for the Ministryof the Presbyterian Church. A First Class in Classics, or Mathe-matics, at the University Examinations, is a necessary qualificationfor the Gordon, but not for any of the other Scholarships. In theevent of competition they are given to the candidate who gains thehighest number of marks at the University Examinations. TheHorn Scholarship is open to all the Students of the year (in 1886to the 1st and 2nd year), and is giveu to the Student who obtainsthe highest number of marks at the College Examinations inLogic, Moral Philosophy, or Divinity. The Fraser Prize is opento all the Students of the College. «
HOSPITALS
RECOGNISED BY ' THE UNIVERSITY AS
PLACES .
WHERE STUDY MAY BE CARRIED ON IN
CONNECTION WITH THE MEDICAL
SCHOOL.
THE PRINCE ALPRED HOSPITAL.
β
THE SYDNEY HOSPITAL.
ST. VINCENT'S HOSPITAL.
THE BENEVOLENT ASYLUM.
THE HOSPITAL FOR SICK CHILDREN.
THE GLADESVILLE HOSPITAL FOR THE INSANE.
THE CALLAN PARK HOSPITAL FOR THE INSANE.
FOUNDATIONS.
ι.LECTURESHIP.,
WILLIAM HILTON HOVELL LECTURESHIP OF GEOLOGY ANDPHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.
In 1877 certain tenements and land situated in the town ofGoulburn were bequeathed by the widow of the late WilliamHilton Ho veil, Esq., of that district, for the endowment of aProfessorship or Lectureship in Geology and Physical Geography.The present estimated value of the property is ¿5,000.
1877.—Archibald Liversidge, Christ's College, Cambridge.18S2.—William John Stephens, M.A., Queen's College,
Oxford.II.
FELLOWSHIP.WENlWORTH TRAVELLING FELLOWSHIP.
In 1862 the sum of £445 was given by W. C. Wentworth,Esq., to be invested and allowed to accumulate until it shouldreach an amount which in the opinion of the Senate, would besufficient for the foundation of a Travelling Fellowship, to beawarded to a Graduate in Arts not being over twenty-five yearsof age, who should be declared to have obtained the highestHonours in the course of his Academical career. This fellowshipis tenable for three years, and the holder is bound to visit Englandand the Continent of Europe, and on his return to present to theSenate a narrative of his tour, with remarks on the objects ofscientific, and literary interest to which his observations mayhave been directed. It is not tenable with any other similarFeUowship. The fund in May, 1887, was £1,212 16s.6d.
III.FRAZER PROFESSORSHIP OF HISTORY.
In 1885 the sum of £2;000 was bequeathed by the Honour-able John Frazer towards the foundation of a Chair of Ancientand Modern History.
FOUNDATIONS. 175
IV. . -- SCHOLARSHIPS.
Awarded only when candidates exhibit a degree of proficiencysatisfactory to the Examiners. No Undergraduate can hold morethan two Scholarships at one time.1.—UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GENERAL PROFICIENCY.
Scholarships for General Proficiency, of the annual value of£50 each, have been given by the Senate out of the EndowmentEund of the University. In 1852 seven such Scholarships wereawarded, but these have been gradually displaced by privatefoundations. In 1876 the number öf such Scholarships had beenreduced to three, after which time one of these was displacedevery third year by the Bowman Cameron Scholarship. In 1881two University Scholarships were replaced by the Second Cooperand Barker Scholarships, then established. The RemainingUniversity Scholarships will be tenable for one year only.
1852.Curtis, W. C*Mitchell, D. S.Oliver, A1
Sealy, R.Barton, G. B.Coulson, T. H.Donovon, J.Harnett, J.
18
53.
Wentworth, Fitz-WilliamWiIHs, R. S.VVindeyer, W. C.■Johnson, J. W.Kinloch, J.Paterson, J. S.Renwick, A.
Hawthorn, S.Salting, G.
18 54.
Stack, J.
Jones, R. R., 1 1855 « Innes, G., 2
Russell, H. C, 2Cowlishaw, W. P., I
IS 57.
Garland, James, 1
Stephen, Cecil B., 1Stephen, Cecil B., 2 'Bowman, Edward, 1
CC
OO
5
8
.
Lane, George,, 1'
Perry, John, 1
* Up to the year 1854 the names are in alphabetical order ; from that date they areplaced in order of merit. The numbers show the several years.
176 FOUNDATIONS.
Stephen, Cecil B., 3
Bowman, E., 3Griffith, S. W., 2. )Murray, C. E. R., 2 { œq-
Griffith, S. W., 3Murray, C. E. R., 3Mein, C. S., 3Allen, A. M., 2.
Smith, R., 3Mate, F., 2Cape, A. J., 2
Mate, F., 3Long, G. E., 3Knox, G., 2
Iceton, E. A., 2
Cooper, P. A., 2 )Purves, W., 2 |
Cooper, P. A., 3Roseby, T., 2Coutts, James, 2
Alston, J., 3Sly,.R. M., 1
Morris, R., 3Rennie, E., 2
Sly, R. M., 3Plomley, F., 2*Kent, F. D., 2
1860. - ·
Griffith, S. W., 1 )Mein, C. S., 1 / 8^'
1861.Mein, C. S., 2Wright, K., 1Allen, A. M., 1
1862.Smith, Robert, 2Mate, Frederick, 1Capo, A. J., 1
1863.O'Brien, L., 2Knox, G., 1Sly, J. D, 1
1864.Sly, J. D., 2Iceton, E. A., 1
1865.Purves, W. A., 1 1Woolley, W., 1 f œq·
1866.Alston, J., 1Roseby, T., 1
1867.Richardson, R., 1Coutts, John, 1
1868.Dargin, S., 1
1869.Coghlan, C, 1
' Kent, F. D., 11870,
■ Hynes, W. A., 1Kelly, S, 1
*■ Bracketed equal with Coghlan, who obtained the Lithgow Scholarship.
FOUNDATIONS
1871 '
177
Plomley, F., 3Kelly, S., 2Hynes, W. Α., 2
Kelly, S., 3 'Edmunds, W., 2* )Hurst, G;, 2 J œq-
Oliver, J., 2Butler, T:) 1
Chisholm, W., 3Forster, C. E., 2Barff, H. Ε.', 2f
Russell, W., 2Remvick, G., 2
Debenhani, J. W., 3Maclardy, J. T)., 2Whitfield, L., 2 '
Fletcher, J. Α., 2Moore, W. L., 2Owen, H. P., I
Breniian, F. P., 2 )Campbell, G. R., 2 ) 8^
Rennie, G. E.Flint, C. A.
Rolin, T. )Woolcock, J. / 1'
Armstrong, L.
1872.
1873.
1874.
1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1879.
1880.
1881.
Hurst, G., 1Butler, E. J., 1
Jacobs, J., 1Chisholm, W"., 1
Foster, C. E., 1
Allen, G. B., 1Russell, W., 1
Wilkinson, W. C, 1Whitfeld, L., 1
Allen. R. C, 1Moore, W. L., 1
Cullen, W. P., IWri,
Linsley, W. H., 2King, W. U., 1
' Butler F. J.
Piddington, A B,
Leverrier, F. I
* Edmunds Hurst, and Butter (Lithgow), were bracketed equal.t Nathan E. Α., proxime acces&it
X Bracketed equal with Thomas E. Jones, who obtained the Second Cooper Scholarship.
eeq.
len, W. P., I )ight,S.,'l /
178 FOUNDATIONS.
1882.. Millard, A. C*
1883.Delohery, C.
1885.Garran, R. R. .
1886.Thompson, R.. A.
2. CLASSICAL SCHOLARSHIP.
A special scholarship, of the annual value of £50, was awardedby the Senate in the years 185 4-5 for the encouragement of ClassicalLiterature, and was open to all Undergraduates without limitationwho should have completed their sixth term in the University.
1854.—W. C. Windeyer | 1855.—George SaltingThis Scholarship ceased to be awarded
on the foundation in1857 of the Cooper Scholarship.
, ' 3. LEVEY SCHOLARSHIP.
The sum of £500 was beqeathed by Solomon Levey, Esq.,to the Sydney College, which had been established by a certainnumber of Subscribers forming a Joint Stock Company, for thepurpose of imparting the rudiments of a liberal education to theyouth of the Colony. The direction of Mr. Levey in respect tothis bequest was that the amount should be invested in thepurchase of shares in the College, and that the annual incomearising therefrom should be applied towards the education ofOrphan Boys at the discretion of the Trustees of the College.
The Sydney College having failed in its object, the Share-holders were empowered by an Act of the Legislature passed in1853, to sell to the University of Sydney the land in Hyde Park,which had been granted by the Government as a site for the College,with the buildings and all other property belonging to the College,including Mr. Levey's bequest. This sale, having been effectedaccordingly in the same year, it was resolved by the Senate of theUniversity that Mr. Levey's bequest which they had acquiredshould be devoted to the foundation of a Scholarship, to be called
* Awarded to the second in order of merit, W. Byram, Millard being the holder of twoScholarships ; and subsequently awarded to Cecil King, Byram not having complied withthe conditions necessary for holding a Scholarship.
FOUNDATIONS. ' 179
the Levey Scholarship ; but that the principal, which then, withthe accrued interest, amounted to £565, should be allowed toaccumulate further before its actual application to the intendedobject. The principal (£1000) in now invested in GovernmentDebentures at 5 per cent. This Scholarship is allotted to anUndergraduate of the second year, and is awarded after Examina-tion for proficiency in Natural Science.* It is tenable for oneyear, and is of the annual value of £50..1857.—Tom, W.I860.—Murray, O. E. R.1862,—O'Brien, L.1863.—Belisario, Edward1865,—Cooper, Pope A.1866. —Coutts, James1867.—Farrell, C. P.1868.—Rennie, E. H.1870.—Backhouse, Alfred1871.—Robertson, J.1872.—Oliver, J,1873,—Barff, H. E.1874.—Renwick, G. J.
1875 —Maclardy, J. D. S.1876.—Quaife, W.1877.—Linsley, W. H.1878.—Jeffries, H.1879,— Otibb, J.G.f1880.—Rennie, G. E.1881.— Poolman, A. E.1882.— Leverrier, F.1883.—Ferguson, David1884.—Fletcher, A. W.1885. .^Angove, W. H1
1886.—Wilson, C. G.1887.-Brad£eld, J. J. 0.'
4.-BARKER SCHOLARSHIP, No I.In 1853 a sum of £1000 was given by Thomas Barker, Esq.,for the foundation of. a. Scholarship for the encouragement ofMathematical Science. This Scholarship was originally open toall Undergraduates, but it can now be competed for by those ofthe third year only. It is tenable for one year and cannot beheld with more than one other Scholarship. The endowmentmoney is invested in house property at Newtown, and the Scholar-ship is of> the annual value of £50.1853.—Mitchell, David Scott1854.—Mitchell, David Scott1855.—Paterson, James S.1857.—Jones, Rees R.1859.—Cowlishaw, W. P.I860.—Stephen, Cecil B.1861.—Bowman, Edward *
1862.—Griffith, S. W.1864.-Mate, Frederick1865.—Knox, George1867.—Cooper, Pope A.1868.—Alston, J.1870.—Sly, R. M.1871.—Plomley, F.
* Up to 1S79 this Scholarship was awarded for General Proficiency in the first year.t Awarded to the second in order of merit, W. U. King, Cribb being the holder of twoScholarships.
180 FOUNDATIONS
1872.—Kelly, S.1873.—Butler, É. J.1875.—Barff, H. E. 1
Förster, O. E. ( 3^'1876.—Allen, G. B.
Debenhkm, J., prox. ac.1877.—Maclardy, J. D. S.1878.—Allen, R. C. ■1879.—Cullen, W. P.
1880.-Cribb, J. G.*1881.—Flint, 0. A.1882.—Rolin, Tom.1833.—Halliday, G.'O.1884.—Millard, 1A. C.1885.—Delohery, C.1886.—Russell, H. A.1887.—Garran, R. R.
BARKER SCHOLARSHIP, No. II.
The annual income of the Barker Endowment Fund havingbecome sufficient to provide for two Scholarships of the value of£50 each, a second Scholarship, also tenable for one year, is* awarded to a Student of the first year for proficiency in Mathe-matics. A special award was made in 1881 to a Student of thesecond year.1881.—Rolin, Tom1882.—Millard, A. 0.1883.—Delohery, C.1884.—Russell, H. A.f
1885.—Garran, R. R. 1Hunt, H.+ f œq-
1886.—Thompson, R, A.1887.—Dick, W. T.
5.-DEAS-THOMSON SCHOLARSHIP,In 1854'the Honourable E. 'Deas-Thomson, Esq., then
Colonial Secretary of New South Wales, left the Colony on avisit to England, and on that occasion a Testimonial Fund wasraised and presented to him on account of his public services:Out of this fund Mr. Deas-Thomson appropriated £1000 to thefoundation of a Scholarship in the University for the encourage-ment of Physical Science. This sum has been invested in housepiOperty at Newtown, and of the rents accruing therefrom £50is appropriated annually for a scholarship, which is awarded to aStudent of the third year, for proficiency in Chemistry and Ex-perimental Physics. It is held on the same terms as the Cooperand Barker Scholarships. It is moreover provided by the TrustDeeds that, when the accumulation shall be sufficient, a Schoiar-
* Awarded to J. F. Elphinstoue and J. F. McManamey, seq., Cribb being the holder oftwo other Scholarships.t Awarded to G. H. Abbott, Russell being the holder of two Scholarships.X Awarded to H. Hunt, Russell being the holder of two Scholarships.
FOUNDATIONS 181
ship for the encouragement of Geology shallsequently, when the funds will permit; one1854.—Willis, Robert Spier 1873.-1855.—Salting, William S. 1874.-
• 1858.—Russell; Henry 0. " 1875 —1859.—Quaife, F. H. - 1876.I860.—Stephen, Cecil B. 1877.—:1861:—Bowman, Andrew 18781862.—Murray, C. E. R. 1879.—:1864.— Cape, Alfred J. 1880.1866.—Gilchrist, A. 1881.1867.—Purves, W. A. 1882.—1868.—Roseby, T. 1883 —1869.—Morris, R. K 1884.1870.—Rennie, E. A. 1885.1871.—Kent, F. D. 1886.1872.—Anderson, H. C. L. 1887.
. THE DEAS-THOMSON GEOLOGY SCHOLARSHIP.The annual income of the Deas-Thomson Scholarship Endow-ment Fund, having become sufficient to provide for two Scholar-ships of the value of ¿£50 each, a second Scholarship has beenestablished for proficiency in the subject of Geology, in accordancewith the provisions of the Trust Deeds mentioned above. TheScholarship will be tenable for one year, and will be awarded to aStudent who has completed his second year in the Faculty ofScience.
6.-COOPER SCHOLARSHIP No. I.
. In 1857 a sum of £1,000 was. given by the Honourable SirDaniel Cooper for the foundation of a Scholarship for theencouragement of Classical Literature. The endowment moneyis invested in house property at Newtown, and the Scholarship isof the annual value of ¿£50, and is open to all Undergraduateswho have completed their sixth term. It is tenable for one yearonly, and cannot be held with more· than one other Scholarship.1857.—Hawthorn Stuart1862.—Griffith, S. W.
1864.—Mate, Frederick1865.--Knox, George
be founded, ahd sub-for Mineralogy.Butler, E. J.Chisholm, W.Butler, T.Allen, G. B.Maclardy, J. D. S.Böhrsmann, C.Bowman, A.Ralston, A. G.Rennie, G. E.Poolman, A. E.·Leverrier, F.Ramsay, J.Fletcher, A. W.Abbott, G. F.*McDonnell, R. C. W.
* H. A Russell, proxime accessit.
182 FOUNDATIONS.
1867 —Barton, Edmund1868. —Alston, J.1871. -Coghlan, C. A.
Plomley, F., prox. ace.1872. —Hynes, W. A.
Backhouse, A., prox.ace.
1874 —Oliver, J.1875 —Butler, T.1876 —Russell, W.
Allen, G. B., prox. ace.1876 — Debenham, J., 1877 —Wilkinson, W. C.
-Allen, R. C.-Badham, Lewis B. L.Owen", H. P.,
prox.acc.-Cribb, J. G.*-Bailee, F. R.-Piddington, A. B.-Armstrong, L. F.-Millard, A. C.-Russell, Jane F. 1
Neill, L. E. F. ]''-Russell, H. A.t-Garran, R. R.
COOPER SCHOLARSHIP No. II.
The annual income of the Cooper Endowment Fund havingbecome sufficient to provide for two Scholarships, of the value of£50 each, a second Scholarship also tenable for one year, isawarded to a Student of the first year for proficiency in Classics.
1881.—Jones, T. E.1882.—Millard, A. C.1883.—Fletcher, A. W.Neill, L. E. F.
■seq.
1884.—Russell, H. A.1885.—Garran, R. R.1 886.—Thompson, R. AJ1887.—Wolstenholme, H.g
7.-LITHGOW SCHOLARSHIP.
In 1864 a sum of £1.000 was bequeathed by WilliamLithgow, Esq., to be applied to the foundation of a Scholarship.The endowment money is invested in Government Debentures at5 per cent. Up to 1879 this Scholarship was awarded to the firstin point of merit of the second year for General Proficiency. Itis now allotted to an Undergraduate of the second year, and isawarded after examination for Proficiency in Classics. It istenable for one year, and is of the annual value of £50.
1866.—Barton, E..1867.—Alston, J.
1868.—Morris, R.1869.—Sly, R. M.
* Awarded to W. U. King, Cribb being the holder of two other Scholarships.t Awarded to A. G. Saddington, Russell being the holder of two other Scholarships.% Awarded to. C. L. W. Hunt, Thompson being the holder of two other Scholarships.§ Awarded to F. Lloyd, H. Wolstenholme being the holder of two other Scholarships.
■ seq.
FOUNDATIONS. ' 1S3
1880.—Barlee, F. R.1881.—Piddington, A. B.
Rich, G. E., prox. ace.1882.—Armstrong, L".• 1883.—Millard, A. C.1884.—NeM, L. E. F. )
'Fletcher, A.W. (8^-1885.—Russell, H. A.f18S6.—Garran, R. R.18S7.—Thompson, R. A.
.8.-WIGRAM ALLEN SCHOLABSHIP.In 1867 the sum of ¿£381 was given by G. Wigram Allen,Esq., ,to be invested and allowed to accumulate until it shouldreach £500. The amount having been attained, the interestthereon (£25) was devoted as a yearly prize to the candidate whoshould have passed the best examination in General Jurispru-dence for the Degree of Bachelor or Doctor of Laws. In 1883an additional sum of ¿6500 was given by Sir G. Wigram Allen, whoat the same time expressed the desire that an annual sum of ¿£25should be applied as before for the present, but that the interestof the whole fund should be devoted to a Scholarship in Law,when a Chair in the Faculty of Law should have been established.1881.—Edmunds, W., LL.B.1885.—Green, A. V., LL.B.
9.-EENWICK SCHOLARSHIP.In 1877 a sum of ¿£1,000 was given by Arthur Renwick,Esq., M.D. (Edinburgh), and B.A. (Sydney), to found a Scholar-ship for Natural Science, including Comparative Anatomy, whena School of Medicine should have been established. Until theyear 1884 it was allotted to an Undergraduate of six terms'standing, for proficiency in Chemistry, Geology, and Palaeontology.It is now awarded to a Medical Student entering upon his thirdyear, for proficiency in the subjects of the First ProfessionalExamination. It is of the annual value of ¿£50, and is tenablefor one year.1878.—Quaife, W.
Fletcher, J. A.seq.
1879.—Cullen, W. P.1880.—Cribb, J. G.
* Awarded to W. U. King:, Cribb being the holder of two other Scholarships:t Awarded to G. P. Barbour and A. G. Saddίngton^_gol·.^Rug3ell_being_the_holdeΓ_of-tv>o-other-Scholarships.----~~N 2
1870.—Coghlan, C.1871.—Backhouse, A.1872.—Butler, E. J.1873.—Chisholm, J.1874.—Butler, T,1875.—Allen, G. B.1876.—Wilkinson, W. C.1877.—Allen, R. 0.1878.—Callen, W. P.1879,-Cribb, J. G.*1887.—Gfeen, A. V., LL.D
184 FOUNDATIONS.
1881.—Sutherland, G. W.' 1882.— Woolcock, J.
1885.—Bancroft, P.1886.—Hester, J.
1883.—Leverrier, F.
1886.—Henry, A., prox. ace.1887—Wilson, C. G.
10.—GEORGE ALLEN SCHOLARSHIP.
In 1877 a sum of £1,000 was bequeathed by the Hon.George Allen for the purposes of the University. ■ It has beenappropriated to the foundation of a Scholarship for Proficiency inMathematics in the second year. It is tenable for one year, andis of the value of £50.
1879.—Cribb, J. G.*1880.—Flint, C. A.1881.—Woolcock, J.1882.—Halliday, G. C.1883.—Millard, A. C.
1884.—Delohery, C. '1885.—Russell, H. A.1886.—Garran, R. R.
Hunt, H., prox. ace.1887.—Thompson, R. A.
11.—BOWMAN-CAMERON SCHOLARSHIP.
In 1877 a sum of £1,000 was bequeathed by AndrewRobertson Cameron, Esq., M.D., of Richmond, for the foundationof a Scholarship, to be awarded once every three years forGeneral Proficiency to the most distinguished candidate of thefirst year. It is invested in Government debentures ; is of theannual value of £50,, and is tenable for three years.1878.-Cribb, J. G.1881.—Halliday, G. C.
1884. -Russell, H. A.1887.—Wolstenholme, H.
12.—FREEMASONS' SCHOLARSHIP.
In 1880 a sum of £1,000 was given by the Freemasons ofNew South Wales under the Constitution of the Grand Lodge ofEngland, for the endowment of a Scholarship in honor of theDistrict Grand Master of the Order, John Williams, Esq., andfor the encouragement of Learning and
Science among the sonsof Freemasons of five years standing of the English Constitution.The Scholarship is awarded for General Proficiency at theMartriculation Examination. If at any time there shall be
* Awarded to J. P. McManamey, Cribb being the holder of two Scholarships.
FOUNDATIONS. ' 185
no candidates for Martriculation eligible to compete for theScholarship, or if any such candidates fail to show· sufficient merit,it is open to competition at the First Year Examination. TheScholarship may be held in any Faculty. It is of the annual valueof ¿£50, and .is tenable for three years, provided that the scholarshall so long faithfully pursue his studies in the University, andshall pass the Annual Examinations with credit. Applicatioi sfor permission to compete for the Scholarship will be receivednot later than the first day of Lent Term.
1884.—Pope, Roland J. ■1887.-Wolstenholme, Harry.
13.—CAIRD SCHOLARSHIP.In 18S6 a sum of ¿£1,000 was given by George S. Oaird,Esq., to found a Scholarship for Chemistry. It will be awardedat the Second Year Examination in the Faculty of Science forproficiency in that subject. The Scholarship will be tenable forone year, and the holder will be required to attend the theoreticaland practical courses of instruction in Chemistry during theThird Year of the Faculty of Science.
14. -SLADE FOUNDATION. : 'In 1886 a sum of £250 was given by G. P. Slade, Esq., forthe encouragement of the study of Science.
V.
MILITARY CADETSHIP.
In 1880 the privilege of nominating one Student per annumto a Cadetship in the Royal Military College, Sandhurst, was con-ferred upon the Senate by the Imperial Military Authorities, andthe Senate was made the sole authority for testing the educa-tional fitness of Candidates. In pursuance of the authority thusgiven to it, the Senate has determined that Students who havecompleted their first year, and passed the First Year Examination,shall be eligible to compete for the nomination. The privilegewill also extend to those who have taken the B. A. or M.A.Degree, provided they are not beyond the age limited by theImperial Regulations. By those Regulations the ages for admis-sion to the Military College_are^from_seventeen-to-twenty-two. —
1S6 FOUNDATIONS.
The maximum age must not have been attained later than sincethe preceding 31st May or 31st October, which are the semi-annual times for admission to the Military College. The Régula-tions further require that candidates shall be certified to be ofgood moral character, and shall also, upon examination by aMedical Board, prove to be free from any bodily defects orailments, and in all respects as to height and physical qualities fit.for Her Majesty's Service, subject to special consideration by theWar Office in cases of exceptional shortness. Full particularsmay be had on application to the Registrar.
VI.EXHIBITIONS.1.-SALTING EXHIBITION.In 1858 a sum of £500 was given by Severin KanuteSalting, Esq., to the University, to be applied for the Promotion ofSound Learning. This Exhibition, which is of the annual valueof .£25, is awarded on the recommendation of the Trustees of theSydney Grammar School to a Student proceeding thence to theUniversity, and is tenable for three years. The principal isinvested in Government Debentures at 5 per cent.I860—Mein, C. S. . 1876.—Allen, Reginald C.1863.—Knox, George 1879.—Réunie, G. E.1866.—Alston, John W. 1882.—King, Cecil J.1869.—Coghlan, Charles 1885.—Garran, R. R.1873.—Forster, Charles E.
2.-JOHN B. WATT EXHIBITION.This Exhibition was founded by the Honourable John Brown
Watt, in 1877, by a donation of £1,000 for the benefit of Studentsfrom the Primary Public Schools who should pass with specialcredit at the Public Examinations.
The conditions upon which the Exhibition is awarded are asfollows :
1.—:The Exhibition will be bestowed on the 'Bursary prin-ciple ; that is to say, it will be given only to youths of goodcharacter and of intellectual promise, whose parents and friendscould not otherwise afford to provide the higher education whichthe founder desires to promote.
FOUNDATIONS. 187
2.-—It will be confined to boys or youths who have been forat least three years in the Government Primary Schools, in whichcategory it is however now determined to include service as PupilTeachers. ' ι
3.—The Exhibition will be tenable for three years, and willentitle the holder to £30 for the first year, £40 for the second,and £50 for the third year.
4.—It will not be obligatory on the holder to become a mem-ber of the University : but it will be open to him to pursue anintermediate course of education if he is not ripe for the University,or he may even be allowed to seek the higher education elsewhere,provided that lie passes the Matriculation Examination by wayof test. In either of such cases the arrangements and theirobservance will be under the; supervision of the Senate, whoseduty it will be, according to the terms of the foundation, tosatisfy itself that the money is being applied to maintenance andto an appropriate course of education.
5.—-If the Exhibitioner should enter the University as anUndergraduate he will be exempted from all fees, ás in the case ofa Bursar.
6.:—The candidates must have passed with special credit-either the Junior or Senior Public Examination.
7.—The fundamental intention of the founder being to con-nect the Primary Schools with the University, the Senate must besatisfied that, in the event of the endowment being applied tointermediate education, the course of tuitiop. and the progress ofthe boy from year to year are such as will probably fit him forMatriculation at the end of the third year at latest ; and in referenceto those who are ripe for the more advanced education the Chan-cellor will give preference (other things being equal) to candidateswho contemplate entering the University over those who do notpropose to avail themselves of its instruction and discipline.
8.—Any candidate desirous of entering the University, butnot immediately prepared to pass the Matriculation Examination,may, at the discretion of the Senate, be permitted to employ hisfirst year in preparatory attendance at the Lectures of theUniversity, and under its discipline as a University Student ;provided that he shall have satisfied the Senate that he is suffi-ciently advanced to profit by the Lectures, and to give promise of
• ability to Matriculate at the next Examination. This permission-will-not;—however^-entitle-the-
Exhibitioner- to-mOTe-tbañ~tirre"e"~years' enjoyment of the Exhibition.
188 FOUNDATIONS.
9.—The tenure of the Exhibition will not preclude the holderfrom competing for any other of the University benefactions. Onthe contrary, it is the hope of-the founder that he may be able tosupplement his means by Scholarships or Prizes.
As the Exhibition is tenable for three years it will notordinarily be open, otherwise than at the commencement of eachfourth year; since 1877, the Senate has been in a position toaward it for once in duplicate.
Applications are to be made to the Chancellor, and should beaccompanied with evidences touching the character and circum-* stances of the applicant.
STRUTH EXHIBITION.
In 1883 a sum of £1000 was given" by John Struth, Esq., forthe foundation of an Exhibition to assist students of intellectualpromise, but whose means are not otherwise sufficient for the pur-pose, in obtaining a degree in the Faculty of Medicine. The Ex-hibition is awarded to a student who has completed the first yearof the Arts course, upon the following conditions :
1.—The Deans of the Faculty of Arts and the Faculty ofMedicine shall receive a satisfactory assurance that the means ofthe applicant are insufficient to enable him to proceed with theMedical course without some such pecuniary assistance.
2.—Applications for permission to compete for the Exhibition,accompanied by the necessary certificates, must be sent to theRegistrar at least fourteen days before the first day of the AnnualExaminations.
3.—The Exhibition shall be awarded to that candidate, ofthose who are allowed to compete, who shall show the greatestproficiency in the first year examination of the Arts course.
4.—The holder, who shall at once proceed with his studies inthe Medical School, shall receive the sum of Fifty pounds (£50)per annum during the four years required for the completion ofthe Medical course ; provided that he shall only continue to holdit on the condition that he is diligent and of good conduct, andthat he passes creditably all the Examinations to which he may besubmitted. In the event of illness of the holder causing prolong-ation of his course of medical study, the case will be subject to thespecial consideration of the Senate. The Exhibition is open tostudents of either sex.
FOUNDATIONS. 1S9
VIT:BURSARIES.
The object of these Bursaries is to enable students livingaway from Sydney to reside in one of the affiliated Colleges, orin some other place approved by the Senate, so that they mayattend the University' lectures during the 'three years requiredfor the attainment of the B. A. Degree. The nominations arerequired by the terms of the respective foundations to be made bythe Chancellor alone.
The holders are exempted from all Lectures Pees, and fromthe Fees for Matriculation.
The conditions under which they are conferred are :1. That the Chancellor shall receive a satisfactory assurance that
the means of the applicant and his parents are unequal tothe expense of residing in one of the affiliated Colleges orelsewhere in the neighbourhood of the University.
2. That the Professors of Classics and Mathematics shall certifythat the applicant has shown such proficiency and ability'as to warrant the hope that he will receive benefit frompursuing his studies at the University.
3. Every Bursar, when appointed, shall be required to comeinto residence and attendance at Lectures according as theSenate shall direct, and to Matriculate at the commence-ment of the next Academical year after his appointment,and he shall only continue to hold the Bursary on the con-ditions that he is diligent, and of good conduct, and thathe passes creditably the Examinations at the end of thefirst and the second year after his Matriculation. ·
4. As it is necessary that the applicant should satisfy the Pro-fessors above-mentioned as to his proficiency and general :fitness, he must either have presented himself at theMatriculation Examination, which will be held in theUniversity in the beginning of March, or he must-havepassed the Junior or Senior Public Examination held atone of the local' centres of the colony, in Latin andMathematics.
1.-MAUEICE ALEXANDER BUESAEY.In 1874, debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent., were given byMrs. Maurice Alexander for the endowment of a Bursary inmemory of her late husband. The annual value is ¿£50.
190 FOUNDATIONS.
2.-THE LEVEY AND ALEXANDER ENDOWMENT.
In 1879 debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent, were given byMrs. Maurice Alexander for the purpose of establishing an endow-ment in the University, in memory of her late parents, Isaac andDinah Levey. It is intended for young men who shall have gonethrough the regular University course, and shall have passed thestatutory Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts in theUniversity of Sydney, and graduated with credit to themselves,> and who shall then be desirous of entering a liberal profession, butbe without sufficient pecuniary means to bear the cost of thenecessary preparation and superior instruction.
It is provided that no regard whatever' shall be had to thereligious creed or denomination of any candidate, provided thathis personal character and repute shall be good, and that in deter-mining any such award the only considerations shall be such ashave reference to the character and to the abilities and learning ofthe candidate, as proved by University Examinations, and to hisfinancial position.
The award is to be made to a graduate who shall haverecently taken his B A. Degree ; but the choice would be given toone who had graduated in Honours.
The professions which are held especially in view are thoseof Medicine and Surgery, and of Law in either branch, and thoseof Architects, Surveyors and Engineers : but full discretion isgiven to the University Senate to include any other secular pro-fession which shall be deemed by them to be of a learned orliberal character.
It is intended that the Graduate selected under this endow-ment shall enjoy the income of three years, either by one pay-ment of not exceeding one hundred and fifty pounds (that is to say,after accumulating) for fees or premiums on articles of pupilage ;or by half-yearly payments of twenty-five pounds for three years ;or partly in each way, as may be deemed by the Senate best:1 forcarrying out the objects in view.
3.-JOHN EWAN FBAZER BURSARY.
In 1876 debentures for ¿61000, at 5 per cent., were given bythe Honourable John Frazer, M.L.O., for the endowment of aBursary, of the annual value of £50, to be called after the name
of his deceased son, John Ewan Frazer,
FOUNDATIONS. 191
4.-ERNEST MANSON FRAZEE BURSARY.Tn 1876 debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent., -were given bythe Honourable John Frazer, M.L.C., for, the endowment of aBursary, of the annual value of £50, to be called after the nameof his deceased son, Ernest Manson Frazer.
5.—WILLIAM CHARLES WENTWORTH BURSARY—No. I.In 1876 the sum of £1000 was given by Fitz-William
Wentworth, Esq., for the foundation of a Bursary, of the annualvalue of £50, to be called after the name "of his deceased father,William Charles Wentworth, Esq.
WILLIAM CHARLES WENTWORTH BURSARY—No. II.In 1876 the further sum of £1000 was given by Fitz-
William Wentworth, Esq., for the foundation of a second Bur-sary, of the annual value of £50, to be called after the name ofhis deceased father, William Charles Wentworth, Esq. ; but thefounder directed that.this sum should accumulate until it shouldreach £1,500, that a second Bursary should then be available,and that the surplus should accumulate until the sum of £1,500should again be reached, when a similar result is to follow.
This foundation reached the sum of £1,500 in 1886.
WILLIAM CHARLES WENTWORTH BURSARY—No. III.This fund was established in 1886 by the setting apart of
the sum of £500 from the last named foundation, to accumulatein accordance with the directions of the founder.
6.-BURDEKIN BURSARY.In 1876 the sum of £1000 was given by Mrs. Burdekin, forthe foundation of a Bursary, of the annual value of £50, to becalled the Burdekin Bursary. . '' _
7.-HUNTER BAILLIE BURSARY—No. I.In 1876 Government debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent.,
were given by Mrs. Hunter Baillie for the foundation of a Bur-sary of the annual value of £50, to be called the Hunter BaillieBursiry.
8.-HUNTER BAILLIE BURSARY—No. II.In 1877 Government debentures for £1000, at 5 per cent.,
were given by Mrs. Hunter Baillie, for the foundation of a
192 FOUNDATIONS.
Bursary of the annual value of £50, for the sons of ministers ofreligion. In the deed ,of gift the Senate is declared to be the solejudge of who are to be considered ministers of religion.
9.—JAMES AITEEN BURSARY.In 1878 the sum of £1000 was bequeathed to the Universityby James Aitken, Esq., of Grafton, for the foundation of aBursary, of the annual value of £50, to be called the JamesAitken Bursary. The award of this Bursary is not confined tocandidates for the Degree of B. A.
10.—WALKER BURSARIES. .In 1881 the sum of £5,000 was given by Thomas Walker'Esq., of Yaralla, Concord, for the foundation of Bursaries. Thegift was especially connected with the late resolution of theSenate, to grant to women equal participation with men in allUniversity privileges, and it was desired by the founder that aportion of the Bursaries—up to one half, as circumstances mightdictate—should be made applicable to Students of the female sex.The principal has been placed temporarily as a ' fixed deposit inthe Mercantile Bank, and five Bursaries, each of the value of £50per annum, have been awarded.
VIII.
PRIZES.1.—WENTWORTH MEDAL.
In 1854 Government debentures for £200, at 5 per cent.,were given by W. C. Wentworth, Esq., the interest to be appliedfor an Annual Prize for the best English Essay. . '
. 1854.—Windeyer, W. C. 1870.—O'Connor, Richard' 1855.—Windeyer, AV. C. '1880.— Linsley, AV. H.
1862,—Docker, Ernest B. 1881.—AVoolcock, J.I860.—"Knox, George
2.-NICHOLSON MEDAL.In 1867 the sum of £200 was given by Sir Charles Nicholson,
to found an Annual Prize for Latin, Verse. The endowmentmoney is invested in Government debentures at 5 per cent.
1880.—Barlee, F. R. I 1882.—Armstrong, L. F. M.1881.—Barlee, F. R. | 1883.—Armstrong, L. F. M.
FOUNDATIONS. 193
3.-BELMORE MEDAL.
In 1870 a sum of ¿£300 was given by the Right Honourablethe Earl of Belmore, for the purpose of founding a Medal of thevalue of ¿£15, to be awarded annually to a member of the Univer-sity,' under the standing of M.A., for Proficiency in Geology andPractical Chemistry, with special reference to Agriculture. TheExamination is held in Trinity Term. The endowment money isinvested in Government Debentures at 5-per cent.
1873—Anderson, H. C. L.
King, P. H.1874.—Butler, E. J.1875.—O'Brien, O.1876.—Renwick„G.1877.—Wilkinson, W. C.1880.—Campbell, Joseph1881.—Ralston, A. G.
œq. 1882.—Rennie,G. E. )Sutherland, )■ G. W.1883.—Woolcock, J.1884. —Leverrier, F.1885.—Perkins, A. E.1886.—Not awarded1887.-NNOt awarded
seq.
4.-FAIRFAX PRIZES.
In 1872 a sum of ¿£500 was given by John Fairfax, Esq.,for the purpose of founding two Annual Prizes of ¿£20 and ¿£10severally, to be awarded to the greatest proficients among thefemale candidates at the Senior and Junior Public Examinationsin Michaelmas Term. In the case of Seniors the candidates mustnot be over twenty-five years of age, and of Juniors seventeenyears. The endowment money is invested in City of SydneyDebentures, yielding 6 per cent.
SENIOR PRIZE.
1871.—Bolton, Anne Jane1875.— Everitt, M. M.1876.—Whitfield, Caroline A.A'Beckett, Caroline A.(prox. acct.)1877.—Ganan, Helen Sabine1878.—Burdoff, Bertha M.Haggard, Alice {prox.acct.)1879.—Love, Ellen C.
1880.—Holt, Eliza Marian1881.—Russell, Jane Foss ]
Carson, Marianne Eeq.Helena )
1883.—Bruce, Mary H. )
Fox, Emily Alice J 8^1884.—Manwaring, Jessie R. E.1885.—Hall, Catherine Jane1886.—Not awarded
194 FOUNDATIONS.
JüsriOR PRIZE.
1871.—Reniñe, Amelia 0.1872.—Garran, Mary Epps1873.—Badham, Julia1874.— A'Beckett, CA.)
Carney, Kate J ^'1875.—Hall, A. F.1876.—Shadier, Cornelia1877.—Holt, Eliza M.1878.—Russell, Emily L. )
Russell, Jane F. / œq-
1S79.—Carson, Marianne H.
1880.-1881.-1882.-1883.-
1884.1885.-1886.
-O'Brien, Marion-Holt, Sarah Elizabeth-Sinclair, Agnes Riddell-Smith, Rebecca MaryRussell, Priscilla(prox. acct.)-Fidler, Isabel M.-Barton, Joanna-Baker, Margaret C )Fidler, Mabel M. j86*
5.-JOHN WEST MEDAL.
In 1874 debentures for £200, at 5 per cent., were given bythe subscribers to a memorial of the Reverend John West, Editorof the Sydney. Morning Herald, for the foundation of an annualGold Medal, to be awarded to the greatest proficient in the SeniorPublic Examinations.
1875.—Allen, Reginald1876.—Dunn, Thomas1877.—Murray, Hubert1879.—Love, W. W. R. )Nisbet, W. B / 8^-1880.—Leverrier, Frank1881.—Power, George Wash-ington
1882.—Hay, James Alexander1883.—Russell, H. Ambrose1885.—Ashworth, Louis N.Thompson, Robert A.(prox. acct.).1886.—Wolstenholme, H..
6.-SAUTH PRIZE.
Until the year 1885 an annual Prize of
Books, of the valueof Five Pounds, was given by the Hon. Professor Smith to theStudent who distinguished himself most at the vivâ voce Class Ex-'aminations in Experimental Physics throughout the year. At hisdeath, in that yeai*, he bequeathed the sum of One HundredPounds, the interest of which is to be given annually in money, or
f.
FOUNDATIONS. -195
in books, or in any other way approved by the Senate, to the bestUndergraduate of the First Year in.Experimental Physics, and tobe called the "Smith Prize."
1854.—Paterson, J. S.
Willis, R. S.1855.—Renwick, A.1856.—Hawthorn, S.1857.—Garland, J.
Halley,—1858.—Garland, J.
Stephen, C. B.1859.—Stephen, C. B.I860.— fiowman, E
Griffith, S. W.1861.—Griffith, S. W.
Meillon, J.Mein, C. S.
1862.—Allen, A M.
n. Smith, R.1863.'—Cape, A. J.
Long, G. E.
1869.—Rennie, E. A.Coghlan, O.
1870.—Backhouse, A.P.Sloman, J.Kent, F. D.Coghlan, C.
1871.—Backhouse, A. P.Butler,· E. JKelly, S.
1872.—Hurst, G~.Robertson, J.
1873.—Oliver, J.1874.—Debenham, J.
Thallon, J. B.1876.—Mäher, C. H.1877.—Böhrsmann,C.
Mathison, W.1878.—Cullen, W. P.1879.—Cribb, J. G.1880.—Fuller, R. M.1881.—Fairfax, G. E.
Rolin, Tom1882.—Armstrong, L. F.-1884.—Bowman, Archer1885.—Berne, Dagmar1886.—M'Donnell, R. C. W.1887.
}seq.œq.
J. œq.J aeq.
J œq.
]«q.j. seq.
seq.
seq.seq.
seq.
seq.
Manning, C. J1864.—Gilchrist, A.
Knox, G.1865.— Gilchrist, A.
Stephen,—1866.—Thompson, J.
Cooper, D: J.1867.—Alston, J.
Morris, R. N.1868.—Kemp, R. E.
M'Carthy, F.
7.-NORBERT QUIRK PRIZE.In 1886 the-sum of £143 12s. 6d. was given by the sub-
scribers to a memorial of the Rev. John Norbert Quirk, LL. D.,. lace Principal of Lyndhurst College, for the foundation of anannual prize for Mathematics. The Senate has decided, with theconsent of the subscribers, that this prize shall be awarded forproficiency in Mathematics at the Second Year Examination.The first award will be made in March, 1888.
j seq.
j- *q·j- seq.
J. seq.
j
seq.
seq.
-Bradfield, J. J. C.Thompson, R. A.
seq.
UNIVERSITY PRIZES.. I.
M.A. EXAMINATION.• A Medal of the value of £10 is awarded to the most distin-guished candidate in the Honour Examination for the Degree ofMaster of Arts in the several schools.
CLASSICS. .1876.—Beatty, J. J. M.MATHEMATICS.
1865.—Murray, C. E. R.1876.— Rennie, E. A.*
PHYSICS.1863.—Rogers, RE
II.B. A. EXAMINATION
Since 1863 Prizes have been awarded to the most distinguishedcandidate in the first class in the several schools of Classics,Mathematics, and Natural Science at the examination for theDegree of B. A. Previously to 1857 there were no Classes inHonours. The Prizes are at present of the value of ¿610.
CLASSICS.1856,— Windeyer, W. C.1857.—Paterson, J. S. ■1863.—Griffith, S/W.Murray, C. E. R. (prox.ace.)1866.—Sly, J. D.1868.^-Barton, E.1870.—Sly, R. M.1871.—Coghlan, C.1872.—Backhouse, A.1873.—Morrice, J.1874.—Oliver, J.1875.—Butler, T.1876.—Russell, W.1877.—Wilkinson, W. C.
1877.— Maclardy, J. D. S
(proxime accessit)1879.—Allen, R. C.Edwards, R. J. R.(proxime accessit)1880.—Linsley, W. H. .1881.—Cribb, J. G.1882.—Barlee, F. R.1883.—Piddington, A. B. .
Rich, G. E. (j?rox. ace.)1884. —Armstrong, L. F. M.1885.—Millard, A. C. .1886.— Neill, L. E. F.1887.—Russell, H. A.
Reunie passed with distinction in the School of Natural Science.
1877.—Butler, E.
UNIVERSITY PBIZES. .197
1863.—Griffith, S. W.)
Murray, CE R. j œq·
1866.—Knox, G.1868—Cooper, P. A.1869.—Alston, J. W.1870.—Sly, R. M.1871.—Plomley, F.1872 —Kelly, S.
Backhouse, A. P. (prcx.
, ace.)Butler, E. J.
1873.
-Chisholm, W.-Barff, H. E.-Allen, G. B.-Maclardy, J. D. S.-Allen, R. C.-Cribb, J. G.-Rolin, Tom ■-Halliday, G. C.-Millard, A. C. '-Delohery, Cornelius-Russell, Ή.. A.
1869.-Morris, R.1870.2-Rennie, E.1871.—Kent, P. D.1872.—Anderson, H.1873.—Butler, E. J.
1874.—Chisholm, W.1875.—Butler, T.1876.—Russell, W.
LOGIC.1868.—Roseby, T.
Cooper, D. J. (jproxime accessit.)III.. B. Sc. EXAMINATION.In accordance with By-law 125 a prize of £10 is awarded tothe student who exhibits the greatest proficiency at the B.Sc.Examination, if of sufficient merit.1885.—Leverrier, F.1887.—Angove, W. H. .B.E. EXAMINATION.In accordance with By-law 143, a prize of £10 is awarded tothe student who exhibits the greatest proficiency at the B.E.Examination, if of sufficient merit.
1886.—Thompson, W. M., M. A.»Includes Chemistry, Experimental Physics, Geology, Mineralogy, and Physical Geography.
O
MATHEMATICS.CHEMISTRY AND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS.1863.—Griffith, S. W.1864.—Cape, Alfred John1865.—Watson, W".1866.—Emanuel, N.1867.—Purves, W. A.1868.—Alston, J. W.
NATURAL SCIENCE.
1874.-1875.-1876.-1877.-1879.-1881.-1883.-1884.-1885.-1886.-1887.-
C. L.
1877.—Wilkinson, W. O.1879.—Böhrsmann, C.18S4.—Leverrier, F.
198 UNIVERSITY PRIZES.
ENGLISH VERSE.A Medal of the value of £20 is given by the University forthe best Composition in English verse.
1857.—Salting, W. S.I860.—Yarrington, W. H.1861.- -Docker, Ernest B.1881.—Woolcock, John
IV.UNIVERSITY PRIZES AT PUBLIC
EXAMINATIONS.Prizes of £20 and £10 are appropriated annually by theSenate for the greatest proficiency amongst the male Candidatesat the Senior and Junior Public Examinations in MichaelmasTerm. The limit of age for Seniors is twenty-five, for Juniorsseventeen years.
SENIOR PRIZES.
1880.—Leverrier, F.1881.—Power, George Wash-ington.1882.—Hay, James Alexander1883.—Russeü, Harry Am-brose1884.—Not awarded.1885.—Ash worth, Louis NaishThompson, Robert A.(proxime accessit.)1886.—Wolstenholme,Harry.JUNIOR PRIZES.
1880.—Hay, James A.1881.—Russell, Harry Am-brose1882.—Leibius, Gustav
1882.—Bladen,FrankMurcott1883.—Byram, William John1887.—Garran, R. R.
1873.—Allen, G. B.1874.— Maclardy, J. D. S.1875.—Allen, ReginaldMoore, W. L. (proximeaccessit.)1876. -Dunn, Thomas1877.—Murray, J. H. .Cribb, J. G. (proximeaccessit.)1879.—Love, W.W.R. ")
Nesbit, W. B. Γ œq·
1872.—Fletcher, A. J.)Maclardy,J.D.S.{-1873.—M'Keon, P. )Moore, A. L. J-Murray, J. H.-Lloyd, C. J.ltennie, G. E. (proximeaccessit.)-Byrnes, ThomasMillard, A. C. {proximeaccessit.')1877.—Butler, Francis1878.—Jones, .Thos. Edward1879.—Power," G. W.
œq.œq,1874.-
Hugo1883. —Ash worth, Louis Naish1884.—White, Cecil A.Graham, Austin D.(proxime accessit.)1885.—McNeill, A. J. >Morrow, W. A. fStephen, A. J. Γ 8^"- Milner )
1886.—Stephen, Ed. Milner,
1876.·
PRIVATE. ANNUAL PRIZES.I.—ROSEBEBY PEIZES.
In 1883 the sum of Fifty Guineas was "given by the RightHon. the Earl of Rosebery, to provide two prizes of Twenty-fiveGuineas each, for the best English Essay, to be competed, for byGraduates and Undergraduates respectively. The subject for theUndergraduates' Prize was " The Growth of the AustralasianColonies, and their present relations to the Mother Country."The subject for the Graduates' Prize, the competition for which isconfined to Graduates of not more than six years standing, is," The Future of the Australasian Colonies."
UNDERGRADUATES' PRIZE.1885.—Bladen,'Frank MV
GRADUATES' PRIZE.1885-87.—Not awarded.* .
II.—PROFESSOR SCOTT'S PRIZE.In 1886-7, a Prize of the value of £5 was given by ProfessorScott, to be awarded to an evening Student, for proficiency inClassics. 1886.—Stephenson, J. H.
1887.—Sawkins, F. J.
TII.-PROFESSOR STUiRT'S PRIZE.'In 1887, a Prize of the value of £7 10s. was given byProfessor Stuart for proficiency in Physiology.1887.—Hester, J.
IV.— DR. WILKINSON'S PRIZE.In 1887, a Prize of the value of £5 5s. was given by Dr. W.Camac Wilkinson, for Proficiency in Pathology.1887.—Armstrong, W. G., B.A.
V.—DR. MACLAURIN'S PRIZE.In 1887, a Prize of the value of ¿£2 was given by Dr. H. N.MacLaurin, Vice-Chancellor, for proficiency in Physiology.
1887.—Trindall, R. R, B.A.
* Open for further Competition. o2
PAST PBIZES AND BENEFACTIONS.THOS. S; MORT TRAVELLING FELLOWSHIP, value ¿£315.
1865.—Griffith, S. W„ B.A.ENGLISH ESSAY.—Prize of ¿£10, given by Professor Woolley.« .
; 1853.— Windeyer, W. C.ENGLISH VERSE.—Prize of ¿£25, given by E. T. Hamilton, Esq.,
Provost.1854.—Willis, R. S. )
Salting, W. S. / œq·LATIN VERSE.—Prize of ¿£20," given by Sir Charles Nicholson1855.—Salting, G. 1862.—Griffith, S. W.1857.—Salting, G.GREEK IAMBICS.—Prize of ¿£20, given by Sir Charles Nicholson.
1853.—Forshall, W. F.GREEK IAMBICS.—Prize of ¿£10, given by Professor Woolley.1861.—Houison, James | 1862.—Griffith, S. W. 'GREEK IAMBICS.—Prize of ¿£10, given by the Hon. George Allen.1866.—Sly, J. D. 1870.—Sly, E. M.1869.—Sly, E. M.LATIN ELEGIACS.—Prize of ¿£10, given by the Hon. F. L. S.
Mere wether.
1856.—Salting, G.185.7.-Salting, G.1858.—Salting, G.LATIN ESSAY.—Prize of ¿£10, given by Professor Woolley.1854.—Salting, G. | 1856.—Salting, G.MATHEMATICS.—Prize of ¿£10, for proficiency in Mathematics
among incepting Bachelors, given by Professor Pell.I860.—Stephen, C.1861.—Bowman, E.1863.—Griffith, S. W. 1
Murray, C. E. R. J 8^"
1866.—Knox, G.1868.—Cooper, P. A.1870.—Alston, J. W.1871,—SIy1R. M.
1861.—Griffith, S. W. ·1863—Mate, F.
PAST PRIZES AND BENEFACTIONS. 201
1872.—Plomley, F. 1875.—Forster, C. E.1873.—Butler, E. J. 1876.—Allen, G. B.1874.—Chisholm, W.
GILCHRIST SCHOLARSHIP. ■In 1876-82 a Scholarship of the value of ¿ßlOO per annum·,and tenable for three years, was given by the Gilchrist Educa-tional Trust, to be awarded to a candidate who should havegraduated in Arts either in the University of Sydney or in theUniversity of Melbourne, and who should have been resident inAustralia for the five years immediately preceding his graduation.The award of the Scholarship was made every other year by thisUniversity. . ' \1868.—Cooper, Pope, B.A.1870.—Alston, J. W., B. A.1872.—Sly, R. M., B.A.1874.—Hurst, G., B.A.1876.^Chisholm, W"., B.A.
1878,-Maclardy, J. D. S.,B:A.
1880.—Bohrsmann, Christian,
B.A.1882.—Rennie, G. E, B.A.
HERCULES ROBINSON PRIZE FOR SHAKSPERE.Two Prizes, of the value of Twenty-five Guineas each, weregiven by his Excellency Sir Hercules Robinson, G.C.M.G., theGovernor of the Colony, in the years; 1876-7, to Bachelor of Artsof not more than six years' standing for—(a) Criticism oh ' theplot and characters of one or more of the. selected plays ofShaksperè—(6) Comparisons of persons and events as representedby the poet with the same as described in history—(c) Thelanguage and literary history of Shakspere's time, together withthe knowledge of the sources of the text and verbal criticismsthereon. , ■ ' '1876.—Oliver, James, B.A. | 1877.—Anderson, H. C. L., B.A.
R. C.WANT SCHOLARSHIP.In 1881-83, Scholarships for Theoretical and PracticalChemistry, of the annual value of £25, to be competed for byStudents who had completed their sixth term, were given byRandolph Charles Want, Esq.1881.—Rennie, G. E.•1882.,-Poolman, A. E.
1883.—»Leverrier, F.
* Awarded to Λ. Carvosso, Leverrier being the holder of two other Scholarships.
202 PAST PRIZES AND BENEFACTIONS.
FAUCETT PRIZE FOR JURISPRUDENCE.
In 1879-81 three Prizes, of the value of ¿Ê50, were given byMr. Justice Faucett for proficiency in Jurisprudence, to be com-peted for by candidates for their first Degree in Law.
1881.—Edmunds, W.1882.—Coghlan, C. A.. . 1884,—Morris, R.N.
RENWICK MEDAL.
In 1883-86 Medals of the value of ¿610 were given byArthur Renwick, Esq., M.D., for proficiency in Practical andTheoretical Anatomy.
1883.— Greville, E. E.1884.—Bancroft, Peter. . '1885.—Hester, John.1886.—Perkins, Alfred E., B.A.
CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS AT THE B.A. EXAMINATION.
1856.•Windeyer, W. C. (Distinguished in Classics.)
SCHOOL OF CLASSICS.
1857.CLASS 1. CLASS II.
Paterson, James Salting, William SeverinSalting, George 1863.
CLASS 1. CLASS 11.Griffith, S. W. Mein, C. S.Murray, C. E. E. , proxime
accessit. 1866.CLASS I. CLASS II.
None. 1868.CLASS I.Barton, E.1869.
Sly, J. D.
CLASS I. CLASS II.None. 1870. Eoseby, J.
CLASS I. CLASS II.Sly, E. M. 1871. Dargin, S.
Eutledge, W. F.
CLASS I. CLASS II.CoghlaD, C. Sloman, J.Plomley, F. 1872.
CLASS I.
Backhouse, A. Hynes, W. A. 1Pring, R. ) 83I-
Kelly, S.1873.
CLASS I. CLASS II.Morrice, J. 1874. Hurst, G.
Hill, T.
CLASS L CLASS II.Oliver, J. Lee, W.
* There were no Classes of Honours previously to 1857.
204 HONOURS.
1875.CLASS I. CLASS II.
Butler, T. Roger, R.Forster, C. E. 1876.
CLASS I. CLASS II.Russell, W. Mullins, J.Allen, G. B., prox. ace. Maher, C. H.Debenham, J. W. Thorn, A.Russell, E. Elder, F. )
Steel, R. \ £eq·1877.
CLASS I. CLASS 11.Wilkinson, W. C. Prior, H. )
, Whitfeld, L. \ ffiq·Bundock, C.
Maclardy, J. D. S. Kelly, H.prox. ace. Lloyd, T.
1879.CLASS I. CLASS Π.
Allen, R. C. Quaife, W. F.Edwards, R., prox. ace. Taylor, H. W.Fletcher, J. A. 1880.
CLASS I.
Linsley, W. H. Berry, W. Dalton, G.Moore, W. L. Campbell, G. R. Lander, W. H.Cullen, W. P. Badham, L. B.
1881.CLASS I. CLASS II.Cribb, J. G. McManamey, J. F.King, W. U. 1882. McCulloch, P. V.
McLelland, H.
CLASS I. CLASS II.Barlee, F. R. Butler, F. J.Rennie, G. E. 1883. Wilkinson, F. B.
CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III.Piddington, A. B. Rolin, Tom. Crocker, H.Rich, G. E., prox. ace.
188a.CLASS I. CLASS IL CLASS III.
Armstrong, L, F. M. Jones, T. E. Tarplee, W. F.Halliday, G. C.
1885.
Carvosso, A. B.
CLASS I. CLASS II.Millard, A. C. King, C. J.Fullerton, A. Y. 1Garnsey, E. R. j
Brown, Mary£e<j. King, Copland
Pope, R. J.
HONOÜES. 205
CLASS I.Neil!, L. E. F.Fletcher, A. W.Russell, Jane F.
CLASS I.Bussell, H. A.
1886.CLASS ΙΓ.Loxton, E. J.
1887.
CLASS III.Townley, P. L.
CLASS II.Barbour, G. P.Saddington, A. G.
LATIN AND FEENCH.
1887.CLASS II.
Bruce, Mary H.
SCHOOL OF MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
1857.CLASS I. CLASS H.
None. 1863.CLASS I.
Paterson, James S,
Griffith, S. W. ) ^n Quirk, JohnMurray, C E. R. | *"*■ 1866.
CLASS I. CLASS II.Knox, George 1868.
CLASS I. Sly, J. D.
Cooper, P. A. 1869.CLASS I.Alston, J.1870.
Purves, W. A
CLASS I. CLASS II.Sly, E. M. SIy, GeorgeEennie, E. 1871.
CLASS I. CLASS 11.Plomley, F. Sloinan, J.Coghlan, C. 1872.
CLASS I. CLASS II.Kelly, S. Pring, E.Backhouse, A. prox. ace. 1873.
CLASS I.
Butler, E. J. Edmunds, W.
206 HONOUES.
1874.CLASB I. CLASS Π.
Chisholm, W. 1875. Barton, F.Lee, W. I mnOliver, J. j œq-
CLASS I. CLASS Π.Barff, H. E. Thallon, J. BForster, C. E. 1876.
CLASS I.
Allen, G. B. 1877. Debe nh am, J. W.
CLASS I. CLASS 11.Maclardy, J. D. S. 1879.
CLASS I.Whitfeld, L,Kelly, H.
Allen, E. C. 1880. Cohen, J.
CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS HT.None. CuUen, W. P. Moore, W.
Brennan, F. P. )Mann, W. J. G. \ aq'
1881.CLASS I. CLASS II.
Cribb, J. G. 1882. MoManamey, J. F.
CLASS I. CLASS II.None. 1883. Flint, C. A.
CLASS L CLASS II.Kolin, Tom 1884. Wooloook, J.
CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III.Halliday, G. C. Armstrong, L. F. Jones, T. E. »
Leverrier, F. f œq'1885.CLASS I.Millard, A. C.1886.
CLASS I. CLASS II.Delohery, C, 1887. Townley, P. L.
Bnssell, Jane F.
CLASS I. CLASS Π. CLASS HLBnssell, H. A. None. Thompson, S. A.Abbott, G. H. J seq.Saddington, A. G.
HONOURS. 207
NATURAL SCIENCE.»1874.
CLASS I,Chisholm, W. 1875.
CLASS I.Oliver, J.
Butler, T. 1876 Carruthers, J. H.
CLASS I. CLASS II.None. 1877.
CLASS I.Russell, W.Maher, C. H.Renwiok, G.
Wilkinson, W. C. 1879. Bowman, A. S.
CLASS I. CLASS II.Bohrsmann, C. McDonagh, J. M.Fletcher, J. A. Quaife, W. F.Fuller, G. W. 1880. M'Leod, James
CLASS L CLASS II.None. 1881. Bowman, A. \
Munro, W. J.Jœq'
CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III.None. Ralston. A. G.
Cribb, J. G.1882.
Fletcher, O. E.
CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III.Bennie, G. E. Sutherland, G. W.
1883.
Wilkinson, F. B.Beehag, A. J.
CLASS I. CLASS 11. CLASS III.None. Woolcoek, J.
1884.
Hall, W. H.
CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III.Leverrier, F.' Carvosso, A. B.
Perkins, A. E.Bigg, T.
* Before 1874 a Prize of £10 was given to the most distinguished candidate in Chemistryand Experimental Physics at the B. A. Examination.
CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS AT THE B1Se1
EXAMINATION,
1885.
CLASS I.Leverrier, F., B.
A.1887.
GLASS I.Angove, W. H.
CLASS LISTS IN HONOURS AT THE B.E,EXAMINATION.
1886.CLASS I.
Thompson, W. M., M.A.
MATRICULATION EXAMINATION, 1887.
BOWMAN-CAMERON SCHOLARSHIP FOR GENERAL PROFICIENCY—H. Wolsten-holme.
COOPER SCHOLARSHIP NO. 2. FOR CLASSICS—Gained by H. Wolstenholme,but awarded to F. Lloyd, Wolstenholme being the holder of twoother Scholarships.
BARKER SCHOLARSHIP No. 2, FOR MATHEMATICS- W. T. Dick.JOHN WILLIAMS SCHOLARSHIP (FOR SONS OF FREEMASONS) FOR GENERAL PRO-
FIOIENOY—H. Wolstenholme.
CLASSICS.
CLASS I.Wolstenholme, H,Lloyd, F.
HONODES.
CLASS II.Ourlewis, H. E.Stephen, A. J. Milner
CLASS IILAnderson, H. M.Mack, S.
CLASS I.Dick, W. T.Wolstenholme, H.Lloyd, F.Saxby, G. C.Black, A. O.Stewart, A.Swanson, E. C.
|seq.
MATHEMATICS.
HONOUES.
CLASS II.Brierley, F. N.Toms, W. E.Sellors, E. P.Challands, F.Coffey, A. E.
CLASS III.Curlewis, H. E.Hughes, M. O.Anderson, H. M.Cripps, Esther F.Lawes, C. H. E.Meagher, F. J.
210 MATEICÜLATION EXAMINATION, 1887.
Amos, Jeanie C.Anderson, Hugh M.Barnet, Donald M.Belisario, GuyBiffin, Harriett E.Black, A. O.Blunt, H. E.Bode, F. F. O.Bowmaker, D. W.Bowmaker, RuthBrierley, F. N.Britton, Theodosia A.Bruton, Dorothy J.Burkitt, E. H.Challands; F.Cook, N. J.Coffey, A. E.Coghlan, Iza F. J.Corlette, C, E.Cosh, J.Craig, E.Cree, Maude F.Cripps, Esther F.Curlewis, H. E.Curnow, W. L.Curry, J. N.Davis, H.Deane, C. S.Dick, E.Drew, C. M.Drew, Constance H.Dunlop, N. J.
PASS.Edwards, H. A.Elwin, G. B.Evans, G. P.Fitzgerald, H. A.Gilmore, EuniceGoldsmid, J. A.Grainger, A. W. B.Hester, JU. J.Hilliard, A. V.Hughes, M. O'GormanJohnston, Ella E.Johnstone, J. B.Kemmis, T. M.Kidston, E. M.Lawes, C. H. E.Littlejohn, A. N.Lloyd, F.Long, M.McCulloch Fanny E.Mclntyre, W. D.McKinnon, E. β. S.McLaughlin, D.McMahon, T. F.MaoManamey,CarolineFMack, S.Meagher, F. J.Meymott, H. A.Morgan, T. H. D.Park, J.Peden, J. B.Pincombe, Jane H.Reading, P. B.
Eenwick, A.Richardson, W. J. W.Eobinson, Mabel F.Eobison, J. H^Roche, G. N.Rutter, G. F.Saunders, E.Saxby, G. C.Sellors, R. P.Shaw, A. B.Shepherd-Smith, L.Smith, S. B.Solomon, H.Spark, E. J. T. S.Stephen, A. J. M.Stuart, A.Swanson, E. C.Taylor, A. J.Thompson, A.Tighe, P. E.Tillet, J. V.Toms, W. E.Treby, E. E. C.Veech, L. S.Warburton, J. W.Waters, M. D. M.Watt, J. A.White, C. A.Williams, J. L.Wolstenholme, H.Wood, F. E.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION, DECEMBER, 1886, ANDMARCH, 1887.
LiTHOow .SCHOLARSHIP roR CLASSICS—E. A. Thompson.GEORGE ALLEN SCHOLARSHIP FOR MATHEMATICS—B. A. Thompson.LEVEY SCHOLARSHIP FOR CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS—J. J. C. Bradfield.SMITH PRIZE FOR PHYSICS—J. J. C. Bradfield.
B. A. Thompson.PROFESSOR SCOTT'S PRIZE (for Evening Students) FOR PROFICIENCY IN
CLASSICS—P. J. Sawkins.
HONOURS.
CLASS I.
Thompson, B. A_Hunt, C. L. W.
CLASS II.None.
CLASS III.
Millard, B. J.
PASS,
.
McNeill, A.Sands, J. M.Cargill. J. S.Martyn, S. C.Higgins, F. C.Newton, H.
CLASSICS.LATIN AND FRENCH.
HONOURS.
CLASS I.None.
CLASS II.None.
CLASS III.Stokes, E. S.
PASS.Brennan, S. O.D'Arcy, J. S.Creagn, A. J.Kelynack, A. J.Stanley, G. M.Broinowski, G. H.Bobson, W. E. V.Lukin, G. H.D'Arcy-Irvine, M.Stephenson, J. H.Day, S. T.Wallace, F. E.Dun, W. S.Cox, H.Tidswell, F.Mcintosh, H.Leahy, J. P.
LATIN AND GERMAN
PASS.Bradfield, J. J. CKemmis, W. H.
aeq.
212 FffiST YEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS.
MATHEMATICS.
HONOURS.
CLASS I.Thompson, R. A.
CLASS H.Bradfield, J. J. C.
CLASS III.Newton, H.Millard, R. J.Leahy, J. P.
PASS.
CLASS I.D'Arcy, J. S. 'Hunt, C. L. W.Martyn, S. C.McNeil, A.Stokes, E. S..Kelynaek, A. J.
CLASS II.Stephenson, J. H.Broinowski, G. H.Creagb, A. J.Dun, W. S.Wallace, F. E.
Cox, H.Lukin, G. H.Stanley, G. P.Mcintosh, H.Sands, J. M.Brennen, S. O.Kemmis, W. H.Robson, W. E. V.D'Arcy-Irvine, M. M.Cargill, J. S.Day, S. T.Tidswell,· F
CLASS III.Higgine, P. C.
CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS.
HONOURS.
CLASS I.Bradfield, J. J. C.Thompson, R. A.Hunt, C. L, W.
CLASS H.Stokes, E. S.
PASS.Kelynaek, A. J.Robson, W. E. V.Tidswell, F.Mcintosh, H. i „„Newton, H. ( œq·Creagh, A. J.Day, S. T.Millard, R. J.D'Arcy-Irvine, M. M.Sands, J. M.Wallace, F. E.Cox, H. .
Lukin, ,G. H.D'Arcy, J. S.McNeil, A.Dun, W. S.Leahy, J. P.Kemmis, W. H.Stanley, G. P.Cargill, J. S.Martyn, S. C.Brennan, S. O.Broinowski, G. H.Stephenson, J. H.Higgins, F. O.
DEFERRED EXAMINATIONS, MARCH,
1887.
PASS.
Amphlett, E. A.Kinross, R. N.Harriott, C. W.
Merewether, H. A. M.Sheridan, J. R.Shirlow, S. S.
White, H. H.Montgomerie, J.
FACULTY OF ARTS.SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, DECEMBER, 1886,
AND MARCH, 1887.
COOPER SCHOLARSHIP NO. 1, FOR CLASSICS—E. E, Garran.BARKER SCHOLARSHIP NO. 1, FOR MATHEMATICS—R. E. Garran.DEAS-THOMSON SCHOLARSHIP FOR CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS—E,McDonnell.
CLASSICS. MATHEMATICS
HONOURS. HONOURS.CLASS I. CLASS I.
Garran, E. E. Garran, E. E.Leibius, G. H. Hunt, H.Walker, W. A.
CLASS II. CLASS II.Mclntyre, D. A. O'Keefe, J. A.
CLASS III.O'Keefe, J. A. PASS.King, G. C. ) ffinAbbott, T. K./85I- CLASS I.
Leibius, G. H.PASS. Meagher, L. J.\_n
Hunt, H. Walker, W. A. J '*q'Fletcher, N. V.McDonnell, E. C. W.Bode, A. G. H.
CLASS II.
Sendall, A. E. Artlett, E. L. \Britten, H. E. Fletcher, N. V. ) q'Meagher, L. F. Abbott, T. K.Vindin, H. C. Morgan, F. A.
Mclntyre, D. A.LATIN AND FRENCH. McDonnell, B. C. W.
PASS. Britten, H. E. \James, A. G. F.J q-
Buchanan, C A.Artlett, E. L.James, A. G. F. Sendall, A. E.Kelly, T.Buchanan, C. A.Pritchard, W. C. CLASS III.Morgan, F. A. Kelly, T, )
Bode, A. G. H. } ieq.LATIN AND GERMAN. King, G. C. \
PASS. Pritchard, W. C.Artlett, E. L. Vindin, H. C.
C W.
ai C1.
DEFERRED EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1887.PASS.
Maclean, A. L. N.
FACULTY OF ARTS.B.A. EXAMINATION, DEC, 1886, & MARCH, 1887.
UNIVERSITY GOLD MEDAL FOB CLASSICS—H. A. Enssell.UNIVERSITÏ GOLD MEDAL FOR MATHEMATICS—H. A. Enssell.
CLASSICS. LATIN & FRENCH. MATHEMATICS.HONOURS. HONOURS. HONOURS.CLASS I. CLASS I. CLASS I.
Bussell, H. Δ. None. Bussell, H. A.Saddington, A. G.\Abbott, G. H. fm-CLASS II. CLASS II.
Saddington, A. G. \Barbour, G. P. /œq-
Bruce, M. CLASS II.
PASS. None.PASS.
Abbott, G. H.
Wearne, M.Johnston, J.
CLASS III.
Littlejohn, E. S. Walsh, W. M. J. Thompson, S. A.MoDermott, V. B. Manning, B. K.Sutherland, C. Lomer, C. PASS.Watson, B. S. Marks, P. J. CLASS I.Newman, G. H. Paton, A. J. Johnston, J.Joseph, H. B. Macleay, F. S. Bruce, M.Thompson, S. A. Walsh, W. M. J.Langton, F. W.
LATIN & GEEMAN. CLASS TI.Littlejohn, E. S. \Manning, B. K. /œq·PASS.
Bruce, M. Sutherland, C.Joseph, H.)Lomer, C. ( œ1·McDermott, V. B. )Marks, P. J. /œq
CLASS III.Langton, F. W. \Wearne, M. jœ1·Newman, G. H. \Watson, B. S. /œq-
Paton, A. T.
THIRD YEAR DEFERRED EXAMINATIONS, MARCH, 1887.PASS.
Jenkins, C. J. I Woodd H. APerske, H.
FACULTY OF ARTS.M.A. E X A M I N A T I O N .
SCHOOL OF CLASSICS.PASS.
King, Cecil J., B.A. I Thompson, I. Florence, B. A.King, Copland, B. A. |
SCHOOL OF LOGIC, MORAL, MENTAL, ANDPOLITICAL PHILOSOPHY.
HONOURS.CLASS II.
Legge, J. Gordon, B. A.
PRIZE COMPOSITION.UNIVERSITY PRIZE FOR ENGLISH VERSE.
Subject :—"The Tower of London."—E. R. Garran.
FACULTY OF LAW.
EXAMINATION FOR DEGREE OF LL.B.PASS.
Manning, Jas. Napoleon, Μ.Δ. I Yarrington, William Henry Hazell,M.A. '
EXAMINATION FOR DEGREE OF LL.D.PASS.
ιCollen, William Portus, M. Α., I Green, Arthur Vincent,
M.A..LL.B.LL.B. I (Wigram Allen Prize.)
P2
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
FIRST PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION, DEC, 1886.
RENWICK SCHOLARSHIP FOR GENERAL PROFICIENCT—C. G. Wilson.
EENWIOK MEDAL FOR ANATOJIY—A. E. Perkins, M. A.
BOTANY.HONOURS.CLASS I.
Wilson, C. G.Dick, J. A.Nolan, H. R. '(Purser, C. /Neill, L. E. FTownley, P. L.
CLASS II.Mclnnes. J. M.Berne, DagmarMorton, GHollis, L. T.Morton, J.Sheppard, A. M.
PASS.Binney, E. H.Shirlow, W. J.Shaw, F. C. S.Lister, H.
CHEMISTRY.HONOURS.CLASS I.
Wilson, C. G.CLASS II.
Dick, J. A.Mclnnes, J. M.Berne, Dagmar
PASS.Sheppard,. A. M.Parser, C. ITownley, P. L. ( œ<1
Hollis, L. T.Lister, H.Morton, J.Neill, L. E. F.Nolan, H. R.Morton, G.Binney, E. H.Shaw, F. C. S.Shirlow, W. J.
ZOOLOGY AND COM-PARATIVE ANATOMY.
HONOUES.
CLASS T.Wilson, C. G.
CLASS ILNeill, L. E. F.Dick, J. A.Townley, P. L.Mclnnes, J. M.Sheppard, A. M.Morton, J.Purser, C.Berne, DagmarHollis, L. T.Morton, G.
PASS.Nolan, H. R.Shirlow, W. J.Binney, E. H.Shaw, F. C. S.Lister, H.
IBq.
MEDICAL CLASS EXAMINATIONS. 217
SECOND PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION, DEC, 1886.
ANATOMY
.
HONOURS.
CLASS 1.Bancroft, P.Perkins, A. E.Henry, A. G.Armstrong, W. G.
CLASS II.Davidson, L. G.
PHYSIOLOGYHONOURS.CLASS I.Bancroft, P.Henry, A. G. )Perkins, A. E. \
CLASS II.Armstrong, W. G.Davidson, L. G.
seq.
PATHOLOGY.
HONOURS.
CLASS I.Armstrong, W. G.Bancroft, P.Davidson, L. G. /Perkins, A. E. }Henry, A. G.
MATERIA MEDICA ANDTHEEAPEUTICS.
HONOURS.CLASS I.
Perkins, A. E.Bancroft, P.CLASS II.Henry, A. G.PASS.Armstrong, W. G.Davidson, L. G.
PROFESSOR SIUART'S PRIZE FOR PHYSIOLOGY—J. W. Hester.THE VICE-CHANCELLOR'S PRIZE FOR PHTSIOLOCÎY—R. B. Trindall, B. A.DR. WILKINSON'S PRIZE FOR PATHOLOGY—W. G. Armstrong, B. A.
Students who obtained over 50 per cent, of the marks in theClass Examinations of 1886 in the Medical School (see By-law 92) arranged in their order of merit.
CHEMISTRY.Wilson, Hollis, Townley, Parser, Nolan, Neill, Berne, Sheppard.
BOTANY.Wilson, Dick, Nolan, and Purser, eaq. ; Neill, Townley, Mclnnes,
Berne,G. Morton, Hollis, J. Morton, Sheppard.
ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.Wilson, Shirlow, Neill, O'Connor, Nolan, J. Morton, Dick, Townley,
PurserMclnnes, Berne, Sheppard, Alston.
218 MEDICAL CLASS EXAMINATIONS.
JUNIOR GENERAL AND DESCRIPTIVE ANATOMY.Wilson, Purser, Maolnnes, Berne, Dick, Hollis, Sheppard, G. Morton,
Neill,Nolan, J. Morton.
PRACTICAL ANATOMY.Perkins, Wilson, Purser, Davidson, Neill, Henry, Sheppard,
Moinnes,Berne, Dick, Dickinson, Nolan, J. Morton, Shirlow, Hollis.
SENIOR GENERAL AND DESCRIPTIVE ANATOMY.Hester, Hungerford, Mills, Henry.
PHYSIOLOGY.Bancroft, Angove, Armstrong, A. G. Henry, Perkins, Hester,
Davidson,Hinder, Mills, McKay.
PRACTICAL PHYSIOLOGY.Hinder, Angove, Henry, Mills, Hester, Badham, Kelly, Trindall, Crane,~ MacDonnell.
SURGERY.Hinder, Hester, M1UIs.
PATHOLOGY.Armstrong, Bancroft, Perkins, Henry, Davidson.
MATERIA MEDICA.Bancroft, Perkins, Henry.
CLINICAL SURGERY.D. D. Butledge, M. A.
MEDI
CIN
E.D. D. Butledge, M.A.
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.D. D. Butledge, M.A.
MID wiPERY.D. D. Butledge, M.A.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, DECEMBER, 1886.
,si. IFletcher, A. W.
DEFEEBED EXAMINATION, MABCH, 1887.PASS.
Hunt, Fanny E.
THIRD YEAR EXAMINATION, DECEMBER, 1886.
UNIVERSITY GOLD MEDAL—Angove, W. H.
GEOLOGY AND PALEON-TOLOGY.
HONOURS.
CLASS II.Angove, W. H.
PASS.
CLASS I.Crane, J. T.McKay, W. J.
ZOOLOGY AND COMPARA-TIVE ANATOMY.
HONOURS,
CLASS I.Angove, W. H.
PASS.
CLASS I.McKay, W. J.Crane, J. T.
BOTANY.
HONOURS.
CLASS II.Angove, W. H.
PASS.
CLASS LCrane, J. T.McKay, W. J.
MINERALOGY.
HONOURS.
CLASS I.Angove, W. H.
PASS.
CLASS I.McKay, W. J.Crane, J. T.
NATURAL HISTORY AND BOTANY, PASS CLASS I.ZOOLOGY AND COMPAEAÏIVE ANATOMY, PASS CLASSORGANIC CHEMISTRY, PASS ιGERMAN, PASS
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION.
APPLIED MECHANICS. GEOMETRICAL DRAWING
HONOURS.
CLASS I.
AND SURVEYING.
HONOURS.Dare, H. H. CLASS II.CLASS II.Fitz, N.Vicars, J.
Dare, H. HVicars, JFitz, N
CHEMISTRY.NATURAL HISTORY. HONOURS.
PASS. CLASS U.
CLASS II. Fitz, N.
Vicars, J. PASS.CLASS III.Dare, H. H.Fitz, N.
Dare, H. H.Vicais, J.
PHYSICS.MATHEMATICS HONOURS.
PASS.CLASS II.
Dare, H. H.CLASS III.Vicars, J.Fitz, N.
CLASS I.Fitz, N.CLASS II.Vicars, J.PASS.Dare, H. H.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION LECTURES.
MICHAELMAS TERM, 1886.
The following are the names of those students who attendedcourses of Extension Lectures and passed the subsequent exami-nations.
MODERN HISTORY.
SUBJECT—" The F.rench Revolution and Napoleon Bonaparte."LECTURER—The Eev. Arohibald Gilchrist, LL.D.
Reid, W.Boland, G.Russell, F.Blaoket, C.
PASS. . 'Thompson, JuliaDavies, MatildaMason, Â.Boseby, E. T.
Pitt, Geo. J.Harpur, ElizaO'Neill, J.Henderson, J.
MODERN LITERATURE.
SUBJECT —" The Literature of the reign of Queen Anne,'LECTURER—Mr. Thos. Butler, B. A.
Roseby, E. T.Nelligan, P. J.
PASS.Steel, H. P.Pitt, Geo. J.
Hole, J.
POLITICAL ECONOMY.
LECTURER—Mr. A. C. Wylie, Barrister-at-Law.
Duckworth, A.Passmore, C. J.Blacket, W.Pitt, Geo. J.
PASS.Robinson, G.Legge, J. G.Eigg, T.Bode, H. F. T.
Cameron, W. G.Wilson, G.Gelling, B. R.
GENERAL REGULATIONS.IN accordance with By-Laws 93, 122, and 138, all candidates forDegrees or Certificates are required to pass the MatriculationExamination, and to pass through the course of instructionrequired for Graduates in Arts during the first year.
MATRICULATION EXAMINATION, MARCH, 1888.*In accordance with By-Law 63, page 111, candidates forMatriculation are required to pass in English Grammar andComposition, Latin, Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, and two ofthe following subjects, one of which must be either French orGerman—Greek, French, German, Elementary Chemistry, Ele-mentary Physics.
COMPULSORY SUBJECTS—PASS.1. English Grammar and Composition. — Parsing, bad
grammar to correct, and words to be explained anddistinguished.
2. Latin.—Cicero, De Senectute.— Candidates are ex-
pected to show an accurate knowledge of Latin acci-dence, and sufficient knowledge of the syntax to trans-íale correctly into Latin easy sentences of English.
39. Arithmetic,40. Algebra.—To Simple Equations inclusive.41. Geometry.—Euclid, Book I.
OPTIONAL SUBJECTS-PASS.(a/ Greek.—Xenophon, GEconomicus, with Elementary
Greek Grammar.(6) French.—Candidates are expected to show an accurate
knowledge of French accidence ; to translate a passageof French into English ; and to translate easy sen-tences of English into French.
42. German.—An examination similar to that in French.43. Elementary Chemistry.—The Non-Metallic Elements.
Book recommended, " Elementary Chemistry," Roscoe.(e) t Elementary Physics.—
* For information respecting the Examination prescribed for Solicitors' Articled Clerks,see end of General Regulations.t Candidates are reminded that the mere reading of a text-book, nnless supplemented
by experimental teaching, is not of much ase.
MATRICULATION. " . 223
44. The elements of Light, Heat, Electricity, andMagnetism. Book recommended, ■" Lessons inElementary Physics," Balfour, Stewart.
45. The elements of Mechanics, Light, Heat,Sound, Electricity, and Magnetism. Bookrecommended, "Text-Book of Physics," byJ. D. Everett (Blackie).
Students who wish to take up. Greek for the first year, butdo not offer it at the Matriculation Examination, are remindedthat the courses of lectures will begin on the assumption that theMatriculation standard of proficiency in that language has beenattained.
ADDITIONAL FOR HONOURS.
CLASSICS.Virgil, iEneid, Book II.Homer's Iliad, Book I.Latin and Greek translation at
sight.Latin and Greek Prose Com-
position (passages of Englishfor translation into Latin andGreek).
Latin and Greek Verse, or,original Latin Prose Compo-sition (alternative papers).
*General Question Papers.
MATHEMATICS.Higher Arithmetic & Algebra.Geometry—viz., Euclid, Books
L-IV., VT., XI., with De-ductions and the GeometricalTreatment of the Conic Sec-tions.
Trigonometry.
CLASSICAL BOOKS FOR 1SS9.
Pass.Liv.y, Book I.Xenophon, Cyropaedia,
BookI.
Additional for Honours.Horace, Odes, Book II., and
Ars Poética.Euripides, Hecuba.
* In this paper questions may be set on Ancient History, Comparative Philology,Literary Criticism, or other subjects connected with Classical Study.
TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1887.
FACULTY OF ARTS,
LENT TERM.
N.B.—The numbers in the left-hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectureson pages 238—263.
>*^ >, Xl
ν £ Year. Class. Subject. •a C T3 ri
■α C Ό 3 .10)^1¾¾
O 3H
£ JS
H s19 First Pass Geometry .......................... 9 920 υ Algebra .......................................... 9 9 921 Hon. Geometry ........................ 9 922
,J
J} Algebra .......................................... 9 9 93 Pass French ... .............................. 10 10 104
j. jj German ... ... .................. 10 101 }j P. &H. Latin 11 11 112
jj JJ Greek ... ............................ 11 1154 Physics ......................................... 12 12 123 ,, Hon. French ......................................... 12
Second P. &H. Latin ... ............................. 9 9 96 JJ Greek ... ... ................. 9 97
jj Hon. French ......................................... 9 924 Pass Statics ... .............................. 10 10 1023 )j j. Logarithms ........................... 10 1026 )> Hon. Analytical Geometry .................... 10 10 1025
j, j. Differential Calculus .................. 10 107 P.&H. French ......................................... 11 11 118 German................................................ 11 116 Hon. Greek ....................................... 12 12
63 3) P.&H. Natural History.................................... 12 12 12H Third P.&H. French 9 9 912 JJ German ... .............................. 9 99
J] η Latiu ... ............................ 10 1010 )9 Greek ....................................... 10 10 1012 Hon. German................................................10 1028 }i Pass Dynamics... ............................ 11 11 1129 J) Hon. Integral Calculus ................ 11 1130 >J ,, Spherical Trigonometry & Optics 11 11 1127 >> P.&H. Dynamics—Practical .................... 12 1211 11 Hon. French ... .............................. 12 12
TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1887. 225
FACULTY OF ARTS.
TRINITY TERMN.B.—The numbers in the left-hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectures onpages 238—263.
>s s >» >. Λ >>Su Year. Class. Subject. rt
T3ri = Ό >,
Ref
eiN
um
δ JZ £
31 First Pass Geometry... ................ 9 932 Trigonometry ................. 9 9 933 Hon. Geometrical Conies 9 934 ;J Algebra and Trigonometry 9 9 α3 }) P. &H. French 10 10 1056 )> Chemistry ............. 10 102 Hon. Greek ... ............................ 10 10 102 Pass Greek ... ............... 11 111 P. &H. Latin ... ................. 11 11 114 J1
Hon. German ............ 11 1154 1; P. &H. Physics 12 12 124 JJ J) German ... ................... 12 125 Second. Latin 9 9 96 Greek ...' ................. 9 936 Pass Statics ... .............................. 10 1035 Trigonometry 10 10 1037 Hon. Differentia! Calculus .................... 10 10 1038 II „ Mechanics 10 108 P. &H. German ... 11 117 French ... ................. 11 11 1163 Il Il Natural History 12 12 127 »1 Hon. French 12 1211 Third. P. &H. French ... .............................. 9 9 912 Germán ... ................. 9 99 ); Latin .......................... 10 1010 Greek ....................................... lö 10 1012 ;) Hon. German ... 10 1040 Pass Optics—Theoretical 11 11 1141 " Hon. Integral Calculus and Differential
Equations ................... 11 Il
42 )} 5) Solid Geometry....................... 11 11 1139 P. &H. Acoustics—Experimental 12 1211 " Hon. French 12 12 12
226 TIME TABLE OF LECTUKES FOR 1887.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
MICHAELMAS TEEM.N.B.—The numbers in the left-hand column refer to the Sjnopses oí Lectures enpages 238—263.
>V >! >. Λ"Ό
! Year. Class Subject. C •Ό >.& ε C 1> ■υ a •aU 3 I
ZJ
I t£
43 First Pass Trigonometry .............................. 9 944 Algebra ... ................................ 9 9 945 Hon. Analytical Geometry .................... 9 946 J) Trigonometry .............................. 9 9 94 P. &H. German ... .............................. 10 1056 a Chemistry ......... 10 10 101 Latin ........................................ 11 11 112 Greek ... ............................ 11 113 Pass French ... .............................. 12 12 123 Hon French ... .............................. 12 125 Second P. &H. Latin ........................................ 9 9 96 Greek ... ............................ 9 9
47 Pass Hydrostatics—Theoretical 10 10 1047 P. & H. Hydrostatics—Practical 10 1049 Hon. Dynamics... ... ................. 10 10 1048 „ Hydrostatics .............................. 10 107 Pass French ... .............................. 11 11 11S German ... 11 117 Hon. French ......................................... 12 12
11 Third P. & H. French ... .............................. 9 9 912 German ... ............................... 9 99 Latin ... ............................. 10 10
10 Greek ... ............................ 10 10 1012 Hon. German ... 10 1051 Pass Astronom y —Theoretical 11 11 1152 Hon. Astronomy ............... 11 1153 s Dynamics... ............................ 11 11 1150 P.&H. Optics—Experimental........................ 12 1210 Hon. Greek ......................................... 12 1211 " French ... .............................. 12
TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1887. 227
FACULTY OF ARTS.—EVENING LECTURES.
LENT TERM.
N. B.—The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectures onpages 238—263.
>*HJ >> j- Î I?SJa Yenr. Subject. T3 ä 1 >,12¾ C
O VH ι £
1 First Latin ....................... ............... 7(a) 7(a) 7
2 Greek ... ... ... ................ 7 7(a)3 French ............... ... ................ 7 7(a)56 H Chemistry 8(a)20 Algebra ... ..................... 8(a) S32 )) Trigonometry ... ................ * 8 S 31 Geometry 7(a)4 » German ... ... .......... 9 9(a)
23 Second Logarithms ... .......................... * 7 74S )t Hydrostatics ...................................... 7(b) 7(b) 7(b)5 Latin ...................... ............... 8 8(b) 86 }} Greek S 8(b)7
ηFrench ................................................... S 8(b)
* On alternate weeks.(a). The Lectures marked thus are attended by Students in the second half of the first
biennium under the regulations in force in 1886.(b). The Lectures marked thus are attended by Students in the second half Of the second
biennium under the regulations in force in 1886.
228 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1S87.
FACULTY OF ARTS.—EVENING LECTURES.
TRINITY TERM.
N.B.—The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectures onpages 238—263.
>.S ¿ >.
>1 aTJ
rt
¡■¡■S Year. Subject. 4 "Ό >*g Ό 3 ■σω 3 S 3 7(a)
H
7
£1 First Latin .................................... 7
(a)*2 Greek ................................................ 7 7(a)3 French ............... .......................... 7 7(a)
56 ., Chemistry....................... ... .................. 8(a)44 ); Algebra ......... ................ 8(a) 832 )> Trigonometry ............... * 8 8(a)31 ,, Geometry .................................... 7(a)·4 » German ......... 9 9(a)
36 Second Trigonometry ............... * 7 724
,j Statics .. .................................. 7(b) 7 7(b)ó Jj Latin ... .......................... 8 8(b 86 ,, Greek .................................................. 8 8(b)7 " French .. ..................... 8 8(b)
" On alternate weeks.(a). The Lectures marked thus are attended by Students in the second half of the first
biennium under the regulations in force in 1886.(b). The Lectures marked thus are attended by Students in the second half of the second
biennium under the regulations in force in 1886.
TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1887. 229
FACULTY OF ARTS.—EVENING LECTURES.
MICHAELMAS TERM.
N.B.—The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses ofLectureson pages 238—263.
^ >.S, >. ■Ci 'S
Réf
érer
Num
be
Year. Subject.
Mon
da !H
Wed
ne: i Fr
iday
.
1 First Latin ............................................... 7 (a)*
7(a) 7
2 Greek .......................... 7 7(a)} French ....................... ............... 7 7(a)
56j
Chemistry ............ ... 8(a)44 J Algebra ............................... 8(a) S43 , Trigonometry ........................... * 8 8(a)31 } Geometry ....................... 7 (a)4 German ..................... 9 9(a)
Second Statics ................................................. * 7(b) 7Statics ... ............................ 7 7(b) 7(b)
» Latin ... .....................................Greek ... ...........................French ......................................
8(b)*
coco
8(b) 8 8(b)8(b)
* On alternate weeks.The Lectures marked thus are attended by Students in the second half of the firstbiennium under the regulations in force in 1886.
( The Lectures marked thus are attended by Students in the second half of the secondbiennium under the regulations in force in 1886.
Q
230 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1887.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
LONG SESSION. LENT AND TRINITY TERMS.
N.B.-The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectures onpages 238—263.
renc
eib
er.
Year. Subject.
day.
day.
nesd
ay.
sday
. >.
Ref
eN
UIT
Mon
Tues
Wed
Thur
Frid
i
71 Second General and Descriptive Anatomy.. 10 10 10 10 1057 ;> Chemistry ................................................... 11 11 1164
j, Botany... .................................................... 11 1172 JJ Regional and Surgical Anatomy ..................... 12 12 1269
J, Zoology and Comparative Anatomy 12 1273 a Dissections—two hours daily ................... 1 1 1 1 1
Third Hospital ................................................... 9 9 9 9 975
)} Practical Physiology... '.................................. 11 11 11 11 1178 JJ Surgery ... ..................................... 12 12 12 12 1274 Physiology ..................................................... 1 1 1 1 173 JJ Dissections—two hours daily ................... 2 2 2 2 276 Fourth Materia Medica ................ ............. 10 10 10 10 1080 if Pathology ................................................... 11 11 11 11 1172 υ Regional and Surgical Anatomy ..................... 12 12 12 12 1274 Physiology (Senior)... ........................... 1 1 1 1 1
» Hospital—Clinical Surgery................................... 2 2 2 2 277 Fifth Principles and Practice of Medicine 9 9 9 9 979 >i Midwifery and Diseases of Women 10 10 10 10 1082 JJ *Medical Jurisprudence ............................ 2 2 2jj Hospital—Clinical Medicine ................
Practical Midwifery...............................................3 2 2 3 3
* A Short Course during part of the Session.
TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1887. 231
FACULTY OF MEDICINE,
SHORT SESSION. MICHAELMAS TERM.
N.B. —The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectures onpages 238—263.
renc
eib
er.
Year. Subject.
day.
;day
.
nesd
ay.
rsda
y.
•a B
Mon
Tues
Wed 3
Frid
;
Second Hospital ... ............................. 9 9 9&2
9 9
59 Practical Chemistry........................ 10 10 1058 Chemistry—Lectures ............... 11 1164 .Botany 12 1269 Zoology and Comparative Anatomy 1 166 j) Practical Comparative Anatomy ... 2 271 Third General and Descriptive Anatomy (Seniorl
Hospital—Out door Surgical Practice, 12 12 12 12 12Practical Pharmacy, &c........................... 9&
29&2
9&2
9&2
9&281 Fourth Practical Pathology ... ......................... 10 10 10 10 10
78 »> Operative SurgeryHospital—Clinical Surgery, Out door
11 11 11 11 11Fifth Medical Practice, Vaccination ............................
Psychological Medicine ..............................Hospital—Clinical Medicine, Clinical In-struction in Diseases of the Eye, Clinical
2 2 2 2 9
» Instruction iu Diseases of ChildrenPractical Midwifery....................... 2 2 2 2 2
232 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1887.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
LENT TERM.
N. B.—The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectures onpages 238—263.
renc
ebe
r.
Year. Class. Subject.
day.
;day
.
nesd
ay. ί •j
¿! S C ω -Ό S 2V 3 P5 Í :> S55 Second Physics .............................. 9 9 9
23 Pass Logarithms ... ................ 10 1024 Statics 10 10 1025 Hon. Differential Calculus ................... 10 1026
jj jj Analytical Geometry 10 10 1057 ,, P. & H. Chemistry (Metals) .................. 11 11 1164 ,) Botany ..................... 11 1163
it
— Physical Geography, Geology,and Zoology........................................ 12 12 12
69 >> — Zoology and.Comp. Anatamy 12 1259 1] P. & H. Practical Chemistry ................... 2- 2- 2-570 Third ___ Comp. Anatomy—Advanced ... 261 Mineralogy 12 1265 }> Geology............................................... 9 965 Palaeontology ............................. 10 1075 JJ Practical Physiology ..................... 11 11 11 11 1128 Pass Dynamics 11 11 1129 }J Hon. Integral Calculus .................. 11 1130
JJ J» Spherical Trigonometry andOptics .................. 11 11 11
27 P. & H. Dynamics—Practical 12 1274 Physiology ............................I 1 1 1 159 P. & H. Practical Chemistry ................... 2- 2- 2-567
JJ
— Practical Zoology and Compara-tive Anatomy 2- 2- 2- 2-
55JJ Practical Physics ................. 2-
511-1
2-5
TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1887. 233
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
TRINITY TERM.
N.B. —The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses cf Lectures onpages 238—263.
renc
eib
er.
Year. Class- Subject.
day.
day.
nesd
ay.
•sda
y. t. <
·= C OJ •0 3 TJa> 3
Bi A i 3H
S H
Fri
55 Second _ Physics........................................ 9 9 935 )) Pass Trigonometry ............ 10 1036 ,, J, Statics ... ....................... 10 10 1037 Hon. Differential Calculus ............. 10 103S )} Mechanics ...................... 10 10 1058 }) P. & Chemistry (Organic) 11 11 1164 ,, Botany ................................... 11 1163 ■' ■- Physical Geography, Geology,
and Zoology................................. 12 12 1269 )} — Zoology and Comp. Anatomy... 12 1259 )) P. & H. Practical Chemistry ............. 2. 2- 2-565 Third ___ *Geology...................................... 9 965 J5 Palaeontology ............. 10 1065 M Practical ditto ...............75 ,, Practical Pyhysiology.................. 11 11 11 11 1162 )> P. & H. Mineralogy, Practical................. 9- 9- 9-40 Pass Optics ................................. 11 11 1141 " Hon. Integral Calculus & Differential
Equations .................. 11 1142 )J >> Solid Geometry............................ 11 11 1139 )) P. & H. Acoustics—Experimental 12 12.74
)} Jj Physiology .................... 1 1 1 1 170 ,, — Comp. Anatomy—Advanced .. 259 ») ,, Practical Chemistry ........... 2- 2- 2-567 „ I) Practical Zoology and Compara-
tive Anatomy .......... 2- 2- 2- 2-55 " Jj
Practical Physics ......... 2-5
11-1
2-5
* With six hours practical work each week.
234 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1887.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
MICHAELMAS TERM.
N.B.—The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectures onpages 238—263.
renc
eib
er.
Year. Class. Subject. I
day.
nesd
ay. -α i
¿ g Oi
■ΰ 5 S.
I =JH :>j=: C
t.49 Second Hon. Dynamics . .."* 10 10
47 ;1 Pass Hydrostatics—Theoretical 10 10 1047 P. & H. Hydrostatics—Practical... 10 1048 Hou. Hydrostatics ........................... 10 1055 Physics ....................................... 10 10 1058 Chemistry ... ................................ 11 1155 P. k H. Physics—Practical 11 11- 11-64 , — Botany ..................... 12 1269 J — Zoology & Comparative Anatomy 1 159 ) Hon. * Practical Chemistry 2- 2- 2-66 > — Practical Comparative Anatomy 2- 2-55 Third Hon. Advanced Physics ............... 10 10 1060 J) ,, Chemistry—History&Philosophy 10 1065 )> Î) Geology & Palœontology 10 10 1051 ,, Pass Astronomy ........................ 11 11 1152 3J Hon. Astronomy 11 1153
J) )J Dynamics ... ................................. 11 11 1150 ,, P. & H. Optics ... ............................ 12 1255 ,, — Practical Physics.................................. 2- 2-59 " " Practical Chemistry ................. 2-5 1 2-
52-5
* Optional for this Term.
TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1887. 235
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
LENT TERM.N.B.—The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectures onpages 238—263.
renc
eib
er.
Class. Year. Subject.
day.
nesd
ay.
rsda
y.
if
«ι E C T3 •DO
SH U
Z89 Second. — Geometrical Drawing................... 9 955 P. &H. Physics .................................. 9 9 923 Pass Logarithms ..................... 10 1024 Statics 10 10' 1025 Hon. Differential Calculus 10 1026 ,, Analytical Geometry ............. 10 10 1057 P. &H. Chemistry .................... 11 11 11S5 Surveying 11 1163 — Physical Geography, Geology, )
and Zoology .....................) 12 12 12S3 — Applied Mechanics ........... 12 1289 — * Drawing School 2- 2- 2-565 Third P. &H. Geology ... .............. 9 928 Pass Dynamics..................................... 11 11 1129 Hon. Integral Calculus 11 1130 )J Spherical Trigonometry & Optics 11 11 1161 P.&H. •(-Mineralogy ............. 12 1227 ,, Dynamics—Practical ............. 12 1286 — Civil Engineering I....................... 12 12 1287 ~ Civil Engineering II..................... 4.3
04.30* Drawing School—Not less than six hours a week for Mining Engineers, and eight for Civil
and Mechanical Engineers.t Not required for Mechanical Engineers. ·
Excursions and field work in Surveying on alternate Fridays.
:236 TIME TABLE OF LECTURES FOR 1S87.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
TRINITY TERM.N.B.—The numbers in the left hand column refer
to the Synopses of Lectures onpages 238—263.
fere
nce
imbe
r.
Year. Class. Subject.
esda
y.
:dne
sday
.
ΛXJ
¡3
day.
I
V 3 S ρ 9 Jl
H £55 Second P. & H. Physics ... ............................. 989
J»
— Geometrical Drawing .................... 9 93} P. & H. ♦Metallurgy ........ 9 9 9
36 Statics ... ............................. 10 1035
JJ Trigonometry ............................. 10 10 1037
J) Differential Calculus 10 1038 Hon. Mechanics 10 10 1058
J) P. & H. Chemistry... ............................ 11 11 1185
JJ
— Surveying .......................... 11 1163
JJ
— Physical Geography, Geology, )and Zoology ....................f 12 12 12
59 )) P. & H. Practical Chemistry ................... 2- 2- 2-S3 JJ — Applied Mechanics 12 1289 Third P. & H. fDrawing School..................................
•""Practical Metallurgy........................
61 J) ., ttMineralogy—Practical 9- 9- 9-40 ÎJ ',, Optics-^Theoretical ................... 11 11 1141
JJ Hon. Integral Calculus aud DifferentialEquations ................................ 11 11
42J) )J Solid Geometry.................................... 11 11 11
39 - J) P. & H. Acoustics —Experimental 12 1286 J) — Civil Engineering, I. 12 12 1287 " I Civil Engineering, II............................ 4-
30I 4-
30* For Mining Engineers.+ Drawing School—Not less than six hours a week for Mining Engineers, and eight for
Civil and Mechanical Engineers.** At hours to be arranged,tt Not required for Mechanical Engineers.
Excursions and Field work in Surveying on alternate Fridays.
TIME TABLE OB' LECTURES FOR 1887. 237
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
MICHAELMAS TERM.
N..B.—The numbers in the left hand column refer to the Synopses of Lectures enpages 238—263.
renc
elb
er.
Year. Class. Subject. •Ό
uesd
ay. ci
-3'S
<2¡ t G 4J -α 3 ■Sa 3 IU
H £ (Ξ
Fri
S3 Second Applied Mechanics 9 9 9 9 9
49 Hon. Dynamics.................................. 10 1055
,j Physics ... ............................ 10 10 1047 Pass Hydrostatics—Theoretical 10 10 1047 P. &H. Hydrostatics—Practical... 10 10 :48 Hon. Hydrostatics 10 }?i58 tí Chemistry—Organic 11 1155 — Physics—Practical 11 11 11-59 P. &H. +Practical Chemistry ... 2- 2- 2-589 — 'Drawing School ...
Third P. &H.;)
■-(+Metallurgy .......' ""Practical Metallurgy
9 9 9
51 Pass Astronomy II 11 1152 Hon. Astronomy ............... 11 1153 ,, Dynamics..................... 11 11 1150 P.&H. Optics—Experimental .................... 12 1286 — Civil Engineering, I. 12 12 12Civil Engineering, II. 4.
304.30
*" Drawing School—Not less than six hours a week for Mining Engineers and eight tor Civiland Mechanical Engineers,
t Not required for Mechanical Engineers,tt For Mining Engineers.*s At hours to be arranged.
238 LECTURE SUBJECTS.
LECTURE SUBJECTS FOE, 1887.
N.B.—The numbers refer to the Time Tables on pages224—237.
CLASSICS AND MODERN LANGUAGES.*
FIRST YEAR.1. Latin. Pass—Cicero in Verrem, Act 2, Book V. Virgil,
^Sneid, III., IV.Add. for Honours — Tacitus, Germania and Agrícola.Virgil, ^neid, I.—VI.
2. Greek. Pass—Herodotus, VIII. Euripides, Hippolytus.
Add. for Honours—Herodotus, IX. Sophocles, Ajax.
3. French. Pass—-De Maistre, La Jeune Sibérienne, et Le
Lépreux de la Cité d'Aoste (Macmitta?i).Molière, L'Avare.Add. for Honours—La Lyre Française (MacmiUan).Brächet, Historical Grammar, Introductionand Book II.
4. German. Pass—Schiller, Die Jungfrau von Orleans (Hac-
inillan).Add. for Honours—Deutsche Lyrik (Macmillan).
SECOND YEAR.5. Latin. Pass — Cicero, de Imp. Pomp. Sallust, Catiline.
Horace, Satires (selections).Add. for Honours —Cicero's Letters (Watson's selection,
parts I. and II.) Horace, Epistles and ArsPoética.
Pass and Honours—Roman History—The Tribunate of
Tib. Gracchus to the Battle of Actium.
6. Greek. Pass—Thucydides, III. Sophocles, Electra.
Add. for Honours—Thucydides, IV. Sophocles, Ajax.
* The subjects of evening lectures in Classics and Modern Languages are those pre-scribed for the lectures of the day students who present themselves for the respective exami-nations at the same time as the evening students.
LECTURE SUBJECTS. 239
7. French. Pass—Racine, Phèdre. La Bruyère, Oharactères.
Add. for Honours—Molière, Les Fourberies de Scapin.La Fontaine, A selection of Fables (Mac-mittan). Brachet's Historical Grammar.
Lectures on the Literature of the Reignof Louis XIV.
8. German. Pass—Lessing, Minna von Barnhelm (Clarendon
Press Edition). Goethe, Select Poems, (Son-nenschein).Add. for Honours—Goethe, Reineke Fuchs. Schiller, DonCarlos.
Lectures on German Literature in thelifetime of Goethe.
THIRD YEAR.
9. Latin. Pass—Cicero de Fin. L, II. Horace, Epistles II.
and Ars Poética.Add. for Honours—Cicero de Fin., III.—V. Lucretius(selections).
10. Greek. Pass—Plato, Republic, I.-IV.(selections). .¿Eschylus,
Agamemnon.Add. for Honours—Plato,. Republic. Pindar, Olympianand Pythian Odes.
11. French. Pass— Madame de Staël, Corinne. Emanuel,
L'Ouvrier. Musset^ On ne badine pas avecl'Amour, etc. (Clarendon P.)Add. for Honours—Rousseau, Contrat Social. Hugo,Légende des Siècles (Nouvelle Série).
Lectures on French Literature from Rous-seau to Hugo.
Extracts from old French.12. German. Pass—Schiller, Wallenstein's Tod. Fouqué, Undine.
Add. Jor Honours—Faust, Part I. Richter, Quintus Fix-lein. Niebelungenlied.
Lectures on German Literature before theReformation.
NOTE.—Every course of lectures in Classics and Modern Languages includes instruc-tion and practice in Composition.
240 LECTURE SUBJECTS—ARTS.
Subjects selected for. Classical Lectures and Examinationsin 1888 :
FIRST YEAR.13. Latin. Pass—Cicero, pro Milone. Virgil, ^n, VIL, VIII.
Add. for Honours—Livy, XXII. Virgil, Mn., IX.-XII.14. Greek. Pass—Demosthenes, Olynthiacs, and Philippics, L,
IL, and III. Euripides, Medea.Add. for Honov/rs—Herodotus, Book VI. Homer, Odyssey,V., VL, VII.
SECOND YEAR.15. Latin. Pass—Cicero, pro Sestio. Horace, Odes, L, II.
Add for Honours—Cicero's Letters, Watson's Selection,parts I. and II. Horace, Odes, III., IV.,Carm. Ssec, and Epodes 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10,13, 15, 16.
Pass and Honours—Roman History—The Tribunate ofTib. Gracchus to the Battle of Actium.
16. Greek. Pass—Thucydides, VI. Sophocles, (Edipus Tyr.Add. for Honours—Thucydides, VII. Sophocles, (Edipus
Col.THIRD YEAR.
17. Latin. Pass—Tacitus, Annals, L, II. Juvenal (selections).
Add. for Honoitrs—Tacitus, Annals, III. toVI. Lucretius(selections).
18. Greek. Pass—Plato, Gorgias. Aristophanes, Clouds (ed.
Merry).Add. for Honours—Plato, Meno, and Phsedo. Theocritus(selections).
MATHEMATICS.LENT TERM.
46. First Year, Pass, Geometry.—Euclid, Bks. I.—IV., andeasy exercises.
47. First Year, Pass, Algebra.—Up to simple equations oftwo and three unknown quantities, and corresponding problems.
48. First Year, Honours, Geometry.—Euclid, Bks. I.—I.V.,VL, XL, with exercises, other theorems and problems relating torectilinear figures and circles, parallel-sided solids, cylinders, andcones.
LECTUBE SUBJECTS—ARTS. . 241
49. First Year, Honours, Algebra.—Simultaneous equations,roots of equations, ratio, surds, indices, the progressions, scales ofnotation, permutations and combinations, binomial, multinomial,and exponential theorems, logarithms, interest, annuities.
50. Second Year, Pass, Logarithms.—Preliminary theorems,use of tables, arithmetical applications, interest, discount, annuities.
51. Second Year, Pass, Statics.—Components and resultants,moments, couples, centre of gravity, elementary machines.
52. Second Year, Honours, Differential Calculus.—Differen-tiation, Taylor's and Maclaurin's theorems, successive differen-tiation, Leibnitz' theorem, indeterminate forms.
53. Second Year, Honours, Analytical Geometry.—Poles andpolars, asymptotes, general equation of second degree, similarconies, confocal conies, reciprocal polars, orthogonal and conicalprojection, anharmonic ratio, abridged notation.
54. Third Year, Pass and Honours, Dynamics (experi-mental.)—Translation and rotation, harmonic vibration, Lissajous'figures, At wood's machine, the pendulum.
55. Tliird Year, Pass, Dynamics (theoretical).—Uniformmotion, uniform acceleration, laws of motion, projectiles, collision.
56. Third Year, Honours, Integral Calculus.—Integration,reduction, formulae, lengths of curves, area of curves.
57. Third Year, Honours, Spherical Trigonometry and Optics.—Spherical triangles, formulée, indentities, solution of triangles,properties of triangles, areas of triangles and polygons, sphericalexcess, appioximate formulae, regular solids. Optics : Reflectionand refraction, mirrors, plates, prisms, lenses, critical angle,conjugate foci, images, optical instruments, the spectrum.
TRINITY TERM.58. First Year, Pass, Geometry.—Euclid,
Definitions of BooksV., VL, and props. 1—4, 8—13 of Book VL, with easy exercises,geometrical constructions, mensuration of lines and surfaces.
59. First Year, Pass, Trigonometry.—Measurement of angles,trigonometrical ratios, formulae for one or two angles, easyequations and identities.
60. First Year, Honours, Geometrical Conies..—Parabola,ellipse, hyperbola, focus and directrix, tangent and normal, conju-gate diameters, poles and polars, asymptotes, orthogonal projection.
242 LECTURE SUBJECTS—ARTS.
61. First Year,Honours, Algebra and Ti igonometry.—Algebra:Series, continued fractions, inequalities, properties of numbers,probabilities, determinants. Trigonometry: Measurement of angles,formulée, identities, equations, logarithmic tables, solution oftriangles.
62. Second Yea?; Pass, Trigonomtery.—Solutions of triangles,heights and distances, properties of triangles.
63. Second Year, Pass, Statics.—Divided as in No. 24.64. Second Year, Honours, Differential
Calculus.—Changeof variables, maxima and minima, slimination of functions, curves,tangents, asymptotes, curvature, evolutes, involutes, singularpoints, curve tracing.
65. Second Year, Honours, Statics.—Components and result-ants, moments, conditions of equilibrium, stability, friction, elasticstrings, elementary machines, virtual velocities.
66. Third Year, Pass and Honours, Acoustics (experimental).—"Waves, nodes and loops, vibration of strings, rods, plates, andorgan pipes, resonance, interference, pitch, intervals, the majorscale, harmony and discord, and propagation of sound.
67. Third Year, Pass, Optics (theoretical).—Reflection andrefraction, mirrors, plates, prisms, lenses, optical instruments,foci, images, magnifying power.
68. Third Year, Honours, Integral Calculus and DifferentialEquations.—Lengths of curves, areas, involutes, evolutes, differen-tiation of an integral, definite integrals ; differential equations ofthe first order and degree, homogeneous equations, linear equations,exact equations, singular solutions.
69. Third Year, Honours, Solid Geometry.—Co-ordinatesrectilinear and polar, the plane, the sphere, the paraboloid, theellipsoid, the hyperboloid of one and two sheets, tangent planes,diameters and circular sections.
MICHAELMAS TERM/70. First Year, Pass, Trigonometry.—
Formulae relating totriangles, numerical solutions of triangles in simple cases withoutlogarithms.
71. First Year, Pass, Algebra. —Quadratic equations, problems,surds, fractional indices, ratio, proportion, variation, the threeprogressions.
LEOTÜRE SUBJECTS—AETS. 243
72. First Year, Honours, Analytical Geometry.—Co-ordinatesrectilinear and polar, the straight line, the circle, parabola, ellipse,hyperbola, tangent, normal, eccentric angle, diameters, asymptotes.
73. First Year, Honours, Trigonometry.—Heights anddistances, properties of triangles, Demoivre's theorem, expansionof sine and cosine in series and in factors, summation of series,principle of proportional parts.
74. Second Year, Pass, Hydrostatics.—Fluid pressure, floatingbodies, specific gravity, pressure of a gas, pressure of the atmos-phere, elementary machines.
75. Second Year, Honours, Hydrostatics (theoretical).—Divided as in No. 47.
76. Second Year, Honours, Dynamics.—Uniform velocity,uniform acceleration, laws of motion, projectiles, collision, motionon a curve, the cycloid, the pendulum.
50.—Third Year, Pass and Honours, Optics (experimental).—Shadows, photometry, mirrors, prisms, lenses, critical angle,spectrum, colour, vision, absorption spectra, fluorescence, opticalinstruments, interference, Newton's rings, diffraction, measure-ment of wave lengths, polarisation of light.
77. Third Year, Pass, Astronomy (theoretical).—Divided asin No. 53, but without spherical trigonometry.
78. Third Year, Honours, Astronomy.—Instruments, motionof heavenly bodies, transits, latitude, longitude, time, the seasons,eclipses, parallax, aberration, refraction.
79. Third Year, Honours, Dynamics.—Velocity and accelera-tion along the perpendicular to the tangent and the radius vector,small oscillations, rectilinear, parabolic and elliptic motion, centralforces, Kepler's laws.
PHYSICS.
54. FOE FIRST YEAR STUDENTS.Text Book.—Everett's Physics. Students are recommended
to read through this book as soon as possible, or at least to readthrough the part treating of the subject with which each lecturedeals before the lecture takes place.
244 LECTURE SUBJECTS—SCIENCE.
I. Systems of Units and Measurement of Mass, Length, andTime \ Fundamental Definitions.
II. The Elements of Dynamics. Velocity, Acceleration, Force,Laws of Motion, and Laws of Gravitation.
80. The Doctrine of the Conservation of Energy.81. Application of the Principle of the Conservation of Energy
to Dynamical Problems ; Atwood's Machine. TheBallistic Pendulum.
V. The Principles of Machines as deduced from the theory ofthe conservation of energy.
VI. Rotation. The Pendulum and Vibration generally.VII. Centre of Gravity, and Statical Principles, Resolution of
Forces.VIII. Hydrostatics. Transmission of Pressure in a Heavy
Liquid. Density. Consideration of Fluids unacted on byexternal forces. Capillarity.
IX. Specific Gravity and its Determination. Problems.X. Principles of Flotation, Ships, and Water Machinery.XI. Gases. The Law of Boyle. Atmospheric Pressure and
how to get rid of it. Proof of the Law of Boyle.XII. How to Use a Barometer for Measuring Heights. Sketch
of the Theory of Gases.82. Heat and Temperature : Unit of Heat, and Joule's
Experiment as an Indication of the Nature of Heat.Manufacture of a Thermometer.
83. Physical effects of a rise of Temperature. Expansion andits Measurement—case of bars and liquids. The WeightThermometer.
XV. Expansion of Gases. Air Thermometer ; Discussion of theMeaning of " A Degree of Temperature."
XVI. Calorimetry. Method of Cooling. Method of Mixture.Ice Calorimeters.
ΧνΠ. Meaning of Latent Heat. Detailed consideration of thechanges which rise of Temperature Cause in Ice Waterand Steam. Specific Heats of Gases.
XVIII. Joule's Experiment in Detail. Method of Specific Heatsfor Determining Joule's Equivalent.
LECTURE SUBJECTS—SCIENCE.
245
XIX. How Heat passes through Space. Winds, Wave Motion,Vortex Motion. The Characteristics of Waves and howWave Motion may be detected. Property of RadiantEnergy depending on the wave length.
XX Effects produced by Radiant Energy from the point of ·view of the Screen. The Spectrum. The Eye as aScreen. The Thermometer as a Screen. Radiation andA bsorption.
XXI. Reflection and Refraction of Radiant Energy. How WaveMotion comes to involve the rectilinear propagation ofLight.
XXII. Application of the theory of rays to the Plane andCurved Minor. Real and vii-tual Images.
84. The Laws of Refraction : Prisms, Lenses, and theirconstruction.
85. The use of Lenses : Optical Instruments including theEye.
XXV. How we see. Dispersion and Achromatism. Rainbow.XXVI. The Colour of Films. Polarised Light, and how
it isproduced.
XXVII. Interference. Effects of interference of PolarisedLight. Colours of Plates, and Action of Crystals.
XXVIII. The Velocity of Light. Comparison with the Trans-mission of Sound. What is a Musical Note ?
XXIX. Vibration of Rods, Strings, and Plates. Resonance andthe Organ Pipe.
XXX. The Velocity of Sound through different Media.XXXI. The Physical meaning of Harmony and Discord.XXXII.Fundamental Experiments of Electro-statics.
Con-ductors and Insulators.
86. Electro-static Induction. Leyden Jar. Law of Elec-tric force.
87. Application of the principle of the Conservation ofEnergy to Electro-static Problems. The idea of thePotential : application to Condensers.
XXXV. Specific Inductive Capacity, and the Seat of ElectricEnergy.
κ
246 LECTURE SUBJECTS—SCIENCE.
XXXVI. Passage of Electricity through Conductors. TheVoltaic Battery.
XXXVII. Electrolysis and the theory of the Voltaic Cell.Application of Principle of Conservation of Energy.
XXXVIII. Ohm's Law and the Measurement of Currents andElectromotive Forces.
XXXIX. Measurement of Resistance.XL. The Effects of Resistance. Electric Light.XLI. Magnetism.XLII. Action of Currents on Magnets, Galvanometers, &c.XLIIL Action of Currents on one another : Electro-
magnets andElectro-magnetic Rotations.
XLIV. The Induction of Currents. Exploration of MagneticField.
XLV. Application of the Laws of Induction. Induction Coilsand Dynamo Machines.
XLVI. Theory of Dynamo Machinery. The Gramme Machine.Dynamos as Motors.
XLVII. Telegraphs and Telephones. Electric Discharge in airand rariñed gases.
XLVIII. Connection between Electricity and Light. PhysicalSpeculations as to the Constitution of Matter, àc.
XLIX. Spare Lecture.
55. FOR STUDENTS IN THE SECOND YEAR OF SCIENCE.
Properties of matter, elementary theory of elasticity, capil-larity and matters connected therewith, elementary dynamics,including the pendulum, theory of moments of inertia, experi-mental basis of the theory of heat, elementary principles ofthermodynamics, the undulatory theory of light in its simplerapplications to reflexion and refraction, interference, dispersionand achromatism, optical instruments, the simpler part of thetheory of polarised light, principles of sound and music, principlesof electric and magnetic theory and electric and magnetic mea-surements, practical work on the simpler physical measurements.
LECTURE SUBJECTS—SCIENCE. 247
CHEMISTRY.
NON-METALS.
56. Introductory Course for Students of the first year inArts —
The chemistry of the non-metallic elements and of theirprincipal compounds. The properties of the metals as a class.The course will consist of about fifty lectures, extending overTrinity and Michaelmas Terms.
METALS.
57. Second Course for Students of the second year in theFaculties of Medicine and Science and the Department ofEngineering- ■
The chemistry of the metals and of their most importantcompounds. During Lent Term.
Students are also required to attend a course of exercisesupon Practical Chemistry.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.58. Third Course for Students in the Faculties of Medicine
and Science and in the Department of Engineering. DuringTrinity, and Michaelmas Terms.
Ultimate analysis of organic bodies ; calculation of formulée ;methods for controlling empirical formulai ; molecular formulas.
Determination of vapour densities ; their use in controllingmolecular and rational formulae.
Compound radicals. Types of organic compounds. Poly-meric, metameric, and isomeric compounds. Homologous andisologous series.
Classification of carbon compounds. Action of oxidizing,reducing, dehydrating, and other reagents on the principal groupsof carbon compounds.
Cyanogen and its compounds.The hydrocarbons and their haloid, &c, compounds.Alcohols ; fermentation, wine, beer, bread, fatty bodies,
saponification, (fee.Ethers—Haloid ethers. Aldehydes.Acids, including the formic, lactic, pyruvic, acrylic, benzoic,
gallic, succinic, malic, tartaric, f umaric, citric, and phthalic series.Ketones.
R2
248 LECTURE SUBJECTS—SCIENCE.
Amines, amides, imides, nitrides and phosphines ; the naturalalkaloids ; analine, indigo, isatine, ώα, and the principles ofdyeing.
Boron and silicon carbon compounds.Organo-Metallic bodies.The principal organic chemical substances not classified in
the foregoing.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.
59. Fourth Course.—The usual course of Practical Chemistryfor Medical and Junior Students is laid down in the followingSyllabus ; but since each student works independently, and notin a class, a more advanced student will be permitted to devotespecial attention to any portion of the course.
I. THE PREPARATION AND EXPERIMENTAL STUDY of themore common Gases and Acids.
II. EXERCISES UPON THE PROPERTIES OF CHEMICALREAGENTS used in Analytical Chemistry.
III. QUALITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. Exercises
upon the Analyses of simple and compound bodies,including ordinary chemical preparations andcertain ores and minerals.
IV. THE REACTION AND PROCESSES FOR THE DETECTIONOF POISONS AND ORGANIC SUBSTANCES. Thispart of the course is arranged with special refer-ence to the requirements of Medical Students.
Fee for the course, £5 5s.Each Student is required to provide himself with a set of
apparatus necessary for the course of EXPERIMENTAL CHEMISTRYAND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS, which may be obtained from Messrs.Elliott Bros., O'Connell Street.
The larger and more expensive pieces of apparatus aresupplied for the general use of Students by the University, on thecondition that all breakages have to be made good.
Each Student is provided with a set of reagents and aseparate working bench, fitted with drawers, shelves, and cup-boards, to which gas and water are laid on.
LECTURE SUBJECTS—SCIENCE. 249
Students are requested to supply themselves with one of thefollowing Books :
QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. Thorpe and Muir.INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. W. Valentin, F.C.S.QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. Fresenius.REYNOLDS' EXPERIMENTAL CHEMISTRY. Longmans <L· Co.TABLES FOR QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. A. Liversidge, F.Ü.S.
60. Fifth Course for Students in the Faculty of Science.The History of Chemical Philosophy and Discovery.
Students in the third year in the Faculty of Science, whoselect Chemistry as one of their subjects, are required to gothrough a course of QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS, and be examined inthe same.
Students in the Mining Branch of Engineering are requiredin their third year to go through a course of QUANTITATIVEANALYSIS and ASSAYING, and to be examined in the same.
THE CHEMICAL AND METALLURGICAL LABORATORIES.
The Chemical and Metallurgical Laboratories are open dailyduring Term time for practical instruction in ExperimentalChemistry, Qualitative and Quantitative Chemical Analysis andAssaying.
Assistance will also be afforded to those who wish to performchemical researches. Students engaged in private investigationswill have to provide themselves with any materials they mayrequire which are not included among the ordinary reagents,also with the common chemicals when they are employed in largequantities.
Students engaged in Quantitative Analysis will have to pro-vide themselves with a platinum crucible and capsule ; also a setof gramme weights.
AU preparations made from materials belonging to theLaboratory become the property of the Laboratory. «
No experiment of a dangerous character may be performedwithout the express sanction of the professor or of his assistant.
Instructions will be given in the method of assaying all themore important metals, their alloys and ores., both by the dry andwet processes where practicable, such as the following :—Gold,
250 LECTUBE SUBJECTS—SCIENCE.
silver, copper, tin, lead, mercury, iron, antimony, bismuth, cobalt,and nickel. Also the methods of examining fuel, fire-clay, andmetallurgical products.
The nature of the instruction will depend upon the specialrequirements of the Student and the extent of his previousknowledge.
The Table of Fees for Instruction in the Laboratory will befound on page 283.
The Laboratory hours are from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m., except onSaturdays, when the Laboratory will be closed at 1 p.m.
61. MINERALOGY.for Students in the Third Year in the Faculty of
Science andDepartment of Engineering.
A course of Lectures upon Mineralogy will be deliveredduring Michaelmas Term. These Lectures will be illustrated bya series of hand specimens for close inspection ; also, by modelsof crystals and diagrams, and will include—
I. INTRODUCTION.H. CRYSTALLOGRAPHY.—The different systems
under whichcrystals are grouped ; the laws by which their varia-tions and combinations are governed. The formationof crystals.
III. The principal PHYSICAL PROPERTIES of Minerals, which
aid in the recognition of the various species.
IV. An introduction to the CHEMISTRY OF MINERALS.
Especial stress will be laid upon tests useful to thsminer, geologist, and explorer.
"V. CLASSIFICATION OF MINERALS.VI. The PHYSIOGRAPHY or systematic description
of mineralsincluding all the more abundant and importantminerals, both those which are of geological im-portance and those which are of commercial value.
62. PRACTICAL MINERALOGY.Exercises in the Chemical Laboratory upon the
characteristicproperties, physical and chemical, of minerals ; withpractical work upon the determination and descriptionof mineral specimens.
LECTUBE SUBJECTS--NATURAL SCIENCE. 251
' Each Student has to provide himself with a small collectionof specimens for use with the blowpipe.
63. NATURAL HISTORY.Second Year Arts, Second Year Science.A course of lectures on Physical Geography, Geology, andGeneral Botany and Zoology is delivered during Lent and TrinityTerms, including those conditions and operations of the SolarSystem which have a direct bearing upon the History of the Earth ;the principal phenomena and laws of Geology, and PhysicalGeography ; the Life, Production, and Classification of Plants ;the Animal Kingdom and its principal Subdivisions, their Charac-teristics and classification ; and the Geological and Geographicaldistribution of Plants and Animals.
64. BOTANY.Second Year Medicine, Second Year Science.A course of 50 lectures is delivered, during the Academic year,on the Structure and Physiology of Plants ; their various Modes ofLife and .Reproduction ; the principles upon which they areclassified ; the Economic and the Medicinal Uses of particularFamilies, Genera or Species ; and tha Examination of ActualSpecimens.
65. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY.Third Year Science.
A course of 90 Lectures, with practical work, is deliveredduring the Academic Year.
ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.MR. HASWELL.
66. PRACTICAL COMPARATIVE ANATOMY—ELEMENTARY COURSE.
An elementary course for Medical and Science Students ofthe Second Year, twice a week during the Michaelmas Term.The following, or a similar series of animals, are dissected orexamined ;
I. PROTOZOA—Varticella, Amoeba, Arcella.II. COELENTERATA—The Fresh.water Polype (Hydra.)
Ill, ECHINODERMATA—The Star Fish (Anihenea) : TheSea-Urchin (Salmacis).
252 LECTÜKE SUBJECTS—NATURAL SCIENCE.
IV. VERMES—The Earthworm (Ltcmbricus).V. MOLLUSCA—The Fresh-water Mussel ( Unió).
VI. ARTHEOPODA—The Rock-Lobster (Palinurus) : TheCrab (N ectocarcinus).
VII. PISCES—The Sting ßay (UrolophiisJ : The Bream(Chrysophrys).
VIII. AMPHIBIA—The Frog (EyIa).IX. Aves—The Pigeon (Columba).X. MAMMALIA—The Opossum (Phalangista).
67. ADVANCED COURSE.Lent and Trinity Terms.For Science Students of the third year in the department ofNatural Science, meeting twice weekly, from 2 to 5 p.m. Thefollowing subjects are studied :
I PORIPEEA—Sycandra.II. HYDROZOA—Crambessa.
III. ACTINOZOA—AnemoneIV. ECHINODERMATA—Cucumaria ; Comalida.
V. VERMES—Phascolosoma ; Polynoë; Serpula.VI. ARTHROPODA—Reter ostoma, Scorpio ; Blatta.
VII. MOLLUSCA—Sepia ; Helix ; Aplysia.VIII. TUNICATA—Cynthia.
IX. PISCES—Sittago or other Osseous Fish.X. EEPTILIA—Hinidia.
XI. MAMMALIA—Ornitliorhynchus or Echidna ; Felis.XII. EMBRYOLOGY-^-Frog or Chick.
68. VEGETABLE MORPHOLOGY.Twice weekly, from 2 to 4 p.m., during Lent term. The
following, or a similar series of Types are studied :—Tonda, Bacterium, Pénicillium, Mucor, Agaricus, -Fucus, Chara
Marsilea, Sphagnum, Selaginella, Pteris, Lilium, Pinus, Helianthus,Faba.
LECTURE SUBJECTS—NATURAL SCIENCE. 253
69. ZOOLOGÏ AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY—LECTURES.A course of 50 Lectures in Zoology and Comparative
Anatomy.»The general structure, embryology and distribution of all the
leading groups of animals are described and illustrated. In eachmajor division a type-form is selected for more special treatment,and it is used as a standard of comparison for the other formsbelonging to the group. This type-form is usually that which isworked out in the practical class.
1. General phenomena of Animal Life. "Vital functions of
the Animal as compared with the Plant. GeneralMorphology of the Animal Organism,
2. The general characteristics of the Mammalia. The general
features of their development.3. Characteristics of all the orders of the Mammalia, with
the major subdivisions of each order. Types, Homo,Phalangista.
4. General characteristics of Birds, as regards their anatomyand the leading outlines of their development. TypeColumba.
5. General organisation of the Reptilia, and of the living
orders of the class.6. The Amphibia : The anatomy, physiology and embryology
of the Frog.7. Main features in the structure of the Dipnoi, with
Geratodus as a type.8. General characteristics of Fishes ; and of the Ganoid,
Teleostean and Elasmo branch orders. Type, Urolophus.9. The Marsipobranchii and Pharyngobranchii.
88. Structure and life-history of the Tunicata.89. General organisation of the Mollusca. Characteristics of
the orders. Types, Sepia, Unio.12. The \ Fresh-water Crayfish as a type of the Arthropcda.
Orders of Crustacea.13. General features in the structure and life-history of the
Insecta.14. Structure of the Scorpion as a type of the Arachnida :
comparison with other members of the class.15. General characteristics of the Myriopoda and Peripatidea.16 The Bryozoa and Brachiopoda.
254 LECTURE SUBJECTS—MEDICINE.
17. Structure of the Earthworm as a type of the Chaetopoda ;comparison with other forms.
90. Genei'al structure of the Hirudinea and the Gephyrea.91. Structure of the life-history of the parasitic worms—the
Cestoida, the Nematoidea, the Trematoidea, the Acan-thocephala.-
20. Minor and more aberrant classes of "Vermes"; generalfeatures.
21. General features in the organisation of the JEchinodermaia.
Characteristics of the leading subdivisions, TypesSalmacis, Anthenea, Gucimiaria.
22. General structure of the Actinozoa ; and of the leadingsubdivisions of the class.
23. General characteristics of the Hydrozoa; life-history of
Hydroid Zoophytes. Leading groups of Hydrozoa.Type, Hydra.
92. General structure and life-history of Sponges.93. The Protozoa. Types, Stentor, Vorticella, Amoeba.
70. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY—ADVANCED COURSE.An advanced course of Comparative Anatomy, comprising
the embryology of the leading types ; once a week in Lent andTrinity Terms.
FACULTY OF MEDICINF,.HUMAN ANATOMY.
71. DESCRIPTIVE ANATOMY.Including the Long or Junior Course, and the short or SeniorCourse. 150 Lectures.The different organs met with fn the body are systematicallydescribed. Each organ is shown and each detail demonstrated.Drawings, diagrams, models, wet and dry preparations are freelyused to illustrate and explain the subjects of the Lectures.
72. REGIONAL AND SURGICAL ANATOMY.Long Session.
Here the structures are taken up in the order in which theyare met, proceeding from the surface inwards in the direction ofany particular spot or region of the body. The relations of the
LECTUBE SUBJECTS—MEDICINE. 255
deeper structures to the surface markings are pointed out, andattention is drawn to the bearing of the Anatomy on the Surgeryof the region. The course of 50 Demonstrations is carried onsimultaneously with the Class of Practical Anatomy, and it isconducted conjointly by the Professor and his Assistant.
73. PRACTICAL ANATOMY (DISSECTION).Six Months' Course, beginning at the same time as the Lectures
on Descriptive Anatomy.Each Student with his own hands dismembers or dissects the
body, so as to see and feel each constituent part of it, recognise itscharacters, and learn its relations to the surrounding structures.Moreover, he is here trained to handle his instruments, and so isfitted for the practical work of his after life.The Prosectors are selected from among the best Dissectors.Text books recommended in the Department of Anatomy :Turner's " Introduction to Human Anatomy."Gray's " Anatomy."Quain's " Anatomy."Ellis's " Demonstrations in Anatomy."Heath's " Practical Anatomy."Cunningham's " Dissector's Guide."Special demonstrations will be given from time to time.Examinations, oral and written, will regularly be held to test theprogress of the Students.
74. PHYSIOLOGY.This class includes :
A description of the Microscopical Anatomy of the Tissuesand Organs of the Body.A special account of the Physics and Chemistry of the Body.An account of the Circulation, of Respiration, of Alimenta-tion, of the Nutrition of the Tissues, and of Excretion.Animal Heat.The Larynx and its functions.Physiology of the sense organs, and the special Physiology
of the central nervous system.Physiology of Reproduction.The course is fully illustrated by experiments, diagrams,models, &c, &c.
256 LECTUEE SUBJECTS—MEDICINE.
75. PEACTICAL PHYSIOLOGY,Conducted conjointly by the Professor and his Assistants.The work of this class includes :
I. PRACTICAL HISTOLOGY.—In which each Student prepares,examines, and preserves for himself all the tissues andsections of nearly all the organs of the body. In addition,each day, three or four preparations, showing out-of-tbe-way objects, or special points are explained and exhibitedsometimes under the highest attainable powers of themicroscope. Thus, if a Student has not a preparationof his own he has had an opportunity of studying oneof practically every part of the body. The Student isshown all the more important processes in HistologicalLaboratory work, and some of them he practises.
II. PRACTICAL CHEMICAL PHYSIOLOGY.—After examiningsome of the proximate principles of the body, eachStudent very thoroughly goes through the qualitativeand quantitative (gravimetric and volumetric), analysisof normal and of abnormal Urine. Special attentionis drawn to the Clinical bearing of the work. Thenfollows an examination of Blood, Saliva, Gastric Juice,Bile, Pancreatic Juice, and Intestinal Secretion. Inthis connection are considered some of the substitutesfor these Digestive Juices when they are inefficient orabsent.
III. EXPERIMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY.—Here the manipulativedetails of the experiments performed, and the mechanismof the apparatus used in the sj stematic lectures will bemore closely shown. The Student may learn how toperform the experiments for himself.
The various Physiological instruments used in
clinical work will be shown and explained, and eachStudent will practise their use.
In these courses the use of the apparatus and the reagentsare gratis.
Text books recommended in the department of Physiology :Dr. Foster's " Text Book of Physiology."Kirke's " Handbook of Physiology."Stirling's " Practical Physiology."Foster and Langley's " Practical Physiology."Quain's " Anatomy."
LECTURE SUBJECTS—MEDICINE. 257
76. MATEBIA. MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS.Mr. Thomas Dixson, M.B.
In this course special attention is devoted to the Physiologicalas well as the Therapeutical effects of the various remedial agents,including under the latter the various substances of value,whether Pharmacopœial or extra-Pharmacopceial, obtained fromthe organic and inorganic kingdoms, and including further suchphysical agencies as heat, electricity and massage.
The principles of Dietetics and Hydrotherapy will beconsidered, as well as the art of prescribing.
Microscopical preparations, &c, will be employed for illus-trating the subjects of the lectures.
77. PRACTICE OF MEDICINEDr. J. C. Cox.
94. History of Medicine as a Science.95. General Pathology.96. Methods used for the Observation, Diagnosis and
Eecording of Diseases.4. The Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment of—
a. Fever and Inflammation, Idiopathic Fevers.J. General Diseases allied to the Fevers.c. Constitutional Diseases.d. Diseases of the Circulatory System.e. Diseases of the Respiratory System.f. Diseases of the Alimentary System.g. Diseases of the Urinary System.h. Diseases of the Nervous System.i. Diseases of the Skin.
78. PRACTICE OF SURGERY.Dr. F. Milford.
DIVISION 1ST.—General and Introductory Lecture—Inflam-mation, Erysipelas, Surgical Fever, Pysemia, Septicaemia, Charbon.Carbuncle, Boils, Antiseptic Treatment and Minor Surgery.
DIVISION 2ND.—Surgical Injuries—Shock, Tetanus, Con-tusions, Incised Wounds, Contused and Lacerated Wounds, Gun-shot wounds, Poisoned wounds, Snake-bites; Burns and scalds;
258 LECTURE SUBJECTS—MEDICINE.
Injuries to blood-vessels ; Concussion of brain, Fracture of skull ;Special injuries of nerves, muscles, and tendons ; Injuries of bones,Wounds of ioints, Fractures, Treatment of simple and complicatedfractures, Dislocations,·Special fractures and dislocations; Injuriesof regions, Injuries of spine, Injuries of face and adjacent parts,Injuries of throat, Foreign bodies in oesophagus ; Injuries of lungs ;Rupture of the heart ; Injuries of the abdomen and pelvis.
DIVISION 3RD.—General operative surgery, general considera-tion on operations, employment of anaesthetics Amputations anddisarticulations, Special amputations.
DIVISON 4TH.—Surgical diseases, deformities, and specialoperations. A. Diseases affecting the tissues generally—Tumors,Venereal diseases, Scrofula and tubercle, (a) Non-malignants,(¿) Malignant. B. Diseases of tissues—(a) Surgical diseases ofthe skin and its appendages, (J) Surgical diseases of the nervoussystem, (¢) Surgical diseases of lymphatics and glands, (d) Diseasesof veins, nsevus, (e) Diseases of arteries, aneurism, (f) Specialaueurisms and their treatment. C. Diseases of the organs ofsupport and motion—(a) Diseases of bone, (J) Diseases of joints,(c) Diseases of the spine, (d) Diseases of the Sacroiliac synchon-drosis, (e) Diseases of the synovial membranes and muscles, (/)Deformities. D. Diseases of Regions—(a) Diseases of the scalpand skull, (A) Diseases of the face and neck, (c) Ophthalmic sur-gery, (d) Diseases of the jaws and their appendages, (e) Plasticsurgery of the face and mouth, (f) Operations in the air-tubesand the chest, (g) Diseases of the breast, (h) Diseases of the abdo-men, (¿) Diseases of the genito-urinary organs, (£') Ovarian diseaseand ovariotomy.
79. MIDWIFERY AND DISEASES OF WOMEN.Mr. Thomas Chambers.The course embraces lectures on the following subjects :
Anatomy and Physiology of the several Organs and Struc-tures connected with Ovulation, Gestation, Parturition, andPuerpery, Gynaecology, etc.
Development of the human Embryo and Fœtus.Gestation, its Signs, Symptoms, Duration, and Abnormalities.The Phenomena of Natural and Complicated Labour.The Induction of Premature Labour and Obstetric Operations.The Management of the Puerperal State.
LECTURE SUBJECTS—MEDICINE. 359
TEXT BOOKS—Galabin's Manual of Midwifery, King's Manualof Midwifery ; Hart and Barbour's Manual of Gynaecology, andGalabin's Student's Guide to Diseases of Women.
80. PATHOLOGY.Dr. W. Camac Wilkinson.
PAKT 1.—GENERAL PATHOLOGY.—Introduction.
A.—PATHOLOGY OF CIRCULATION, MECHANISM AND BLOOD:Heart, Changes in Total Peripheral Resistance, Local
Disturbances of the Circulation, Thrombosis, Em-bolism, Inflammation, Hemorrhage, Dropsy, Plethoraand Anaemia.
B.—PATHOLOGY OF NUTRITION :Necrosis, Simple Atrophy, Hypertrophy, Fatty Degenera-
tion, Calcification, Colloid Changes, PathologicalOrganization and Regeneration, Tumours, InfectiousTumours, Fever.
C.—PATHOLOGY OF DIGESTION :Pathological Conditions of Mouth, Throat, and (Esophagus ;
Stomach, Liver, Pancreas and Intestines.D.—PATHOLOGY OF PULMONARY SYSTEM :
Larynx, Trachea, and Bronchi, Dyspnœa.E.—PATHOLOGY OF URINARY SYSTEM :
Quality of Blood, Circulatory Disturbances in KidneyAlterations in Essential Tissue of Kidney, Patho-logical Conditions leading to Pressure in RenalTubules, Pelvi3 or Kidney, Ureters and Bladder(Hydronephrosis, Ac.) ; Alterations in Urine. In-fluence of these Disturbances upon Organism.
The course of General Pathology will occupy at least thewhole of the Long or Winter Session.
PABT II.—Special Pathology, including the chief morbidconditions of the principal organs in the body.
This will be a systematic course in the Short Session, andwill, if possible, be supplemented by demonstrations upon freshspecimens, whenever occasion offers at a Hospital.
260 LECTURE SUBJECTS—MEDICINE.
81.—PART III.—Λ Microscopical Course, in which theStudent prepares for himself sections of pathological material,mounting them and preserving them for future use.
This course will be held twice a week in the Short Session,and each meeting will last two hours.
Besides these regular courses, the Lecturer gives, from timeto time, instruction in the method of making post mortemexaminations and demonstrations at a Hospital upon all thematerial which he is allowed to use for demonstration purposes.
82. MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.
Dr. W. H. Goode.The Science of Medical Jurisprudence, Duties of
a MedicalJurist, Evidence, Coroners' Inquests, Signs and Causes of Death,Poisoning, Wounds, Inheritance, Insanity.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.83. APPLIED MECHANICS.
The principle of mechanical energy and its application tothe mechanical powers. The velocity, ratio, and mechanical effi-ciency of lifting and hoisting machinery, such as cranes, winches,elevators.
Friction and lost work in machinery.The chief constructive processes in use by
engineers, such ascasting, forging, turning, planing, &c, and the various machines,tools, and other appliances used in these processes.
The behaviour of materials when subjected to tensile, com-pressive, and transverse stresses. Calculations with regard tobending moments and moments of resistance. Endurance ofmaterials. Wöhler's researches and their application to thedesign of structures and machines.
Hydraulic machinery, such as cranes, elevators, the ordinaryand differential' accumulator, force pumps, &c. The variousmethods of applying hydraulic power to lifting and turningbridges, manipulating heavy guns, and riveting girders.
The kinematics of machinery.
STEAM AND THE STEAM ENGINE.The principles of thermodynamics as applied to
the theoryof the steam engine. The mechanism and details of the steam
LECTURE SUBJECTS—ENGINEERING. ' 261
engine. Construction and use of the indicator. Steam passages,valves, and valve gearing. Geometrical constructions relating tovalves and valve motions. Governors, fly wheel. Constructionof high and low pressure engines, compound engines, Locomotiveand marine engines, and gas engines. Combustion of fuel andthe evaporative efficiency of a furnace, general arrangement offurnace and boiler. Construction and details of steam boilers.Testing of steam engines and boilers.
The course of instruction in Applied Mechanics will consistof lectures and practical work.
The lectures will be illustrated by numerous diagrams, models,working drawings, and tested specimens. The practical work willconsist of determining the strength and elasticity of material bymeans of the testing machine. Testing the efficiency of theboiler and engine with regard to evaporation, radiation, consump-tion of fuel, and power developed. The various constructiveprocesses, such as casting, forging, fitting, turning, planing,boring, &c.
84. PRACTICAL PLANE AND SOLID GEOMETRYPLANE GEOMETRY.—Construction relating to right lines only,
right lines and polygons of circles, and circular arcs of conicsections, cycloidal curves, spirals, <kc.
SOLID GEOMETRY.—Principles of Orthographic Projection.Representation of points, lines, and planes by the Projectionsand traces. Elementary problems on lines and planes. Repre-sentation of simple solids by plan and elevation ; also, from givenconditions of positions, construction of a spherical surface contain-ing four given points, tangent and. normal planes to solids of revo-lution. The Projection of shadows, developments, Principles ofIsometric Projection, Principles of Perspective Projection.
85. SURVEYING.LECTURES AND FIELD WORK.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES AND OPERATIONS.—Plans and sections,measures of length, area, and volume. Scales for plans and sec-tions, methods of surveying, general order of operations in Engi-neering Geodesy, information on plan and section, Bench marks,estimates and borings, checking levels.
s
262 LECXURK SUBJECTS—ENGINEERING.
SURVEYING WITH THE CHAIN.—Marks, signals, ranging poles,structure and use of chain and arrows. Chaining on a hill side,oblique and rectangular offsets, chained triangles, tie lines, fieldwork. Plotting survey.
SURVEYING WITH THE THEODOLITE.—Structure, adjustments,and use of the theodolite, measuring horizontal and verticalangles, finding the true meridian, triangulating, traversing, find-ing latitude, plotting survey, and method of conducting field work.
LEVELLING.—Setting out a line of section, structure, adjust-ment and use of the spirit level, corrections for curvature andrefraction, level field work, plotting a section, contour surveying.
SETTING OUT WORK, such as straight lines, railway curves,slopes, gradients, tunnels, alignment of streets, &c.
ENGINEERING SURVEYS AND SECTIONS, for roads, railways,water supply, sewerage, calculation of earth work, quantities.
HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS.—Flow of water through orificesin thin plates, over waste boards, and weirs, through pipes andconduits.
MARINE SURVEYING.—Structure adjustments and use of thesextant, preparation of hydrographie charts, tide gauging.
86. SECTION I.MATERIALS used in Engineering and Architecture ; their
characteristic properties, strength, and durability.BRIDGES.—The stresses in lattice girder and bowstring'
bridges from stationary and moving loads ; designs of girderbridges for roads and railways ; continuous girders ; arched ribsand suspension bridges ; Maxwell's diagrams for stresses in bracedstructures.
ROOFS.—Arched ribs and bowstring girders for roofs of lar<*espan.
RETAINING WALLS, ARCHES, ABUTMENTS, &C.—The pressureof earth against foundations and retaining walls ;. the desi«n ofretaining \valls, arches, and abutments, in brick, masonry, andconcrete.
Temporary works in connection with engineering structurescentrings, stagings, &c.
Tunnelling in rock, compact ground, wet sand, ifec.
BOOKS BEOOMMENDED. 26387. SECTION II.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.—The design of engines andmachinery, including machine tools, stationary, locomotive, andmarine engines, steam and hydraulic lifting and hoistingmachinery.
DESCRIPTIVE CIVIL ENGINEERING.—Construction of roads andrailways. Railway appliances. Water supply. Sewerage. Irri-gation. Construction of harbours and docks. The improvementof navigable rivers. Eeclamation works.
88. ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING CONSTRUCTION.MINING MACHINERY.—Machinery used in mining, includingexcavating, hauling, hoisting, pumping, ventilating.
89. ENGINEERING AND MECHANICAL DRAWING.
Practical design of machine details. Engines and machinery.Drawing out valve diagrams and diagrams of stresses in struc-tures. Designing bridges, roofs, and buildings.
Excursions are made during terms to works such as HudsonBrothers, Clyde ; Mort's Dock and Engineering Company, theA. S. N. Company's works, and to the various works in progressin connection with railways, docks, water supply, and sewerage.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED*
FOR CLASSICS.Honozirs :Lewis and Short's Latin Dictionary (Clarendon Press).Eoby's Latin Grammar (Macmillan).Liddell and Scott's Greek Lexicon.Goodwin's or Hadley and Allen's Greek Grammar.
* The classical books required can, as a rule, be obtained from Messrs. Turner andHenderson, in Hunter Street. Students are strongly recommended to order as early aspossible all books that will be needed in the course of the year.s'2
264 BOOKS RECOMMENDED.
Pass :Smith's Smaller Latin Dictionary.Public School Latin Primer ; Roby's Smaller Latin Grammar ; or anyother Latin Grammar of similar character.
Liddell and Scott's abridged Greek Lexicon.Curtius' Smaller Greek Grammar, by Dr. W. Smith.ANCIENT HISTORY—
Honours : Mommsen's History of Rome, trans, by Dickson (Bentley).Merivale's History of the Romans under the Empire. Grote's History ofGreece.
Pass : Merivale's General History of Rome (Longmans) ; Merivale'sDecline of the Roman Republic ; Cape's Early Roman Empire (Epochsof Ancient History, Longmans) ; Student's History of Greece, by Smith(Murray).
ANCIENT ATLAS—Kiepert, Atlas Antiquus (Berlin).The following editions of the Latin and Greek authors are recommended :
For Pass Students,Cicero—2nd Philippic, J. E. B. Mayor (Macmillan).
,, de Officiis (text), Baiter & Kaiser, or Oxford Text.,, In Verrem, de l.lmp. Pomp., de Pinibus (text), Baiter <£.· Kaiser
(parts sold separately).„ pro Milone, Purton (Cambridge).,, pro Sestio, Holden (Macmillan).Horace—Odes, Wickham, smaller edition.,, Satires, Palmer (Macmillan) ; Epistles, THlkins (Macmillan),,, Verse Translation, Conington (Bell).Livy—(text, in 8 parts, sold separately), Madvig.
,, Books XXI., XXII. (text and notes), Capes (Macmillan).Sallust, Gapes (Oxford).Tacitus—Annals, Books I., II., Beesley (Longmans).Virgil—Kennedy (Longmans), or abridgment of Conington (Bell), or
Sidgwick (each book sold separately), Cambridge,Aeschylus' Agamemnon, Sidgwick (Cambridge). .Aristophanes, Clouds, Merry (Clarendon Press).Demosthenes, Olynthiacs and Philippics, Heslop (Rivington).Euripides, Alcestis, Orestes, Hecuba, Hippolytus, Medea, Paley's smaller
edition (Bell), each play sold separately.Herodotus (text), Dietsch (Teubner), or, Abicht (Tauchnitz).Homer, Iliad, I.—XU., Monro (Oxford).Homer, Odyssey, Merry's smaller editionj(Oxford).Plato, Protagoras, ITa^Je(BeIl).Plato, Gorgias, and Meno (text), Baiter.Plato, Republic, Books I.—IV., Warren (Oxford) ; English translation,Davies & Vaughan (Macmillan).Sophocles, Œdipus Tyrannus, Œdipns Coloneus, and Antigone, Campbell άAbbott (Oxford).,, Electra and Ajax, Jebb (Rivington).Thucydidea, Books HI., IV., Simcox (Rivington).„ Books VI., VH., Frost (Macmillan).
BOOKS RECOMMENDED. 265
For Students reading for Honours :
Cicero, pro Murena, Heitland (Cambridge).,, 2nd Philippic, J. E. B. Mayor (Macmillan).„ In Verrem, de Imp. Pomp., de Finib. (text), Baiter ώ Kaiser.,, de Finibus (Critical edition, Latin notes), Madvig.,, Letters (select), Watson (Oxford).,, de Officiis, Holden (Cambridge).„ Tusculanae Disp., Kühner (Latin notes).Horace, Odes, Wickham (Oxford).,, Satires and Epistles, Orelli (Latin notes) ; or, Satires, Palmer(MacmiUan) ; Epistles, Wilkins (Macmillan).Juvenal, Mayor (Macmillan).Livy (text), Madvig.Lucretius, Miinro (Bell).Persius, Conington (Oxford).Sallust, Capes (Oxford).Tacitus Annals, I.—VI., Furneaux (Oxford), or Orelli (Latin notes).Tacitus, Germania and Agrícola, Church <£ Brodribb ( Macmillan), or Kritz
(Latin notes).Terence, Wagner (Bell).Virgil, Conington (Bell).Aeschylus, PaUy (Bell).
,, Agamemnon, and Choephoroe, Sidgwick (Oxford).Aristophanes (text), Holden (Bell):Demosthenes, Olynthiacs and Philippics, Heshp (Rivington).Euripides, Paley (Bell).Homer, Odyssey, Merry & Riddell (Oxford), Bks. I.—XII. ; or, Hayman(Nutt) 3 vols., sold separately ; Homeric Grammar, Monro (Oxford) ;introduction to Homer, Jebb (Maclehose, Glasgow).Pindar, Olympian and Pythian Odes, Gildersleeve.,, with Latin notes, Diesen.Plato, Protagoras, Wayte (Bell).,, Gorgias, Thompson (Bell).
,, Phaedo, Archer-Hind (Macmillan) ; or, Geddes (Macmillan).,, Republic (text), Baiter.
,, (free translations of and introductions to all the dialogues), Jowett(Oxford).Sophocles, Campbell (Oxford), and- (for Oed. Tyr., Oed. Col., Electra, and
Ajax), Jebb (Rivington).Theocritus, Snow (Oxford).Thucydides, Poppo (Ed. Minor, Latin notes), or Jowett
(Oxford) ; and fornotes on bks., I.—III., Sheppard & Evans (Longmans).
MATHEMATICS.MATRICULATION.
For Pass.—Any ordinary treatise on Arithmetic.—Todhunter's Algebra
for Beginners, C. Smith's Algebra for Beginners (Macmillan), Todhunter's
Euclid. For Honours.—Todhunter's Algebra s Todhunter's Trigonometry.
Taylor's Geometrical
Conies.
266 BOOKS BECOMMENDED.
FOB FIRST YEAR STUDENTS IN ARTS.
Pass.—Todhunter's Trigonometry for Beginners. Lock's Trigonometryfor Beginners (Maomillan). Honours. —Gross's Algebra. C. Smith's ConicSections (Macmillan.)
FOR SECOND TEAR STUDENTS IN ARTS.
Pass.—Todhunter's Mechanics for Beginners (Statics.) Honours.—Todhunter's Differential Calculus, Williamson's Differential Calculus,Parkinson's Mechanics, Garnett's Dynamics, Goodeve's Mechanics, Salmon'sConic Sections.
FOR THIRD YEAK STUDENTS IN ARTS.
Pass.—Todhunter's Mechanics for Beginners (Dynamics). Besant'sElementary Hydrostatics. Stone's Elementary Lessons on Sound. Barnardand Mayer on Sound (Nature Series). Galbraith and Haughton's Optics.Lommel's Optics and Light (International Scientific Series). Lewis Wright'sLight (Maomillan). Deschanel's (or Ganot's) Natural Philosophy. Honours.—Todhunter's Integral Calculus. Williamson's Integral Calculus. Tod-hunter's Spherical Trigonometry. McClelland and Preston's SphericalTrigonometry. Godfrey's Astronomy. Hersohel's Outlines of Astronomy.Frost's Curve-tracing. Besant's Hydromechanics. Tait and Steele's Dyna-mics of a Particle. Parkinson's Optics. Boole's or Forsyth's DifferentialEquations. Aldis's Solid Geometry.CHEMISTRY AND MINEBALOGY.FOR FIRST YEAR STUDENTS IN ARTS.Fownes' Inorganic Chemistry. Reynolds' Introduction to Chemistry(Longmans).
FOR SECOND YEAR STUDENTS IN MEDICINE, SCIENCE, &C.
Chemistry.—Fownes' Manual of Chemistry.FOR THIRD YEAR STUDENTS IN SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING.
Chemistry.— Miller's Elements of Chemistry (3 vols.), Roscoe and Schorlemmer's Treatise on Chemistry.
Mineralogy.—Bauerman's Mineralogy ; Collins' Mineralogy, Parts I,and II. ; Dana's Manual of Mineralogy and Lithology ; Dana's DescriptiveMineralogy.
Practical Chemistry, one of the following : Qualitative Analysis, Thorpeand Muir ; Inorganic Chemistry, W. Valentin, F.C.S. ; Qualitative Analysis,Fresenius ; Tables for Chemical Analysis, A. Liversidge, F.B.S.
PHYSICS.FOR FIRST YEAR STUDENTS IN ARTS.
Balfour Stewart, or Everett's Elementary Text Book of Physics.FOR SECOND AND THIRD YEAR STUDENTS IN SCIENCE.
General Physics.—Tait's Properties of Matter. Sir William Thomson'sArticle on Elasticity in Encyclopaedia Britannica. Glazebrook and Shaw'sPractical Physics, or Balfour Stewart and Gee's Practical Physics. Maxwell'sMatter of Motion.
Heat.—Maxwell's Theory of Heat. Tait's " Heat." Balfour Stewart'sTreatise on Heat.
Light.—Lewis Wright's "Light." Glazebrook's Optics, or Lloyd's" Wave Theory of Light."
Sound.—Tyndall's Treatise on Sound. Stone's Sound.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED. 267Electricity and Magnetism.—Maxwell's
Elementary Treatise on Elec-tricity. S. P. Thompson's Electricity. Gordon's "School Electricity."Cumming's " Theory of Electricity." Articles on Electricity and Magnetismin the Encyclopaedia.
Standard Works on Physics which may be consulted by Students.—Maxwell's "Electricity and Magnetism." Helmholtz, Sensations of Tone.Clausius' Thermodynamics—translated by Browne. Gordon's Electricityand Magnetism. Lord Eayleigh's Sound. Verdet's Optique. WüUner'sLehrbuch der Physik.
NATÜBAL HISTORY.Manual of Zoology, Professor A. Nicholson.Thomés' Structural and Physiological Botany.Lessons in Elementary Botany, Professor Oliver.Botanic Teachings, or "The Native Plants of Victoria," or "Key to the
System of Victorian Plants," by Baron F. Von Müller.The Plants of New South Wales, by Dr. Woolls.
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.Geikie.
GEOLOGY.Geikie's Manual of Geology.
PALEONTOLOGY,Nicholson's Manual of Palaeontology ; Owen's Palaeontology ; but Nicholson'sManual of Zoology will be found generally sufficient if used in conjunc-tion with the Geological Text Book.
ENGINEERING.Applied Mechanics.—Perry's Applied Mechanics.
Goodeve's Principlesof Mechanics. Kennedy's Mechanics of Machinery. Holmes' SteamEngine.
Surveying.— Jackson's Aid to Surveying. Downing's Hydraulics.Descriptive Geometry and Drawing.—Angel's
Practical Plane andSolid Geometry.
Books of Reference.—Unwin's Machine Design. Sanitary Engineering,by Baldwin Latham. Manual of Railway Engineering, by Charles P.Cotton, published by Wm. McGee, 18 Nassau Street, Dublin. Roads andStreets, by D. K. Clark. Stresses and Strains, by B. B. Stoney. Instruc-tion in Construction, by Col. · Wray, printed by Her Majesty's PrintingOffice. Seaton on the Marine Engineering. Sennett on Marine Engine.Bankin's Civil Engineering and Steam Engine. Hydraulic Steam andHand-power Lifting Machinery, by F. Colyer. The Designing of HighwayBridges, by Prof. Waddell. Weyranch on Structure of Iron and Steel,translated by Dubois. Johnson's Theory and Practice of Surveying.Bitter on Iron Bridges. Barry's Railway Appliances. Humber's WaterSupply. Spons' Dictionary. Gwill's Encyelopœdia of Architecture.Building Construction (3 volumes), published by Rivington. Useful Tablesand Memoranda, by J. B. Clark. Wiesbach's Mechanics of Engineering.Harbours and Docks, by Vernon Harcourt. Harbours and Docks, byStephenson. The Proceedings of the Institution of Civil and of theMechanical Engineers. The Report of the Railway Bridges Inquiry Com-mission. Rawlingson's Hints to the Preparation of Maps and Plans forWater Supply and Sewerage.
EXAMINATION SUBJECTS.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
DECEMBER, 1887, AND MARCH, 1888.
FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION IN ABTS.
CLASSICS: Papers will beset on the subjects of the lectures (see page 238)including Latin and Greek Composition, and translation at sight.
FRENCH AND GERMAN : Papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures(see page 238), including Frenoh and German Composition, and translationat sight.
MATHEMATICS.—Pass: (L) Arithmetic and Algebra; (ii.) Euclid andMensuration; (iii.) Trigonometry. Additional for Honours : (iv. ) Analyticaland Geometrical Conies ; (v.) Algebra ; (vi.) Trigonometry and Geometry,
PHYSICAL SCIENCE : Elementary Chemistry, and Elementary NaturalPhilosophy.
SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS.
CLASSICS: Papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures (see page238)including Latin and Greek Composition and translation at sight, and a periodof Boman History (Tribunate of Tib. Gracchus to the Battle of Actium).
FRENCH AND GERMAN : Papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures(see page 239), including French and German Composition, and translationat sight.
MATHEMATICS.—Pass: (i.) Trigonometry; (ii.) Statics; (iii.) Hydro-statics. Additional for Honours : (iv.) Analytical Geometry; (v.) DifferentialCalculus ; (vi.) Mechanics and Hydrostatics.
THIRD YEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS.
CLASSICS Papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures (see page 239)including Latin and Greek Composition, and translation at sight. A separatepaper will be set on the subject matter of the Latin and Greek books read.
FRENCH AND GERMAN : Papers will be set on the subjects of the lectures(see page 239), including French and German Composition, and translationat sight.
MATHEMATICS: rass: (i.) Acoustics and Dynamics; (ii.) Optics;(iii.) Astronomy and Dynamics Additional for Honours: (iv.) IntegralCalculus and Differential Equations ; (v.) Solid Geometry and Dynamics ;(vi.) Spherical Trigonometry and Astronomy.
EXAMINATION SUBJECTS ARTS. 269
EXAMINATION FOR THE DEGREE OF M.A.. (See By-Law 79.)SCHOOL OF CLASSICAL PHILOLOGY AND HISTORY.
Candidates may offer themselves for Examination in one ormore of the following subjects (provided the subject has notformed part of their course for the B. A. Degree) :
97. The Homeric Age (including the Literary History of theHomeric Poems and the social conditions and modes ofthought which they illustrate), with the Iliad or Odyssey.
98. The History of Greece, to the end of the Persian Invasion,with Herodotus.
99. The History of Greece, from the repulse of the Persiansto the end of the Peloponnesian War, with Thucydides.
100. The History of Greece, from the end of the PeloponnesianWar to the death of Philip, with Demosthenes, OlynthiacsPhillipics, De Falsa Legatione and de Corona, andIsocrates, Panegyricus and Philippus.
101. The History of Rome, from the end of the Third PunicWar to the Battle of Actium, with Cicero's letters(Watson's selection.)
102. The History of Rome, from the Battle of Actium to theAccession of Vespasian, with the Annals of Tacitus.Any other subject of similar nature and extent to the
above may be offered, subject to the approval of theProfessor of Classics.
7. Comparative Philology, with special application to theGreek and Latin Languages. Books recommended ·,Max Miiller's Lectures on the Science of Languages;Peile's Introduction to Greek and Latin Etymology ;Wordsworth's Specimens of Early Latin ; Schleicher'sComparative Grammar.
Candidates for Honours are required to offer two at leastthe above or corresponding subjects.SCHOOL OF LOGIC, MORAL, MENTAL, AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY.Candidates may offer themselves for Examination in one ormore of the following subjects (provided the subject has notformed part of their course for the B.A. Degree) :A. LOGIC AND MENTAL PHILOSOPHY :
1. Artistotle's Analytics and De Anima,
270 EXAMINATION SUBJECTS—ARTS.
2. Berkeley's Principles of Human Knowledge, New Theory
of Vision, and Alciphron on Divine Visual Language(continued in Fraser's selections from Berkeley,Clarendon Press) ; Hume—Treatise of Human Nature,Book I.—" Of the understanding."
3. Kant—Transcendental .¿Esthetic, and Transcendental
Logic ; first division (Transcendental Analytic.)
4. Mill's Logic.B. MORAL PHILOSOPHY :
103. Plato—-Republic.104. Aristotle—Ethics.105. Stoicism—-with the meditations of M. Aurelius and the
Enchiridion of Epictetus.8. Hume—Treatise of Human Nature, Books II. and III.
of the Passions and of Morals.Butler's Sermons on Human Nature.
9. Kant—Foundation of the Metaphysic of Morals.
C. POLITICAL ECONOMY AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY :106. Aristotle's Politics ; Montesquieu—L'esprit des lois.107. Rousseau—Contrat Social ; Hobbes'Leviathan.108. Adam Smith—"Wealth of Nations.109. Mill—Political Economy.110. Bastiat—Economic Sophisms and Economic Harmonies,Any other subject of similar nature and extent may
beoffered, subject to the approval of the Professor of Classics.
Candidates for Honours are required to offer one subject atleast under each of the heads, A., B., and C.
EXAMINATION FOR THE DEGREE OF LL.B., MARCH,
1888.1. ENGLISH LAW.
Books recommended :Stephens' Commentaries,
Book IV. Part III., Ch. 1.Book V. Ch. 1, 2, 6, 7, 8, 12.The Law of Contracts, by Sir W. Anson.Williams on Real Property.■ Introduction to the History of the Law of Real Pro-perty— Digby.
EXAMINATION ,SUBJECTS -ARTS. 271
2. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW :Books recommended :
Broom's Leading Cases in Constitutional Law.Stephens' Commentaries. Book IV. Part J.Stubbs' Constitutional History.Hallam's Constitutional History.May's Constitutional History.Bagehot on the English Constitution.
3. ROMAN LAW :Books recommended :
Imperatoris Justiniani Institutiones—J. B. M oyle,Elements of Roman Law—Gaius—Poste.
4. JURISPRUDENCE :Books recommended :
Maine's Ancient Law;
Holland's Jurisprudence.Austin's Province of Jurisprudence Determined. Stu-
dent's Edition.
EXAMINATION FOR THE DEGREE OF LL.D., MARCH,1888.
Candidates for the Degree of of LL. D. will be required to showa general knowledge of the Institutes of Gaius and Justinian,and of the History of Roman Legislation and Roman JudicialInstitutions.
They will also be examined in the Theory of Contractsgenerally, with special reference to the following titles of theDigest : *
De Pactis, IL, 14.De Obligationibus et Actionibus, XLIV., 7.
Books recommended : "Imperatoris Justiniani Institutiones"—J. B. Moyle ; Poste's Gaius ; Maine's Ancient Law ; Ortolan's" Legislation Romaine," Tom. I. ; Roby's Introduction to Justi-nian's Digest.
* These titles are printed in Holland's Shadwell's Select Titles from the Digest(Clarendon Press).
272 EXAMINATIONS.
EXAMINATIONFOR THE DEGREES OF M.B. & M.D.,
1888.(See By-laws 87-117).
EXAMINATION FOR THE DEGREE OF B.Sc, 1888.
(See By-la ws 118-130).ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.
A special practical knowledge will be required of the follow-ing series of types :—Homo,* Equus,* Sus,* Felis,* Phocœna,*Phalangista, Ornithorynchus, Columba, Hinulia, Hila, Sillago,Urolophus, Cynthia, Sepia, Unió, Helix, Astacopsis, Nectocar-cinus, Cicada, Scorpio, Lumbricus, Polynoë Phascolosoma, Salmacis,Anthenea, Cucumaria, Anemone, Crambessa, Hydra, Sycandra,Vorticella, Stentor Arcella, Amoeba ; also of the embryology ofthe Fowl or of the Frog.
Details of the other subjects of Examination will be found inthe Synopses of Lectures, pp. 240-254.
EXAMINATION FOR THE DEGREE OF
D.Sc, 1888.
(See By-laws 131-
135).
EXAMINATION FOR DEGREES IN ENGINEERING,
1888.(See By-laws 136-149.)
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION LECTURES.(See By-laws 172-175. Page 130.)
The following courses oí Lectures, in connection with theScheme for ' University Extension, were delivered in the HighSchool buildings in Elizabeth-street, during Michaelmas Terra,1886.
1. Political Economy. Lecturer, Mr. A. C. Wylie.
* Skeletons only.
EXAMINATIONS. 273
2. Modern History. Subject: The French Revolution and
Napoleon Bonaparte. Lecturer, the Rev. A. Gilchrist,LL. D.
3. Modern Literature. Subject : The Literature of the Reignof Queen Anne. Lecturer, Mr. Thos.Butler,
Β.Ά.Each course consisted of Ten Lectures, and concluded withan Examination.
The following courses of " Extension Lectures " are to bedelivered in 1887 in the Sydney Grammar School Buildings,Hyde Park.
LENT TERM.
1. Ancient History. Tuesday evenings, at 8 p.m.
Subject : Life and Thought under the Roman Empire.Lecturer, Professor Scott.
2. Political Economy. Wednesday evenings, at 8 p.m.
Lecturer, Mr. A. C. Wylie.3. English Literature. Thursday evenings, at 8 p.m.
Subject : The Literature of the Reign of QueenElizabeth. Lecturer, Professor MacCallum.
TRINITY TERM.
1. Political Economy.Subject : The Distribution of Wealth.Lecturer, Mr. A. C. Wylie.
2. Modern History.Subject : England under the Plantagenet Kings, from
Henry II. to Richard II.Lecturer, Rev. A. Gilchrist, LL. D.
MICHAELMAS TERM.
1. Political Economy.Subject : Practical Application of Political Economy.Lecturer, Mr. A. C. Wylie.
274 EXAMINATIONS.
2. Modern History.Subject : England under the Houses of Lancaster and
York.Lecturer, Rev. A. Gilchrist, LL. D.
3. English Literature.Subject : English Literature under the Plantagenets.Lecturer, Professor MacCallum.
Each course will consist of Ten Lectures, and will concludewith an Examination.
Those Students who have attended any course of Lecturesregularly, and passed the final Examination, will receive aCertificate to that effect. The fee for admission to each courseis ten shillings. Cards of admission to the Lectures are obtain-able at the University, from Messrs. Turner and Henderson,Hunter Street, and from Messrs. Stewart and Co., 470 GeorgeStreet.
PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS.
Full particulars regarding these examinations can be had onreference to the " Manual of Public Examinations," published byMessrs. Gibbs, Shallard, & Co., Hosking Place, which containsthe By-Laws, Subjects of Examination, Books recommended,Directions to Candidates, Examination Papers, &c.
CIVIL SERVICE EXAMINATIONS.
PROCLAMATION.
CIVIL SERVICE EXAMINATIONS.Colonial Secretary's Office,
Sydney, 6th October, 1871.His Excellency the Governor, with the advice of the ExecutiveCouncil, and in accordance with an Address of the LegislativeAssembly of the 17 th February last, directs it to be notified forgeneral information, that from and after the 1st proximo, allpersons seeking employment to a clerical office in the PublicService of the Colony must produced a Certificate signed by theDean of the Facult}' of Arts, and by the Registrar of the Sydney
GENERAL REGULATIONS 275
University, showing that they have passed a satisfactory exami-nation in Section I. of the subjects appointed by the University
of Sydney for the Public Examinations held by the University, viz. :Reading aloud a passage from some standard English
author.Writing from dictation.The rudiments of English Grammar.The first four rules of Arithmetic, simple and compound,
and the Rule of Three.Geography.The outlines of English History since the Conquest—that
is, the Succession of Sovereigns and the chief eventsof each reign.
Examinations for candidates for employment in the CivilService are held at the University on the first Monday in April,July, and November ; and in the country districts in the monthof September.
EXTRACTS FROM THE RULES OP THE SUPREME COURTRELATING TO THE ADMISSION OF ATTORNEYS.
Admission of Solicitors.The following persons shall be eligible to be admitted as Solicitors of
the Court :—Persons having been articled to a practising Solicitor in New South
Wales, and having served the term of five years' clerkship, or if they havetaken a Degree in a University, as hereinafer mentioned, previously toentering into Articles, the term of three years' clerkship, and having passedthe examinations required by these rules : Provided that such persons mayserve for any part of such term not exceeding one year with the SydneyAgent of such Solicitor without assignment, and such service with suchSydney Agent shall be equivalent to service for the same time with suchsolicitor under the original Articles : Provided also that such Sydney Agentshall be required to answer such questions and give such certificates as hewould have been required to answer and give if such person had actuallyserved him under Articles of assignment.
Articled Clerks.Every person desirous of entering into Articles of Clerkship who shall
not have taken a degree in the University of Sydney, or in some otherUniversity recognised by it, shall, before approval of such articles,produce to the Prothonotary a Certificate of his having passed a
276 GENERAL !REGULATIONS.
Matriculation Examination in the said University or in some otherUniversity recognised by it ; or a Certificate from the Registrar of theUniversity of Sydney, of his having passed some equivalent examina-tion before Professors or Examiners appointed by the Senate thereof ; or aCertificate of his having passed in England, Scotland, or Ireland, thePreliminary Examination which Articled Clerks may be there required topass, and shall lodge with the said Prothonotary a copy of such Certificate.
Every future Articled Clerk shall, after he shall have entered intoArticles, and during his term of Clerkship, pass two Intermediate Examina-tions, with an interval of at least one year between each, in the subjects ofHistory ard Law respectively—such Examination in History to be by suchProfessor or Examiner as the Senate of the University of Sydney or thisCourt may appoint in that behalf ; and such Examination in law to be bythe Board of Examiners appointed under these Rules, and to have relationto the Laws of Real and Personal Property as set forth in the followingworks, that is to say, " Williams on Real Property," and "Williams onPersonal Property :" Provided that in the case of Master of Arts orBachelor of Arts, as hereinbefore mentioned, no Intermediate Examinationotherwise than in Law shall be required.
In addition to the Examination Fees, which are, by the 22nd of theRules of the 18th December, 1877, made payable by Articled Clerks, thereshall be paid a fee of Five Pounds for any Matriculation Examination, orequivalent Examination, by the Professors or Examiners of the Universityof Sydney which any Candidate for Articles shall pass under the saidRules ; and such fee shall be paid into the hands of the Prothonotary intime to enable him to transmit the same to the University Registrar,together with a list of candidates for examination, not less than seven daysprior to that appointed for the holding of any such examination : Providedthat this rule shall not apply to any University Students who shall haveMatriculated, and shall have attended the University Course of Lecturesfor one whole academic year.
PRELIMINARY EXAMINATIONS FOR CANDIDATES FOR THE
LAW.Preliminary Examinations (equivalent to
Matriculation) for ArticledClerks are held at the University in the months of April, July, andNovember, commencing on the first Monday in ' each case, and in countrydistricts in the month of September.
The subjects of Examination for April, July, and November, 1887, willbe the same as those set for the Matriculation Examination of March, 1887,and so on in fnture years.
The Intermediate Examination in History is conducted by the Principalso the Affiliated Colleges, to whom application should be made.
EXTRACTS FROM RULES FOR THE ADMISSION OFBARRISTERS.
WHEKEAS by an Act passed in the thirty-ninth year of the reign of oursaid Lady the Queen, to amend the said recited Act, it is enacted that after
GENERAL REGULATIONS. 277
the passing of the said Act no candidate for, admission to practise as aBarrister of the Supreme Court of New South Wales, who shall havepassed two Annual Examinations in the University of Sydney, shall berequired to pass an examination in the Greek and Latin Classics, or inMathematics, and that it shall not be obligatory on any candidate what-soever for such admission who shall pass an examination in the LatinClassics and in Logic, or in the Latin Classics and the French Languageand Literature, to be examined in the Greek Classics ; anything in thesaid recited Act to the contrary notwithstanding. And that the Boardconstituted by the said recited Act shall, as soon as conveniently may beafter the passing of the said Act, and from time to time as may appear tothem expedient, make and promulgate rules for the examination of candi-dates for admission to the bar, in Logic and the French Language andLiterature.
In any case in which it shall be shown to the satisfaction of the Boardthat, any candidate is a Graduate of an University within the meaning ofthe Acts 20 Victoria, No. 14, and 22 Victoria, No. 23, or either of them,he shall be at once entitled to be admitted as a Student at Law under theseBules ; and if it be shown that he has passed two Annual Examinationsin the University of Sydney, he shall, prior to being so admitted as aStudent at Law, be examined in such branches of knowledge other thanthe Greek and Latin Classics, and Mathematics, French, or Logic, as theBoard shall have required by any rule under the authority of the first aboverecited Act.
Every other such candidate shall, before being admitted as a Student atLaw, be examined in the following matters, that is to say, in the Greek andLatin Classics, and in Mathematics and History, or in the Latin Classics,Mathematics, and HiUory, and either in Logic or in the French Languageand Literature ; and any candidate applying to be examined accordinglyshall be admitted to examination in the subjects selected by him within theterms of this rule ; for which purpose direction shall be given by the Boardat any meeting held under the second above rule, or some adjournment ofthe same.
The standard of proficiency to be required at such examinations aslast aforesaid shall be equal to that of the two Annual Examinations in theUniversity of Sydney, mentioned in the second above recited Act—so far assuch standard is capable of being applied to the subjects of examinationunder the said Appendix A.
From and after the thirty-first day of December, one thousand eighthundred and eighty-seven, no candidate not admitted as a Student at Lawbefore that date (save as hereinafter provided) shall be admitted to the Barof the Supreme Court of the Colony, unless he shall have been for threeyears an admitted Law Student within the above recited rule, and shall havecomplied with the requirements of that rule during the whole of suchextended period, and such rule shall, in all respects, be read as if the words" for at least three years " were inserted therein in lieu of the words " atleast one year."
Any Undergraduate of the University of Sydney, or of any otherUniversity recognized by it, who shall have passed two
Annual Examinationsat such University, may be admitted as a Law Student, and if such Studentshall thereafter in due course become a Graduate of such University, he
T
278 GENERAL REGULATIONS.
shall be entitled to apply for admission to the Bar at the expiiation of twoyears from his admission as Law Student, and while continuing at suchUniversity for the last year of his course as an Undergraduate, he shall bedeemed to be engaged in a literary pursuit, within the meaning of the saidrecited rule.
Any graduate of any such University who shall be admitted as a LawStudent shall be entitled to apply for admission to the Bar after theexpiration of two years from his admission as a Law Student.
The Examinations in Law (Appendix B) shall be by two or more prac-tising Barristers, to be annually appointed for that purpose by the Board,as provided by Rule 6 : Provided that the Board may in respect of anybranch of such examinations appoint also as Examiner any Professor orLecturer of the University of Sydney who may be conversant with thesubjects thereof.
SUBJECTS OF EXAMINATION.APPENDIX A.
Classics, Mathematics, French Language and Literature, Logic ' andHistory.
1. Greek.—Translations from the Iliad, First 4 Books ; the Antigone of
Sophocles ; Herodotus, 2nd Book.Or French Language and Literature.—Any two of the following Books to be
selected by the candidate, viz. : Molière's Plays ; Racine's Tragedies ;Guizot's " Histoire de la Civilization d'Europe " ; Pascal's " LettresProvinciales " ; Montesquieu's " Esprit des Lois " ; and Fenelon's" Telèmaque."
Or Logic.—Whateley's Logic and Locke " On the Human Understanding."
2. Latin.—Translations from Cicero " de Officiis " and First and Second
Orations against Catiline ; the " Germania " of Tacitus ; Odes ofHorace.
111. Geometry.—First four Books of Euclid.112. Algebra. —To Quadratic Equations, inclusive.History.— Hallam's Constitutional History and Middle Ages, 5th, 6th,and 8th Chapters ; Creasy on the Constitution ; Stephens' Com-mentaries, Introduction and Concluding Chapter.(N.B.—As to the questions in addition to translations, see Rule 21 ofRules for the Admission of Barristers. )
APPENDIX B.Examination in Law.
FIRST BRANCH.1. Roman Law—
The Institutes of Justinian.Maine's Ancient Law.
GENERAL REGULATIONS. 279
2. Constitutional Lato—Hearn's Government of England.The Acts in force in New South Wales relating to the following
subjects: Constitution, Electoral matters, Governor, Parlia-ment, Crown Remedies and Liabilities, Municipal Corporations.
3. International Lato—1. The Laws of Allegiance, of Aliens, of Naturalization, of Extra-
dition.113. The Rights and Dnties of Nations in Times of Peace.114. In Times of War.115. The Principles of Private International and Intercolonial Law.
Books.Grotius, De Jure Belli et Pacis, Books L1 II., III.Manning's Commentaries, by Sheldon Amos.Westlake on Private International Law.
SECOND BRANCH.
1. Real Property,—Williams on Real Property; Sugden's Real Property
Statutes ; Stephen's Commentaries, Book II., Part I.2. Personal Property.—Williams on Personal Property ; Smith on
Contracts.3. Common Laic, Pleading, and Evidence.—Broom's Commentaries ;
Stephen on Pleading ; Starkie on Evidence, Part I., and Taylor onEvidence, Part I., Part II., Caps. 1 to 7, and Part III., Cap. 3.
4. Equity.—Story's Jurisprudence ; Spence's Equity, Second Volume,
Chapters 1, 6, 8, and 11.General Paper.—Stephens' Commentaries, Book V. ; Broom's Maxims.
T2
LIST OF SCHOLAESHIPS, EXHIBITIONS, PEIZES, &c.
AWARDED AT THE PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS.
J. B. WATT Exhibition—Every third year for general proficiency.Value, first year, £30 ; second year, £40 ; third year, £50.(See page 186.)
JOHN WEST Gold Medal—For general proficiency at the SeniorExamination. (See page 194.)
UNIVERSITY Prizes—For general proficiency, viz. : £20 for SeniorMales, £10 for Junior Males. (See page 196.)
FAIRFAX Prizes—For general proficiency, viz. : £20 for SeniorFemales, £10 for Junior Females. (See page 193.)
A UNIVERSITY Silver Medal—For proficiency in each subject.
AWARDED AT THE MATRICULATION EXAMINATION.
The SALTING Exhibition—Awarded, on the recommendation ofthe Trustees of the Sydney Grammar School, to a Studentproceeding thence to the University. £25 for three years.(See page 186.)
The BOWMAN-CAMERON Scholarship—Every third year for generalproficiency. £50 for three years. (See page 184.)
The COOPER Scholarship No. 2—Awarded to a Student distin-guished in Classics. £50 for one year. (See page 182.)
The BARKER Scholarship No. 2—Awarded to a Student distin-guished in Mathematics. £50 for one year. (See page 180.)
A UNIVERSITY Scholarship—For general proficiency. £50 for oneyear. A UNIVERSITY Scholarship is not given in the yearin which the Bowman-Cameron Scholarship is awarded.(See page 175.)
The JOHN WILLIAMS Scholarship—For Sons of Freemasons.Every third year. £50 for three years. (See page 184.)
BURSARIES of the annual value of £50 each are awarded from timeto time. (See page 189.)
PRIZES. 281
AWARDED Aï THE FIRST YEAR EXAMINATION.The LITHGOW Scholarship—For Classics. £50 for one year. (See
page 182.)The GEORGE ALLEN Scholarship—For Mathematics. £50 for one
year. (See page 184. )The LEVEY Scholarship—For Chemistry (theoretical and practical)
and Experimental Physics. £50 for one year. (See page178.)
The STRUTH Exhibition for general proficiency. Awarded to a
Student entering the Faculty of Medicine. £50 for fouryears. (See page 188.)
AWARDED AT THE SECOND YEAR EXAMINATIONS.The COOPER Scholarship No. 1—For Classics. £50 for one year.(See page 181.)The BARKER Scholarship No. 1—For Mathematics. £50 for oneyear. (See page 179.)The NORBERT QUIRK MASON Prize for
Mathematics. £7 10s.(See page 195.)
The DEAS-THOMSON Scholarship — Awarded in the Faculty ofScience for Chemistry (theoretical and practical) andExperimental Physics. £50 for one year. (Seepage 180.)
The DEAS-THOMSON Geology Scholarship. Awarded in theFaculty of Science for Geology. £50 for one year. (Seepage 181.)
The CAIRD Scholarship. Awarded in the Faculty of Science forChemistry. £50 for one year. (See page 185.)
AWARDED AT THE DEGREE EXAMINATIONS.UNIVERSITY Prizes of £10 each—See By-laws 75, 79, 102, 133.
AWARDED IN THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE.The RENWICK Scholarship—For proficiency in the subjects of the
First Professional Examination. £50 for one year. (Seepage 183.)
The STRUTH Exhibition—For proficiency in the subjects of the
First Year Examination in Arts. £50 for four years.(See page 188).
282 PRIZES.
THE BELMORE MEDAL.—A Gold Medal, of the value of £15,awarded annually. (See page 193.)
1. Candidates must be of two years standing in the University, and
under the standing of that of Master or Doctor in any Faculty.
2. Candidates must attend the lectures and pass examinations in the
following subjects ;—Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic, withLaboratory practice ; Geology ; Botany and Zoology ; Physiology.
3. They will also be required to pass an examination in Agriculture,
and in the practical analysis of soils, manures, &o.
PRIZE COMPOSITIONS.WENTWORTH MEDAL,—£10.
Awarded annually for anEnglish Essay. The competition for this Medal is confined toBachelors of Arts of not more than three years standing.
Subject for 1887-8.—Socialism.NICHOLSON MEDAL.—£20. Awarded
annually for LatinVerse (Hexameters). The competition for this Medal is open toall Undergraduates and Bachelors of Arts of not more thantwo years standing.
Subject for 1887-8.—"Redeunt Saturnia régna."RosEBERY GRADUATES' PRIZE OP
TWENTY-FIVE GUINEAS foran English Essay. The competition for this Prize is confined toGraduates of not more than six years standing.
Subject.—Future of the Australasian Colonies.UNIVERSITY MEDAL.—Awarded
annually for English Verse.*The competition for this Medal is open to all Undergraduates andto Bachelors of Arts of not more than two years standing.
Subject for 18rt7-8.—Byron in Greece.
The exercises for these Prizes, which must not be in thehandwriting of the Author, must be sent in to the Registrar beforethe first day of Lent Term, 1888. They must be contained in anenvelope with a motto, and be accompanied by a sealed lettercontaining the name and motto of the Author.
* To be written in rhyme.
TABLE OF FEES.
MATRICULATION...LECTURE FEES, "per term—
APPLIED MECHANICSBOTANYCHEMISTRYCHEMISTRY, PRACTICAL*DRAWING SCHOOLENGINEERING I....ENGINEERING II.FRENCH ...GEOLOGY AND PALAEONTOLOGY.GEOMETRICAL DRAWING.GERMAN ...GREEKLATINLAW (EVENING)MATHEMATICSMATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHYMENTAL PHILOSOPHY AND LOGICMINERALOGYNATURAL HISTORYNATURAL PHILOSOPHYPHYSICS ...SURVEYINGZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
£ s. d.2 0 0
For StU'lent3 not passing through the Regular Course the following is the Table of
P'or 6 davs in the week £5 per mouth, or £12 per term.,.5 „ „ £1 10s. „ £10 10s. „£9£7£5£2
M£3£2£1
284 TABLE OF FEES.
LECTURE FEES, per course—ANATOMY, GENERAL AND DESCRIPTIVEANATOMY, REGIONAL AND SURGICAL. .ANATOMY, DISSECTIONSANATOMY, SENIORMATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICSMEDICINEMEDICINE, CLINICAL ...MEDICINE, FORENSIC ... ...................MEDICINE, PSYCHOLOGICALMIDWIFERYPATHOLOGYPATHOLOGY, PRACTICALPHYSIOLOGYPHYSIOLOGY, PRACTICALSURGERY...............SURGERY, CLINICALSURGERY, OPERATIVE ...
DEGREE FEES—Β.Α.M. A.LL.B.LL. D.M. B.MD.Oh.M.B. Sc.D.Sc.B. E.M. E.
Fee for entering name on books to be paid by thosewho are admitted ad eundem statum or grackiin
YEARLY EXAMINATION FEE for Students who have beenexempted from attendance upon Lectures
EXTENSION LECTURES, fee for course ...PUBLIC EXAMINATION FEES—:
FOR SENIORS ... ... .....................FOR JUNIORS ... ... ..................................
CIVIL SERVICE EXAMINATION*PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION FOR ARTICLED CLERKS
(to be paid to the Prothonotary)
£ S. d.6 6 05 5 05 5 Ό3 3 06 6 06 6 04 4 03 3 03 3 06 6 06 6 03 3 06 6 06 6 06 6 04 4 04 4 03 0 05 0 010 0 010 0 010 0 010 0 010 0 03 0 010 0 010 0 010.
0 02 0 0
2 0 00 10 02 0 01 10 01 10 0
5 0 0
* This fee admits to one Examination only.
TABLE OF FEES. .
285
TABLE OF FEES SHOWING THE TOTAL COST OF GRADUATION
JN MEDICINE.1st Year—Preliminary Year of Arts— £ s. d. £ s. d.
Latin .. .. .. .. ..660Greek, French, or German .. .. 3 3 0Mathematics..........................................6 6 0Chemistry and Physios .. .. 9 9 0
-------25 4 0
2nd Year —General and Descriptive Anatomy.. 6 6 0
Regional and Surgical Anatomy .. 5 5 0Chemistry .. .. .. ..660Course of Dissections .. .. 5 5 0Botany .....................................2 2 0Zoology ond Comparative Anatomy 2 2 0Practical Chemistry.. .. ..550Demonstrations in Comparative
Anatomy..........................................2 2 0-------34 13 0
3rd Year—Physiology............................660Practical Physiology............................6 6 0Surgery .....................................6 6 0General and Descriptive Anatomy
(Senior)...........................................3 3 0Course of Dissections .. .. 5 5 0
-------27 6 0
4th Year—Physiology (senior)...............................6 6 0Materia Medica ........................6 6 0Pathology.............................................6 6 0Regional and Surgical Anatomy
(senior) .. .. .. .. 5 5 0
Operative Surgery .. .. .. 4 4 0Practical Pathology.............................3 3 0Clinical Surgery ........................4 4 0
-------35 14 0
5th Year—Midwifery and Diseases of Women 6 6 0
Principles and Practice of Medicine 6 6 0Medical Jurisprudence .. .. 3 3 0Psychological Medicine .. .. 3 3 0Clinical Medicine .. .. .. 4 4 0
-------23 2 0
£145 02 0 0
10 0 0
Total Lecture FeesFee for Matriculation..........................................Fee for the M. B. Degree .......................
Total Fees paid to the University ..£157 19 0
Fee for Perpetual Attendance atthe Hospital .......................10 10 0
Fee for Practical Pharmacy .. 33 0
Fees paid to the Hospital ..............................................................................13 13 0Total Cost of Education and Graduation as77 m ñ
M.B.......................................................................................................................*m 1¿ u
286 TABLE OF FEES.
TABLE OF FEES SHOWING THE TOTAL COST OF GRADUATIONIN ENGINEERING.
£ s. d. £ s. d.1st Year—Latin................................................6 6 0
Greek, French, or German .. .. 3 3 0Mathematics.. .. .. .. ..660Chemistry and Physics .. .. .. 9 9 0
--------- 25 4 0
2nd Year—Mathematics ..............................7 7 0Plane and Solid Geometry .. .. 3 3 0Chemistry, Lectures .. .. .. 6 6 0Practical Chemistry .. .. .. 5 5 0Physics .. .. .. .. ..660Physical Geography snd Geology.. .. 4 4 0Applied Meohanics.. .. ... ..660Geometrical and Mechanical Drawing . · 6 6 0Surveying .. .. .. .. ..440
49 7 03rd Year—Mathematics ..............................990
Engineering, Section I. .. .. 6 6 0,, II.............................6 6 0
Mineralogy .. .. .. ... ..440Enginering, Drawing and Design.. ... 6 6 0Architecture.. .. .. .. ..220
34 13 0Total Lecture Fees .. .. £109 4 0
Fee for Matriculation...................................................... 200Fee for B.E. Degree........................................................ 10 0 0
Total Cost of Education and Graduation as B.E... £121 4 0
UNIVERSITY OE SYDNEY.
BENEFACTIONS BESTOWED BY PRIVATE PERSONS.
Date Donor. Amount. Object of Foundation
1S53 Solomon Levey, Esq... £5008.' d.0 0
SCHOLARSHIP.—Originally for Education ofOrphans -in the GrammarSchool ; now for NaturalScience in second year inthe University. "■
1853
Thomas Barker, Esq... 1,000
0 0
,. For Proficiency in Mathe-matics.
1854
Hon. Sir E. Deas-Thom-son,C.B., K.C.M.G. 1,00
00 0
„ For Proficiency in Chemis-try and 185 W. C. Wentworth, Esq. 20 0 ANNUAL PRIZE.—For English Essay.
185 Sir D. Cooper, Bart. .. 1,00 0 SCHOLARSHIP.—For Proficiency in Classics.
1858
S. K. Salting, Esq. .. 500
0 0
EXHIBITION.—For a Student from theSydney Grammar School.
1862
W. C. Wentworth, Esq. 445
0 0
FELLOWSHIP. —For a Travelling Fellowship(amount to accumulatesufficiently.)
SCHOLARSHIP.—For Classics in Second Year.1S64 W. Lithgow, Esq. 1,00 0 186 Sir C. Nicholson, Bart. 20 0 ANNUAL PRIZE.—For Latin Verse.1867
Educational Fund, de-vised by Dr. Gilchrist,of Sydney.
The right of the Presentation every otheryear to a Scholarship of£100 per annum, tenablefor three years, and to beheld at the University ofLoudon or of Edinburgh.Withdrawn by the Gil-christ Trustees in 1882.
187 Earl Belmore 30 0 ANNUAL PRIZE.—For Agricultural Chemistry
1872
Hon. John Fairfax .. 500
0 0
„ For Females at the Public187 Mrs.Maurice Alexander 1,00 0 BURSARY.—To found one Bursary.
1880
,. 1,000
0 0
,, To assist young men in enteringon a Learned Profession.
187 Subscribers to Testimo-nial to Rev. JohnWest 20 0 ANNUAL PRIZE.—At Public Examinations.
1874
Edwin Dalton, Esq. 10,000
0 0
SCHOLARSHIP.—Bequest, subject toa tenurefor one life, for Scholar-ships in memory of theRev. Dr. Woolley.
1876
Hon. John Fraser. 2,000
0 0
BURSARY.—To found two Bursaries inmemory of his deceasedsons.
1876
Fi tzwilliam Wentworth,Esq. 2,00
00 0
,, In honour of his father.WilliamCharles Wentworth.'
187 Mrs. Burdekin 1,00 0 ,, To found a Bursary.
187 Mrs. Hunter Baillie .. 1,00 <P 0 ,, To found a Bursary.
288 BENEFACTIONS.
Date. Donor. Amount. Object of Foundation.
1S77 Mrs. Hunter Eaillie .. £1,000S. d.0 0
BURSARY.—To found a Bursary for sons ofMinisters of Religion.
1877
Hon. J. B. Watt 1,000
0 0
SCHOLARSHIP_____Exhibition for Studentsfrom Primary Schools.
1877
Arthur Renwick, Esq.,M.D. 1,00
00 0
,, For Natural Science, withespecial reference to Com-parative Anatomy, whena School of Medicine shallhave been established.
1877
Andrew R. Cameron,Esq., M.D. 1,10
00 0
,, For General Proficiency inthe First Year.
1877
Mrs. Hovell 5,000
0 0
LECTURESHIP OF GEOLOOY AJJD PHYSICALGEOGRAPHY.
1878
Hon. George Allen ..Sir Charles Nicholson,Bart............................
1,000
0 0
SCHOLARSHIP.—For Proficiency in Mathe-matics in the Second Year.Collection of Egyptian Antiquities, &c.
J. H. Challis, Esa. ..Sir Charles Nicholson, 75 0 For Great Northern Window in University
Hall.Bart.................................... 60 0 For Great Western Window.
Sir Daniel Cooper, Bart. 50 0 For Great Eastern Window.Henry O'Brien, Esq. .. 10 0 •Charles Newton, Esq. 10 0 Edward Knox, Esq. .. 10 0 William Long, Ksq. .. 10 0 John Dobie, Esq., 10 0 Robert Fitzgerald, Esq.A, Moses, Esq.
100 0 0 -For Side Windows in the Hall.
John Reeve, Esq. 10 0 Thomas Barker, Esq..Henry and Alfred Deni- 10
00 0BOn, Esqs........................... 10 0 Thomas W. Smart, Esq. 10 0 tSir P. A. Jennings 1,10 0 Towards an Organ for the Great Hall.
A. Renwick, Esq. 125
0 0
For purchase of book, " Lepsius* Antiqui-ties of Egypt and ¿Ethiopia."
Mr. Justice Faucett .. 15 0 J- For Prizes.Sir H. Robinson 53 0 Thos. S. Mort, Esq. .. 31 0 For a Travelliug Fellowship.Professor Woolley 50 0 'E. Hamilton, Esq. 50 0 Sir C. Nicholson so 0 Hon. G. Allen .. 30 0 -For Prizes.FX.S. Merewether,E8q 50 0 R. C. Want, Esq. 75 0 Prof. Pell 12 0 Prof. Smith 15 0 ,Prof. Smith 35 0 Towards the establishment of Chair of
Geology.Being the amount paid by him for theThomas Walker, Esq... 70 0
Library of the late Mr. Stenhouse, pre-sented to the University.
Freemasons under theEnglish Constitution 1,00
00 0
To found a Scholarship for General Profi-ciency.
1S80 J. H. Challis .. 186,000
0 0
BEQDBST.—Subject to accumulation for 5years. Property of the esti-mated value of £186,000, tobe applied to the generalpurposes of the University.
BENEFACTIONS 289
Date. Donor. Amount. Object of Foundation.
1881
Thomas Walker, Esq.Fitzwilliam Wentworth,
£ s.500 0d.0
Towards an Organ for the Great Halt.
Esq. .. .. 415 0 To provide a Screen for the Organ Gallery.James Aitken, Esq. 1,000 0 To found a Bursary.Thomas Walker, Esq. 5,000 0 To found Bursaries.
1882
Sir G. W. AUen.Arthur Renwick, Esq., 1,000
00 To found a Scholarship in Law.
M.D................................... 40 0 For Medals for Anatomy.1S83 John Struth, Esq. 1,000
00 To found an Exhibition for Medical
Students.The Earl of Rosebery. 52 0 'For two Prizes for English Essays.
1884
The Hon. Jno. Frazer. 2,000 0
0 Towards founding a Chair of Ancient andModern History.
1885
Thos. Fisher, Esq. .. 30,000 0
0 For establishing and maintaining a Libraryin the University.
18S6 Subscribers to Testi-monial to Rev. Dr.
Norbert Quirk. 143 6 For a Mathematical Prize.Professor Smith 100 0 For a Prize for Physics.
1887
Q. S. Caird, Esq.Subscribers to Memo-rial of late Professor
1.C00 0 0 For a Scholarship for Chemistry.
Badham 1,000 0 To found a BursaryG. P. Slade 250 0 For the advancement of Science.Prof. Scott 10 0 For Prizes.Prof. Stuart ..H. N. Maclaurin, Esq., 7
100 For Prizes.
M.D......................................W. C. Wilkinson, Esq., 2
100
M.D................................... 5 5
06
In addition to the above, it has been officially notified to the Senate thatthe Hon. W. Macleay has by will devised to the University his valuableMuseum of Natural History and Zoological Library, together with £6,000for the foundation and maintenance of a Curatorship in connection with it.
Mr. Macleay has lately notified to the Senate his wish to hand over thiscollection, together with the provision for a Curator, as soon as a buildingis ready to receive it.
NOTE.—Some of the above amounts were originally given in the form of Debentures,at a cost to the Donors in exce3s of the nominal amount ;and others in like form of invest-ment, have since increased in value. Accumulations have also arisen, to the amount ofabout £4,000, from changes of investment and other causes.
LIST OF THE STAINED GLASS WINDOWS IN THEGREAT HALL.
WITH NAMES OF DONORS.
WESTERN WINDOW.—Subject—Founders of Colleges at Ox-ford, viz :
Alfred the Great, University College, S72.John Balliol, Balliol College, 1263.Walter de Merton, Merton College, 1264.Walter de Stapleton, Bishop of Exeter, Exeter College, 1314.Queen Philippa, Queen's College, 1340.William de Wykeham, Bishop of Winchester, New College, 1379.Biohard Fleming, Bishop of Lincoln, Lincoln College, 1427.Archbishop Chichele, All Soul's College, 1437.William of Waynflete, Bishop of Winchester, Magdalen College, 1458William Smith, Bishop of Lincoln, Braeenose College, 1509.Biohard Fox, Bishop of Winchester, Corpus Christi College, 1516.Cardinal Wolsey, Christ Church, 1546.Queen Elizabeth, Jesus College, 1571.Kichard Wightwick, B.D., Pembroke College, 1624.
Donor.—SIR CHARLES NICHOLSON, BART. ■
EASTERN WINDOW.—Subject—Founders of Colleges at Cam-bridge, viz. :
Bishop H. de Baisham, Peterhouse, 1257.Elizabeth de Clare, Clare Hall, 1326.Mary de S. Paul, Pembroke College, 1347.John Caius, M. D., Caius College, 1348.Bishop Bateman, Trinity flail, 1350.King Henry VI., King's College, 1441.Queen Margaret of Anjou, Queen's College, 1448.Bobert Wodelark, D.D., St. Catherine's Hall, 1473.Bishop Alcock, Jesus College, 1496.Margaret, Countess of Bichmond, Christ's and St. John's Colleges,
1505—1511.Baron Andley, Magdalen College, 1519.King Henry VIII., Trinity College, 1546.Sir W. Mildmay, Emmanuel College, 1584.Countess of Sydney, Sydney Sussex College, 1594.
Donor—SIR DANIEL COOPER, BART.
BAY WINDOW.—Subject—The line of English Sovereigns andtheir Consorts from the Conquest.
Donor—J. H. CHALLIS, Esq.
LIST OF STAINED GLASS WINDOWS, <fcc.
291
Subjects—I.
Bede,Älcuinus,Csedmon.
II.Boger Bacon,Eobert Göathead,John Duns Scotus.
III.Chaucer,Fortescue,James L of Scotland.
IV.Sir Thomas More,Earl of Surrey,Spenser.
V.Beaumont and Fletcher,Shakespeare,Massinger and Ford.
VI.Sir Walter Baleigh,Lord Bacon,Sir P. Sydney.
VLLHarvey,Milton,Seiden.
VIIl.Addison,Pope,Dryden.
IX.Locke,Sir I. Newton,Boyle.
X.Burke,Dr. Johnson,Gray.
XLCaptain Cook,Judge Blackstone,Dr. BlRck.
SIDE WINDOWS.
Donor.
HENRY O'BRIEN, ESQUIRE.
CHARLES NEWTON, ESQUÍ Κ,Ε.
EDWARD KNOX, ESQUIRE.
WILLIAM LONG, ESQUIRE.
JOHN DOBIE, ESQUIRE.
ROBERT FITZGERALD, ESQUIRE.
A. MOSES, ESQUIRE.
JOHN REEVE, ESQUIRE.
THOMAS BARKER ESQUIRE.
HENRY AND ALFRED DENISON, ESQUIRES.
THOMAS W. SMART, ESQUIRE.
LIST OK PORTRAITS, &c
IN THE OREAT HALL.
1 The HON. F. L. S. MEREWETHER, Fellow 1850—75, Vice-Chan-cellor 1854—62, Chancellor 1862—65.Donors—-Subscribers.
2. THOMAS BARKER, ESQ.Prout.Donor—Mrs. Barker.
3. ARCHBISHOP POLDING, D.D., Fellow 1856—77. Jas. Anderson.
Donors—Subscribers.4. JAMES MACARTHUR, ESQ , Fellow 1850—60. Capalti, of Borne.
Donor—himself.5. The HON. SIR WILLIAM M. MANNING, LL.D., elected Fellow
1861, Chancellor of the University from 1878.Sir J. Watson-Gordon, R.A., P.S-A.
Donors—Subscribers.6. REV. CANON ALLWOOD, elected Fellow 1855-86, Vice-Chan-
cellor 1869—83. J. Anivitti.Donors—Subscribers.
7. REV. J. WOOLLEY, D.C.L., Principal and Professor of Classics1852—66.
Donors—Subscribers.8. The HON. SIR CHARLES NICHOLSON, Bart., D.C.L., Fellow
1850—83, Vice-Chancellor 1851—54, Chancellor 1854—62.
II. W. Phillips, B.A.Donors—Subscribers.
9. The HON. SIR E. DEAS-THOMSON, C.B., K.C.M.G., Fellow
1850—79, Chancellor 1865—78. . Gapalti, of Borne.
Donors—Subscribers.10.—REV. CHARLES BADHAM, D.D., Professor of Classics 1867—84. J. Anivitti.
Donors—Subscribers.11. ALFRED DENISON, ESQ., Fellow 1857—60.
Donor—himself.12. Chief Justice SIR FRANCIS FORBES. Hart.
Donors—T7ie Trustees of the Sydney College.
LIST OF PORTRAITS, &c. 293
13. Statue in Marble of WILLIAM CHARLES WENTWORTH, ESQ.
Tenerani, of Borne.Donors—Subcribers.
14. Statue in Plaster of Paris of CAPTAIN COOK.
IN THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY.
116. MAURICE ALEXANDER, ESQ.Donor—Mrs. A lexander.
117. CAPTAIN HOVELL.Donor—Mrs. Hovell.
118. J. H. CHALLIS, ESQ.Donor—Edye Manning, Esq.
4. Bust in Marble of the HON. SIR E. DKAS-THOMSON.
Odoardo Fantacchiotti.Donors—Subscribers.
5. Bust in Marble of DR. HELENUS SCOTT. W. Behnes.
Donors—his Sons.
A LIST OF DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY,MAY, 1886, TO APRIL, 1887.
Transactions and Proceedings of Societies, d-c. DOXORS.
BIRMINGHAM:.—Proceedings of the Birmingham PhilosophicalSociety. Vol. V. Parti. 8vo.................................The Society.
BRISBANE.—Proceedings of the Koyal Society of Queensland,1885. Vol. Π. Parts 1, 2. 8vo..... ... Ditto.
CAMBRIDGE.—Proceedings of the Cambridge PhilosophicalSooiety. Vol. V. Part 6. 8vo................................ Ditto.
CÓRDOBA.—Boletín de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias enCórdoba. Tomo VIII. ...................................... Ditto.
DUBLIN.—The Scientific Transactions of tho Eoyal DublinSociety. Vol.111. Parts 7, 8, 9,10. 4to. ... Ditto.The Scientific Proceedings of the Eoyal Dublin So-ciety.. Vol. IV., Parts 7, 8, 9 ; Vol. V., Parts 1, 2.8vo.................................................................................... Ditto.
LONDON.—Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Societyfor 1885. Vol. CLXXVI. 4to................................... Ditto.Proceedings of the Boyal Society. Nos. 241 to 247.8vo. ... .......................................................... Ditto.Proceedings of the Koyal Geographical Sooiety andMonthly Record of Geography. May, 1886—April,1887. 8vo................................................ ............... Ditto.
STDNET.—Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New SouthWales. Second Series. Vol. I. Parts 2, 3, 4. 8vo. Ditto.Linnean Society of New South Wales. Catalogueof the Library. 8vo. .. ... .. .. .. Ditto.Journal and Proceedings of the Boyal Society ofNew South Wales for 1885. Vol. XIX. 8vo. .. Ditto.
TOKYO.—Journal of the College of Science, Imperial Univer-sity of Japan. Vol. I. Parti. 4to. ... ... The DirectorMemoirs of the Literature College, Imperial Univer-sity of Japan. No. 1.—The Language, Mythology,and Geographical Nomenclature of Japan viewed inthe light of Ainu Studies. By B. H. Chamberlain.Including an Ainu Grammar, by J. Batchelor. 4to. The President.
WASHINGTON.—Smithsonian Institution. Annual Reportfor the year 1883 and 1884. 8vo...................................The Secretary.Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnologyto the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.By J. W. Powell. 4to................................................... Ditto.
LIST OF DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 295DONORS.
WASHINGTON.—Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences.Vol. III. Parti. 4to..................................................The Academy.Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.Vol. I. Part 2. 8vo..................................................... Ditto.Report of the National Academy of Sciences for theyears 1883, 1884 ................................................. Ditto.Annual Report of the Comptroller of the Currency,1885. 8vo.....................................................The Treasurer.Report of the Superintendent of the U.S. Coast andGeodetic Survey for the year ending with June,1885. 4to........................................................... .. ■ The Suptdt.
Brabourne Papers (The) : a pamphlet containing a summaryof these important papers. 8vo...................... ... Govt. Printer.
Coghlan (T. A.) : Australasian Statistics: 1. Statistical Viewof the Progress of the Colony of New South Walesfrom the separation of Queensland to the year 1885.2. Relative Position and Aggregate Importance ofthe Australasian Colonies at the close of the year1885. 3. Position and Importance of each Colonyfor the ten years 1876—1885. 8vo.............................. Ditto.
--.-------- Handbook to the Statistical Register of the Colonyof New South Wales for 1885. 8vo. .. .. Ditto.
New South Wales : Estimate of the probable Expenditure ofthe Government of New South Wales for the year1886. Folio................................................... Ditto.
-------- Supplementary Estimates for 1885 and previousyears. Folio............................................................... Ditto.
—----- Estimates of the Ways and Means of the Govern-ment of New South Wales for the year 1886. Fol. Ditto.
--------- Statutes of New South Wales passed during theSession of 1885-86. Folio........................................... Ditto.
--------- New South Wales Parliamentary Debates. Session18a5-86. 6 vols. Session 1887. Nos. 1, 2, 3. 8vo. Ditto.
---------Conservation of Water. First Report of the Com-missioners. Abridged edition. Svo. ... ... Ditto.
--------- Division of Pastoral Holdings. Western, Eastern,and Central Division. Three parts. 8vo. ... Ditto.
-----------Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society ofNew South Wales for 1885. Vol. XlX. 8vo. ... Ditto.
-----------Law Almanac for 1887. 8vo. .......................... Ditto.--------- New South Wales, its Progress, Present Condition,
and Resources. 8vo.... ... ... ... ... Ditto.---------Official Lists of the Governors, Judges of the Su-
preme Court, and Members of the Legislature ofNew South Wales from the Foundation of theColony to 1883. 8vo. .............................. Ditto.
--------Railway Guide of New South Wales. Third edition.8vo................................................................................. Ditto.
u2
296 LIST OF DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
New South Wales : Report of the Board of Technical Edu-cation of New South Wales and Calendar ofSydney Technical College for 1887. 8vo.
-----... Govt. Printer.-----■—·— Results of Rain and River Observations made in
New South Wales during 1885. 8vo........ Ditto.--------- Supplement to the Australian Museum Report for
1885. Folio.............................. Ditto.---------Supplement to the Customs Handbook, revised and
corrected to September 30th, 1886. 8vo. ... ... Ditto,
---------Supplementary Catalogue to the Lending Branch
of the Free Public Library, Sydney, January, 1886.8vo. ... ... ... ... ........ Ditto.
Tarleton (W. W.) : Collection of Private Acts of PracticalUtility in force in New South Wales. 8vo... Ditto.
Wilkins (W.) : The Principles that underlie the Art ofTeaching. 8vo. .......................... ..... Ditto.
Buckland (Anna) : Our NationalIustitutions. 18mo. ...Macmillan&CoCœsar: Gallic War. Book IV. Edited by C. Bryant. 18mo. Ditto,Colbeck (C.) : French Readings from Roman History. 8vo. Ditto.Dumas (A.) : Les Demoiselles de St. Gyr. With Introduction
and Notes by V. Oger. 18mo. ... Ditto.
Edwards (Joseph) : Differential Calculus. An ElementaryTreatise. 8vo. ... ..................................
Ditto.Everett (G. D.) : Units and Physical Constants. 8vo. ... Ditto,Goethe (J. W. von) : Faust. Part I. Edited by Jane Lee.
8vo. ... · ................................... ... Ditto.
Greaves (J.) : Treatise on Elementary Statics. 8vo. ... DittoHall (H. S.) and F. H. Stevens: A Text-Book of Euclid's
Elements. Part I. 8vo............................................................... ... ... Ditto
Kennedy (A. B. W.) : The Mechanics of Machinery. 8vo.Ditto.
Klein (C.) : Micro-organisms and Disease. 8vo..... Ditto.Livy : The Siege of Syracuse. Edited by G. Richards aud
A. S. Walpole. 8vo................................... Ditto---------The Two Last Kings of Macedón. Edited by F. H.
Rawlins. 8vo. ... ... ... ... Ditto.
Lock (J. B.): Arithmetic for Schools. 8vo. ... ... Ditto.Lucian: Extracts from Lucian. Edited by J. Bond and
A. S. Walpole. l8mo............................. Ditto.Lupton (G.) : Chemical Arithmetic. 8vo. ... ... DittoMcClelland (W. G.) and T. Preston : A Treatise on Spherical
Trigonometry. Part II. 8vo. ... .........................................................................Ditto,
Macmillan's Progressive German Course. II. 8vo.
... Ditto--------Shorter Latin Course. 8vo..... Ditto.Nepos (Cornelius) : Selections illustrative of Greek aud
Roman History. Edited by G. S. Farnell. 18mo. Ditto.Racine: Britannicus. Edited by E. Pellissier. Svo. ... Ditto.Schiller : Selections from Lyrical Poems. Edited by E. J.
Turner and E. D. A. Morshead. 8vo...... Ditto.Woods (M. A.)-. A First School Poetry Book. 8vo...................................................................................................Ditto.Anderson (Wm. G.) : La Mission Franco-Australienne. Can- W. G. Ander-
tiques choisis par Ie Missiouaire. 12mo. .. .. son, Esq.
LIST OF DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 297DONORS.
Australasia, Picturesque Atlas of. See Garran (A.)Australia, New Atlas of. See McLean (Robert).Australian Handbook (The) and Shippers' and Importers'
Directory for 1887.......................................................Gordon &GotchAustralian Museum : Report of the Trustees for 1885. With
Supplement. Folio................ .. .. .. The Trustees.-------- Hints for Collecting Geological and Mineralogical
Specimens. By F. Ratte. Svo.............................. Ditto.---------Notes for Collectors : Hints for the Preservation of
Specimens of Natural History, by E. P. Ramsay,and for Collectors of Geological and MineralogicalSpecimens, by F. Ratte. 8vo. ......................... Ditto.
---------Descriptive List of Australian Aboriginal Weapons,Implements, &a., from the Darling and LachlanRivers, in the Australian Museum. 8vo.................. Ditto.
Bennett (J. F.) : Historical and Descriptive Account of SouthAustralia. 8vo. .......... .. .............J. Alger, Esq.
Brereton (John Le Gay) : Beyond, and other Poems. 8vo.. Turner <& Hen----------The Triumph of Love. 8vo. ... ... ... derson.--------Genesis and the Beatitudes, &e. ... .. ... Ditto.British Museum : Catalogue of Palasozoic Plants. By R. Kid-
ston. 8vo. .............. ...........................Tht Trustees.—■■-------Illustrations of Typical Specimens of Lepidoptera
Heterocera. Part VI. By A. G. Butler. 4to. ... Ditto.-----------Catalogue of the Blastoidea. By R. Etheridge and
P. H. Carpenter. 4to. ...................................... Ditto.---------Catalogue of Birds. Vol. Xl. 8vo. Ditto.---------Catalogue of Fossil Mammalia. Parts 2, 3. 8vo. Ditto.---------Guide to the Department of Geology. 8vo. ... Ditto.---------Mineral Department : Introduction to the Study
of Meteorites. 8vo. ... ... ... ... ... Ditto.---------Catalogue of Books in the Galleries of the Reading
Room. 8vo. ... ... ... .. ... ... Ditto.---------Catalogue of Printed Maps, Plans, and Charts.
Two vols. 4to. ............. ... ... ... Ditto.Browne (F. F. de C) : The Mining Leaseholders' Guide.
Third edition.................................................................The Author.Celendar : Fasti Regia? Uuiversitatis Litterarum HungaricaB
Budapestinensis exeunte anno scholastico 1885-86. 8vo.........................................................The University
--------The Edinburgh University Calendar, 1886-87. 8vo. Ditto.---------The Glasgow University Calendar for the year 188C-
87. 8vo......................................................... Ditto.---------Annales Regiae Scientiarum Universitatis Hunga-
ricae Ciaudiopolitanse Francisio-Josephinae. Annusscholasticus 1885-6. 8vo............................................ Ditto.
---------Calendar of the McGiIl College and University,Montreal, 1886-87. 8vo. ... ........................ Ditto.
---------The Madras University Calendar, 1886-87. 8vo... Ditto.--------- Tokio" Daigaku. Calender der Medicinischen
Fakultät. 1883-84. 8vo......................................... Ditto.
298 LIST OF DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.DONORS.
Calendar : Imperial University, Tokyo. Calendar for the year1886-87. 8vo. ........................................The University
---------Calendar of the University of Toronto. 8vo. .. Ditto.Canada : Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada.
Summary Report of the Operations to 31st Decem-ber, 1885. 8vo.............................................................The Director.
---------Descriptive Catalogue of a Collection of the Econo-mic Minerals of Canada. 8vo. ... ... ... Ditto.
Clarke (J. L.) : Wreck of the Ly-ee-Moon : a Poem........................The Author.Cowan (F.) : Australia; a Charcoal Sketch. 8vo. ... Ditto.Dairies Supervision Act ... ... ... ... ... ...Boardof HealthDingle (E.) : The Balance of Physics. 8vo. ..............The Author.---------"HowReadest Thou?" Luke x., 26. -8vo. ...---------Ditto.Diseases, The Nomenclature of : drawn up by a Joint Com- Board of
mittee appointed by the Royal College of Physicians Health,of London. 8vo........................................................ N.S.W.
Dodd (R.) : Report on the Intended Grand Surrey CanalNavigation. 4to..................... ... ... ... J. Alger, Esq.
Edinburgh Astronomical Observations, Vol. XV. 4to. ... The Director.Epochs of Ancient History. Edited by the Rev. Sir G. W. Messrs. Long-
Cox and L. Sanke.y. 10 Vols. 8vo. .............. mans,---------Beesly (A. H.) : The Gracchi, Marius, and Sulla... Green & Co.—.-----Capes (W. W.) : Roman History. The Early
Em-pire ............... ........... ..........
---------Capes (W. W.) : The Roman Empire of the SecondCentury ..........................
---------Cox (Sir G. W.) : The Athenian Empire........--------- Cox (Sir G. W.) : The Greeks and the Persians ...---------Curteis (A. M.) : Rise of the Macedonian Empire---------Ihne (W.) : Early Rome ........................---------Merivale (C.) : The Roman Triumvirate ...---------Sankey (C.) : The Spartan and Theban Supremacies---------Smith (R. B.) : Rome and Carthage ...........Epochs of Modern History. Edited by E. E. Morris, J. S. Messrs. Long-
Phillpotts, and C. Colbeck. 17 Vols. 8vo. mans, Green—------ Church (R. W.) : The Beginning of the Middle and Co.
Ages ........................................................................---------Cox (Sir G. W.) : The Crusades ............---------Creighton (M. ): The Age of Elizabeth .---------Gairdner (J.) : The Houses of Lancaster and York---------Gardiner (B. M.) : The French Revolution---------Gardiner (S. R.): The First Two Stuarts and the
Puritan Revolution, 1603-1660 ..............................---------Gardiner (S. R. ) : The Thirty Years' War, 1618-48---------Hale (E.) : The Fall of the Stuarts and Western
Europe from 1678 to 1697............................................--------- Johnson (A. H.) : The Normans in Europe---------Longman (F. W.) : Frederick the Great and the
Seven Years'War ...................................................--------Ludlow (J. M.) : The War of American Inde-
pendence, 1775-1782 ..................................
LIST OF DONATIONS TO LIBBARY. 299DONORS.
Epochs—M'Carthy (J.) : The Epoch of Beform, 1830-50 ... Messrs. Long----------Morris (E. E.) : The Early Hanoverians ... ... mans, Green,---------Morris (E. E.) : The Age of Anne.................. and Co.---------Seebohm (F.) : The Era of the Protestant
Revo-lution ... ......................... ..........
---------Stubbs (Wm.) : The Early Plantagents ---------Warburton (W.): Edward III..........................Erasures from the Medical Register and the Dentist's BoardofHealth
Eegister. 8vo. ................................................. N.S.W.Farrell (John) : How He Died, and other Poems. 8vo. ... Turner*Fezensac (M. Le Duc de) : Campagne de Eusse en 1812. Henderson.
With notes by G. Sharp. 8vo. ..............Messrs. Riv-Fort Bae : Observations on the International Polar Expedí- ington.
tion, 1882-83. Fort Eae. 4to...................................MeteorologicalGarran (Α.): Picturesque Atlas of Australasia. Edited by Office, London
A. Garran, LL.D. Parts 1 to 10. Folio...................The PublishersGuide : The Australasian ABC Railway and Boad Guide,
June, 1886—April, 1887 ........................................Gordon & G otchHarris (W. H.) : French Passages for Translation at Sight. Messrs. Riv-
8vo........................................................ .............. ington.Henderson (A.) : An Essay on Wine Making. 8vo.... ... J. Alger, Esq.Heney (Thomas) : Fortunate Days. 8vo. ... .................Turner & Hen-Hopkins (I ) : The Illustrated Australasian Bee Manual. derson.
8vo.................................................................................MoNeil* CoffeeIndia : Report on the Meteorology of India in 1884. By
H. F. Blanford. ato. ......................................The Director.--------- Report on the Administration of the Meteorological
Department of the Goverement of India in 1885-86. Folio ........................................ Ditto.
Insurance : The Colonal Mutual Fire Insurance Company's Want, JohnsonEmployers Joint Policy and Employers Act Policy and Co.
Kingston (W.) : The Kingstonian System of Painting in DryColours. 8vo.... ...........................................J. Alger, Esq.
Kinlooh (A.): The Murray Biver : being a Journal of theVoyage of the "Lady Augusta" from the Goolwa,in South Australia, to Gannewarra, above SwanHill, Victoria. 8vo.................................................... Ditto.
Licetus (F.) : F. Licetus de Monstris. Ex recensione Gerardi.Blasii, M.D. 4to.................... .............Dr. MacLaurin
Livius : Orationes, separatim cum argumentis asditse injuventutis studiosa? commoditatem, &c, 1541. 8vo. W.N.Dove.Esq
London University : Accessions to the Library 1876-86. 8vo. The UniversityMoEillop's Improved Bankers'Cheque Book.................................John Sauds.McLean (B.) : The New Atlas of Australia. 4 Parts. Folio Ditto.Medical Act, 1886 (49 and 50 Vict. ch. 48) ...............................BoardofHealthMedical Council : Third Report of the Statistical Committeeof the General Medical Council, 8vo. .. .. The Registrar.Mesmerism : The Mysteries of Mesmeric or Magnetic In-fluence. 8vo.................................. ....................................J. Alger, Esq.Microscope : The Wonders of the. 8vo..................................... Ditto.
LIST OP DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.DONORS.
New South Wales : Results of Rain and River Observations Governmentdurirjg 1885. 8vo..........................................................................Astronomer.--------- The New South Wales Post Office Directory for Wise, Caffin
1886-87. 8vo............................................. and Co.New Zealand : Twentieth and Twenty-first Annual Reports
on the Colonial Museum, 1884-85, 1885 1886. 8vo. The Director.-------- Manual of the New Zealand Coleóptera. By Capt.
Thomas Broun. Parts III., IV. 8vo...................... Ditto.---------New Zealand Industrial Exhibition, 1885. The
Official Record. 8vo. ................................ Ditto.O'Malley (Rev. Father) : Mnemonics applied to Geography
and English History. 8vo.............................. .. The Author.Pasore (G.) : Lexicon Grasco-Latinuni in Novum Testa-
mentum 1644. 8vo. ............. ... .. W.N.Dove.Esq.Pierce (S. Έ.).·. Posthumous Letters on Spiritual Subjects. 8vo. J. Alger, Esq.Quintiliani lnstitutionum Oratoriarum libri XII. 1641.
8vo.................................................................................W.N.Dove,EsqReport on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of "H.M.S. Her Majesty's
Challenger." Zoology, vol. XIV., XV., XVI. 4to. Governmeut.Report of the Board of Governors of the Public Library,
Museum, and Art Gallery of South Australia, for Board of1885-86. Folio............................................................Governors.
Risks and How to Counterbalance Them. 8vo. ... ... C.M.F. In. Co.Ritchie (F.) : English Grammar and Analysis. 8vo. ... Messrs. Eiv-Russell (W. C.) : Easy French Passages for Unseen Trans- ington.
lation. 8vo.................. ............... .. ... Ditto.Sands (Johu) : Sands' Sydney Directory for 1887. 8vo. ... The Publisher.Schiller (F. von) : Wilhelm Tell Edited by J. L. Bevir. Messrs. Riy-
8vo. ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ÎDgton.
Scott (Sir Walter) : Autograph Letter of Sir Walter Scott ... Hon. H. C.Stewart (A. P.): A Handbook for Bank Clerks. Revised Dangar, M.L.C.
by T. Robertson, Esq. 8vo. ..........................Geo. RobertsonSturt (Capt. Charles) : Narrative of an Expedition into Cen- and Co.
tral Australia. 2 vols. 8vo. ..........................J. Alger, Esq.Swieten (G. van) : Commentaria in H. Boerhaave Aphorismos
de Oognoscendis et Curandis Morbis. 5 torn. 4to. Dr. MacLauriuSydney Diocesan Directory. 1886 ......................................J. Cook & Co.Tasmania : Annual Report of the Tasnianiau Council of The Govern-
Education. 1885-86. Folio.....................................ment Printer,______Tasmanien Council of Education. Degree of As-
sociate in Arts, June 1886 .......................................................................................Ditto..
_______Council of Education Exhibitions.................. Ditto._______Tasmanian Council of Education. Tasmanian
Scholarships. 1886 ... . ....................... Ditto.Tebbutt (John) : Results of Meteorological Observations
made at his Private Observatory in the Years 1877-1881 and 1882-1885. 2 Parts ........................J. Tebbutt, Esq
Text Books of Science, adapted for the use of Artizans and Messrs. Long-Students in Public and Science Schools. 13 vols, mans, Grren8vo. ... .- .................. ............... and Co.
_______Ball (R. S.) : Elements of Astronomy ..
300
LIST OF DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 301DONORS.
Text Books—Bauerman (H.): Text Books of Systematic andDescriptive Mineralogy ...................................
-------Bloxam (C. L. ) : Metals, Their Properties andTreatment ............ ...............
---------Glazebrook (R. T.) : Physical Optics ...........---------Glazebrook (R. T.) and W. N. Shaw: Practical
Physics ....................................---------Jenkins (F.) : Electricity and Magnetism ..---------Maxwell (J. C.) : Theory of Heat..................---------RutIey(F.): The Study of Rocks.....................---------Thorpe (T. E.) : Quantitative Chemical Analysis---------Thorpe (T. E.) and Muir : Qualitative Chemical
Analysis .............. ...............---------Thome (O. W. ) and Bennett : Structural and
Physiological Botany ..............---------Tilden (W. Α.): Introduction to the Study of
Chemical Philosophy ... .. ............Thompson (J. A.) : Report upon an Outbreak of Typhoid
Fever in the Municipal District of Leichhardt, dueBoardofHealthto Polluted Milk. Folio............................................ N.S.W.
Victoria: The Goldfields of Victoria. Reports of the Mining Secretary forRegistrars, March, June, Sept., Dec. 1886. Folio. Mines.
-----------Mineral Statistics of Victoria for the Year 1885.Folio............................................................................... Ditto.
---------Annual Report of the Secretary for Mines andWater Supply. 1885. Folio..................................... Ditto.
---------Medical Register for 1887............................Govt. PrinterWatts (J.) : The Improvement of the Mind......................... ... J. Alger, Esq.Webster (N.) : Dictionary of the English Language. Edited G. &C. Merriam
by A. Goodrich and N. Porter. 4to. ... ... and Co.Wellington (Duke of) : Autograph Letter of the Duke of Hon. H. C.
Wellington ...........................................................Dangar, M.L CWilkinson (Wm. H.) : The Australian Magistrate. 5th Geo. Robertson
edition. 8vo............... ... ............. ... and Co.Wilson (E.) : Thermo-Therapeia : The Heat Cure. 8vo. ... J. Alger, Esq.Witness for Christ ; Leotures delivered in connection with
the Christian Evidence Society of N.S.W. in1884. 8vo...................................................J. Cook A Co.
MAPS.Map of the Loopline, St. Peters to Liverpool. Compiled by Higinbotham
Higinbotham and Robinson ... ... ... and Robinson.Map of St. Leonards on the North Shore .................. ... Ditto.Map of Hunter's Hill ..................................... .............. Ditto.Yachting and Excursion Map of Port Philip .. .. ... Ditto.Map of Kimberley Goldfields, Western Australia .................. John SandsMap of the County of Cumberland, printed and published
by John Sands .. .. .. .. ..Ditto.
Plan of the Borough of Waverley. Compiled to date by S. S. Pollitzer,Pollitzer, CE.................................................................. Esq., CE
REPORTOF THK
SENATE OF THE UNIVERSITYFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST DECEMBER, 18S6.
119. The Senate of the University of Sydney, in pursuance ofthe Act of Incorporation, 14 Victoria, No. 31, has the honour totransmit the account of its proceedings during the year 1886, forthe information of His Excellency the Governor and the ExecutiveCouncil.
120. Out of a total of 119 students who presented themselvesfor matriculation in March, eighty-three qualified themselves.
121. The following are the numbers of students attendinglectures in the various Faculties during the year :—Faculty ofArts, 152, including thirty two evening students; Faculty ofMedicine, 35 ; Faculty of Science, 6 ; Department of Engineer-ing, 3. Total, 196.
In addition to the above, three non-matriculated studentsattended the course of day lectures, and four non-matriculants theevening lectures.
The University Extension Lectures, of which mention will bemade hereafter, were attended by 126 students. The totalnumber of matriculated and non-matriculated students who at-tended University Lectures in the year was thus 340.
4. The following is the list of honours gained by under-graduates in the annual examinations held in March :—
(I ) SCHOLARSHIPS.(a) Awarded to First Year Students.
University Scholarship for General Proficiency.—R. A. Thompson.Barker Scholarship, No. 2, for Mathematics.—R. A. Thompson.Cooper Scholarship, No. 2, for Classics.—Gained by R. A. Thompson,
but awarded to C. L. W. Hunt, R.'A. Thompson being theholder of two scholarships.
REPORT OF THE SENATE. 303
(6) Awarded to Second Year Students.Lithgow Scholarship for Classics.—R. R. Garran.George Allen Scholarship for Mathematics.—R. R. Garran, Prox. Ace,H. Hunt.- Levey Scholarship for Chemistry and Physics.—C. G. Wilson.
(c) Awarded to Third Year Students.Cooper Scholarship, No. 1, for Classics.—Gained
by H. A. Russell, butawarded to A. G. Saddington, Russell being the holder of twoscholarships.
Barker Scholarship, No. 1, for Mathematics.—H. A. Russell.Deas-Thomson Scholarship of Natural Science.—G.
H. Abbot ; Prox.Ace, H. A. Russell.
Benwick Scholarship for Botany, Chemistry, and Zoology.—J. Hester ;Prox. Ace, A. Henry.
(II.) Prize Books, stamped with the University Arms, were awardedto all who obtained first classes in honours at the yearlyexaminations.
First Year.R. R. GarranG. C. King,G. H. Leibius.W. A. Walker.
First Year.R. R. Garran.H. Hunt.G. G. Wilson.
FACULTY OF ARTS,
(a) CLASSICS.Second Year.
H. A. Russell.
(6) MATHEMATICS.Second Year.
H. A. Russell.
(c) CHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOS.
First Year.C. G. Wilson,R. C. W. McDonnell.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.First Professional Examination.
Botany.J. Hester,A. Henry,P. J. Kelly.
Zoology.P. J. Kelly.
304 REPORT OF THE SENATE OF
(IU.) HONOURS AT THE Β.Δ. EXAMINATION.
CLASSICS. MATHEMATICS.Glass I. Glass I.
L. E, F. Neill (Gold Medal) O. Delohery (Gold Medal).A. W. Fletcher, Class II.Jane F. Russell, P. L. Towaley,
Glass II. Jane F. Russell.E. J. Loxton.
Class III.P. L. Townley.(IV.) HONOURS AT THE B.E. EXAMINATION.
Class I.W. M. Thompson, M.A., (Gold Medal).
(V.) Special annual prizes were awarded as follows :Smith Prize for Physics.—R. C. W. McDonnell.Renwiçk Medal for Anatomy.—J. Hester.
5. The following degrees were conferred, after examination :M.A.—D'Arcy H. Bucknell, Alexander John Cormack, Herbert David
Crocker, Walter George Parish, Alfred Edward Perkins, PhilipWilliam Rygate, Ebenezer Clarence Wood.
B. A.—Thomas Charles Barker, Samuel Alfred Beehag, Cornelius Delohery,James Adam Dick, David Ferguson, Archibald William Fletcher,Vincent William Fosbery, Charles Michael Hughes, Hedley HeberHungerford, Herbert Ernest Lee, Edward James Loxton, AugustineM'Evilly, Riebard de Winton Massie, John Meillon, LeopoldEdward Flood Neill, Edmund Murray Noble, Jane Foss Russell,James Thomas Thorburn, Percy Langford Townley, Robert AlfredWoodthorpe.
LL.D.—Robert Newton Morris, LL.B.B.E.—William Mann Thompson, M.A. ; Thos. William
Chapman Ward, B.A.The following graduates of other Universities were admitted adeundem gradum, in accordance with the terms of the " AdEundem Degrees Act," 44 Victoria, No. 22.
M.A.—Henry Latimer Jackson, M.A., Cambridge.M.D.—David Collingwood, M. D., London ; Edward
Johnstone Jenkins,M.D., Oxford.
M. B.—James Graham, M.B., Edinburgh.6. The following Bursaries were awarded :
Ernest ¡Hanson Frazer Bursary.W. G. Wentworth Bursary, No. 2, (one half).Walker Bursary, No. 2, (one half).Six students were permitted to attend lectures
without the paymentof fees.
7. The Senior and Junior Public Examinations were held in themonth of October, in Sydney, and in the following local centres :-Albury, Armidale, Bathurst, Bega, Bourke, Brisbane, Burrowa
THE "UNIVERSITY. 305
Deniliquin, Eurobodalla, Forbes, Glen Innés, Goulburn, Grafton,Ipswich, Junee Junction, Kiama, Lismore, Lithgow, Maitland,Maryborough, Mittagong, Molong, Mudgee, Newcastle, Orange,Singleton, St. Mary's, ïamworth, Toowoomba, Tumut, WaggaWagga, Wellington, Wollongong, Young. 107 candidatespresented themselves for the Senior Examination, and 858 forthe Junior Examination. Of these, eighty three senior candi-dates and 558 junior candidates gained certificates.
The prizes for general proficiency were awarded as follows :Seniors.University Prize and John West Medal. —Harry Wolstenholme, New-
ington College.Fairfax Prize.—Not awarded.
Juniors.University Prize,—Edward Millier Stephen. Sydney Grammar School.
Margaret Caroline Baker, Girls' Public HighSchool.Mabel Maude Fidler, Miss E. C. Baxter.
A complete analysis of the examinations will be found in the" Manual of Public Examinations " which accompanies this Report.
122. Four examinations of candidates for the Civil Servicewere held during the year. At these 755 candidates presentedthemselves, and 232 gained certificates.
123. Three " Law Examinations," similar to that prescribedfor Matriculation, for candidates for Articles of Clerkship withAttorneys were held. At these seventy-two candidates presentedthemselves, and thirty-nine gained certificates.
124. The annual election of the Vice-Chancellor, in the monthof April, resulted in the re-election of the Hon. Mr. JusticeWindeyer, M.A., for a fourth year of office.
125. The Senate has to record, with deep regret, the death,in November last, of the Hon. Sir James Martin, Chief Justice,Amongst the very eminent services rendered by Sir James Martinto the country, he was an active fellow of the Senate for aperiod of twenty-one years, between the years 1858 and 1878,and subsequently ^during the years 1885 and 1886.
126. To fill the vacancy on the Senate caused by the death ofSir James Martin, C.J., a Convocation of Graduates was held atthe University, on Thursday, the 16th November, which resultedin the election of the Most Reverend Alfred Barry, LIiD.,Bishop of Sydney, without opposition.
Î
306 REPORT OF THE SENATE OF
127. In December a second vacancy in the number of Fellowsoccurred, through the retirement of the Reverend Canon Allwood.Leave of absence for two successive periods of six months hadbeen granted to that gentleman in consequence of his inabilityto attend through ill-health, and at the expiration of the secondperiod the Senate did not feel itself in a position to renew hisleave, as there did not appear to be a reasonable prospect of hisregular re-attendance. The Senate feels that it has suffered a veryserious loss in the retirement of Canon Allwood, who has renderedexceedingly valuable services, especially in the financial depart-ment, during a period of thirty-one years, for fourteen of whichhe held the office of Vice-Chancellor.
128. In order to fill the vacancy thus created, a Convocationof electors has been summoned for Saturday, the 1 "2th of February,1887.
129. In the month of March the Senate received a telegramfrom Sir Saul Samuel, the Agent-General for New South Walesin London, stating that the Committee which had been appointedto select a Professor of Physics, in the room of the late ProfessorSmith, had chosen Mr. Richard Threlfall, B.A., of Caius College,Cambridge, to fill that office ; and in the end of May ProfessorThrelfall arrived in Sydney, and immediately entered upon hisduties. Professor Threlfall graduated at Cambridge in 1884,with fh'st-class honors in Physics and Chemistry, and since hisgraduation he has been engaged as Demonstrator in Physics inthe Cavendish Laboratory under Professor Thompson.
130. Immediately upon his arrival in Sydney, ProfessorThrelfall brought under the attention of the Senate the veryurgent necessity for the erection of a Physical Laboratory,without which, he stated, that no adequate instruction inthe subject of Physics could be given. He also stated that,having foreseen the necessity of fitting up such a building, he hadascertained before leaving England the extent and quality of theapparatus existing in the University, which he found to beadapted for lecture experiments, and not for laboratory purposes,and had purchased a sufficient quantity of appliances, includingtools and material for the manufacture of apparatus, to fit up aproperly appointed laboratory at a cost of about
£2000. TheSenate at once made application to the Government, by depu-tation, for a sum of money to be placed upon the Estimates for
THE UNIVERSITY. 307
the erection of a Physical Laboratory, and for instructions to begiven to the Colonial Architect for the immediate preparation ofplans for such a building. Asa result of this meeting, planswere prepared by the Colonial Architect, in concurrence with theProfessor, for a plain but substantial and thoroughly appropriatebuilding, the cost of which was estimated at £8,000. No pro-vision having been made for the erection of this building in theAppropriation Act of 1886, the Senate made a second application,and received a promise from the Government that a sum of ¿68,000would be provided in the Estimates for 1887 for the purpose, butwere informed that the Government would not anticipate thepassing of a Parliamentary vote for the purpose. In Decemberthe Senate, relying upon this promise, decided, in view of theurgent necessity of erecting this laboratory at once, to take theresponsibility of providing the necessary funds in the meantime,and thereupon the plans for the building, which had been prepared,as before-mentioned, were considered and approved by it, and asite was fixed upon near the present temporary buildings of theNatural History and Engineering Departments.
To refund a portion of the amount expended by ProfessorThrelfall in the purchase of laboratory appliances, the Senate hasapplied certain unexpended balances of Parliamentary votes for"Scientific Apparatus," which had been appropriated by thePhysical Department in the time of the late Professor ; and forthe balance an application has been made for a special vote to beplaced upon the Estimates for 1887.
131. The Department of Physics was carried on during LentTerm, before the arrival of the newly-appointed Professor, byProfessor Warren, who was enabled to find time for the dutiesfrom thé fact of there being no third-year students in the Depart-ment of Engineering.
132. In the month of January the Chancellor addressed aletter to the Dean of the Faculty of Arts, Professor Scott, statinghis opinion that the Faculty of Arts was insufficiently providedfor, and inviting him to report fully as to the additional teachingrequired for putting that Faculty upon a proper footing. Hereceived a reply, in which Professor Scott recommended a varietyof additions as very essential for the purpose, but urgently pressed
the establishment of a Chair of Modern Literature. ProfessorScott, at the same time, offered to contribute the sum of ¿£400
308 REPORT OV THE SENATE OF
per annum towards the emoluments of the Chair, in case theSenate should find difficulty in raising the necessary funds, untilsuch time as the Challis bequest should become available. TheSenate, while thanking Professor Scott for his generous offer, didnot think proper to accept it, and after due consideration resolvedthat a Chair of Modern Literature should be established ; butpostponed, for the want of means, the consideration of othersuggestions for additional instruction in the Department. Afterreference to the Board of Studies, the Senate determined thebasis on which the Chair of Modern Literature should be established, and directed that applications should be invited byadvertisement in Australia, the United Kingdom, and America,from gentlemen qualified to fill the Chair, and the followinggentlemen were requested to form a Committee to examine thetestimonials of the applicants and to make the appointment :—The Hon. Sir Saul Samuel, K.C.M.G., Agent-General for NewSouth Wales ; Sir Charles Nicholson, Bart., D.C.L , LL.D. ; Dr.Matthew Arnold, Mr. Leslie Stephen, Professor Max Müller,Professor Henry Morley, and Mr. John Peile, M.A.
The names of Mr. L. F. S. Merewether, a former Chancellorof the University, and the Rev. Dr. Mahaffy, of Dublin, were,subsequently added to those nominated by the Senate, at thesuggestion of the London Committee.
The resolutions having been acted upon, in due courseinformation was received from the Agent-General to the effectthat applications had been received from forty-six gentlemen, outof whom the Committee had selected Mr Mungo W. MacCallum,M.Α., of Glasgow, to fill the Chair. Professor MacCallum hasfor some time been acting as Professor of English Literature atUniversity College in Aberystwyth, Wales, where he is said tohave met with great success as a teacher. He is expected toarrive in Sydney in time to enter upon his duties at the beginningof Lent Term, 1887.
133. In the month of May the office of Evening Lecturer inMathematics became vacant through the resignation of Mr. R. G.Goggs, M. A. The vacancy thus created was filled by the appoint-ment of Mr. A. Newham, M. A., of St. John's College, Cambridge.
134. In the month of June the office of Demonstrator in
Anatomy became vacant through the resignation of Dr. JamesGraham, and advertisements inviting applications from gentlemen
THE UNIVERSITY. 309
qualified to fill the office not having produced any satisfactoryresponse, two of the Medical Students, Messrs. W. G. Armstrong,B. A., and Peter Bancroft, were appointed to act as Demonstratorsfor the remainder of the session.
The office has now been permanently filled by the appoint-ment of Mr. James Wilson, M. B., of Edinburgh, who is expectedto enter upon his duties in Lent Term, 1887.
135. The vacancy in the office of .University Solicitor, causedby the death of Mr. Arthur Mansfield Allen, M. A., was filled inthe month of February by the election of the Hon. James Norton,M.L.-C, to that office.
136. In the month of January a memorandum was prepared bythe Chancellor, the Hon. Sir William M. Manning, upon thesubject of the claim to the legacy duty on Mr. Challis' estate, atthe rate of 10 per cent., which has been made by the Inlaid RevenueCommissioners of the United Kingdom, on the ground of allegeddomicile in England at the time of that testator's death. In ithe set forth, at length, his grounds for considering that Mr.Challis had during his residence in this Colony acquired a domicilehere, and for doubting the alleged acquisition of an Englishdomicile by him, by his subsequent residence in England and theContinent of Europe ; and recommended that the claim shouldbe resisted in respect of the whole estate of the testator's, but atthe same time suggested that a compromise should be offered, bywhich the Senate would relinquish its objection to the paymentof duty upon the English assets, if the Commissioners wouldconsent to forego their claim upon the Australian assets. Hefurtber suggested that the Government of New South Walesshould be requested to intervene, and press for a general remissionof duty upon international grounds. The suggestions of theChancellor were adopted, and acted upon by the Chancellorwithout delay, and in the month of December the Senate learntwith great satisfaction that the proposed compromise had beenaccepted by the Inlaid Revenue Commissioners. The result is avery large saving to the University as residuary legatee. Theappeal made by the Government for a general remission of theduty, including and now limited by the above compromise to theEnglish assets, is still pending.
A copy of the Chancellor's memorandum
on which thisaction has taken place is appended to this Report.
χ
310 REPORT OF THE SENATE OF
137. In the month of March, a Sub-Committee, consistingof the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, and all the legal members ofthe Senate, was appointed to consider the best means of estab-lishing a Law School upon a proper footing. In the month ofMay a report was received from the Committee, stating that itdid not consider it advisable to attempt the establishment of aLaw School without a full and efficient staff of instructors, forwhich course the University does not at present possess sufficientpecuniary means. The Committee also considered that to securea due attendance of students some practical advantage must beheld out in the direction of admission to professional practice,but at the same time pointed out that the Senate could notacquire power to make the necessary regulations for that purposewithout Parliamentary legislation. The Committee recommendedthat the Senate should appoint Evening Lecturers in LegalSubjects, with a view to the substitution (which they wereinformed would probably be sanctioned by the Judges and theBarristers Admission Board) of certificates of attendance uponthese lectures, and of examination in the subjects thereof, for theexaminations under the respective rules of the Supreme Courtand Board for the Admission of Attorneys and Barristers. TheCommittee's report was adopted by the Senate, and it was referredback to the same Committee to draw up a detailed scheme forcarrying out these recommendations. It was considered that asufficient amount (in addition to a scale of fees) for defrayingthe cost of these lectures might be taken out of the annualParliamentary vote for Evening Lectures. As yet, however, nofurther action has been taken in the matter.
138. During the year the University grounds have been verymuch improved by means of the labour of a number of the " un-employed," who were placed to work in the University Domain,upon the application of the Chancellor. The pond at the cornerof the Newtown-road and Parramatta-street, which has for solong been an annoyance to passers-by, and a menace to the publichealth, has been turned into an ornamental lake ; many plots inthe grounds have been trenched for planting, and some have beenpainted ; the cricket oval has been properly levelled and otherwise
completed ; and many other improvements have been madewhich will go far to turn the University domain into anornamental park, as well as a place for manly exercise andrecreation..
THE UNIVERSITY. 311
139. During the year the Senate has been in correspondencewith the University of New Zealand, with a view to the adoptionof some joint action on the part of the Colonial Universities forthe purpose of securing the due recognition of Colonial MedicalDegrees in the Amended Imperial Medical Act lately beforeParliament. The passing of that Act, however, has removed thenecessity for any such joint action on the part of the ColonialUniversities, inasmuch as that Act accords _every privilege toColonial Graduates in Medicine which could reasonably be askedat the present time.
140. In the month of May the Senate adopted amended by-laws to amalgamate the two Boards heretofore termed the Boardof Studies and the Proctorial Board, respectively, under thename of the Professorial Board.
141. On the 6th of December a report was received from theProfessorial Board recommending certain radical changes in thecourse of study in the second and third years in Arts, giving toundergraduates power to select within certain limits the subjectsof study in those years. This report was considered at a SenateMeeting, held on the 13th of December, and was then adopted ;but inasmuch as a notice is pending which will involve a full re-consideration of the matter, it is thought that the proposedchanges should not be announced amongst the proceedings ofthe year.
142. A new departure was made in the University teachingin Michaelmas Term by the establishment of a system of so-called" University Extension Lectures." These lectures are intendedto bring the University instruction within the reach of those whoare not otherwise able to attend the University lectures. Threecourses of ten weekly lectures each were delivered in a centralpart of the city, each course being concluded with an examinationin the subjects of the course. The subjects of the courses wererespectively :—English Literature, the Literature of the reign ofQueen Anne—Lecturer, Mr. Thos. Butler, B. A ; Modern History,the French Revolution and Napoleon Bonaparte—Lecturer, theRev. Archibald Gilchrist, LL.D. ; Political Economy, Mr. A. C.Wylie, Barrister-at-Law. The experiment has proved verysuccessful, the total attendance at the three courses being 126,the majority of whom proved themselves to be
earnest students.Five Students passed the examination in English Literature ;twelve that in Modern Literature ; and eleven that in PoliticalEconomy.χ 2
312 BEPORT OF THE SENATE OF
143. The by-laws to regulate graduations by attendance uponevening lectures have also been amended in such a way as toenable students to take up the courses of lectures which form thecurriculum in any order they may please. Matriculation will notbe necessary, but those students who have completed all theprescribed courses will be admitted to the final examination forthe degree of B.A., and upon passing it will be admitted to thedegree.
144. The Senate has to acknowledge the receipt of the follow-ing benefactions :—
(a) A sum of £1,000 from the subscribers to the memorialof the late Professor Badham, the interest of which isto be paid to the widow of Professor Badham duringher life-time ; at her death the principal to be appliedto the foundation of a bursary, to be called the BadhamBursary.(6) A sum of £250 from Mr. G. P. Slade, to be applied tothe promotion of the study of science in the University.145. A sum of £1,000 from Mr. G. S.
Caird, for the founda-tion of a scholarship for chemistry, to be awarded at thesecond-year examination in the Faculty of Science.
146. A number of valuable donations of books to the Uni-versity Library.
147. In the month of October the offices of Dean of theFaculty of Medicine and Dean of the Faculty of Science becamevacant by effluxion of time. At a meeting of the Senate held on the25th of that month Professors T. P. Anderson Stuart, M.D., andA. Liversidge were re-elected to those respective offices for a furtherperiod of three years.
148. In the month of November the Senate received anapplication from Professor Liversidge for leave of absence fromthe duties of his office for a period of twelve months, to enable hirnto visit Europe in order to make himself more practically ac-quainted with the changes which have been taking place in thegreat centres of scientific work and thought, and more particularlythe radical changes whice are being made in the methods ofteaching Practical Chemistry. The Senate granted the application,and upon the recommendation of Professor Liversidge appointedMr. Edwin Quayle, of Owen's College, Manchester, to deliver thecourses of lectures in the departments of Chemistry
and Miner-alogy during his absence.
THE UNIVERSITY. 313
149. In the month of December leave of absence from themeetings of the Senate for a period of nine months was grantedto Mr. Justice Windeyer, who purposes visiting Europe for thebenefit of his health. Mr. Justice Windeyer at the same timetendered his resignation of the office of Vice-Chancellor. Inas-much, however, as the office of Vice-Chancellor is an annual one,and Mr. Justice Windeyer's term of office will expire in Aprilnext, the Senate did not think it necessary to accept his resig-nation of that office.
150. In the month of July application was received from theTrustees of the Children's Hospital for a site to be given them onthe "University grounds for the erection of a new hospital for sickchildren. After due consideration the Senate decided that itcould not accede to the proposal, inasmuch as the Universitygrounds were granted for educational purposes only, and it hadbeen ascertained that the Board of Directors of the Prince AlfredHospital were willing to establish a Children's Ward in thathospital which would provide every requisite for clinical teachingin the department of children's diseases in connection with theUniversity Medical School.
151. In the month of August Mr. James Cook, F.R.A.S., wasappointed to the office of Lecture Assistant in the Department ofPhysics.
152. Appended is an account of the receipts and disbursementsof the University for the year, certified by the auditor, theHonorable Geoffrey Eagar.
H. E. BARFF,Registrar.
314 RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE OF THE UNIVERSITY
RHCELPTS.£, s. d.
Balance in Commercial Bank, 3Ut December, 1885 ................................................................ 1,147 10 11Received from the Government of N. S Wales, the Annual Endowment ----------------------- 5,000 0 0„ „ ,, Additional Endowment.. 7,000 0 0
, t ,, ,, for purchase of ScientificApparatus ............................. 1,000 0 0„ ,, „ towards Medical School 500 0 0
,, ,, ,, to complete Schools of Medi-cine and Science....................... 1,000 0 0
,, ,, ,, for temporary ChemicalLaboratory ................................ 1,000 0 0
,, ,, ,, towards expenses of EveningLectures ............................... 2,000 0 0
,, Lecture Fees, after paying Professors ..................................... £1,952 1 0,, Matriculation Fees................................................................... 249 0 0„ Degree Fees...................................... 257 0 0,, Public Examination Fees.......................................................... 14111 6,, Testing Machine Fees .......................................................... 12 17 2----- 2,612 9 S,, for Pasturage ........................................................................................................ 100 0 0\t ,, Chain's Statue Fund ................................................................................. 5 0 0,, Fines ............................................2.................................................................. 5 0 0,, * from Commercial Bank, Interest on Fixed Deposits ......................................... 200 0 0,, ,, Hovell Lectureship, Interest on Investments, after deducting
expenses............................................................................................... 522 19 6,, ,, G. S. Caird, Esq,, to found a Scholarship for Chemistry........................... 1,000 0 0„ G. P. Slade, Esq., for a Foundation ............ 250 0 0,, ,, Subscribers to Memorial of the late Dr. Badham, to found a
Bursary ............................................................................................ 1,000 0 0,, ,, Subscribers to Testimonial to Rev. Norbert Quirk, to found
an Annual Prize for Mathematics ........................................................ 143 12 6„ ,, Executors of the late Professor Smith, Legacy to found aPrize for Experimental Physics .......................................................... 100 0 0
,, ,, Commercial Bank, part of Deposit............................................................ 500 0 o,, ,, Professor Scott, for Prize for Evening Students ................................... 5 0 0,, ,, Executors of the late Thomas Fisher, Esq., for the establish-
ment and maintenance of the Library, in cash and mort-gages (see other side) ....................................................................... 32,212 12 0
,, ,, Commercial Bank, balance of Principal Sums ns Fixed De-posits, on account of—' Hovell Lectureship.................... 1,000 0 0
Hunter Baillie Bursary, No. 2....................................... S00 0 0Lithgow Scholarship.................................................... 100 0 0Went worth Fellowship ........................................... 50 0 0Nicholson Medal ...................................................... 50 0 0Fairfax Prize ................................................................. 50 0 0J. B. Watt Exhibition..................................................... 200 0 0Levey and Alexander Bursary...................................... 50 0 0Struth Exhibition.......................... ........................... 1,000 0 0
- -■-------3,300 0 0,, Interest on Fixed Deposits and Debentures and Rents of Proper-
tics belonging to Private Foundations—Levey Scholarship......................................................... 47 10 0Wentworth Prize Medal ............................................... 25 14 0John Fairfax Medal....................................................... 32 10 0Salting Exhibition .................................................. 36 1 0Alexander Bursary ................................................... 52 10 0John West Prize ...................................................... 10 0 0Hunter Baillie Bursary, No. 1 ...................................... 5S 10 0
. ,, „ „ No. 2 ............................. 99 16 0W. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 1 ............................... 63 0 0
,, „ „ No. 2 .................... 70 0 0
Ol· SYDNEY FOR YEAR ENDING 31ST DECEMBER, 1886. 315
EXPENDITURE.
£ S. d.Paid for Salaries ................................................................................................................... 13,754 4 8
,, ,, Improvement of Grounds....................................................................................... 7S6 1 7, ,, Sundry Charges, including Printing.................................................................... 2,658 10 2,, „ Library ............................................................................................................... 456 10 0,, ,, Philosophical Apparatus ................................................................................... 3,424 15 3„ „ Organ ............................................................. 19 2 β,, ,, University Prizes.........................................:......................................................... 50 0 0,, „ „ Scholarships....................................................................................... 50 0 0,, ,, Professor Scott's Prize ........................................................................................ 5 0 0„ „ Medical School................................................. 89 3 6,, ou account of Fisher Estate, for Fixed Deposits ............................. £10,500 0 0„ „ „ Mortgages ..... 20,762 0 0,, ,, ,, ,, expended in the purchase of
Books for Library .............. 460 3 1----------.31,722 3 1, to Commercial Bank, for Fixed Deposit, on account of—
Wigram Allen Scholarship.................................................... 50 0 0Cooper Scholarship .............................................................. 50 0 0Barker Scholarship ............................................................ 50 0 0Wentworth Bursary, No. 2.............................. ................... 50 0 0Freemasons' Scholarship...................................................... 50 0 0Smith Prize........................................................................... 100 0 0Norbert Quirk Prize.........................'........................ .... 150 0 0Badham Bursary .............................................................. 500 0 0Slade Foundation.................................................................. 250 0 0----------1,250 0 0
,, , Union Bauk, for Fixed Deposit, on account of—Badham Bursary .............................................................. 500 0 0
, ,, Mercantile Bank, for Fixed Deposit, on account of—Caird Scholarship................................................................. 1,000 0 0
,, for Mortgages, on account of -Hovell Lectureship .............................................................. 1,000 0 0Hunter Baillie Bursary, No. 2............................................... S0O 0 oLithgow Scholarship ........................................................ 200 0 0Wentworth Fellowship .................................................... 100 0 0Nicholson Medal .............................................................. 100 0 0J. B. Watt Exhibition................... ....................................... 200 0 0Thomas Walker BursarÍBS..........................'....................... 100 0 0Struth Exhibition.................................................................. 1,000 0 0---------- 3,500 0 0
,. the following sums on Account of Private Foundations-Levey Scholarship................................................................ 50 0 0John Fairfax Medal............................................................... 50 0 0Salting Exhibition ............................................................ 25 0 0Alexander Bursary .......................................................... 50 0 0John West Prize ................................................................. 9 19 10Hunter Baillie Bursary, No 1 ............................................. 50 0 0
No. 2 ..................................... 50 0 0W. C. Wentworth Bursary, No. 1 ........................................ 50 0 0„ No. 2 ............ 25 0 0J. E. Frazer Bursary .......................................................... 50 0 0E. M. Frazer Bursary ........................................................... 43 15 ■ 0J. B. Watt Exhibition............................................................. 40 0 0Bowman-Cameron Scholarship............................................ 50 0 0George Allen Scholarship .................................................. 50 0 0Cooper Scholarship ........................................................... 123 12 (>Levey and Alexander Bursary.............................................. 40 0 0James Aitken Bursary........................................................... 50 0 0Thomas Walter Bursaries...................................................... 250 0 0
316 RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE OF THE UNIVERSITY
RECEIPTS Continued.
Received Interest on Fixed Deposits and Debentures and Rents of Proper-ties belonging to Private Foundations—
J. E. Frazer Bursary .................................................. £56 35 0E. M. Frazer Bursary..................................................... 72 10 0J. B. Watt Exhibition..................................................... 46 6 0J. G. Raphael Prize........................................................ 4 16 0Bowman-Cameron Scholarship.................................... 50 0 0George Allen Scholarship ............................................ 122 10 0Cooper tícbolarship ................................................... 210 4 0Levey and Alexander Burean' ...................................... 55 10 0Freemasons'Scholarship .................................... 28 10 0James Aitken Bursary.................................................... 50 0 0Thomas Walker Bursaries............................................. 607 15 0Deas-Thomeon Scholarship ..................................... 122 13 7Wigram Allen Scholarship........................................... 61 5 0Struth Exhibition........................................................... 103 15 0Burdekin Bursary.......................... ............................ 51 5 0Litngow Scholarship..................................................... 88 10 0Wentworth Scholarship .............................................. 64 17 0Renwick Scholarship ................................................ 94 10 0Earl Belmore Medal...................................................... 18 0 0B»rker Scholarship ................................................... 2C0 4 6Nicholson Medal........................................................... 22 11 0Badhain Bursarv ....................................................... 2 10 0Smith Prize.................................................................... 5 0 0------------2,635 12 0
£63,239 17 2
G. EAGAR, Auditor.
STATEMENT of Receipts and Disbursements on account of the Civil
RECEIPTS.
£ s. d.To Balance at 31st December, 1885........................................................................................... 369 19 7Received Fees from Candidates for Civil Service and Public Examinations .. 2,801 1 0
£3,171 0 7
OF SYDNEY FOR YEAR ENDING 31ST DECEMBER, 1886. 317
EXPENDITURE:—Continued.
Paid the following sums on Account of Private Foundations—Deas-Thomson Scholarship..................................... £56 19 7Renwick Gold Medal ............................ 10 υ SStruth Exhibition..................................................... 50 0 0Burdekin Bursary..................................................... 50 0 0Lithgow Scholarship .......................................... 50 0 0Renwick Scholarship .......................................... 50 0 0Barker Scholarship .................................................. 9S 12 C
---------- 1,423 0 I
Balance ID Commercial Bank, 31st December, 1886 ......................................... 2,651 β 4
£63,239 17 2
ROBERT A. DALLEN, Accountant.
Service and Public Examinations for the year ending 31st December, 1886.
DISBURSEMENTS . £ s. d.Paid Fees to Examiners, and all other expenses in connection with theseExaminations................................................................................................ 2,965 10 0
Balance* .............................................................................................................. 205 10 1
£3,171 0 7* This Balance is subject to outstanding Claims not presented.
UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY.
MEMORANDUM by the Chancellor in reference to the claim made bythe English Commissioners of Internal Revenue for LegacyDuty on the Residuary Bequest of the late J. H. Challis,Esquire, to the University. Laid before the Senate on the18th January and 2nd February, 1886, and directed to becirculated amongst the members.From the time when, in 1880, the Commissioners intimated
that Legacy Duty would be claimed on this bequest, so soon asit should have fallen in to the University on the decease of theTestator's widow, I have given very frequent and earnest con-sideration to the subject ; and the result has been a strong andcontinuous impression that the claim is very questionable, andshould not be submitted to without a judicial examination of thefacts and law of the case.
Bat at the same time I have thought the matter sufficientlyopen to a doubt in favour of the claim, especially in reference tothe assets which have come to the hands of the English executors,as to justify my advising the Senate to offer a compromise to theextent of submitting to the claim in the proportion of those assetson condition of its abandonment as to the assets collected and heldby the Australian executors.
Failing acceptance of such compromise, I have recommendedthat the entire claim should be opposed until judicially ascertained.
The offer of compromise has been made, and is now underconsideration at home.
The claim of the Commissioners is based on the assumptionthat the Testator's domicile at the time of his death was English,and that this fact alone suffices to give the right to the duty, notonly in respect of the English, but also the Australian personalestate of the Testator ; whilst my questioning of it rests, on theother hand, mainly on the grounds that he had, during his residencein New South Wales, acquired a domicile of choice in this colony,and that the latter domicile was retained up to the time of hisdecease. Other difficulties will be stated applying either to thewhole claim, or separately to so much of it as affects the Australianassets.
CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM. 31Ô
The Commissioners have asked to be informed of the groundson which the proposed compromise is suggested on the part of theUniversity, and especially as to the facts on which it is contendedthat Mr. Challis ohtained a domicile in New South Wales. Theirenquiry, it will be seen, applies in strictness to the entire claimrather ¿han to the matter of compromise ; but perhaps the purposeis only to see whether there is sufficient room for doubt to warranta compromise on their part.
Before complying with the Commissioners' wish for thisinformation, I deem it proper to lay my views before the Senate.
As the duty claimed is at the rate of ten per cent, as upon abequest to strangers in blood, and as a number of specific bequestswere ordered by the Testator to be paid free of Legacy Duty, ifany, thereby casting the duties upon those bequests, if any, uponthe residuary estate bequeathed to the XJnivei'sity, the amountinvolved is so great as to call for our most serious consideration.For this reason I do not hesitate to set down in this memorandum(as briefly as I may, having regard to the fulness of my subject),the principal facts of which I have had information, and theleading thoughts which have occurred to me on the subject.
In his Will, made in 1878, the Testator describes himself inthese words : " I John Henry Challis of and domiciled in Sydney inNew South Wales but now temporarily residing at Beach MansionHotel Southsea Hants in England Esquire " ; and, after variousspecific bequests, and a life estate to his widow, he gave his entireresiduary estate, real and personal, to the colony in which he thusdeclared himself to be domiciled, by bequeathing it, on failure ofchildren, to the University of Sydney.
In his Codicil, made in 1879, the Testator confirms his Will,and therein describes himself as " John Henry Challis at presentresiding at Buckingham Palace Hotel Pimlico, in the County ofMiddlesex."
It is believed that Mr. Challis genuinely regarded himself ashaving become an Australian in virtue of his residence and careerin Sydney, and that he did not subsequently intend to cease to beother than an Australian.
According to my information, he had resided at Sydney forabout twenty-six years ; having emigrated to New South Wales in1829, young, and without fortune or expectations. He wasengaged shortly afterwards as a clerk in the office of Messrs.Marsden and Flower ; and on the death of Mr. Marsden, the only
320 CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM.
resident partner, he was, after an interval (during which he soughtemployment as a clerk to Mr. Edye Manning, of Sydney, andprobably other merchants), retained in the same office by Mr.Flower on that gentleman's coming to this country from England,where he had been resident. He remained in that employmentuntil 1842.
In that year, Mr. Flower, on establishing a new firm by thename of Flower, Salting, <fe Co , introduced him into it as a juniorpartner, on his merits, but without capital, as is believed. Hecontinued in that firm, as such junior partner, until its dissolution,after a further period of thirteen years, that is to say, 1855.During this latter period, the gold discoveries of the colony hadoccurred, and this event, as is understood, precipitated the firminto such wealth that its members were induced to retire frombusiness in 1855, in favour of a new firm—each with ample fortunes—that of Mr. Chains, as junior partner, amounting to over£100,000.
Some details of Mr. Ohallis's life during his twenty-six years'residence in the colony has come to my knowledge, tending toshow that this country had become his true home ; but, it mustbe acknowledged that nothing short of a judicial inquiry, under anissue as to domicile, would elicit full details, i.e., supposing them(as may be doubtful) to be deemed necessary in the face of thebroader facts of the case.
Mr. Chàllis's whole fortune was thus acquired at Sydney. Itcomprised, so far as I can collect, one freehold house and grounds,on which he latterly resided and kept house with an unmarriedsister, and another house and grounds, which he let to Mr.McDonald, one of his successors in business and his subsequentagent, and which is to this day occupied by that gentleman. Also,shares of large value in two freehold wharf properties in Sydney;and a large amount of personalty, consisting principally, as I believe,of shares in incorporated Australian companies.
These properties, or the bulk of them, with the exception ofbis own house of residence, were retained by him up to his death.At the time of his death, Mr. Challis's principal estate was still inAustralia. He had acquired English personal estate, but not, asI understand, any real estate ; and a large part of the so-calledEnglish personalty consisted of public securities of or connected
with Australasian Colonies, of which he held the documentarytitles in England. All these English assets, whether actual or
CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM. 321
so-called, were produced, as is believed, by investments of surplusincome remitted from Sydney.
Shortly after the dissolution of the firm of Flower, Salting,& Co., in 1855, Mr. Cballis left the colony for England, and didnot again return to it, except for a few months in 1859. Inl870he expressed to Mr. Charles Smith, the partner of Mr. McDonald,an intention to revisit the colony, but he did not carry bis intentioninto effect. During the whole of his absence, he left the care andmanagement of his affairs in Australia in the hands of Mr.McDonald.
Either before leaving the colony in 1855, or shortly after-wards, Mr. Challis, who was an educated gentleman, selected theUniversity of Sydney as an object of special bounty, by giving toit, for erection in its great hall, a stained glass window, represent-ing the kings and queens of England, at a cost of £750. I am notaware that any other institution, here or elsewhere, received fromhim any like favor then or since The fact connects itself forciblywith his ultimate bequest of his entire residuary estate to thisUniversity.
After leaving the colony, it appears, according to my informa-tion, that Mr. Challis did not settle anywhere, but lived principallyon the Continent of Europe, and that he was in fact of unsettledwandering habits from the time of his abandoning bis accustomedoccupation as a merchant. My principal informants are Mr.McDonald, his tenant and agent, the Bishop of Bathurst, who isthe son of the Mr. Marsden with whom Mr. Challis was a clerk inthe early part of his career, Mrs. Marsden, the widow of the last-named gentleman, and Sir Charles Nicholson, an old and intimatefriend, now in England. · Mr. Challis was in constant correspond-ence with Mr. McDonald, who states that he " hailed from Sydney,"and that he never had a fixed residence, but moved from place toplace in England and on the Continent of Europe, and livedprincipally in the latter; also that he never gave any address,except that of " JReform Club, Pall Mall, London."
Mr. Challis, who had been a bachelor and of somewhatpeculiar habits, was married quite late in life to some person inEngland ; but he never mentioned his marriage to Mr, McDonald,nor, as I understand, to other old friends ; and it is thought thatneither his marriage, nor his habits of life as a married man, were
of a character to influence materially the question of domicile.
Bishop Marsden's impression is that Mr. Challis never had aprivate residence in England ; but as there was a large quantity
322 CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM.
of furniture in a depository at his death, I presume he must havehad one for more or less time. If so, the establishment wasbroken up and never resumed.
Mr. Challis died in Prance ; and it appears by both the "Willand the Codicil that he was on the several occasions of his makingthem staying in hotels in England ; which fact does not favourdomicile. By the Will he expressly states himself to be"temporarily residing" in the hotel therein named; and theCodicil he seems to convey the same meaning by using the words" At present residing in " the hotel therein named. The statementthat such residence at the date of the Will was only temporary,and the inference arising upon the word " at present residing,"in the Codicil, are presumably true and correct, and are mostprobably susceptible of proof.
As already admitted, in reference to the question of anacquisition of domicile in New South Wales, so it may be assumed,with regard to that of a supposed return to the domicile of originor the contrary, that further light from details might be obtained,if the latter question were also brought under judicial investiga-tion ; but the facts at present known to me appear to be, at least,very far from conclusive in its favour.
On examination of the Testator's Will, it will be seen that,although in the earlier part he makes a general devise and bequestto his four Executors and Trustees (two of London and two ofSydney) jointly, he afterwards distinctly separates the Executorsand Trustees into two sets, and also separates his English andAustralian assets, by giving to the two London Executors andTrustees, and to " their successors," an exclusive power to dealwith, and exercise the trusts of his Will in respect ot any pi-opertyof his which should at his death, or afterwards, be "situate inEngland,"—as if they had been sole executors and trustees of theWill ; and by giving to the Sydney executors and to their " suc-cessors " like exclusive authority in reference to his estate whichshould at the time of his death, or at any time afterwards, be inNew South Wales or any other Australian colony ; after whichthe Will goes on to declare that, accordingly, any trust funds orproperty in England or elsewhere than in any of the Australiancolonies may stand in the name of the two English Executors orthe survivor of them and their or his successors in the trust alone ;and that any trust fund or property in any of the Australiancolonies may stand in the names of the Sydney Executors, or thesurvivor of them and their successors in the trust alone.
CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDLM. 323
Accordingly, the English Executors obtained Probate inLondon, operating, of necessity as I apprehend, only in respect ofassets coming within the scope of their appointment; and theSydney Executors obtained Probate, operating in like manneronly in respect of the estate coming within their correspondingappointment ; and the latter also obtained administration, invirtue of such Probate, in Victoria, in order to reach certainshares in a Melbourne Company.
Under the authority of these Probates, the English andAustralian assets, respectively, were got in ; and such of theformer as are unexpended in the payment of special bequests, andthe whole of the latter, are now held by the English and SydneyExecutors sevei-ally. Those got in by the former as properties" situate in England " at the Testator's death, included theAustralasian securities, of which, as already mentioned, thedocumentary titles are understood to have been held by theTestator in England. Those collected and held by the latterwere and are exclusively Australian.
All the specific legacies were, as 1 believe, paid by the EnglishExecutors out of English assets ; and the incomes from theresiduary estate, both English and Australian, were, after thepayment of annuities, paid over by the respective Executors orTrustees, to the Testator's widow during her life.
The widow died in 1884; from which time the residuaryestate has become equitably vested in the University of Sydney ;but it is still in the hands of the respective Trustees for the pay-ment of still subsisting annuities, and for an accumulation of thefunds for a period of Five years, under the Testator's directions,for the ultimate benefit of the University.
The balance of English assets is retained by the EnglishExecutors, by the authority of the Will, as a fund for securingthe still subsisting annuities for so long as they shall continue ;and it is alleged that they barely produce sufficient income. TheAustralian assets are held by the Sydney Trustees solely foraccumulation as already mentioned
Under these circumstances the following questions arise :—Did Mr. Challis ever abandon his domicile of origin, which
was undoubtedly English, and acquire a domicile in New SouthWales'
Did he afterwards abandon or otherwise lose the last nameddomicile and revert to his domicile of origin 1
324 CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM.
Assuming ultimate domicile in England, can the Imperialauthorities claim legacy duty in respect of the Australian assets?
Can such claim be made on the English Executors ; or, mustit be made on the Sydney Executors ?
Can it be enforced in the English Courts ; or only in theCourt of New South Wales ?
(Regard being had to the facts that the Australian assetswere separated by the Will, and were collected and are heldunder Australian Probate, and that the Legatee is a Corporationlocated only in New South Wales).
The following observations have, I think, more or lessimportant bearings upon these questions. They contain, in effect,the grounds on which I have advised the Senate in this matter.Repetitions of facts already stated may occur, but they are believedto be pertinent.
153. Mr. Challis' description of himself in the Will as "of anddomiciled at Sydney in New South Wales," though by no meansgoverning the case, is not to be overlooked. Were there no morethan the mere assertion of the Testator, it would go for nothing, andmight even be suspected to have had in view an undue evasion of theEnglish Legacy Duties; butin this case such suspicion cannot wellarise, as the Testator expressly provides that all his specific legaciesshall be free from legacy duty, as if assuming that duty would bepayable somewhere ; and, what is incomparably more material is,that the assertion has a very genuine connection with the facts ofthe Testator's career, both whilst in Australia and subsequently.
154. This description of himself is not mere assertion on thepart of the Testator, nor is it a mere personal recognition ofhimself as an Australian, in virtue of his career in the colony;for it is accompanied by and associated with the great and mostsignificant fact that he, by the same instrument makes the colonyhis general heir, in default of children. This a concurrent act,and is that of a Colonist ; and is the strongest possible mark of hishaving adopted the Colony as his own country. By this act herecognises the Colony as the source of his wealth, and in the absenceand in the place and stead of children, he gives the bulk of hisfortune back to the Colony from which he had derived it. Thisis the bequest of a grateful citizen to the country of his adoption,and its unison with the bestowal of the costly royal window for
the University's Great Hall at an earlier date, seems to bridgeover the interval since he left it.
CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM. 325
155. The Testator's assertion of domicile, accompanied by thisgreat act, thus taken together, and read also in connection withthe prior history of the case, appear to me of the utmost signifi-cance on the question of domicile animo et facto, at the dates ofthe Will and confirmatory Codicil, and up to the death. I mayoverrate that significance ; but it appears to me almost conclusiveto confirm thé acquired domicile in New South Wales, and tonegative all intention subsequently to abandon it and return tothe domicile of origin. At the very least I may affirm that itcreates a great doubt as to the domicile in England at thosetimes. '
156. Many of the further observations I shall have to makesubordinate themselves to this leading proof, and are but con-firmatory of it.
157. This is not the simple case of an unqualified and unbrokendomicile in England on the part of a person dying in Englandpossessed of property abroad ; but is one of very special character,in which, the deceased's do,micile had at least been practicallybroken or disturbed by a long residence and active occupation inAustralia, followed by subsequent oscillations between Englandand the Continent of Europe, and by his death in France; and itis further marked by the fact that the testator's relations were (sofar as I can gather) more intimate, financially and probablysocially, with Australians and Australians than with England andEnglish people, not only during the active part of his life but evenduring his later years of retitement.
158. The testator went in early life as a colonist to a colony.He did not go as an adventurer to a foreign country, properly socalled; nor even to a mere British " possession," such as India,which, whilst adapted to the acquisition of fortune for ultimateenjoyment elsewhere, is wholly unsuited for colonisation or familysettlement.
159. The Colony to which he so went was a British colony,acquired and brought into national existence principally for thecreation of new British homes, and fitted for bona fide settle-ment in the most complete sense of the term ; and now historicallyknown to have become the settled home of the very great majorityof persons who have migrated to it, and of their families.
160. It had and has a British constitution and British laws,under the Crown of England, and under the authority of theImperial Parliament. It was and is in all respects a lesser Britain,
326 CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM.
so that for a man to emigrate to it was not " exuere palriam," butthe adoption of another part of the same patria as an equivalenthome. Thence on adoption of the Colony, so as to create a newdomicile therein, is more readily to be imputed than could be thecase in respect of a really foreign country unadapted for familysettlement.
9. In the case of a removal to a strictly foreign country, thereasonable presumption is against the intention to abandon a priornatural domicile. So, in less degree, with respect to a removal toa British possession unfitted for true settlement :—arid almost thesame might be said, though on different grounds, of the case of amerchant going to a colony merely to establish a business andmake a fortune there. In such cases generally the adventurer ormerchant is probably not more disposed to regard the country ashis true home than an ordinary merchant to look upon his counting-house as such. But the contrary should surely be the presumptionin the case of a youth emigrating from England to a British Colony,fitted in all respects for permanent settlement, in search of employ-ment and the chances of a career. In that of an emigrant of thelabouring class, the adoption of a new home might reasonably beimputed from the first ; and it would certainly be inferred in hiscase -after an undisturbed residence, and active occupation inthe colony for such a period as twenty-six years ; and this wouldbe so notwithstanding that his labours in the end should berewarded with sufficient success to enable him to leave it andenjoy bis leisure elsewhere. Why should this inference be less inthe case of a person such as Mr. Challis was 1 I can see myself nosufficient distinction between the cases : but it must, however, beobserved that I am now speaking only of the acquisition of colonialdomicile, and not of subsequent acts which might or might notinvolve the abandonment of that domicile and the choice of, orreturn to, another.
10. The new domicile should, I apprehend, be inferred orlegally imputed from the broad facts of the colonial life, and shouldnot be made to rest, in such a case as this, on expressions or inten-tions upposed to the domicile, if such there were. The former areincomparably more important in their nature, to say nothing of thesuperior reliableness of patent facts, as compared with evidence offleeting words, themselves perhaps only expressive of a passinginclination. It does not, however, appear, so far as I am aware,that Mr. Challis did, whilst in Sydney (and contrary to his ultimate
CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM. 327
assertion) ever use expressions indicating that he regarded himselfonly as a sojourner, looking to England as his final home : and ifhe did so, the idea cannot, under his circumstances, have influencedhis life, or have passed, until latterly, beyond such occasional andcontingent hopes as are common to most immigrants.
161. It even seems to me even very questionable whether thefacts and circumstances of Mr. Challis's case do not establish anunrebuttable inference of his adoption of the colony as his home,εο as to preclude the admission of evidence, if there were any, ofan intention to settle finally in England. See as to this thelanguage of the Master of the Rolls in Jopp v. Wood, 34Beaven's Reports.
162. I have, I think, sufficiently studied the English authoritieswhich bear, or are supposed to bear on cases such as this ; and Ifind that the decided cases are upon a different class of acts, andthat they are treated, if I may venture to say so, too exclusively,perhaps, from an English point of view.
The true position and relations of a colony such as New SouthWales, and the character of settlement in it, in their bearings uponthe question of acquired domicile, have not, I think, come fullyunder consideration, unless it be in the case of Piatt (formerlyM'Lean) v. The Attorney-General of New South Wales, as decidedby the Privy Council and reported in 3 Law Reports AppealCases ; nor, perhaps, would any decision be quite satisfactory tocolonists, unless the colonial aspect of the question were prominentlyand authoritatively brought under attention. Plait v. The Attorney-General of New South Wales was decided in a Court accustomed toColonial questions ; and there it was held that the deceased (Mr.M'Lean) had acquired a domicile in New South Wales by emigra-tion to it as a youth, followed by only fifteen years of engagementin pastoral pursuits, and prior to and independently of his marriageand death in Australia, as afterwards occurred. See page 840 ofthe Report. The case of Mr. Challis is obviously far strongerthan that of Mr. M'Lean, up to the fifteen years on which thePrivy Council acted ; for the time was nearly twice as great, andit cannot be contended that the pastoral pursuits of the lattertended more to the establishment of a domicile than Mr. Challis'semployment as a clerk and his further pursuit of commerce as amerchant
13. The case of Jopp v. Wood, already
referred to for anotherpurpose, has been thought to support the contrary view of Mr.
328 CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM.
Challis's case ; but that case only established that the fact of aman's going to India " to acquire a fortune in the best way hecould," and residing there on business for fifteen years, did notcreate such an inference of his intention to make India his home,as to be irresistible and unrebuttable by plain evidence of a contraryactual intention. The Master of the Rolls put the case in thesame category as if the residence and acts in India had been " atBordeaux, Constantinople, or any other foreign country ; " andthereupon his lordship relieved himself of a supposed legal andirresistible presumption, which would otherwise have arisen, ofacquired domicile, and gave effect to evidence that the person inquestion always intended to return to Scotland, and had never, infact, intended to make India his home,
There is no point of resemblance between the cases.14. Another line of facts distinguishing
this case from ordinaryones is that shown as to the acquisition of the Testator's fortunewholly in Australia, together with his retention of it to the lastunder an agency, and his investment of surplus remittances inAustralasian securities. These facts appear to me to have animportant bearing upon the general questions when weighed inassociation with the other features of the case ; though they mightnot amount to much if taken alone.
15. And now, passing on to the question whether Mr. Challis,after acquiring a domicile in New South Wales, abandoned it byhis subsequent career. It is first to be noted that, according tothe authorities, where a domicile has been acquired, and it issought to be shown that it was subsequently lost, the onus of proof—to be deduced from all the facts and circumstances of the case—lies upon him who desires to establish the subsequent change (Bellv. Kennedy, 1 L.B.., House of Lords) ; and that upon such aquestion, although the animus is certainly involved, more attentionis paid to acts than words (Driven v. Driven, 34 Law JournalChancery). It is also laid down that an acquired domicile cannotbe lost by mere abandonment, but continues until a change ofdomicile is carried into execution ; nor can a domicile of originrevive, until acquired domicile has been abandoned animo et facto.See cases cited in Williams on Executors. At the same time I amfree to admit that a renewal of domicile or origin is more easily
established than the acquisition of an entirely new domicile ; andthe ground may be taken to be one of common sense arising uponthe probabilities of natural inclination ; but this is only a question
CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM. 329
of weight of evidence and does not affect the principle that eventhe revival of birth-domicile must rest on an abandonment, animoet facto, of an intervening domicile.
16. Having these piinciples in view, it appears to me thatthe subsequent career of Mr. Challis, so far as it has been madeknown to me, does not suffice to establish the abandonment of theAustralian domicile and the revival of the domicile of origin, in theface of his assertion and associated bequest. On the one hand, theTestator's connection with and attachment to Australia seem tohave continued ; and the element of home in England, on theother hand, seems either to have been practically absent or ofinsufficient vitality to oust one domicile and to substitute the other.And as to the animus or intention, as distinguished from uncon-scious acts in the direction of Euglish domicile, I must speciallyrefer again to the Testator's express declaration in his Will withits associated acts and facts.
Assuming that there had been a domicile acquired in Australia,it was a matter of choice with Mr. Challis, whether he would orwould not abandon it, and the declaration and the great act of theWill afford evidence of a choice to retain it. And even if it bethat this would not have prevailed against a steady settlement inEngland during the Testator's many later years, it is of specialweight to turn the scale in a case of so much ambiguity of latercareer, if the expression may be allowed, as is shown by the statedfacts.
163. As regards the question of jurisdiction, legislative andjudicial, I caunot escape the impression that much will have to besaid on the conflicts of jurisdiction, if the claim of the Crown inthis case should come under adjudication ; especially with referenceto the Colonial part of the bequest.
164. It would indeed appear strange that the gift of anex-colonist to public uses in the colony of property acquired by himin the colony, and never withdrawn from it, should be subjected toa deduction of a tenth to the Imperial Treasury ; or that, indeed,any ordinary legatee in the colony should in respect of property soacquired, and so ^ situated, be liable, as he certainly would be tosuch taxation as the Legislature of this country may think fit toimpose on it, and concurrently to 'similar Imperial claims, on theground that the Testator had, after leaving the colony, acquired
(perhaps according to some nice balance of evidence) a domicile inEngland, Of course I am aware that personal property is deemed
330 CHANCELLOR'S MEMORANDUM.
to follow the person, and to have no locality ; but this is a legalfiction, which will not protect personal estate actually within thiscolony, or Colonial legatees of such estate from taxation by thelocal Legislature in the way of Probate and Legacy Duty. It maycertainly be so taxed here, and in fact all the property of deceasedpersons is taxed at the present time in the form of a generalprobate duty, which for the present covers legacies, but may ceaseto do so. Without attempting to grapple with the constitutionaland legal difficulties which may arise from a possible conflict oflegislative and judicial jurisdictions, and which have not yet beenbrought under decision, I venture to think that there may be suchdifficulties, and that I am warranted in thus glancing at them.
165. And now as to the jurisdiction to enforce the claim, sup-posing it to be enforceable anywhere. The colonial personaltycertainly cannot be touched in a direct sense by the EnglishGovernment or by the English Courts ; and I do not see how itcan be so indirectly, that is to say, through the Eriglisa Executorsor by proceedings taken in the English Courts against the SydneyExecutors. Apart from the broader question of jurisdiction, thetestamentary separation of the English and Australian Executorsand the English and Australian assets stands in the way of anyproceeding against the English Executors, for the duty in respectof that part of the bequeathed estate which is not within the scopeof their appointment by the Will or by their probate; and it seemsto me so far questionable as to demand special adjudication whetherthe English Courts can exercise jurisdiction as against the SydneyExecutors and the Australian Legatee, in diminution of the Aus-tralian assets. It was intimated to me in 1881 that the Commis-sioners recognised their legal inability to claim the duty inreference to those assets as against the English Executors ; but itis perhaps to be inferred, from the demand which they have latelymade in England, that they have changed their views upon thesubject. If the claim be pressed in England as against the Eng-lish Executors, it seems to me it should be contested on behalf ofthe University, in accordance with the intimation already madeto them ; and if it be asserted in the English Courts, by any pro-ceeding there against the Sydney Executors, the opportunity willarise for testing the jurisdiction.
166. One further observation only remains to be made. It isthis—that as the University is a trustee for the public of thecolony, the demand of the legacy duty directly concerns that
UNIVERSITY CLUBS, &c. 331
public ; and further, that as the Treasury of the colony is respon.sible, under Parliament, for the adequate support of the Universityon the public behalf, the claim indirectly affects the general re-venue of this country. Hence it may be right to move theGovernment of New South Wales to make such representationsto the Imperial Government as it may think fit, both in the inte-rest of higher education within this dependency of the Crown,and in the interests of the Colonial Treasury.
W. M. MANNING,CHANCELLOR.
Sydney, January 18th, 1886.
UNIVERSITY CLUBS, &c.SYDNEY UNIVERSITY UNION.
The objects of the Union are the promotion of the mentalculture of its Members by means of Debates, a Review, and suchother means as may be determined upon. The meetings areheld weekly, on Fridays, at the School of Arts. The publicationof the Review is at present in abeyance. The Professors,Lecturers, and Examiners of the Sydney University are ex officioHonorary Members. All Graduates, Undergraduates, SuperiorOfficers, and all Graduates and Undergraduates of British andColonial Universities are eligible for ordinary Membership.Except in the case of Members of other Universities, theformality of an election is dispensed with. Subscription, 5s.per annum; Life Member's Subscription, £1 10s.
OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1887.PRESIDENT—Professor Scott, M. A.VICE-PRESIDENTS—Professor MacCallum, H. E. Barff, M.A.,
Rev. H. L. Jackson, M.A., W. P. Cullen, LLD., Rev. CecilKing, B. A., T. Rigg,B.A.
SECRETARY—R. R. Garran.TREASURER—A. J. Kelynack.EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE—E. J. Loxton, B.A., S. A. Thomp-
son, B. A., R. C M'Donnell, G. H. Leibius.
332 UNIVERSITY CLUES, &c.
THE UNIVERSITY CRICKET CLUB.
This Club was instituted in the year 1865. Membershipwas originally restricted to persons who had matriculated at theUniversity, or who held office in it. Soon after its establishmentthe Senate granted the use of that portion of the Universitygrounds known as " The Oval." A considerable sum of moneyhas been spent upon this ground, botía in levelling, turfing, andplanting trees, and it bids fair to become one of the most im-portant cricket grounds in the colony. Six matches have beenplayed between this University and the University of Melbourne.Of these, four were won by the representatives of Sydney.
The Constitution of the Cricket Club has recently been some-what enlarged, and membership is now open to Graduates of anyUniversity recognised by the Sydney University. The roll ofmembership contains upwards of 70 names. Practice is carriedon during the season both on the University Oval and on theDomain Cricket Ground.
Subscription—Non-playing Members, £1 Is. ; Graduates,.£1 10s. ; Undergraduates, £1 Is.
The present Officers of the Club are—PRESIDENT—The Hon. Sir W. Bl. Manning, Chancellor.VICE-PRESIDENTS—Professor Liversidge;
H. Montague Faith-full, Esq. ; The Hon. E. Barton, M.L.A. ; Mr. Justice Windeyer.
HON. SECRETARY—G. P. Barbour, B. A.HON. TREASURER—G. Fuller, M.A.DIRECTOR OP OVAL—Theo. Powell, M.A.ASSISTANT HON. SECRETARY AND TREASURER—E. T. Holle.
UNIVERSITY FOOTBALL CLUB.
This Club was formed in 1863. Matches are played everySaturday during the season, which lasts from May till September.The membership is open to all matriculated Members of theSydney University, and of other Universities. Subscription,10s. per annum.
UNIVERSITY (JLUBS, &u. 333
OFFICE-BEABESS FOB 1887.
PRESIDENT—The Chancellor.VICE-PRESIDENTS—Professor Scott ; C. L. Tange, B. A.GENERAL COMMITTEE—L. E. F. Neill, B.A.; H. H. Lee;
J.'A.' K. Shaw, B.A. ; G. Barbour, B.A.FIRST SELECTION COMMITTEE—L. E. F. Neill, B.A. ; H. H.
Lee; J. A. K. Shaw, B.A.SECOND SELECTION COMMITTEE — T. K. Abbott ; G. H.
Abbott, B.A. : L. J. Lamrock.DELEGATES ΤΌ SOUTHERN RUGBY UNION—J. A. K. Shaw.
B.A; W. Amess, B.A.HON.'SECRETARY..—J. F- Macnianamey, B.A.HON. TREASURER- R. Kinross.CAPTAIN OF SECOND FIFTEEN.—T. K. Abbott.A7-ICE-CAPTAIN OF SECOND FIFTEEN—John Macnianamey.
UNIVERSITY BOAT CLUB.
The membership of the Club is open to all matriculatedMembers of the Sydney University, and to Graduates of Uni-versities recognised by the Univprsity of Sydney.
The boat-shed of the Club stands on the western side ofWoolloomooloo Bay, next to the Corporation Baths.
OFFICE-BEABEBS FOB 1887.
PATRON—His Excellency Lord Carrington.PRESIDENT—The Chancellor.VICE-PRESIDENTS—The Vice-Chancellor; The Hon. Edmund
Baiton; Professor Scott; H. E. Barfi0; R. Teece;'A. Renwick,M. D.
CAPTAIN—V. B. Macdermott.VICE-CAPTAIN—T. Hungerford.COMMITTEE—H. Hale, A. Thomson, G. W. Millard, L- Arm-
strong;. E. A. Gaden.
334 UNIVERSITY CLUBS1 &c.
HON. SECRETARY—J. F. Elphinstone.HON. TREASURER—Laurens F. M. Armstrong, B.A.SUBSCRIPTIONS, <fcc. — Entrance Fee, £1 Is.
; Subscription(payable each lerm in advance), £1 Is. ; Hon. Member (one year),¿1 Is. ; Hon. Member (life), £10 10s. ; Active Member (life),£15 15s.
The number of Members is at present 82—46 active,36 honorary.
UNIVERSITY TENNIS CLUB.
The Club was started in September, 1885, and is open toMembers of the University. The subscription is 2s. 6d. entrancetee, and 2s. 6d. per terra. The court is reserved for the use ofthe lady members on Tuesdays, Wednesdays, and Saturdayafternoons.
COSIMITTEE—R. R. Garran, A. E. Sendall, F. L. Foster.HON. TREASURER—G. C. King.HON. SECRETARY—A. V. Hilliard.
LADIES' TENNIS CLUB.
COMMITTEE—Miss Artlett, Miss Berne, Miss Lomer, B.A.,Miss Robinson.
HON. TREASURER—Miss Artlett.HON. SECRETARY—Miss Robinson.
EXAMINATION PAPERS.1887.
EXAMINATION PAPERS.DECEMBER, 3 886. MARCH, 1887.
MATRICULATION EXAMINATION.
ENGLISH.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
1. Parse every word in the following :Full many a gem of purest ray sereneThe dark unfathomed caves of ocean bear.
2. " English is a composite language, but the grammar ispurely Anglo-Saxon." Explain this, and name the language fromwhich each word in the following sentence is derived :
"He brought out the idea of Moral Obligation with adistinctness with which it had not been presented before."
3. Explain the meaning of each of the following words, andillustrate it by a sentence :
Exorbitant, prevaricate, bigoted, parsimonious, predilection,technical, notorious, capricious.
4. Write an account (not more than one page in length) ofany story or poem which you have recently read.
a
ii. MATRICULATION.
LATIN.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.1. Translate into English—
(a.) Horace, Odes, III., 3, 37—52.Dum longus............................
....................rapiente dextra.Who is the speaker ? Where was Ilion, and what had Ilion
to do with Rome?What is the construction oifortior ?
(δ.) Horace, Odes, III., 23, 1—16.Cáelo supinas . . . . . .
....................fragilique myrto.Explain the meaning of the last two stanzas.
2. Translate into Latin—(a) If I should wish for more, you would not refuse to give
it.(δ) He knew what the barbarian was making ready for
him.(c) When Mardonius was informed that the Athenians
would not make an alliance with him, he at once set out.( d ) He said that he would advocate (suadeo) whatever he
believed to be for the good of the colony.(e) Epictetus was a slave in Rome, and his master was
Epaphroditus, a freedman of the Emperor Nero. It is said bysome, that the master broke his slave's leg by torturing him ; butit is better to believe Simplicius, who says that Epictetus wasnaturally weak in body from his childhood. His master senthim to hear the lectures of an eminent Stoic philosopher.Epictetus afterwards obtained his freedom, and began to teach atRome ; but after the expulsion of the philosophers from Rome byDomitian, he retired to Nicopolis.
3. Write down the meaning, genitive singular, and gender ofcaput, exsul, gramen, carbo, Junis, nix ; and the first personsingular perfect indicative, and supine, of biberes, cogit,óhjicere, cúrrente, sonare, prodeat.
MATRICULATION. iii.
LATIN COMPOSITION
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
Translate into Latin :
Buonaparte's exploits seem magnified in order to enhance theglory of his conquerors, just as Hector is allowed to triumphduring the absence of Achilles merely to give additional splendourto his overthrow by the arm of that invincible hero. Would notthis circumstance alone render a history rather suspicious in theeyes of an acute critic, even if it were not filled with such grossimprobabilities; and induce him to suspend his judgment, tillvery satisfactory evidence (far stronger than can be found inthis case) should be produced ? Is it then too much to demand ofthe wary academic a suspension of judgment as to the " Lifeand Adventures of Napoleon Buonaparte?" I do not pretend todecide positively that there is not, nor ever was, such a person ;but merely to propose it as a doubtful point, and one the moredeserving of careful investigation from the very circumstanceof its having been hitherto admitted without inquiry. Far lesswould I undertake to decide what is, or has been, the real stateof affairs : he who points out the improbability of the currentstory is not bound to suggest an hypothesis of his own—thoughit may safely be affirmed that it would be hard to invent anymore improbable than the received one. One may surely beallowed to hesitate in admitting the stories, which the ancientpoets tell, of earthquakes and volcanic eruptions being caused byimprisoned giants, without being called upon satisfactorily toaccount for these phenomena.
LATIN AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
I. Translate into English, and explain the allusions and anypeculiarities in the construction that occur :
'(1.) Horace, Epistles, I, 5, 1 — 15.Si potes............................. . . inconsultus haberi.
a 2
iv. MATRICULATION;
(2.) Horace, Epistles, L, 14, 1—13.Villice silvarum.............................
effugit unquam.(3.) Horace, Odes, HL, 6, 1—16,
Delicta majorum.................................................melior sagittis.
II. Translate the following passages, and comment on andillustrate any peculiarities of construction contained in them :
(1.) Haec ego procurare et idoneus imperor et nonIn vi tus.
(2.) Nulla placeré diu nee vivere carmina possuntQuae scribuntur aquae potoribus,
(3.) Föns etiam rivo dare nomea idoneus.(4.) Quodsi dolentem nee Phrygius lapis
Nee purpurarum sidere clariorDelenit usus;
(5.) Fratresque tendentes opacoPelion imposuisse Olympo.
(6.) Fies nobilium tu quoque fontium.(7.) Si fractus illabatur orbis
Impavidum ferient ruinae.
III. Translate, with explanatory notes, the following pas-sages :
(1.) Dignum praestabo me etiam pro laude merentis.(2.) Jubetur
Rura suburbana indictis comes ire Latinis.(3.) Mercemur servum qui dictet nomina, laevum
Qui fodicet sulat et cogat trans pondera dextramPorrigere.
(4.) Sed quadringentis sex septem millia desunt;Plebs eris.
(5.) QuodsiFrígida curarum fomenta relinquere posses,Quo te caelestis sapientia duoeret, ires.
•IV. What do you know of Maecenas, and of Horace's,relations to him 1
MATRICULATION. v.
GREEK.TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.1. Translate into English—
Xenophon, Anabasis, IV., 3, 1—2. Ύαύτην S' ου . . . .ήΒεως εκοιμηθησαν.
2. Xenophon, Anabasis, IV., 6, 7 —10. Ot /Λν πολέμιοι.....................πλε'ιους προσγενεσθαι.
3. Give the first person singular present, future,perfect, and aorist indicative of the verbs—ΙΒόντες, απείχε,μαχόμενοι, επαθον, ηύ\ίσθησαν, ττα/οαγγελλίΠ', εληλυθότιου ;and the genitive singular and dative plural of ΰδωρ, νανς,πους, ανηρ, yóvv, Ίππενς.
4. Translate into Greek—(1) He gave three talents to the soldiers who had
captured the city.(2) If I see him, I will ask him why he betrayed his
best friends.C3) He told me that he would send a hundred men to
build the walls.''4) Very many of the Greeks were slain by the
barbarians on that day ; the rest crossed theriver in the night.
(5) The guide told Xenophon that the way was verylong and very narrow.
GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.Translate into Greek—
When the Athenians, in the war with the Lacedemonians,received many defeats both by sea and land, they sent a messageto the oracle of Jupiter Ammon, to ask the reason why they, whoerected so many temples to the gods, and adorned them with such
MATRICULATION
costly offerings ; why they who had instituted so many festivals,and accompanied them with such pomps and ceremonies ; inshort, why they, who had slain so many hecatombs at their altars,should be less successful than the Lacedemonians, who fell soshort of them in all these particulars. To this, says he, theoracle made the following reply : I am better pleased with theprayers of the Lacedemonians than with all the oblations of tlieGreeks. As this prayer implied and encouraged virtue in thosewho made it, the philosopher proceeds to shew how the mostvicious man might be devout, so far as victims could make him,but that his offerings were regarded by the gods as bribes, andhis petitions as blasphemies, He likewise quotes on this occasiontwo verses out of Homer, in which the poet says, That the scentof the Trojan sacrifices was carried up to heaven by the winds ;but that it was not acceptable to the gods, who were displeasedwith Priam and all his people.
GREEK AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
1. Translate into English—Euripides, Alcestis, 435—452.ΤΩ Πελίου.............................. . . . ολβίαις Αθάναις.
2. Translate into English—Euripides, Alcestis, 714-—729.ΦΕ. àpq yovtvffiv........................................................θάψαι νεκρύν.
3. Translate into English—Xenophon, Anabasis, IV., 6, 6—9.Χειρίσοφος δ' επε\ . . . . πλείους προσ-γενεσθαι.
4. Translate into English — Xenophon, Anabasis, IV.,3, 28—30.
Ιοων ο αυτούς .... πέραν -γενηται.•5. Translate the following, commenting on peculiarities or
difficulties of construction—(1) ft γαρ μετακΰμιος ατας,ώ ΐίαιαν, φανείης.
MATRICULATION.
vii.
(2) αλλ' οϋδε ναυκΧηρίανεσο οποί-τις αιαςστείΧας η Αυκ'ιαςείτ Ê7TÎ τάς ανύδρους·' Αμμων ιαΒας έδραςΒυστάνου παραΧΐισαιφνχ^άν.
(3) αλλ' εΐ τι μη φεροιμεν ωτρυνεν φερειν.(4) ττράζας δ' ο μη τνχοιμι' νοστησαιμι jap '
δίδωμι 7-/;νδε σοΤσι προσττοΧεΐν Βόμοις.(5; και ουτ ευ τφ uöari τ« ο7ΓΛα ην εχειν ει οε
μη, ?')ρ7ταξευ ό ποταμός.(6) κατακαμένων jàp αΧεεινον ην η χιών
έ7Γΐ7τε7ΓΓωκυϊα, ôVtj> μη παραρρυείΐ}.
6. Explain the force of μη in the following passages—(1) KqT όνειΒίζεις φίΧοις
τυίς μη θεΧουσι δράν rao', αυτός ¿ιν κακός ;(¿J ουκ αν ουναιο παντ εχειν ·α μη σε οει.(3) κελεύει αντοΰ μεΤναι εττι του ποταμού μη Βιαβάντας.
7. Explain the metre of the following lines—οϋτε yap ανγας χαίρω προσορών,ουτ' επί γαίας ττόΒα πεζείιων.τοίον ομηρόν μ άττοσυΧησας"AtBy θάνατος παρεΒωκεν.
LATIN AND GREEK TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS-
1. Translate into English—Sed non alienum esse árbitror, quo minus saepe aut
interpeller a non nullis aut tacitorum existimatione reprehendar,explicare breviter quae mihi sit ratio et causa cum Caesare. ac
VlIl. MATRICULATION.
prinium illud tempus familiaritatis et consuetudinis, quae mihicum illo, quae fratri meo, quae O. Varroni, cousobriiio nostro, aboninium nostrum adulescentia fuit, praetermitto : postea quamsum penitus in rem publicam ingressus, ita dissensi ab illo, ut indisiunctione sententiae coniuncti tamen amicitia· maneremus.consul ille egit eas res, quarum me participem esse voluit ; quibusego si minus adsentiebar, tamen illius mihi iudicium gratum essedebebat: me ille ut quinqueviratum acciperem rogavit; me intribussibi coniunctissimis consularibus esse voluit; mihi legationemquam vellem, quanto cum honore vellem detulit : quae ego omnianon ingrato animo, sed obstinatione quadam sententiae repudiavi.quam sapienter, non disputo ; multis enim non probabo ; con-stanter quidem et fortiter certe : qui cum me firmissimis opibuscontra scelus inimicorum muñiré et popularis impetus popularipraesidio propulsare possem, quamvis excipere fortunam, subirévim atque iniuriam malui quam aut a vestris sanctissimis men-tibus dissidere aut de meo statu declinare.
2. Translate into English—
Άλλ' αγί 8ή, εφη ó Σωκράτης, συ αύ λέγε ημΐν, ω' Αντίσθενες, πως οΰτω βραχέα έχων μέγα φρονείς επί πλοντω."Οτι νομίζω, ω avSptç , τους ανθρώπους ουκ εν τφ οίκω τονπλουτον και την πενίαν εχειν άλλ' εν ταις φυχαΐς. άρω yàpπολλούς μεν ίδιώτας, oî 7τάνυ πολλά έχοντες χρήματα οΰτωπενεσθαι ηγούνται ώστε πάντα μεν πόνον, πάντα δε κίνΒυνονύποούονται, εφ' ω πλείονα κτησονται, οΊ8α δε και αδελφούς , οΐτα Ίσα λαχόντες ο μεν αυτών τάρκοΰντα έχει και περιττεΰοντατης ΰαπάνης, ó δε του rravroç ενΰεΐται ' αισθάνομαι δε καιτυράννους τινας, οϊ ούτω πεινώσι χρημάτων ώστε ποιουσιπολύ δεινότερα των άπορωτάτων'· οι ενΒειανμεν yàp Βηπου οιμεν κλέπτουσιν, oi δε τοιχωρυχοϋσιν, ο'ι δε άνδραποοΊζονται'τύραννοι ύ είσ'ι τίνες ο* όλους μεν ο'ίκονς άναιροϋσιν, αθρόουςδ' άττοκτείνουσι, 7τολλάκ£ς δε και ολας ττόλείς χρημάτων ένεκαεξανδ/οαττοοιΖονται. τούτους μεν ονν εγωγε και πάνυ οικτείρωτης άγαν χαλεπής νόσου, όμοια γάρ μοι
Βοκοϋσι πάσχεινωσπερ εΊ τις ττολλά εσθ'ιων μηΒέποτε εμπίπλαιτο.
MATRICULATION ix.
GENERAL QUESTION PAPER.TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.(Candidates are recommended not to attempt more than Six Questions).
167. What did the Athenian Empire include at the time ofits greatest extension, and how was it organised and administered?
168. Estimate the permanent result of the conquests ofAlexander.
169. Trace the career of Pompeius.170. Explain the principal
points at issue in the strugglebetween the Patricians and Plebeians. When and how did thedistinction lose its political importance 1
171. Explain the Greek conceptions of ατη and νεμισις.172. "Sophocles said, that he
represented men as they oughtto be, while Euripides represented them as they are." Discussthis.
173. Discuss Virgil's power of delineating character.174. "All prepositions were
originally adverbs." Examinethis statement.
175. Mention and explain some of the principal views thathave been held as to the origin of language.
10. In what sense is it true that Art is the imitation ofNature ?
LATIN AND GREEK VERSE COMPOSITION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
A. For Latin Elegiacs :And now I'm in the world alone,
Upon the wide, wide sea.But why should I for others groan,
When none will sigh for me ?Perchance my dog will whine in vain
Till fed by stranger hands ;But long ere I come back again
He'd tear me where he stands.
X. MATRICULAIION.
With thee, my bark, I'll swiftly goAcross the foaming brine ;
Nor care what land thou bear'st me to,
So not again to mine.Welcome, welcome, ye dark blue waves !
And when you fail my sight,Welcome, ye déserts and ye caves !
My native land—Good Night!
Or, for Latin Hexameters :" O Son !" quoth Croesus, " well I know thee brave,And worthy of high deeds of chivalry ;Therefore the more thy dear life would I save,Which now is threatened by the gods on high ;Three times one night I dreamed I saw thee die,Slain by some deadly iron-pointed thing,While weeping lords stood round thee in a ring."Then loud laughed Atys, and he said again :" Father, and did this ugly dream tell theeWhat day it was on which I should be slain 1As may the gods grant I may one day be,And not from sickness die right wretchedly,Groaning with pain, my lords about my bed,Wishing to God that I were fairly dead ;But slain in battle, as the Lydian kingsHave died ere now, in some great victory,While all about the Lydian shouting ringsDeath to the beaten foemen as they fly.What death but this, O father ! should I die?'
B For Greek Iambics :Methinks the genius of the Roman raceShould not be so extinct, but that bright flameOf liberty might be revived again(Which no good man but with his life should lose),And we not sit like spent and patient foolsStill puffing in the dark at one poor coal,Held on by hope till the last spark is out.
MATRICULATION.
The cause is public, and the honour, name,The immortality of every soul,That is not bastard or a slave in Rome,Therein concerned ; whereto, if men would changeThe wearied arm, and for the weighty shieldSo long sustained, employ the facile sword,We might soon have assurance of our vows.
0. Latin Essay, (for those candidates only who send up noverses.)
Quemnam sibi finem proponere debeat qui historiam scripturus vol scriptam lecturus sit 1
Orator Hibernicus Anglos hortatur ut patiantur Hiberniamres suas sibi habere.
FRENCH.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.A. Translate into English—
a. Il ne lui fallait pas moins que des prodiges pour se fairepardonner l'audace qui l'avait porté à solliciter uncommandement en chef ; mais son génie et la fortunerépondirent à tout. A peine fut-il arrivé à Nice, que,prêt à attaquer des ennemis nombreux, confiants dansleurs forces, pourvus de tout, et faisant la guerre surleur territoire, il s'écria, dans un mouvement d'éloquencemilitaire qui ne lui réussit pas moins qu' à l'illustregénéral carthaginois : " Camarades, vous manquez detout au milieu de ces rochers ; jetez les yeux sur. lesriches contrées qui sont à vos pieds : elles nous appar-tiennent ; allons en prendre possession."
b. Heureux enfant ! que je t'envieTon innocence et ton bonheur !Ah ! garde bien toute ta vieLa paix qui règne dans ton cœur.
MATRICULATION.
Tu dors : mille songes volages,Amis paisibles du sommeil,Te peignent de douces images,Jusqu' au moment de ton réveil.
Ton œil s'ouvre ; tu vois ton père,Joyeux, accourir à grands pas ;Il t'emporte au sein de ta mère,Tous deux te bercent dans leurs bras.
i. Give the French for : five and fifth ; nine and ninth ;twenty and twenty-first ; eighty-two ; three hundred.
II. Translate into French : I used to give ; she is going ; weknow nothing ; you never say ; they lave nobody ; Ishall be charmed to see them.
in. Give the French for : How many times ; sometimes ; thistime ; last time ; next time ; several times ; manytimes.
IV. Distinguish between : cliaque and chacun ; voilà des livresand il y a des livres ; il a chaud and il fait chaud ; ilest blessé and il s'est blessé : ils se trompent l'un et l'autreand ils se trompent l'un l'autre.
v. Write out the second person singular and plural of thepresent, past indefinite, and future of s'en aller,mourir, pouvoir ; and write the same parts of the verb.naître in the negative.
Translate into French—
a. We should not judge of a man's merit by his great qualities,but by the use he makes of them.
b. All who have meditated on the art of governing mankind,have been convinced that the fate of empires depends onthe education of youth.
c. What is he looking for 1 What are you thinking of ?What are they laughing at ? Misfortune never comossingle. There is nothing new under the sun. I leaveit entirely with you.
MATRICULATION. xiii.
GERMAN.
TIME, THREE HOURS
PASS.A.. Translate into English—
i£>er Sud)3 unb ber Slate©in 0ia6e t)atte einen ,Safe gefbtyien unb [e^te |ίφ auf einen Saum,
um iijn Ijier ju öcrjef)ren. · SMeS fcemerfte ein Snctyg, fcfytidj t)tn$u unbfaracfy : „ D Oîafce, bu 6ifî bod) ein flotter Söget ! 2)ein ©efteber(Plumage) glanât rote bte Çeberri beê Qiblerê. 3ft beine ©limme αιιφfo [φοη, bann 6ift bu ber [fünfte Soge! ber SBeIt." 2)en sRaOen Hielte(flatter) biefeg So6 unb er fing an ju fdjreien. ïilg er a6er ben©φηαΜ (the beak) öffnete, entfiel if)m ber Äöfe. ©er 5ηφ§ farangÇinju, f^na>)^te it)n auf, Serfct)íang ií)n unb lachte ben t^öricr)tert Sßa6enaug.
B.—1. Give the first person singular of the past tense, the past
participle, and meaning of—(Stellen, fief) fe£en, ft|en,Çttrçufdjleidjen, fpvecfyen, anfangen, entfallen, fiinjufpringen,berfdjlingen.
2. Decline throughout in German—The beautiful bird, abeautiful bird.
3. Give the comparative and meaning of—Sunt, fat)l,gern,6atb, 6οφ.
4. Give the plural and meaning of—Sett, -§aar, ber 5^or, bag Sljor, ber ®ee, bie @ee, bag
@ct|af, baê ©ειηαφ.gob, Ungíüá, Sob, Streit.Give the two plurals of—Sfiatr), $aar, (Sagital, with
their different meanings.
5. Translate—a. " Our neighbour has sold three casks (bag Çafj) of
beer," and, " we have bought four old beer-casks."
b. The master ought to have punished the boy, for hewished to deceive him.
c. The boy had not a single mistake in his exercise.
xiv. MATRICULATION.
C. Translate into German—1. Do you find your exercise easy? Yes, it is not very
difficult.2. Which house did your father buy ? He bought our
neighbour's.3. My sister stood at the window, and my father in the
door.4. Do you know the works of this poet 1 Yes, they are
very beautiful.176. Where do the monkeys live ? They live in the forests.177. Is gold a stone? No, gold is no stone, it is a metal.178. Have you read Milton's Paradise Lost? Yes, I have
read it.8. In which month did your nephew arrive ? He arrived
in (mit) the Sorata three weeks ago.
ARITHMETIC.
TIME, TITRÉE HOURS.
PASS.
179. Prove that λ of 7s. 4»d. + λ of 9s. 6|d. H-TV of £7 is thesame as ^¾ of 54 guineas.
180. A cistern, which holds 200 gallons, is filled by two taps,one supplies 15 gallons per minute, the other If quarts persecond ; if the first be turned on for 10 minutes, and afterwardsboth run together, in what time will the cistern be filled ?
181. Express £9 13s. 8¿d. as the decimal ¿6.83, and find arecurring decimal equal to
4.027-3.10 + 5.82063-.142857182. Find the present worth of ¿6147 19s for 1 year 219
daysat 4-| per cent.
183. How many boys, each doing i of a man's work, must beengaged with 14 men, to do in 24 days, what 12 men could do in36 days?
MATRICULATION. • XV.
184. What are a bankrupt's debts when his assets, consistingof an undiscounted bill of £513, due 4 months hence, at 4 percent, interest, and of £930, stock standing at 56, admit of adividend of 13s. 4d. in the £.
185. Find the length of a rectangular tank 4 feet wide and 2feet deep, which will contain 1.5625 tons of water; given thata cubic foot of water weighs 1000 oz.
186. By selling at £24 7s. 8d. per cwt. a man gains 4£ percent. What must he sell at per lb. to gain 12J per cent., andwhat was the cost price per ton ?
187. Find by practice the cost of 7 tons, 13 cwt. 2 qrs. 26 lbs.5 oz. at £100 per ton.
10. Simplify,V of 6|f of 2411 -4j| x 3ff H-3f|8H* 5if -h4if -7^ * 5¾ ^ U£
ALGEBRA.
TIME,. THREE HOURS.
PASS.
1. Find the value of 6 αχ3 - 3α2α:2-4Λ + 32α4
(i), when χ = ~, α = \(U). when χ= —α
188. Multiply 4a-36 + 2c + dby 4α—3δ—2c—dand divide ÎjV-fz3 + ψα'-ψν + 6 by 2a.·2-*x + 6
189. Simplify \ [z-1 j y-Χ(ζ-^¥ή j. ]190. Find the factors of
(i). 1 + 27¾3
(ii). aP + x^y—xy2—ys
(iii). 4a2£2-(«2 + 62-c2)2
5. Find LCM of χ3—3χ2 + 9¡c - 27 and x3
+ 3a·2 + 9« + 27
MATRICULATION.
6. Simplify :« /·\ b a a? + 2αδ + b2
{1)' ¿F+âb ~" ¿δΤό"2 + ' aïb—ab2
χ2+y1
■ (υ)· ~Γ + Χ χ * 2 -y 2
2/ *7. A man leaves §■ of his property to his eldest son, half the
remainder equally between two younger sons, and the other halfequally between three daughters. What was the value of theproperty if the younger sons each got £1250 more than each oftheir sisters ?
Λ2 __ srrfc UCC___O8. Solve the equation--------------------+ χ — 06 a9. Prove that
(α— 6) (6—c) (c—a)10. Shew that the square of the sum of any two consecutive
integers is always greater by one than four times their product.
EUCLID.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.
191. Draw a straight line through a given point parallel to agiven straight line.
192. Equal triangles on the same base, and on the same sideof it, are between the same parallels.
3.- From a given point, draw a straight line equal to a givenstraight line.
4. If two triangles have two angles of the one equal to twoangles of the other, each to each, and one side equal to one side,namely, either the sides adjacent to the equal angles ; or sideswhich are opposite to equal angles in each, then shall the othersides be equal, each to each, and also the third angle of the oneequal to the third angle of the other.
MATRICULATION. xvii.
193. If two straight lines cut one another, the vertical oropposite angles shall be equal.
194. The complements of the parallelograms, which are aboutthe diameter of any parallelogram, are equal to one another.
195. Define a " superficies," " plane angle," " circle," " scalenetriangle," " rhombus."
196. The greater side of „every triangle has the greater angleopposite to it.
197. A point 0 is taken within a triangle equally distantfrom two sides, show that O lies on the bisector of the anglebetween those sides.
ARITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA.TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.
1. If 1000 lbs. can be carried 1000 miles for £1, and therate of conveyance is the same abroad, find to 2 places of decimalshow many kilograms can be carried 100 kilometres for 20 francs.
Given £1 = 25.2 francs ; 1 kilometre = 0.6214 miles ;1 kilogram = 2.2046 lbs.
198. If the population of Great Britain would increase at therate of 2 per cent, per annum, but emigration carries off | percent, of the population per annum, what will be the increase percent: of the population after five years 1 Find the numberof emigrants in three years at the above rates, supposing thepopulation to commence at 32 millions.
199. A person sells out £761 13s. 4d. stock in government 4-|per cents, at 101+, and invests the proceeds in bank stock at£87 per share, which pays a dividend of 131 per cent, on£22 10s., the amount paid on each share. How much is hisincome increased or diminished ?
4. If xy + \ (x + y) (a + b) -i- cé = 0and xy + | (.¾ + y) (c + d) + cd = 0prove that ^ = j/( «-*) (»-&) (¿ fggEg
2 a+b—c—db
xviii. MATRICULATION.
5. Solve the equations—■(i). nii/x + a + n^/a-x =(m + n) ^/a2-x¿
(ii). χ3 + y3 + xy (χ + y) = 13 I(a.·2+2/2)*¾2 =468/
(iii). ax + yz = ay + zx = az + xy = b2
S. If a and ¡5 are the roots of the equation ax- + bx + c = 0,
prove that a + β = — and α /3 = -
If α and |3 are the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0, form the equationwhose roots are a2 + β2 and a~2 + β~2.
7 If α = as = ... a», then each fraction will
^½:¾::'::::%?Prove that, if-----------=----------- ' then will each fraction
y + z z + x, xy - z2, . , .be equal to-------------and also equal to χ + y + ζ.
8. If + — varies inversely as χ + y, then χ2 + y2
varies as xy.9. Insert η terms in Arithmetical Progression between two
given quantities. " If the sum of η terms of an Arithmetic Pro-gression be equal to the sum of the next ra terms, and also to thesum of the next ρ terms, prove that
(m + n)(- - -\ = (n+p)(l _ I)
10. Prove by induction that the number of permutations ofη different things taken rata time is η (η — 1) (η - 2).. .{η — r + 1)How many integral numbers, consisting of 5 figures, can beformed of the digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, no digit being usedmore than once in any number ?
How many of these contain the digit 7 ?Find the sum of all the numbers so formed.11. If (l + x)a = c0 + c1x + c2x2 + ... +caaf
shew that200. c0 + Cl + ...+cn = -2a
201. C1 + 2c2 + 3c3 + ... + rcr + nca = n.2""1
MATRICULATION. XlX
GEOMETRY AISTD GEOMETRICAL
CONIOS.
TIME, THREE HOUKS.
HONOURS.
202. If PAQ be a variable straight line drawn through afixed point A to meet a fixed straight line BC in P, and if therectangle PA, AQ remain constant, prove that Q will move ona fixed circle passing through A.
203. If the vertical angle of a triangle be bisected by astraight line which cuts the base, the segments of the base shallhave the same ratio which the other sides of the triangle have toone another.
204. If a diagonal of a quadrilateral bisects two of its angles,shew that it bisects the other diagonal at right angles.
205. In a right angled triangle the similar rectilinear figuressimilarly described on (he sides containing the right angle, aretogether equal to the similar figure similarly described on the sideopposite to the right angle.
206. Prove the fundamental property of the nine-points circleof a triangle.
207. Bisect a given triangle by a straight line drawn through apoint given in one side.
208. The sub-normal in a parabola is constant.209. Find the locus of the
centre of a variable circle whichtouches a fixed circle and a fixed straight line.
210. In an Ellipse, the foot of the perpendicular from a focusto a tangent lies on the auxiliary circle.
211. If the normal to an ellipse at P meets the major axisin G, and the diameter conjugate to CP in F, prove that PF.PG = OB2, where CB is the semi-minor axis.
212. Prove the existence of asymptotes in the case of thehyperbola.
TRIGONOMETRY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.1. Prove that the circumference of a circle
varies as its radiusIf the ratio of circumference to diameter be
taken as 3-14159,express the unit of circular measure as a
decimal of a ri«ht angle.b 2
XX. MATRICULATION.
2. Give reasons for regarding distances measured from anorigin in opposite directions as differing in sign,
Compare the trigonometrical ratios of n° and (n + 270)°.213. Express sin A + cos B as a
product, and 4 sin A oos B sin Gas a sum of sines and cosines.
214. Find sin 18° and oos 18° to three places of decimals.215. What is the Principle of
Proportional Parts inlogarithmic tables.
If the difference for two consecutive angles is .0000216 inthe case of the Log sin, and .0000204 in the case of the Log cos,what is the corresponding difference for the Log tan ?
6. Given cos 20=cos* θand sin 2φ= y3.sin20,
find θ and <f>.7. Find the cosine of an angle of a
triangle in terms of thesides.
Prove that, with the usual notation,. D . „ 26V + 2cV + 2a»ft2-a*-6*-c*
a sin B sin C —-----------------;----------------4 α 6 c
216. The shadow of an upright stick, thrown by the sun onlevel ground, is a feet in length, and the longest shadow whichcan be thrown, by inclining the stick, is b feet in length. Findthe length of the stick, and the cosine of the sun's altitude.
217. Find the radius of the circle which circumscribes atriangle.
If O be the intersection of perpendiculars of the triangleABG, prove that the circles circumscribing OAB, OBC, OCA areseverally equal to that circumscribing A BG.
10. Describe the ambiguous case in solution of triangles,and prove that the two triangles cannot be similar.
2.acid.
CHEMISTRY.TIME, THREE HOUBS.PASS.How do pressure and heat affect the volume of a gas ?
State the two laws concerned.Give a short general account of chlorine and hydrochloric
MATRICULATION. XXI.
218. Show by equations how nitrous and nitric oxides can beprepared, and state their properties.
219. What compounds does phosphorus form with oxygen, andwhat will be the result if each of them is brought into contactwith water?
220. What is the composition of water, and how can it bedetermined—(i) by volume ; (ii) by weight ?
221. What is the chemical composition of alabaster, alum,cinnabar, clay, emery, Epsom salts, red lead and white lead ?
222. Describe the structure of a candle flame.223. Describe the black-ash
process for the manufacture ofsodium carbonate.
PHYSICS.
TIME, THKEE HOURS.
PASS.
224. Explain why dew is deposited more plentifully on clearnights than on cloudy ones.
225. Give a sketch of the history of science from the time ofthe Ptolemy Soter to the time of Newton.
226. What discoveries do you associate with the name ofFaraday 1
227. Describe and explain as far as possible the constructionof a telescope or microscope.
228. What are the phenomena exhibited by a Voltaic battery ?Describe and give the theory of any ordinary Voltaic cell.
229. Explain how sound is propagated through the air.230. Describe exactly the
changes in volume and energy whicha pound of ice at — 1OC undergoes as it is heated and finallydispersed as steam.
231. Give some account of the principles of electric lighting.232. Write an essay of not
more than two pages on anyphysical subject you choose.
xxii. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
PIRST YEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
TIME, THKEB HOURS.
PASS.Translate into Latin :
233. Coriolanus, being condemned and banished, went to dwellamong the Volscians. They welcomed him heartily ; the moreso, because they perceived what anger he bore against his nativecountry. His host was a certain Attius Tullus, than whom therewas none among the Volscians either more powerful or morehostile to Rome. So the two took counsel together how theymight stir up war. They knew, indeed, that the Volscians couldnot easily be persuaded to make war against the Romans ; fortheir spirits were broken by many defeats which they hadsuffered in time past. Nevertheless, Attius hoped to kindle theiranger against the Romans, and this he accomplished.
234. He launched his ships, as though intending to attackUtica by sea, and sent two thousand soldiers to occupy a hillwhich he had held before, in order to prevent any attack on hiscamp from the city.
235. Sophonisba ought to have been sent to Rome, even if shehad not been the daughter of the Carthaginian commander.
236. They say that Hannibal, when leaving the enemy'sterritory, repeatedly looked back at the shores of Italy, andreproached himself for not having led his army to Rome im-mediately after the victory of Cannse.
237. Cicero was so terrified by the sight of the armed men bywhom he was surrounded that he was unable to finish his speech.
238. I do not know whether you wished to do me a service ornot, but I am afraid you have not acted wisely.
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. XXUl
LATIN AUTHORS.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.A. Translate into English—
(a.) Livy XXX., 11, 11—12.lam signa......................certatum fuerat.
(b.) Livy XXX., 31, 1—4.Non me fallebat,.........................fraus, petitis.
Explain the force of the subjunctive in subtrahas, leventur,pateat.B. Translate—
(«.) Ne tot annorum felicitatem in unius horae dederisdiscrimen.
(¿.) Data dextra in id, quod petebatur, obligandse fidei, inregiam concedit. (Explain the case of fidei.)
(c.) Maxim» cuique fortunée minime credendum est.(d.) lam tantas habuisse opes, ut Masinissam
regno pulsumeo redegerit, ut vita ejus fama mortis et latebris, ferarum modo insilvis rapto viventis, tegeretur. (Explain the mood and tense ofredegerit and tegeretur.)C. Translate into English—
(a.) Virgil jEneid L, 423—436.Instant ardentes ;...................................fragrantia mella.
[b.) Virgil iEneid IL, 438—450.Hic vero...................................defenderé telis.
D. Translate the following passages, and comment on the under-
lined words—(a.) Namque humeris de more habilem
suspenderat arcumVenatrix, dederatque comam diffundere ventis,Nuda genu, nodoque sinus collecta fluentes.
(b.) Quos ego--------sed motos praestat componere fluctus.(c.) Tum foribus divae, media testudine templi,
Saepta armis, solioque alte subnixa resedit.(d.) Dixit, et extemplo, ñeque enim responsa
daban turFida satis, sensit medios delapsus in hostes. ■
XXlV. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
GREEK AND LATIN TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.
1. Translate into English—"Ανδρες, εφη, φίΧοι, ό μεν ποταμός ημΐν
παρακεχώρηκε τηςεις την πόΧιν όοοΰ* ημείς οε θαρροΰντες εισίωμεν ο?} μηοϊνφοβούμενοι ε'ίσι·>, εννοούμενοι ότι ούτοι, εφ ους νύν πορευσομε-θα, εκείνοι είσιν ους ημείς και συμμάχους προς εαυτοΊς 'έχονταςκαι εγρηγορότας απαντάς και νηφοντας και εζωπΧισμενους κα\συντεταγμένους ενικωμεν' νυν δ' επ' αυτούς ϊι/εν εν ψπολλοί μεν αυτών καθεύοουσι, πολλοί ο UVTCJV μεθυουσι,πάντες ο άσΰντακτο'ι εισιν' όταν οε και α'ίσθι·ινται ημάς ένδονοντάς, πολύ ετι μάΧΧον η νΰν αχρείοι έσονται ύπο τοϋ εκπε-πΧηχθαι. Ει δε τις τούτο εννοείται ο Sri Χέγεται φοβερον είναιτο'ις εις πόΧιν εισιοϋσι, μη επί τα τεγη άναβάντες βαΧΧιοσινένθεν και εΊ>0ευ, τοΰτο μάΧιστα Θαρρείτε' ην γαρ άναβώσί τίνεςεπί τάς οΙκίας, εχομεν σΰμμαχον θεον "Ηφαίστου.2. Translate into English—
Dum hsec Veiis agebantur, interim arx Romœ Capitoliumquein ingenti periculo fuit. Namque Galli, nocte sublustri, quumprimo inermem, qui temptaret viam, prœmisissent, sublevantes invicem et trahentes alii alios, prout postularet locus, tanto silentioin summum evasere, ut non custodes solum fallerent, sed ne canesquidem—sollicitum animal ad nocturnos strepitus—excitarent.Anseres non fefellere, quibus sacris Junoni in summa inopia cibitarnen abstinebatur : quœ res salufci fuit : nanique clangoreeorum alarumque crépi tu excitus M. Manlius, qui triennio anteconsul f uerat, vir bello egregius, armis arreptis simul ad armacseteros ciens vadit et, dum cseteri trepidant, Galium, qui jam insummo constiterat, deturbat. Cujus casus quum próximossterneret, trepidantes alios armisque omissis saxa, quibusadhserebant, manibus amplexos trucidant.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.Translate into Latin prose—
In another speech he inquires whether they will say thatthose who establish military engines are not at war until they
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. XXV.
apply them to the walls ; and declares that whoever prepares themeans for conquest is an enemy, before he hurls a dart or drawsthe bow. He reproaches them with conceding to Philip the rightof doing as he pleases, and seeming to regard his conduct ratheras that of a lawful heir, than of a slave wasting and spoilingthat in which he has no interest. There must be some cause, hecontinues, why the Greeks, who used to be so eager for liberty,are now eager for servitude ; something in the hearts of themultitude which overcame the wealth of Persia, and quailed notunder any battle by sea or land, but which there is not now.What was this ? Not subtlety or cleverness, but an abhorrenceof bribery and corruption ; whereas now there is envy when aman gets a bribe, laughter if he confesses it, mercy to theconvicted, and hatred of the denouncers of crime. In nationalstrength the advantages as compared with older times are all in ourfavour, but they are rendered useless, unavailable, unprofitableby the agency of these traffickers. The work of saving Greece,he said in conclusion, belongs to you ; this privilege your ancestorsbequeathed to you as the prize of many perilous exertions.
LATIN AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
239. To what class of poetry do the Georgics belong 1 Brieflydiscuss their originality and literary value.
240. Translate, with concise marginal notes, where you thinkthem desirable—
(a) Virgil, Georgics I., 104—117: Quid dicam.....................humore lacunae 1
(b) Virgil, Georgics IL, 273—287 : Collibus an...................extendere rami.
(c) Virgil, Georgics IL, 380—389 : Non aliam.....................mollia pinu.
(d) Cicero pro Murena, § 30 : Ceterae tarnen........omnium princeps.
(e) Cicero pro Murena, § 66 : Huiusce modi .condita iucundius.
xxvi. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
3. Comment on the construction of—(a) At si virgineum suffuderit ore ruborem.(6) Ut, cum carceribus sese effudere quadrigae,
Addunt in spatia.Ic) Virginibus bacchata Lacaenis Taygeta.241. Et teneram ab radice ferens, Sylvane, cupressum.242. Dies . . . felices operum.
4. Explain—(a) Bis sanguine nostro
Emathiam et latos Haemi pinguescere campos.(b) Qua locus Erigonen inter Chelasque sequentes
Panditur.243. Victum Dodona negabat.244. Mittit et Eliadum palmas Epiros equarum.245. Laomedonteae luimus periuria Troiae.
5. What are the Ciceronian senses of provincia—studium-tempestivus—tumultus—gratia—artifex—auctor—munus 1
6. Describe briefly (with technical terms) either(a) the method of a Roman election, or(/3) the ethical doctrines of the Stoics.
GREEK COMPOSITION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.
Translate into Greek :246. He told me that, after buying the farm for two talents
he sold it for one.247. He advised the Athenians to help the people of
Olynthusas quickly as possible, lest Philip should be beforehand with themin seizing that town.
248. He promised to make peace with the Corinthians if theyrestored the ships which they had taken in the war.
249. He persuaded the assembly to condemn the orators forhaving taken bribes from the king.
250. If I had known that he was going to betray me, I wouldhave killed him before he left Athens.
FIEST YEAR IN ARTS. xxvii.
6, Ambassadors were elected to receive the customary oathsfrom Philip, and on the news that he was invading the territoryof Cersobleptes, they were directed to depart with all speed, andto seek that monarch wherever he might be. With this view theyproceeded to Oreus in Euboea ; but, instead of following theadvice of Demosthenes and sailing for the Hellespont, which theycould have reached in two or three days, they wasted some timeat that place, and then proceeded by the longest route to Pella ;so that they did not arrive at that city till more than twentydays after quitting Athens. Here they met ambassadors fromseveral other States, but Philip was still in Thrace, and theyhad to wait α whole month for his return.
GREEK AUTHORS.
TISIE, THREE HOUES.
PASS.
(HOMER, ODYSSEY, L, II. DEMOSTHENES, OLYNTH, AND PHIL.)1. Translate into English—
(a) Homer, Od. L, 368-380—Μητρός εμης . .εντοσθεν ολοισθε.
(b) Homer, Od. IL, 281-292—Τψ νυν μνηστήρων . . . .εθελοντηρας συΧλεζομαι.
2. Explain the formation of the following words—Άμφαδόν, κάββαλε, μερμηρίζειν, ßiyipi, εείσατο.
3. Explain the metre of the following lines—Έλττωριί TOI 'έπειτα τελευτήσαι τάδε έργο.*Η ούχ αλις ως το πάροιθεν ίκείρετε πολλά και εσθλα.
4. Translate into English—(a) Dem., Phil. L, 40-41—Ούδευ δ' απολείπετε . . .
ονκετ έγχωρεϊ.(b) Dem., Phil. III., 23-24. Καίτοι προστάται . . .
. εχκαλονντεςα.ντο'ίς.Explain shortly the historical allusions in the last passage.
XXVIU. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
GREEK PEOSE COMPOSITION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
1. Translate into Greek (1) in oratio recta ; (2) in oratio obliquaafter a past tense—
The celebrated Quintus Fabius Maximus, who died abouttwenty years before the first Punic war, and more than fortyyears before Ennius was born, is said to have been interred withextraordinary pomp. In the eulogy pronounced over his body,all the great exploits of his ancestors were doubtless recountedand exaggerated. If there were then extant songs which gave avivid and touching description of an event, the saddest and mostglorious in the long history of the Fabian house, nothing couldbe more natural than that the panegyrist should borrow fromsuch songs their finest touches, in order to adorn his speech. Afew generations later, the songs would perhaps be forgotten, orremembered only by shepherds and vine-dtessers. But the speechwould certainly be preserved in the archives of the Fabian nobles.Fabius Pictor would be well acquainted with a document sointeresting to his personal feelings, and would insert largeextracts from it in his rude chronicle. Livy would at a glancedistinguish the bold strokes of the forgotten poet from the dulland feeble narrative by which they were surrounded, wouldretouch them with a delicate and powerful pencil, and wouldmake them immortal.
GREEK AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
1. Translate, with marginal notes:—(a) Thucyd. IL, 53 : Πρώτον TE ηρζι ... τι απολαΰσαι.(β) Thucyd. IL, 87 : Ή μϊν ■γινομένη
.... κακούςγενέσθαι.
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. xx-ix.
2. Analyse the construction of—(i.) Συγγυώμονες δε εστε της μεν αδικίας κολάζεσθαι τοιςνπαρχονσι προτεροις, της Sl τιμωρίας τυγχάνειν τοΤς·επιφερουσι νομίμως.(ii.) ai αΐτίαι αστινας νομίζει τοσαύτης μεταβολής ÎKOV«Çεΐναι Βνναμιν ες τη μεταστησαι σχείν.
3. What special excellences does Pericles claim for theAthenians ?4. Translate, with appropriate notes—
(a) Eurip., Orest., 280—293 : Συγγοι/ε, τι κλαίεις ..... . . . εκ7τλ?ίσείΐ>
κακά.(β) Eurip., Oresfc., 421—430—ME. ττόσον χρόνον . . .
.... orry μόλω.(γ) Eurip., Orest., 982—997 : Μόλοιμι τάν...............................
τρόσιν άρματεύσας.5. Briefly discuss any criticisms which have beenpassed upon the Orestes. Do you find in it any traces ofthe author's political leanings ?6. Comment on —
(a) . λιμένα Si Νανπλίειον εκπληρών vXáry.(6) ο'ίμοι' προσηλθεν ελπ\ς, ην φοβούμενη
πάλαι το μέλλον εζετηκόμην yóoic.251. των σων οε γονάτων πρωτόλεια θιγγάνω
ίκετης αφύλλον στόματος εζάπτοιν λιτάς.252. τα Κυκλώπων εδη.
LATIN AND GREEK VERSE COMPOSITION.TIME, THREE HOUES.HONOURS.A. —For Latin Elegiacs—
Through groves sequestered, dark, and still,Low vales and mossy cells among,
In silent paths, the nameless rillWith liquid murmurs steals along.
XXX. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
Awhile it plays with circling sweep,And lingering leaves its native plain,
Then pours impetuous down the steep,And mingles with the boundless main.
O ! let my years thus devious glideThrough silent scenes, obscurely calm ;
Nor wealth nor strife pollute the tide,Nor honour's sanguinary balm.
When labour tires, and pleasure palls,Still let the stream untroubled be ;
Till down the steep of age it falls,A nd mingles with eternity.
or,For Latin Hexameters—
As he sangI saw the Nine, with lovely pitying eyes,Sign ' He has conquered.' Yet I felt no pangOf fear, only deep joy that I had heardSuch music while I lived, even though it broughtTorture and death. For what were it to lieSleek, crowned with roses, drinking vulgar praise,And sui feited with offerings, the dull giftOf ignorant hands—all which I might have known—To this diviner failure 1 Godlike 'tisTo climb upon the icy ledge, and fall"Where other footsteps dare not.
B.—For Greek Iambics—Thou canst not live with men nor with thyself—O sage ! O sage !—Take, then, the one way left ;And turn thee to the elements, thy friends,Thy well-tried friends, thy willing ministers,And say : Ye servants, hear Empedocles,Who asks this final service at your hands !Before the sophist-brood hath overlaidThe last spark of man's consciousness with words ;Ere quite the being of man, ere quite the worldBe disarrayed of their divinity ;Before the soul lose all her solemn joys,And awe be dead, and,hope impossible,And the soul's deep eternal night come on—Receive me, hide me, quench me, take me home !
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. xxxi.
LATIN AND GREEK.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.
TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
Translate, with concise marginal notes—
1—Etenim si vectigalia ñervos esse rei publicae semperduximus, eum certe ordinem, qui exercet ilia, firmamentumceterorum ordinum recte esse dicemus. Deinde ex ceteris ordini-bus homines gnavi atque industrii partim ipsiin Asia negotiantur,quibus vos absentibus consulere debetis, partim eorum in eaprovincia pecunias magnas collocatas habent. Erit igiturhumanitatis vestrae magnum nutnerum eorum civium calamitateprohibere, sapientiae videre, multorum civium calamitatem a republica seiunctam esse non posse. Etenim illud piimum parvirefert, nos publicanis amissis vectigalia postea victoria recuperare ;ñeque enim isdem redimendi facultas erit propter calamitatemñeque alus voluntas propter timorem. Deinde, quod nos eademAsia atque idem iste Mithridates initio belli Asiatici docuit, idquidem certe calamitate docti memoria i-etinere debemus. Namtum, cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romaesolutione impedita fidem concidisse.
2— Ule e concilio multis cum milibus ibatAd tumulum, magna médius comitante caterva.Hic duo rite mero libans carchesia BacchoFundit humi, duo lacté novo, duo sanguine sacro,Purpureosque iacit flores, ac talia fatur :Salve, sánete parens, iterum : sálvete, receptiNequiquam ciñeres, animaeque umbraeque paternae.Non licuit finis ítalos fataliaque arva,Nee tecum Ausonium, quicumque est, quaerere Thybrim.Dixerat haec, adytis cum lubricus anguis ab imisSeptem ingens gyros, septena volumina traxit,Amplexus placide tumulum lapsusque per aras,Caeruleae cui terga notae maculosus et auroSquamam incendebat fulgor, ceu nubibus arcusMille iacit varios adverso sole colores.
XXXU. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
3— ΧΟΡΟΣ.ΑΊας, 'εχειν σ αν οίκτου ως καγω φρενΐθέλοιμ' αν' αΐνοίης yap Sv τα τησο επη.
ΑΙΑΣ.κα\ κάρτ' επαίνου τεΰί,εται προς γοΰν Ιμοΰ,lav μόνον το ταχθεν ευ τολμά τελείν.
ΤΕΚΜΗΣΣΑ.αλλ', ώ ψ/λ' Α'ίας, παντ ΐίγωγε πεισομαι.AI. κόμιζε νυν μοι τταΐδα τον εμον, ώς ϊδω.TE. και μην φόβοισί γ' αντον εζελυσάμην.AI. εν 7-οϊσδε τοις κακοΐσιν, η τ'ι μοι λíyuς ;TE. μη σοί yê που όύστηνος αντήσας Θάνοι.AI. π ρίπου yê ταν τ)ν δαίμονος τουμου τόδε.TE. αλλ' ουν εγώ φύλαξα τοϋτό γ' αρκίσαι.AI. ετττίνεσ' έργον και πρόνοιαυ ην εθου.TE. τ/ δί}7-' Si/ ú»c έκ τώνδ' αν ώφελοΐμί σε ;AI- δός juot προσειπε'ιν αυτόν εμφανή τ' ίδείι/.TE. και μην πελας γε ττροσττόλοις φυλάσσεται.AI. τ'ι ΰήτα μέλλει μη ου παρουσίαν εχειν ;
4—Νομίζω τοίνυν υμάς, ώ αυδρες δικασταΐ, αμεινον Svπερί τοΰ παρόντος βουλεύσασθαι, ει κάκεϊνο μάθοιτε, οτι ω*μόνω μείζους ε'ισιν α'ι παρά των δήμων δωμεαί των παρά τωνάλλων πολιτειών διδομε'νων, και τούτο αναιρείται νϋν T<¿>νόμω. ry μεν γαρ χρεία τή~ των ευρισκομένων τάς δωρεάς οίτύραννοι και οί τάς ολιγαρχίας έχοντες μάλιστα δύνανταιτιμαν' πλούσιον γαρ δν Sv βούλωνται παραχρημ εποίησαν'Ty Sf τιμ-ç και τή~ βεβαιοτητι τάς πάρα τών δήμων δωρεάςεύρησετε οΰσας βελτίους. τό τε yàp μη μετ' αισχύνης ώςκολακευοντα λαμβάνειν, αλλ' εν iσηyopía δοκοΰντα ¿ίξιόντίνος είναι τιμασθαι τών καλών εστί, τό τε υπο τών όμοιωνεκόντων θαυμαζεσθαι τοΰ πάρα τοΰ οεσπότου λαμβάνειν οτιοϋνκρεϊττον είναι δοκεϊ. παρά μεν yap εκείνοις μείζων εστίν ó τοΰμέλλοντος φόβος της παρούσης χάριτος, παρά δ' ύμΐν άδεώςα αν λάβη τις εχειν υπήρχε τον γοΰν άλλοι.·
χρόνον.
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. xxxiu.
FRENCH.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
A. Translate one of the following passages :1. Nous venons de faire un empereur, et
pour ma part je n'yai pas nui. Voici l'histoire. Ce matin, d'Anthouard nousassemble,et nous dit de quoi il s' agissait, mais bonnement, sanspréambule ni péroraison. Un empereur ou la république, lequelest le plus de votre goût ? comme on dit rôti ou bouilli, potageou soupe, que voulez-vous ? Sa harangue finie, nous voilà tousà nous regarder, assis en rond. Messieurs, qu'opinez-vous? Pasle mot. Personne n'ouvre la bouche. Cela dura un quart d'heureou plus et devenait embarrassant pour d'A. et pour tout le monde,quand M., un jeune homme, se lève et dit : S'il veut êtreempereur qu'il le soit ; mais, pour en dire mon avis, je ne letrouve pas bon du tout. Expliquez vous ; voulez-vous, ne voulez-vous pas 1 Je ne le veux pas, répond M. Δ la bonne heure.Nouveau silence. Nous y serions encore si je n'eusse pris laparole. Messieurs, dis-je, il me semble, que ceci ne nous regardepas. La nation veut un empereur ; est-ce à nous d'en délibérer 1Ce raisonnement parut si fort, si lumineux, si ad rem...que veux-tu,j'entraînai l'assemblée. Jamais orateur n'eut un succès si complet.On se levé, on signe, on s'en va jouer au billard. M. me disait :Ma foi, commandant, vous parlez comme Cicerón ; mais pourquoivoulez-vous donc tant qu'il soit empereur, je vous prie 1 Pour enfinir et faire notre partie de billard. Eallait-il rester là tout lejour 1 Pourquoi, vous, ne le voulez-vous pas Ί Je ne sais, medit-il, mais je le croyais fait pour quelque chose de mieux.Voilà le propos de M., que je ne trouve point tant sot. En effet,que signifie, dis-moi.........un homme comme lui, Bonaparte, soldat,chef d'armée, le premier capitaine du monde, vouloir qu'onl'appelle majesté. Etre Bonaparte et se fair sire ! Il aspire àdescendre : mais non, il croit monter en s'égalant aux rois. Ilaime mieux un titre qu'un nom.
2. Vers dix heures, comme je fumais tranquillement mapipe, regardant d'un côte, puis de l'autre, tout à coup des Arabestraversent la rivière et s'approchent de la maison du cantonnier ;ils en enfoncent la porte, et deux minutes après le feu se met à
danser sur le toit. Les gueux étaient hors de portée. Ils
c
XXXlV. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
ressortent et courent à la ferme Berton ; malgré tout, je ne pusm'enipêcher de leur envoyer quelques balles, mais elles n'arrivaientpas jusque-là. Bientôt la ferme commence à brûler ; le toits'affaisse, il ne reste plus que les quatre murs.
Nous regardions cela les bras croisés, ne pouvant rien yfaire, quand d'un autre côté, du fond de la gorge et se dirigeantvers M., s'avança une longue file de burnous blancs, conduisantdes mules par la bride. C'était le corps d'armée du caïd. Ali,que se rendait de tribus en tribus, pour les sommer de se joindreà l'insurrection si elles ne voulaient pas être brûlées.
Naturellement, par ce moyen, le nombre des insurgés allaitgrandir de minute en minute. Les étendarts jaunes et vertsmarchaient devant. Le commandant L. leur fit lancer quelquesobus que les forcèrent de se rapprocher de la montagne, mais ledéfilé n'en continua pas moins.
A la nuit tombante, le maréchal des logis I. vint me chercheravec mes dix hommes, et nous abandonnâmes la position.
B.253. Distinguish between ces and
ceux, celui-:i and celui-là(give examples), plus tôt and plutôt, là and las.
254. Translate : what ? who ? When must lequel - be usedinstead of qui ? Translate into French : The storm to theviolence of which the " Yarra " was exposed. The man whomet us is younger than he. Give your reason for the pronounused in each case.
255. Translate : venir de, venir à, en venir aux coups, penser,penser à, penser de, jouer à, jouer de ; and give the 2nd personsingular present indicative, past definite and future simple of :conquérir, mourir, mouvoir, savoir, peindre, suivre.
256. Give the feminine of : empereur, compagnon and serviteur.257. Give rules for the position of
objective pronouns in thesentence (1) when the verb is in the indicative ; (2) when theverb is in the imperative. Illustrate by examples.
C. Translate into French :LAST MOMENTS OF LOUIS XV-I.—The king
slept soundly.At five o'clock Cléry awoke him. fie heard the mass in hischamber. After mass the king went a.lone into the little towerto collect himself ; Cléry followed him and knelt down(s'agenouiller) ; the king gave him his blessing,
and asked him to
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. XXXV.
convey it to all who were attached to him. Then he gave hima seal (cachet), a small parcel, and his ring. " After my death,"he said to him, "you will give this seal to my son, and this ringto the queen. You will give her also this little parcel ; it con-tains locks (boucle) of hair of all my family. Tell the queen,my dear children, and my sister that I had promised to see themthis morning, but that I desired to spare them the agony of sucha bitter separation. I charge you " he added, " to convey to themmy last farewell."
D. Put into French :Let me know when you are ready. You hurt
me. We haveacquainted him with the circumstances. Have you sent for thephysician 1 Shew him upstairs. The English soldiers fired atthe enemy.
FRENCH.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.
PAPER I.
258. Give a short analysis of the plot of the "Cid."259. Translate—Cid IV., 3, 51-80.260. Explain the following expressions,
noting any peculiarities :(a). Pour en venir à bout, c'est trop peu que de vous.
(ό). Ayez soin que tous deux fassent en gens de coeur,(c). Pour être punis, avons-nous part au crime ?(d). Garde bien qu'on te voie.(e). Va, je suis ta partie, et non pas tou bourreau.(f). Son sang criera vengeance, et je ne l'orrai pas.(g). Elle vient, je la voi.(h). Un orage si prompt qui trouble une bonace
D'un naufrage certain nous porte la menace.(i). Pour grands que soient les rois, ils sont ce que nous
sommes.■>' ). Je me promets du file ce que j'ai vu du père.
c 2
XXXVl. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
4. " En vain contre le Cid un ministre se ligue,
Tout Paris pour Chimène a les yeux de Rodrigue.L'Académie en corps a beau le censurer :Le public indigné s'obstine à l'admirer."Explain these lines, mentioning the incidents to which theyrefer.
261. Give the etymologies of the following words : rien,désormais, aujourd, hui, alors, eux, chacun, dimanche, peu, en, dont·
262. " In Latin substantives had six inflections, in ModemFrench they had none ; ' Old French represents a compromisebetween the two systems." Explain fully what this compromisewas.
263. Give instances from the French vocabulary that show itsorigin from popular and not from literary Latin.
264. Enumerate and describe the three characteristic changeswhich Latin words undergo in their passage into French.
265. Explain as far as you can with reference to each letterand syllable the derivation of the following words from theirLatin equivalents : avoué, gré, étain, rossignol, foudre, âme.
10. " The literary period of a language is usually that of itslinguistic decadence." Explain this from the history of theFrench language.
FRENCH.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.
PAPER II.I. Translate—
A. J'entends dire que les Anglais ne se refusent aucun desmots qui leur sont commodes : ils les prennent partout où ils lestrouvent chez leurs voisins. De telles usurpations sont permisesEn ce genre, tout devient commun par le seul usage. Les parolesne sont que des sons, dont on fait arbitrairement les figures denos pensées. Ces sons, n'ont en eux-mêmes aucun prix. Us sontautant au peuple qui les emprunte, qu' à celui qui les a prêtés.Qu' importe qu' un mot soit né dans notre pays, ou qu'il nousvienne d'un pays étranger 1 La jalousie serait puérile, quand ilne s'agit que de la manière de mouvoir ses lèvres, et de frapper.
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. xxxvii.
lair. D'ailleurs nous n'avons rien à ménager sur ce faux pointd'honneur. Notre langue n'est qu'un mélange de grec, de latin,et de tudesque, avec quelques restes confus de gaulois. Puisquenous ne vivons que sur ces emprunts, qui sont devenus notrefonds propre, pourquoi aurions nous une mauvaise honte sur laliberté d'emprunter, par laquelle nous pouvons achever de nousenrichir ?
B. " Ah ! cruel, tu m'as trop entendue.Je t'en ai dit assez pour te tirer d'erreur.Hé bien ! Connais donc Phèdre et toute sa fureur.J'aime. Ne pense pas qu' au moment que je t'aime,Innocente à mes yeux, je m'approuve, moi-même ; -Ni que du fol amour qui trouble ma raisonMa lâche complaisance ait nourri le poison.Objet infortuné des vengeances célestes,Je m' abhorre e'ncor plus que tu ne me détestes.Les Dieux m'en sont témoins, ces Dieux qui dans
mon flancOnt allumé le feu fatal à tout mon sang ;Les Dieux qui se sont fait une gloire cruelleDe séduire le cœur d'une faible mortelle.Toi même en ton esprit rappelle le passé.C'est peu de t'avoir fui, cruel, je t'ai chassé ;J'ai voulu te paraître odieuse, inhumaine ;Pour mieux te résister, j'ai recherhé ta haine.De quoi m'ont profité mes inutiles soins ?Tu me haïssais plus, je ne t'aimais pas moins.
IL—Translate into French—The lawgivers of China had as chief object
of governmentthe tranquillity of the empire. The most suitable means tomaintain it seemed to them obedience. In this belief,they thought they ought to inspire respect for the paternalauthority ; they united all their energies for this, they establishedan infinite number of rites and ceremonies in honour of ancestors,during their life and after their death. It was impossible tohonour dead ancestors so highly without being led to honour themwhen alive. Rites for dead ancestors had more connection withreligion, those for live ancestors had more connection with laws,customs, and manners ; but they were both only parts of thesame code and that code was very extensive.
xxxviii. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
III.—Translate the following expressions—(a) The accused pretended to know nothing of it.(6) The good that we do is never lost.266. We shall wait till the rain stops.267. If God is for us, who shall be against us ?268. He tells things so that everybody loves to hear him.(/) We should use each day as though it were our last.(g) Were there only ten just men in the city, I would not
destroy it.(h) There are many words that one pronounces otherwise
than one writes.IV.—Describe briefly in French the following characters in
the " Cid ;" the Infanta, Rodrigue, Chiniène.
GERMAN.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
A Translate into English—<So crnft, mein «freunb? 3Φ Ienne ϊ>ίφ nidjt metyr.@φοη öiele i'age fei;' ίφ'§ fd;n>eigenb an,9Bie jïnftrer SrüBfinn Seine <Sttme furcht.2luf beinern -Çerjen brüát ein fiifl @e6reften;
SSertrau' eä mir; ίφ Bin fcein treues 5öei6,Unb meine Hälfte forbr' ίφ beineê ©rame.
(©taujfa^er reicht it)r bie .§anb unb fdjHjeigt.)3Baë fann ¿ein £erj Beflemmen, fag' e§ mir.©efegnet ift bein gleifj,bein ©luiiêftanb 6Iüt)t.93 oft flnb bie ©φεηηεη, unb ber Sfltnber ©φαακη,!Der glatten $ferbe root)igenät)rte 3ιιΦ*3ft »on ben SSergen glücf^ ίκ^εβΓαφΙ3ur QSinterung in Den Bequemen (Stätten.
D eine eble .§immeí8gaBe ifl£aë Sic^t beê Qiugeê—2We SBefen teBen35om Sichte, jebeê glücfüdje ©efdjöpf—2)ie Sßfianje feI6jt fefjrt freubig (ϊφ jum Sichte.Unb er mufj ftfeen, füt)Ienb, in ber 9laá)t,3m einig ginftern—iím erquieft niájt met)r
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. xxxix
2)er Statten rcarmeS ©vim, ter sBIumen ©ct)mel¿,Sie rotten kirnen fann er ηίφί met)r flauen—Sterben ift ηίφιδ—bocf; leten unb nic^t fet)en,Da§ ift ein UnglM—SBarunt [et)t tt)r ηιίφ@o iammernb an ? 3φ t}a6' jroei frifc^e QlugenUnb fann bem Hinben SSnter feineê geBen,9iid)t einen (Schimmer öon bem SDieer beê Sichte,2)aë gtanjooïï, Henbenb, mir irte Qtttge bringt.
& ift nicf)t lange t)er,Φα ging ¡φ jagen burd) bie ltnlben (Srünbe3)eë ©d)äcr)entt)ale auf ntenl^enleerer ©pur,Unb ba ιφ einfam einen geífenfleigVerfolgte, roo ηίφί αη^αιείφεη rear,$)enn üBer mir t)ing fφrof bie ÇeiSroanb ïjer,Unb unten raufcíjte für$terttcr) ber @φαφεη,Φα fani ber fianboogt gegen ηιίφ bat)er,@r gan¿ allein mit mir, ber αηφ aïïein iuar,Slo§ SKenfd) ¿u SWenfcí), unb tiefen uns ber ÏÏBgrunb.
Do you know the name of this student? Yes, he is theson of a Count.
Are these gentlemen Russians or Turks? They areGreeks; and that gentleman at the door is anAustralian.
Which flowers do you like best? I like roses and violetsbest.
How many sisters has your aunt? She has three sistersand two brothers.
Have you seen the beautiful children of the Prince? No,but I have seen his great house.
In Australia the beams of the sun are much warmer thanin England.
We have many horses and sheep, but no pigs.Bees are insects; salts are minerals.You ought to have written the letter to your brothers.Have you been able to read my bad handwriting (2)ie£anbfct}rift) ?
xl. FIBST YEAR ILV ARTS.
0.-1. Give the nominative singular and plural in German of :
a. The hero, the planet, the slipper, the doctor, themajor.
b. The lake, the sea, the worm, the watch, the bed.c. The praise, the misfortune, favour and death.
2. Decline throughout :a. The noble (ebet) heart.b. The little insect.c. A fine horse.d. Good fresh beer.
3. Give the two plurals and their two meanings of :2>a3 ßapital, ber 3íatt;, bag Sßaar. Sag ÎJing.
4. Give each gender, with its meaning, of :aSanb, -§ut, Setter, ©djilb, Xfcor.
5. Give the meaning, comparative and superlative of :<£>οφ, »tel, gem, 6alb, falfct;, frot).
6. Decline :3φ, bu, er, fte, eg.
ARITHiMETIC AND ALGEBRA.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
269. Multiply 1.23564789 by 2.31546978 correctly to sevenplaces of decimals.
270. A sum of £2,460 is borrowed to be paid back in threeyears by three equal annual payments, allowing 5 per cent,compound interest. Find the annual payment.
271. A invests £1,695 16s. Sd. in the 3| per cents, at 10If,and B a sum of £1,767 3s. 9d. in the 3 per cents, at 94|. Whatis the difference between the respective incomes thence derived %
272. Find the highest common divisor and the lowest commonmultiple of
9z3-22a; + 5, 15z3 - 22z2+l.5. Simplify
a + bx h+ ax a-bx b-axa — bx b — ax a + bx b + ax
^' a + bx b + ax a — bx b — axa-bx b — ax a + bx b + ax
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. xli.
1 1("·) , Λ,, ,. +
O-CO-0 Ο-00-ϊ) 0-1)(1-')6. Solve the equations
,. * «+ΙΟ ¡ c+ l_a ;+ l l x + 2ic + 8 K + 3 # + 9 „τ + 4
(ii.) a(x ■+■ y) - b(x + y) = Ia, (a2 - 52)(a;-y)=4ai.,.... x + a , x+b a-b(m.) -----+-------=-75—·
χ+ ο χ — a ¿a273. Explain what is meant by a"' when m is fractional or
negative, and prove that, for all values of m and n, (cs"') "=«""'.274. When is one quantity said to vary as another 1 Shew
that if ζ vary as χ when y is constant, and ζ vary as y when χ isconstant, then ζ varies as xy when both χ and y vary.
If ζ varies as χ and y jointly, and z=c2 when x=-b, y=a ;
find the value of ζ when X=- ' V=- ·
9. Define a geometrical progression, and find the sum of anynumber of terms of such a progression, having given the firstterm and the common ratio.
Jf a, b, c, d, e be in geometrical progression, prove thatc(a + 2c + e)=(b + d)2.
EUCLID AND MENSURATION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.
1. The opposite sides and angle of a parallelogram are equalto one another, and the diameter bisects the parallelogram.
The diagonals of a parallelogram bisect one another.2. Describe a square that shall be equal to a given rectilineal
figure.On a given base describe a rectangle equal to a given square.3. The angles in the same segment of a circle are equal to
one another. «
xlii. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
Two chords A B, C D of a circle intersect in E. Shew thatthe triangles Δ E C, D E B are equiangular.
4. About a given circle describe a triangle equiangular to agiven triangle.
About a given circle describe a quadrilateral equiangular toa given quadrilateral.
275. Define ratio, duplicate ratio, compound ratio, meanproportional.
276. In a right angled triangle, if a perpendicular be drawn·from the right angle to the base, the triangles on each side of itare similar to the whole triangle and to one another.
Prove that the segments of the base are in the duplicateratio of the sides of the triangle.
7. Draw a common tangent to two given circles. Howmany such tangents can bo drawn 1
8. Give a rule for finding the area of a segment of a circle.The radius of a circle is 10 feet ; find the areas of the two
parts with which it is divided by a chord equal to the radius.
TRIGONOMETRY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.
1. Define the circular measure of an angle, and find thecircular measure of an angle containing a given number ofdegrees.
Express, in degrees and in circular measure, the angles of aregular pentagon, and of a regular heptagon.
2. Define the sine and cosine of an angle, and state andprove the relation between the sine and cosine of the same angle.
The cosine of an angle between 270° and 360° is 4 ; whatis the sine of the angle ?
3. Prove the formulaesin (A + .S)=sin A cos B + cos A sin Bcos (A + ,S)=COs A cos B - sin A sin BFind the values of sin 75° and cos 75°.4. Demonstrate the identities
(i.) sec2 A cosec2 já=tan2 A + cot2 A + 2(ii.) sin 34=sin A (4 cos2 A - 1).
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. xliü
5. Solve the equations(i.) 2 sin2 ÍC=3 eos χ(ii.) cos ÍC + COS 3¾=cos 2«.
6. Prove that in any trianglesin A sin B sin C
a b cIf sin2 B + sin2 C=sin2 A, prove that A =90°.7. Shew how to solve a triangle, having given one side and
two angles.If a=J2, ¿'=60°, C=45°, find b, c.
ALGEBRA.TIME, THREE HOURS
HONOURS.1. Find the conditions that the roots of the equation—■
x* +px3-\- qx2 + rx + s = 0may be in arithmetical progression, and supposing them satisfied,solve the equation.
2. Explain what is meant by am when m is fractional ornegative.
Prove that for all real values of m and η(am)n = amn.
If x1 = y* and y = nix, find the value of *:.3. If yz zx xyo- — =o--------—c —-
χ y ζ
and no one of the three x, y, z vanishes, prove that—V2 - z2 , z2 - x2 x2 - y2
a +?T----= b+--------= c +-----f-.b—c c—a a-b
4. Solve the equations—in Jx-b)(x-G) . A*(*-c)(*-g) , .♦(«-«)(«-6)_r4W (a-b) (C-C)+ (b-c) (b-ay (c-a) (c-b)(ii) x2 + '2xy — y2 = ax + by, x2 - 2xy — y2 = bx+ay.(iii) (y - c) (z-b) = a2, (z - a) (x - c) = δ2, (χ - b) (y - a?, = c2.
5. Prove that the series—1 1_ 1_ 1
convergent or divergent according as ρ is or is not greater thanunity.
xliv. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS.
Find whether the series—___1___ 1 11 + \/8+Γ+ν'3 + 1+Λ/4+ * · ·
L+2 "L +
are convergent or divergent.6. Enunciate and prove the exponential theorem.Prove that—
log (1+^ + 0:-)=3:+2 - ^-+-+5--g-+ " " '7. Define a recurring series and shew how to find the sum of
ηterms of such a series.
Sum to infinity, for values of as which make it convergent,the recurring series
4 + 1ΐΛ,·+91^+31ΐΛ3 + 2131.τ4+ . . .and find its general term.
8. Sum to η terms the series—1.22+2.32+3.42+ ....1 + 3ΛΓ+5Λ^+7Λ:3+ ....S * 5
1.2.4^2.3.5^3.4.69. If ο» a¡, . . . . a„ be η quantities which are not all
equal, prove that—n(ct?+ai+ . . . +al)>(al+a,_+ . . . +a„)2.Hence or otherwise shew that if α be à positive quantity notequal to unity and η a positive integer.a n -l a- 1
10. Prove that the product of two determinants of the thirdorder is itself a determinant of the third order.
Prove that—(a-a)\(a-b'f,{a-cj
(b-a'f, {b-b')\{b-cj(c-a'Y, {c-bj,{c-cj
■ 1 { b - c ) { c - a ) ( a - b) (b' - c') (c' - a') (a' - b').
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. xlv.
GEOMETRICAL AND ANALYTICAL CONICS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
1. Define a conic, and shew how to find any number ofpoints on a conic, having given the focus and directrix.
Having given the focus and three paints, shew how to con-struct the conic. How many conies can be drawn satisfying thegiven conditions 1
2. Prove that the circumscribed circle of the triangleformed by three tangents to a parabola passes through the focus.
A,.B are two fixed points ; through A any two fixed linesare drawn, meeting at the points P, Q a variable circle whichpasses through A, B ; prove that the line P Q touches a fixedparabola.
3. The normal at a point P of an ellipse meets the axes inG, G'; prove that the rectangle PG. PG' is equal to the squareon the semidiameter perpendicular to P G G'.
Shew that if C K is the perpendicular from the centre C onthe tangent at P, O the middle point of C G, and O' the middlepoint of C G', then will OB=OK = OP, and O'A = O'K = O'P.
4. A chord PP' of a hyperbola produced if necessarymeets the asymptotes in the points Q, Q' ; prove that PQ=;P'Q'.If the conjugate diameters PC/), DCd! of an ellipse be theasymptotes of a hyperbola, Q Q' one of the common chords, Q R,Q' R' chords of the ellipse parallel to C P, C D, prove thatQ R : Q'R' = CP : CD.
5. Explain the principles of orthogonal projection, and provethat perpendicular radii of a circle project into conjugatediameters of an ellipse.
Find the greatest triangle which can be inscribed in a givenellipse, and shew how to construct such a triangle.
6. Find the co-ordinates of the point which divide in agiven ratio the straight line joining two given points.
Ifx\i Vi ¡ x2, 2/2 ; x3¡ 3/3; he the co-ordinates of the vertices of
a triangle, prove that the co-ordinates of the centre of its inscribedcircle are
αχλ f bz¡ + cx3 ayt + by2 + cys
a + b + c ' a + b + c
xlvi. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS
7. Shew analytically that two tangents can be drawn toa circle from any external point.
If tangents be drawn to x2 + y2 = r2 from h, k ; the arfa of thetriangle formed by the tangents and the chord of contact is
r (A 2 + k 2 - r 2 ) ?h2 + k2
8. Find the equation of a parabola.If the base of a triangle be given in
position, and its areain magnitude, prove that the locus of its orthocentre is a para-bola.
9. Define the excentric angle of any point on an ellipse, andfind the relation between the excentric angles of the extremitiesof conjugate diameters
Prove that the sum of the squares of the perpendicularsfrom the extremities of any two conjugate semidiameters on anyfixed diameter is constant.
10. Find the equation of the hyperbola referred to theasymptotes as axes.
If a variable line form with two fixed lines a triangle ofconstant perimeter, the locus of the middle point of the part ofthe variable line intercepted by the fixed lines is a hyperbola.
GEOMETRY AND
TRIGONOMETRY.J TIME, THREE HOOKS.
. HONOURS
277. A' B' C are the middle points of the sides of the triangleABC, and O is the orthocentre ; O A', O B', O C producedmeet the circumscribing triangle in A", B", C" ; prove that thetriangle A" B" G" is equal in all respects to the triangle ABC.
278. O is the centre of the circle inscribed in a triangle ABCand B O, C O meet the opposite sides in E, F respectivelyProve that, if the triangles B O F, C O E be equal, the triangleA B C is isosceles.
279. Draw through a given point a straight line such that itstwo intercepts by three straight lines meeting in a point shallhave a given ratio,
FIRST YEAR IN ARTS. xlvii.
4. If two parallel planes be cut by another plane theircommon sections with it will be parallel.
Draw a plane to cut the four faces of a pyramid on aquadrilateral base so that the section shall be a parallelogram.
5. A B C is a triangle, and DEFa straight line meetingBO, C A, A B, produced if necessary, in D, E, P. Prove that
BD.CE.AF = CD.AE.BF.State and prove the converse of this theorem.
If a circle be described about a triangle, prove that thetangents at the vertices meet the opposite sides of the trianglein points which lie on a straight line.
6. Prove that the square of the distance between the centresof the inscribed and circumscribed circles of any triangle isRä-2Rr.
If P1 p2 p3 be the perpendiculars from the centre of theinscribed circle on the lines joining the middle points of the sidesof the triangle, prove that
4?i Vi P3 R=?-4.7. If cos (y - z) + cos («-o;)+cos (x — y)=.— |,
prove thatcos χ + cos y-\- cos z=0sin x + sin y+sin ζ-=-0.
8. Enunciate and prove Demoivres' theorem.Show that the roots of the equation (1 + χ)"=(1 — Λ-)" are
the values of i tan — where r has all integral values from 0 toη
n-l.9. Sum to η terms the series
cos a cos 2a cos 3a!+777- +-----r+-
cos a cos 'a cos dacos a + 2 cos 2a+3 cos 3a + 4 cos 4a+ + . . .
10. Prove the principle of proportional parts in the case ofthe cosine.
Shew how to solve a triangle when p, q, r the lengths of theperpendiculars from A, B, C on the opposite sides are given, andshew that a small error χ in the measurement of ρ will cause an
χ sin A . axerror— —:—^—.—%, in the value of A and an error - — cotρ sin B sin O ρB cot C in the value of ά..
xlviii. FIRST YEAR IN ARTS
CHEMISTRY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.NON-METALS.
280. What are the properties of hydrogen dioxide ; how is itprepared 1
281. How can the composition of the air be ascertained by ·volume ?
282. Give tests for the detection of nitric acid.283. How is ammonia prepared,
and what are its chiefproperties ? Describe its use in Carre's freezing machine.
284. What do you know about the element chlorine and itsuses 1
285. How are the soluble and insoluble forms of silica obtained ?Explain the terms, "dialysis," "colloid," and "crystalloid."
286. Define the terms " atom," " molecule," " molecularweight," " volume." What are the volume weights of HCl,NH3, H2O1 and CH4 ?
287. How is coal gas prepared? What are the principalconstituents a-nd impurities 1
PHYSICS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
288. State the laws of motion, and explain exactly what youmean by the statement: "The acceleration of gravity is 32"2 feetper second."
289. Ten pounds of a certain substance at a temperature of120° C, are dropped into a calorimeter, whose capacity forheat is the same as that of two pounds of water. The calorimeteralso contains twenty pounds of water at 15° centigrade ; andafter the mixture has taken place the temperature of thecalorimeter and its contents is found to be 25° centigrade. Whatis the specific heat of the substance 1
290. What do you know of the experiments of Joule on therelation between heat and work ? Describe exactly the experimentmade by Joule to find the thermal equivalent of a foot pound ofwork
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. xlix.
291. What do you mean by the " electrostatic capacity " of acondenser ? How would you set about making a condenser witha large capacity ?
292. Describe an experiment to shew that parallel currents inthe same direction attract one another.
293. What are Faraday's laws of the induction of electric
currents 1 Compare the general structure of an induction coilwith that of a dynamo machine, and shew in both cases that thephenomena are accounted for by Faraday's laws.
294. Explain with a diagram the construction of a microscopeor a telescope.
295. Give some account of the vibrations of strings.296. Write a short essay (not more
than two pages) on one ofthe following subjects :
(a) The gaseous laws.(μ) Electric lighting,(γ) Lenses.(8) The law of gravitation.
SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
Now, when the plan of Tarquinius to regain the dominion bycunning and fraud had been defeated, he went to Tarqiuini, inthe land of the Etruscans, which was the home of his father, andhe excited the people of Tarquinii and Veii to make war uponRome. Then the Romans marched out against the Etruscans,and fought with them near the wood Arsia. And in the battle,Aruns, the son of Tarquinius, saw Brutus at the head of theRoman army, and thinking he would revenge himself upon theenemy of his house, he put spurs to his horse and ran against himwith his spear. And when Brutus saw him, he did the same,and each pierced the other through the body with his spear, so
d
1. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
that both fell down dead from their horses. But the battle wasfierce and bloody, and lasted until the evening without beingdecided. And in the night, when both armies were.encamped onthe field of battle, a loud voice of the god Silvanus was heardcoming out of the wood, saying that the Romans had conquered,for among the Etruscans one man more was slain than amongthe Romans. Then the Etruscans went away to their homes,and the Romans also went home, taking the body of Brutus withthem ; and the Roman women mourned for him a whole year,because he had so bravely avenged the dishonour of Lucretia.
LATIN AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
Translate into English—
1. Cicero, Phillipp. II., 64—Caesar Alexandrea ....reformidasset audacia.
Explain the subjunctives, änderet, fugisset.
2. Cic, Phil. IL, 93, 94—Ubi est septiens.....................................................
est gratiosus ?Explain the constructions ad Opis, pecuniae :
and theexpressions, septiens miliens, and quad/ring entiens sestertium —estimate roughly their equivalents in modern coinage.
3. Translate into English, and explain the allusions —
Horace, Odes L, 31—Quid dedicatum...............................................cithara carentem.
Hor., Od. II. 18, 1-14—Non ebur............................
...................unicis Sabinis.Give a scheme of the metre of each passage.
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. - Ii
LATIN AND GREEK TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
TIME, THREE HOTOS.
PASS.1. Translate into English—
Segesta est oppidum pervetus in Sicilia, iudices, quod abAenea rugiente a Troia atque in haec loca veniente conditum essedemonstrant. ItM que Segestani non solum perpetua societatoatque amicitia, verum etiam cognatione se cum populo Romanoconiunctos esse arbitrantur. Hoc quondam oppidum, cum iliacivitas cum Poenis suo nomine ac sua sponte bellaret, aCarthaginiensibus vi captum atque deletum est, omniaque, quaeornamento urbi esse possent, Carthaginem sunt ex illo loco de-portata. Fuit apud Segestanos ex aere Dianae simulacrum, cumsumma atque antiquissima praeditum religione, tum singulariopere artificioque perfectum. Hoc translatum Carthaginem locumtantum hominesque mutarat, religionem quidem pristinam con-servabat ; nam propter eximiam pulchritudinem etiam hostibusdigna quam sanctissime colerent videbatur. Aliquot saeculispost P. Scipio bello Púnico tertio Carthaginem cepit : qua invictoria convocatis Siculis omnibus, quod diutissime saepis,simeque Siciliam vexatam a Carthaginiensibus esse cognorat-iubet omnia conquiri : pollicetur sibi magnae cuiae fore, utomnia civitatibus, quae cuiusque fuissent, restituerentur. Illotempore Segestanis maxima cum cura haec ipsa Diana, de quadicimus, redditur : reportatur Segestam, in suis antiquis sedibussumma cum gratulatione civium et laetitia reponitur.
Καν τούτω Άλεξανδ/ooç τους μεν αντοΰ φεύγοντας κατι-δών, τους Θηβαίους δε λελυκόΥας εν τρ δίώξει την τάζιν,εμβάλλει ες ai/τους συντε-α-γμενη TrJ φαλατγι' οι δε ώθοϋσιτους Θηβαίους ε'ίσω των πμλών' και τοΐς θηβαίοις ες τοσονδεή φν/η φοβερά ε-γ!·γνετο, ώστε δια των πυλών ωθούμενοι ες τηνπάλιν ουκ εφθησαν συγκλεϊσαι τας πύΧας' άλλα συνεισττίπ-τουσι yàp αί/roTç εϊσω τον τείχους 6σ°ι των Μακεδόνων εγγύςφεν/οντων ι'ιχοντο, ατε και των τειχών έρημων όντων. κα\παρελθόντες εις τνν Καδμείαν ο'ι μεν εκείθεν εξεβαινον ες τηναΧΧην πάλιν, ο'ι δε κατά τα τείχη, εχόμενα ηοη ύπο τωνσυνεισπεσόντων τοίς φεύγουσιν, ΰπερβάντες ες την ¿ιγοραν
á2
lu. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
δρόμω εφεροντο. και ολίγου μεν τίνα -χρόνον έμειναν οιτεταγμένοι των Θηβαίων κατ« το Άμφεΐον' ώς οε πανταχό-θεν αυτοίς ol Μακεδόνες κα\ Αλέξανδρος άλλοτε αλλ?; επιφαινό-μενος προσεκειντο, οι μεν Ιππείς των Θηβαίων οΊεκπεσόντες δίίίτης πόλεως ες το πεοίον ίζεπιπτον, οι οε πεζοί ώς εκαστοιςπρουχωρει εσώζοντο.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
The same paper as that set in the First Year Examination.See page xxiv.
LATIN AUTHORS.TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.
1. Translate, with such marginal notes as you think called for- -(a) Horace, Odes III., 16, 29-44-—Purae rivus............................
....................est, manu.(δ) Hör. Od., III. 24, 51-64—Eradenda cupidinis
......................abest reï.(c) Hör. Od., IV. 4, 13-28—Quälernve laetis...........................
. . . . . animus Nerones.2. Explain and illustrate the grammar of—
Sume, Maecenas, cyathos amici. Sospitis centum.
3. Where should we look for the nearest analogy to thelanguage of Cicero's epistles ?
Detail' (with the Latin terms) the processes of writing,sending, and receiving a Roman letter.
4. Translate, with the requisite notes in the margin—(a) Cicero, Ep., Watson Pt. I., Ep. 7, § 4, 5—Hie dies . .
. ' . . VTI BOGAS.
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. lui.
(δ) Cic, Ep., Watson.Pt. IL, Ep. 34, § 1—Etsi de re publica......................Vestorius teneret.
(c)-.Cic, Ep., Watson Pt. II.j Ep. 44, § 7—' Depugna ' inquis
...................T. Pomponio.5. Explain briefly—praetermittere
provinciam—cum apudCaesarem pro populo fieret — domum emit HS cxxxiiii— nostiληκύθους—επικωπων—scribendo adesse—id est 'Αβδηριτικόν—d.e.r.i.c—missus est sanguis iiividiae—libera legatio.
GREEK COMPOSITION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.Translate into Greek—
I have heard with pleasure the fortunate successes thatattend the enterprizes of a friend and ally. But the excess ofthy prosperity disturbs me, because 1 know how envious thegods are. As for me, I would choose that my affairs andthose of my friends should alternately participate of good andbad fortune through the whole course of life, rather than be alwaysaccompanied with uninterrupted felicity. For I cannot rememberthat I ever heard of a man who, having been-always happy, didnot at last perish by some signal calamity. Be advised, therefore,by me, and fence against good fortune in this manner. Considerwhat you value- at a high rate, and would be much concerned tolose, and deprive yourself of this precious thing so effectually, thatit may be utterly lost. And if your prosperities still continuewithout other vicissitude, repeat the remedy which you havenow from me.
GREEK AUTHORS.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.Translate into English—
297. Thucyd. VI., 60—τΩι> ενθυμούμενος . . . . το έργον.298...........Trmc. VL, 76—Ού την παοοϋσαν .
επενΐγκόντες κατεστρεφαντο.
Uv. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
3. Sophocles, Antig., 1155-1172—Κάδμου πάροικοι . .την ΐ7?ου//υ.
4. Soph., Ant, 334--351—Πολλά τα Suva...................................................ακμητα ταϋρον.
4. What was the pretext for the Athenian invasion ofSicily ? What causes mainly led to its disastrous result 1
GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.1. Translate into Greek (i) in oratio recta ; (2) in oratio obliquaafter a past tense—The celebrated Quintus Fabius Maximus, who died abouttwenty years before the first Punic war, and more than fortyyears before Ennius was born, is said to have been interred withextraordinary pomp. In the eulogy pronounced over his body,all the great exploits of his ancestors were doubtless recountedand exaggerated. If there were then extant songs which gave avivid and touching description of an event, the saddest and mostglorious in the long history of the Fabian house, nothing couldbe more natural than that the panegyrist should borrow fromsuch songs their finest touches, in order to adorn his speech. Afew generations later, the songs would perhaps be forgotten, orremembered only by shepherds and vine-dressers. But the speechwould certainly be preserved in the archives of the Fabian nobles.Fabius Pictor would be well acquainted with a document sointeiesting to its personal feelings, and would insert largeextracts from it in his rude chronicle. Livy would at a glancedistinguish the bold strokes of the forgotten poet from the dulland feeble narrative by which they were surrounded, wouldretouch them with a delicate and powerful pencil, and wouldmake them immortal.
GREEK AUTHORS.TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.1. Translate, with such notes as seem called for—(o) Thucyd., VIL, 12, 13—Τας μίν yàp . .καθΐστηκαμιν, αυτομολοΰσιν.
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. Iv.
(β) Thuc, VIL, 44—KaI ενταΰθα .... χρη χωρησαι.
(γ) Thuc, VIL, 62— A δε αρωγά , . . . επιβάταινπονρ-γώσιν.
2. How far are we to regard the speeches reported byThucydides as genuine ?
3. Draw an outline sketch of the environs of Syracuse,illustrating the operations described in ThucydidesBook VII.
4. Translate, with brief marginal notes—(o) Sophocles, Oed. Tyr, 464-482—Tiç οντιν ....
ζώντα ττιριττοτάται·
ψ) Soph., O.T., 962--975-Ol. νόσοις ό τλημων, ........ θυμον βαλης.
299. Point out any instances in the CEdipus Tyrannusof the " irony " of Sophocles.
300. Translate the following passages, with criticalnotes upon their respective difficulties—
(α) πάντες yàp ου φρονείτ' εγώ δ' oil μη ποτέταμ ώς αν έίπω μη τα σ εκφηνω κακά.
(β) βοής δε της σης ποίος ουκ εσται Χιμην,■ποίος Κιθαιρών ουχί σύμφωνος τάχα,όταν κατάισθφ τον ΰμεναιον, ον Βόμοιςανορμον εϊσέπΧευσας, ευπΧοίας τυχών;
(y) δυσάλγητος yàp àvε'ίην TOiUvSs μη ου κατοικτείρων ε$ραν.
(δ) κάγώ 'πακόυσας ταϋτα την Κορινθίαναστροις το Χοιπον εκμετροΰμενος χθόναεφευγον, ένθα μηποτ οψοίμην κακώνχρησμών ονείδη τών εμών τεΧούμενα.
lvi. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
LATIN AND GREEK.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
Translate, with brief marginal notes—1—Ώ Χιπερνηης -γεωργοί, τιιμά δη ζυνίετε
ρηματΊ ει βούλεσθ' άκοΰσαι τηνδ' όπως άπώΧετο·πρώτα μεν jap ηρζ,εν ατής Φειδίας πράζας κακώς'είτα ΥΙερικλεης φοβηθείς μη μετάσχοι της τύχης,Tciç φύσεις υμών δεδοικώς καϊ τον αύτοδαζ τρόπον,πρ\ν παθεΐν τι δεινον αυτός, εζεφΧεζε την πόΧιν,εμβαΧών σπινθήρα μικρόν μεγαρικοϋ ψηφίσματος,κάζεφνσησεν τοσούτον πόΧεμον ώστε TU¡¡ καττνφπαντας ' Ελληνας οακρνσαι, τους τ' εκεί τους τ' ενθαδί.ώς δ' απαζ το πρώτον ακουσ' εφόφησεν αμπεΧοςκαι πίθος πληγείς υπ* οργής άντεΧάκτισεν πίθιο,ούκέτ' -ήν ουδείς ó παύσων, ήδε δ' ηφανίζετο.
2—Έΐτεί δε ζυνιέναι εμεΧΧον ηδη, ενταύθα καϊ παραινέσειςκαθ' εκάστους ύπο τών οϊκείων στρατηγών τοιαίδε εγίγνοντο,Μαντινεΰσι μεν, οτι υπέρ τε πατρίδος η μάχη εσται και ΰπεραρχής αμα καϊ δουλείας, την μεν μη πειρασαμενοις άφαιρεθηναι,της δε μη αύθις πειρασθαι' Άργείοίς δε ΰπερ της τε παΧαιάςηγεμονίας καϊ της εν ΥΙεΧοποννησω ποτέ ισομοιρίας, μη δίαπαντός στερισκομενους ¿ινεχεσθαι, και άνδρας αμα εχθρούς και¿ιστυγείτονας ΰπερ ποΧλών αδικημάτων αμννασθαι" τοις τε'Αθηναίοις, καΧον είναι μετά, ποΧΧών καϊ αγαθών ζυμμάχωναγωνιζόμενους μηδενός Χείπεσθαι, καϊ οτι εν ΠελοποννήσουΑακεδαιμονίους νικήσαντες την τε αρχήν βεβαιοτέραν καιμείζω εζουσι, καϊ ου μη ποτέ τις αυτοΐς αΧΧος ες την γηνϊΧθν.3— 'lam iam non domus accipiet te laeta, neque uxor
optima nee dulces oceurrent oscula natipraeripere et tacita pectus dulcedine tangent,non poteris factis florentibus esse, tuisquepraesidium, misero misère' aiunt 'omnia ademituna dies infesta tibi tot praemia vitae.'
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. lvii.
illud in his rebus non addunt 'nee tibi earumiam desiderium rerurn super insidet una.'quod bene si videant animo dictisque sequantur,dissoluant animi magno se angore metuque.tu quidem ut es leto sopitus, sic eris aeviquod superest cunctis privatu' doloribus aegris.at nos horrífico cinefactum te prope bustoinsatiabiliter deflevimus, aeternumquenulla dies nobis maerorem e pectore démet.'
4—Centum millia fuere, invicta acies, si tequo dimicareturcampo. Itaque et ingenio feroces et multitudine freti et, quodmetu cessisse credebant hostem, id morari victoriam rati, quodinteresset amnis, clamore sublato passim sine ullius imperio, quacuique proximum est, in amnem ruunt. Et ex parte altera ripeevis ingens equitum in flumen immissa, medioque alveo haud-quaquam pari certamine concursum, quippe ubi pedes instabilisac vix vado fidens vel ab inermi équité, equo temeré acto, pervertiposset, eques corpore armisque liber, equo vel per medios gurgitesstabili, cominus eminusque rem gereret. Pars magna ilumineabsumpta ; quidam verticoso amni delati in hostes ab elephantisobtriti sunt. Postremi, quibus regressus in suam ripam tutiorfuit, ex varia trepidatione quum in unum colligerentur, priusquama tanto pavore reciperent ánimos, Hannibal agmine quadratoamnem ingressus fugam ex ripa fecit.
LATIN AND GREEK VERSE COMPOSITION.TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.The same paper as that set in the First Year Examination.See page xxix.
ROMAN HISTORY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.301. Give an account of the principal
measures carried byC. Gracchus, and estimate their permanent results.
302. Describe the military reforms of Marius, and explaintheir importance.
lviïi. SECOND YEAR IN ARfS.
303. What were the principal grievances of the Non-RomanItalians during the period preceding the Social War 1 Describethe most important results of the war.
304. Point out some of the ways in which the policy adoptedby the Romans in dealing with the provinces reacted on theruling state.
305. Trace shortly the course of events from the death ofJulius Csesar to the formation of the triumvirate.
306. Give an account of Oinna, Sertorius, and MiIo.307. Explain the historical allusions in the following passages :
(a.) Antehac nefas depromere CaecubumCellis avitis, dum CapitolioRegina dementes ruinas
Funus et imperio parabat.(b.) Motum ex Metello consule civicum . . tractas,(c.) Juno et deorum quisquís amiciorAfris inulta cesserat impotensTellure victorum nepotes
Rettulit inferías Jugurthse.(d.) O saepe mecum tempus in ultimumDeducte Bruto militife¿duce.
8. " Quod vero dicere ausus es ... . opera mea Pompeium aCaesaris amicitia esse diiunctum, ob eamque causam culpa meabellum civile esse natum, in eo non tu quidem tota re, sed, quodmaximum est, temporibus errasti."
Explain this statement, and trace the history of Cicero'srelations to Pompeius and Csesar respectively.
ROMAN HISTORY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
308. What means had the Senate of enforcing its authorityover individual magistrates ? How do you account for its long-continued success and final failure in doing so ?
309. Specify the most important measures of Sulla's Constitu-tion, and explain their object. When, and owing to what causes,were they reversed 1
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. lix.
310. " Non ut ego de optima illa mea ratione decederera."What was Cicero's political ideal 1 Can he fairly be charged withdeserting his principles (1) at the time when he stood for theconsulship, (2) during the supremacy of Csesar V
311. Give an account of the trial of Rabirius. Describe theform of trial chosen, and explain the motives of the prosecution.
312. Discuss the execution of the Catilinarian conspirators inits legal and moral aspects
313. "Pompeius had abdicated a second time; his alreadyvanquished competitors might once more begin the race—inwhich doubtless the strangest thing was that Pompeius was againa rival runner." (Mommsen). Explain and discuss this de-scription of Pompeius' action on his return from the East.
314. What can be learnt from the letters of Cicero as to theadministration of justice in the provinces ?
315. Explain and comment on the following passages (withouttranslating them) :
(a). Quid impudentius publicanis renuntiantibus ? JFuittarnen retinendi ordinis causa faciunda jactura.
(δ). Nam adhuc haec Ισοώίζίτο, se leges Caesaris probare,actiones ipsum praestare deberé ; agrariam legem sibiplacuisse, potuerit intercedí necne, sibi quaerendumnon fuisse;-------nunc vero, Sampsiceráme, quid dices?
(c). Habet etiam Campana lex exsecrationem in contionecandidatorum, si mentionem fecerint qua aliter agerpossideatur atque ut ex legibus Juliis.
(d). Appius - - dixit - - sese, si licitum esset legem curiatamferre, sortiturum esse cum collega provincias; si curiatalex non esset, se paraturum cum collega tibiquesuccessurum ; legem curiatam consuli ferri opus esse,necesse non esse ; se, quoniam ex senatus consultoprovinciam haberet, lege Cornelia Imperium habiturumquoad in urbem introisset.
(e). Marcellus foede in Comensi : etsi Ule magistraturanon gesserit, erat tarnen Transpadanus.
(/). Illa praeterea Cn. Pompeii sunt animadversa, - - -ut diceret se ante KaI. Martias non posse sine iniuriade provinciis Caesaris statuere, post KaI, Martias se
non dubitaturum. Cum interrogaretur, si qui turn
Ix SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
intercédèrent, dixit hoc nihil intéresse, utrum C.Caesar senatui dicto andiens futurus non esset anpararet qui senatum decernere non pateretur. " Quidsi ' inquit alius ' et consul esse et exercitum haberevolet?' At ille quam clementer : ' quid, si filius meusfustem mihi impingere volet 1 '9. " Hinc Augustus agens Italos in proelia Caesar "CUDI
Patribus Populoque, Penatibus et Magnis Dis."How far is Virgil right in identifying the cause of Augustus
in the civil war with the national cause 1
FRENCH.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.A. Translate into English :
Albe, où j'ai commencé de respirer le jour,Albe, mon cher pays, et mon premier amour ;Lorsque entre nous et toi je vois la guerre ouverte,Je crains notre victoire autant que notre perte.Rome, si tu te plains que c'est là te trahir,Fais-toi des ennemis que je puisse haïr.Quand je vois de tes murs leur armée et la nôtre,Mes trois frères dans l'une, et mon mari dans l'autre,Puis-je former des vœux et sans impiétéImportuner le ciel pour ta félicité 1Je sais que ton Etat, encore en sa naissance,Ne saurait, sans la guerre, affermir sa puissance.Je sais qu'il doit s'accroître, et que tes grands destinsNe le borneront pas chez les peuples latins ;Que les dieux t'ont promis l'empire de la terre,Et que tu n'en peux voir l'effet que par la guerre.Je voudrais déjà voir tes troupes couronnésD'un pas victorieux franchir les Pyrénées.Va jusqu'en l'Orient pousser tes bataillons ;Va sur les bords du Rhin planter tes pavillons ;Fais trembler sous tes pas les colonnes d'Hercule ;Mais respecte une ville à qui tu dois Romule.
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. lxi.
Ingrate, souviens toi que du sang de ses roisTu tiens ton nom, tes murs, et tes premières lois.Toute la philosophie n'est fondée que sur deux choses ; surce qu'on a l'esprit curieux et lus yeux mauvais ; car si vous aviezles yeux meilleurs que vous ne les avez, vous verriez bien si lesétoiles sont des soleils qui éclairent autant de mondes, ou si ellesn'en sont pas ; et si, d'un autre côté, vous étiez moins curieuse,vous ne vous soucieriez pas de le savoir, ce qui reviendrait aumême : mais on veut savoir plus qu'on ne voit ! c'est là ladifficulté. Encore, si ce qu'on voit on le voyait bien, ce seraittoujours autant de connu ; mais oh le voit tout autrement qu'iln'est. Ainsi les vrais philosophes passent leur vie à ne pointcroire ce qu'ils voient, et à tâcher de deviner ce qu'ils ne voientpoint ; et cette condition n'est pas, ce me semble, trop à envier.B. 1. Vous avez tort, c'est évident. Il est évident que vous aveztort. Translate these sentences, and explain when the word " it "must be translated by ce, and when by il or elle.
316. What are the rules for the agreement of the pastparticiple of reflexive verbs ? Translate—" The storms whichhave followed one another with such rapidity." " We pleasedone another from the first moment we met."
317. Distinguish between avant and devant, une tasse de théand une tasse à thé, un pot au lait and un pot de lait, la semainedernière and la dernière semaine, un brave homme and un hommebrave.Translate into English :
4. Se couvrir, se découvrir, prendre la parole, prendre sonparti, prendre fait et cause, s'en prendre à, prendre garde de, tenirde, tenir à, tenir bon, s'en tenir à, vouloir dire, trouver à redire,avoir beau dire, se le tenir pour dit.C. Translate into French :
(1) Would you like to see her again? I fear you will not
do so.318. The boy is much more obedient than you think.319. Be here the day after to-morrow at a quarter-past seven
in the morning, neither earlier nor later.320. I see her talking to your sister.321. He went away grumbling.322. No one is admitted without paying.323. The darkness is alarming.324. You should think before speaking.
lxii. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
D. Translate into French:France united at that period almost every
species ofascendancy. Her military glory was at the height. She hadvanquished mighty coalitions. She had dictated treaties. Shehad subjugated cities and provinces. She had forced theCastilian pride to yield her the precedence. She had summonedItalian princes to prostrate themselves at her footstool. Herauthority was supreme in all matters of good breeding from aduel to a minuet. In literature she gave law to the world. Thefame of her great writers filled Europe. No other country couldproduce a tragic poet equal to Racine, a comic poet equal toMolière, a trifler so agreeable as La Fontaine, a rhetorician soskilful as Bossuet. The literary glory of Italy and Spain hadset ; that of Germany had not yet dawned. The genius, there-fore, of the eminent men who adorned Paris shone forth with asplendour which was set off to full advantage by contrast.France, indeed, had at that time an empire over mankind, suchas even the Roman Republic never attained.
GERMAN.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
A.—Translate into English—Um biefe 3eit fa m mir bie Äitnbe
ju,©afj 3ïjr auë £aí6ot& (Sd)IoJj fyimueggefüfyvtUnb meinem Drjeint ïifcergefcen rcorben—2>eê «êimmelë nmnberooïïe 9îettung§c)anb©iautt' idj in biefer güguitg 511 erfennen.@in lauter SRuf be§ @d)iáfal§ roar pe mir,Φαδ meinen ?lrm geroäijlt, (Sud? 511 Befreien.5)ie gíreunbe ftintmen freubig Bei, e§ giert2)er jtarbinat mir feinen SRatr) unb SegenUnb tetjrt mid} ber SSerjteflung fernere Äunft.
3d) Bin bie <Sd)roacf/e, fíe bie 3Käd)t'ge.—5BoBl,®ie Braudje bie ©eroalt, fíe tobte ntid?,@ie Bringe it)rer @id;err)eit ba§ Di>fer.φοφ fie geftetie bann, ba§ fte bie 5Diad)t
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. lxiii.
Qlflein, ηίφί bie ©eredjtigíeit geü6t.jJíid)t öom ©efefee !Jorge fie ba>3 ©djnxrt,@id) ber öerijajjten geinbin ju entlaben,llnb fleibe nicfyt in t)eiügeS ©etranbS)er rotten ®tätfe Wutigeê (Srfüíjnen.@ο[φ ©aufeíffnel tetrüge ηίφί bie 3BeIt !©rmorben laffen fattn fie ηιίφ, ηίφί ridjten !@ie get' eS auf, mit beé Ü8er6ted)en3 ^ΐί'ιφίεη2)en t)eil'gen ©cíjein ber Sáigenb ¿u öeretnen.Unb rcaâ fie ift, baê toage fie ju [feinen !Sie ©rünbung granffuttS.
Äönig Äarl ber ©rope njurbe einmal öon ben ©acfyfen gefc^tagen,unb ftol) mit feinen Çranfen an ben 3Rain. SBeil fle afcer bie gurt ηίφί¿u ftnben roufjten, fonnten fie ηίφί ü6er ben 5'luf) geijen, nm fW) onett)ren Çeinben ¿u retten, ¿>a erfdjieti }3ΐο|Πφ eine JQh)a)hd), ging ^ιτφben ¡yiufj unb ¿eigte if)nen fo ben Sßeg. 2)ie Çranïen famen xiier rboSOcoin, unb ber Drt Ijetßt feitbem grantfurt.—©rimni.
B. Translate—Edward V., King of England, reigned only
eleven weeks.During that time Richard, Duke of Gloucester, who had assumed(1) the title of Protector, and pretended (2) the purest loyaltytowards his royal nephew, was engaged in clearing (3) his ownway to the throne. The king was seized by the Dukes ofGloucester and Buckingham at Stony Stratford, near North-ampton, led with the mockery (4) of public honours to London,and cast into the tower. The queen-mother was forced to part(5) also with her second son, Richard, Duke of York, who wascommitted to the same prison, and there the two boys, busied (6)with their sports, (7) lived all unconscious of the dark web (8)which was slowly enfolding (9) them.(1) 91nnei)men. (2) -Φειιφείη. (3) Öatjnen.
(4) 35er .sjofjn. (5) Siä) trennen (von).(6) 8efd;flftigen. (7) Spiet. (8) SaS ®etoe6e. (9) Umfomnen.
Ο-Ι. Conjugate—„33ev6ergen" throughout the singular of thepresent indicative, and give its past tense and past participle.Translate—
2 Have you translated this sentence ? The boatmanhas taken the gentleman across to the North Shore.
lxiv. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
3. My friend has travelled (butcf/reifen) all over Germany.My friend tore the paper right through (ganj buret;=reifen).
4. You did not know (say, have not known) it. The
painter has whitewashed the room.5. If the doctor had been more attentive, the patient would
not have died.6. Translate into English—
a. (Sie muffen fid) αηφ nid;t o on einem 3eben etiucië
rceifj machen [äffen.b. Sie unartigen Äinber fjaiten fcen armen alten STOnnn
immer 51ra teften.
LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
1. Define the logarithm of a number to a given base, andprove that the logarithm of a quotient is equal to the logarithmof the dividend diminished by the logarithm of the divisor.
Given log 57 = 1.7558749, log 8 = .9030900, find log 7125.2. Having given from a table of logarithms
log 2.6053 = .4158577, log 2.6054 = .4158744,explain fully how the logarithm of 2605327 is found, and· findthe logarithm.
3. Find the present value of an annuity of £1 for 10 years,at 3 per cent., having givenlog 1.03 = .0128372, log 7.44009 = .871625, log7.44010. =871631.
4. Prove that in any triangle the sides are proportional tothe sines of the opposite angles, and hence or otherwise shew that
a sin Ctan A = -.-----------τ
o — a cos C.If «=λ/2, b = 3 - y/'3, C = 45°, find A and B.
5. Prove that in any triangleB-C i-e A
tan —ñ— = 5------ cot -¡r2 b + c 2.
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. lxv.
Two sides of a triangle, which are respectively 141.42 and126.8 yards long contain an angle of 45°, find the other angle,having given L cot 22° 30'= 10.3827757 log 1.462=.1649474log 2.6822 = .4284912 L tan 7° 29' = 9.1184518, Z tan 7° 30' =9.1194291.
6. Discuss the ambiguous case in the solution of triangles.If b, c, B be given, and av a2 be the two values of a, prove
that (Z1 + a2 = 2c cos B and CL1 a2=c2 - δ2.7. Shew how to find the distance between two visible but
inaccessible objects.P A B Q is a plane quadrilateral, the angles P A B, Q B A
are right, and P A Q = 30°, PBQ = 45°. If A B - 100, find P Q.8. Find expressions for the radii of the inscribed and
escribed circles of any triangle.1 1 1 1Prove that — + — + — = - >T1 r2 r3 r
where r is the radius of the former, and r„ r2, r3 the radii of thethree latter circles.
STATICS.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.1. Two forces P, Q, act on a particle, a being the angle
between their directions ; find the magnitude of their resultantand the tangent of the angle which its direction m'akes with thedirection of P.
Shew that the forces are equal if when the direction of oneof the forces is reversed the direction of their resultant is atright angles to the direction of their resultant before the change.
2. Enunciate and prove the proposition called the Triingleof Forces.
If three forces keep a particle in equilibrium, prove that theangle between the two greatest is larger than the angle betweenany other two.
3. Define a couple, and prove that two unlike couples in thesame plane will balance each other if their moments are equal.
A B C D is a parallelogram. What is the equivalent offorces represented by A B, B C, O D, D A1
e
lxvi. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
4. Define the centre of gravity of a system of bodies, andshew how to find the centre of gravity of any number of heavyparticles.
A piece of uniform wire is bent into the form of a triangle ;find the distance of the centre of gravity from each side of thetriangle.
5. State and prove the principle of the lever.The arms of a bent lever, ACB, are 3 and 5
feet, and a forceof 8 lb. acts at an angle of 60° to the first at A ; find the forcewhich, acting at B at an angle of 30° to the second arm, willmaintain equilibrium.
6. Find the condition of equilibrium in the system of pulliesin which each string is attached to the weight and all the stringsare parallel.
If all the strings be attached to a bar from which the weightis suspended, and there are four pullies, each of the samediameter ; find the point of the bar from which the weight mustbe suspended.
7. Find the condition of equilibrium in the screw.If the radius of the cylinder be 9 inches, the
length of thepower arm 4 feet, and the angle of the screw 30°, find what powerwill support a weight of 15 cwt.
HYDROSTATICS.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
325. Explain what is meant by the pressure at any point in afluid, and prove that it is the same in all directions.
326. Find the specific gravity of a mixture of given volumesof fluids, whose specific gravities are given.
If in a mixture of two fluids, whose specific gravities are 3,5 respectively, a body whose specific gravity is 8, loses half itsweight, compare the volumes of fluid mixed.
3. Prove that in a heavy fluid at rest the pressure varies asthe depth.
Find the pressure on a square inch at the bottom of a tank7 feet deep filled with water.
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. lxvii
4. Explain what is meant by whole pressure, and state andprove the rule for finding the whole pressure of a heavy fluidon any surface.
A conical wine glass is filled with water ; find the wholepressure.
5. Shew how to find the resultant horizontal pressure in agiven direction of a heavy fluid on any surface.
A cylindrical vessel is filled with water ; find the resultanthorizontal pressure on either of the portions into which it isdivided by a vertical plane through the axis of the cylinder.
6. Describe and explain the principle of the commonbarometer.
The length of the tube of a barometer is 32 inches ; some airhas got into the space above the mercury, and in consequence themercury stands at 29 inches, when it would stand at 30 inches ifthe instrument was uninjured : find the true height of thebarometer when the injured instrument reads 28.4.
7. Shew how to compare the specific gravities of two liquidsby means of the hydrostatic balance.
A body weighs 60 grains ; in water it weighs 42 grains, andin another liquid it weighs 36 grains ; find the specific gravity ofthe liquid.
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
FHONOURS .
1. If u — o, v = o, w = o, be the equations of three straightlines forming a triangle, prove that any straight line may berepresented by an equation of the form
lu + mv + nw = o.If the sides of a triangle pass through three fixed pointswhich lie in a straight line, and two of its vertices lie on fixedstraight lines, prove that the locus of the third vertex is astraight line.
2. Investigate formulée for changing from one set of rect-angular axes to another set having the same origin.
If ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = o, a'x2 + 2h'xy + b'y2=-o be theequations of two pairs of straight lines, shew that ab' + ba! - 2hltis unaltered by the transformation-
e 2
lxviii. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
3. If S = o, S' = o be the equations of two circles, in eachof which the co-efficient of χ- is unity, prove that the equationSr'2 = SV2 represents the circle described on the distancebetween the centres of similitude as diameter, r, r1 being theradii of the circles.
Shew that the circles described on the three diagonals of acomplete quadrilateral as diameters have a common radical axis.
4. Shew that three normals can be drawn from any point toa parabola.
If the chord joining the feet of two of the normals passthrough a fixed point, shew that the point from which thenormals are drawn must lie on a certain parabola.
5. Find tlie equation of an ellipse referred to any pair ofconjugate diameters as axes.
A given triangle ABC slides with. two vertices A, B, ontwo fixed lines, Ox, Oy ; prove that the third vertex, C, describesan ellipse.
6. Find the ratio in which the line joining two given points,x'y', x" y", is cut by the conic represented by the general equationof the second degree.
Through a fixed point O, a line is drawn meeting a givenconic in P, Q. A point R is taken in O P Q, so that the anhar-monic ratio of the four points 0,P,R,Q is constant. Find thelocus of R.
7. If u = o, v = o, w = o be the equations of three straightlines forming a triangle, interpret the equation uv = w2, andfind the equation of the chord joining two given points on thelocus.
Two chords, P Q, P'Q', of a conic intersect in a fixedpoint, and P P' passes through another fixed point. Shew thatQ Q' also passes through a fixed point.
8. Find the general equation of a conic having double con-tact with two given conies.
If an ellipse have double contact with each of two confocals,prove that the tangents at the points of contact form a rectangle.
9. Prove that the polars of a fixed point with respect to asystem of conies through four given points all pass through asecond fixed point.
If the first fixed point lies on a straight line, prove that thesecond fixed point lies oh a conic.
SECOKD YEAR IN ARTS. lxix.
10. Give a brief explanation of the method of reciprocalpolars, and apply it to the following problem : A chord of a conicwhich subtends a constant angle at a given point of the curveenvelopes a conic having double contact with the given conic.
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.1. Prove the formulae—
du du dydx ~ dy dxdy du dy du dzdx dy dx ' dz dx
where in the first case u is a function of y, and y a function of χ ;and in the second case ω is a function of y and ζ and y and ζ ■are functions of x.
Differentiate sin cos tan x, (sin cos #)tlm"., / χ sin α \
2. If y = tanT1 I -,-------------I prove that\ 1 + X COS ci I
sin η (a —y) sin » (a — y).dx" sin "a
3. If f(x) —e' sec x, prove thaty»-w2/-2(o) + w,/"-» - ... = 1
where nr is coefficient of x' in the expansion of (1+a;)", andhence expand e" sec χ as far as the term in a;6.
4. Show how to find the maximum and minimum values ofa function of three variables which are connected by a givenequation.
Find the least triangle which can be circumscribed about agiven circle.
•5. Transform the expression—x2d^+ixvÊy + iy2$+2ydl
into one in which §, η shall be the independent variables, havinggiven« =5 + v,y = ^j,.
d'y _(- I)-1In^-I
lxx. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
6. Shew how to eliminate the arbitrary functions ώ, φ fromthe equation—
F J x, y, z,(p(u), φ (u) }=0,u being a given function of x, y, z.
Eliminate the arbitrary functions fromζ =ζχφ (ax + by) + yip (ax -J- by).
7. Shew how to find the asymptotes of a curve of the ?i th
degree.Find the equation of the cubic having the lines ax-\-by-\-c
= 0, ax + b'y + c' = 0, a"x + b"y -J- c" = 0 for asymptotes, andhaving a double point at the origin.
8. Find the polar equation of the tangent at any point ofthe curve r =/(0).
Determine the equation of the circle which touches thecurve r =f (Q) at the point r„ O1, and passes through anotherpoint r2, H2 on the curve.
9. Show how to find the points of inflexion on the curveφ (x,y) = 0..
Shew that the curveay% + 3bxy'2 + 3cxy + dx3 + ex* = 0.
has one point of inflexion and that it lies on the straight lineay + bx = 0.
10. Trace the curves(i.) (x2 — a1) y2 = ax*(ii.) x"y- = (a- — x2) (x* - δ2)(iii.) r ■=■ a cos 2 β.
MECHANICS AND HYDROSTATICS.
TIME, THREE HOUKS.HONOURS.
1. Find the resultant of any number of forces acting at apoint.
Forces act through the angular points of a triangle per-pendicular to the opposite sides. If each force be equal to thecosine of the angle at which it acts, prove that the resultant isy/ ( 1 - 8 cos A cos B cos C).
SECOND YEAR IN ARTS. lxxi.
2. If three forces acting in one plane maintain a rigid bodyin equilibrium, prove that their lines of action either all meet ata point or are all parallel.
A rod, whose centre of gravity divides it into segments a andb, rests inside a smooth sphere. If the rod make an angle 0 withthe horizon, prove that
. α«=ί> ,tan 0=-------- tan a
a+bwhere 2a is the angle subtended by the rod at the centre of thesphere.
3. Prove that a system of forces acting in one plane on arigid body will be in equilibrium if the algebraical sum of the.forces resolved parallel to two fixed straight lines in the planevanishes, and the algebraical sum of the moments round anypoint in the plane also vanishes.
Five equal uniform heavy rods are connected by hinges so asto form a pentagon ABC B'A'. If the rod A A' be fixed iii ahorizonal position, show that the inclinations α, β of A B, B C tothe horizon, are given by the equations
tan α = 3 tan β, cos a + cos 3 = £.
4. State the laws of friction.A ladder whose centre of gravity is at its middle point rests
with one end on the ground and the other in contact with a roughvertical wall. If W be- the weight of the ladder, μ, μ' thecoefficients of friction for the ground and wall, prove that it willnot be safe for a man whose weight is wW to ascend to the top ofthe ladder if the inclination of the ladder to the horizon be lessthan tan-'Π-1 +^ I-
I μ 2(η + 1)μ )5. State the principle of virtual velocities for a system of
forces acting in one plane, and prove it in the case of forcesacting at a point.
Three equal heavy uniform rods AB, BC, CD hinged at Band C, are in a vertical plane, the ends A and D resting on asmooth horizontal table, and being connected by a string doublethe length of a rod. Find by the principle of virtual velocitiesthe tension of the string.
lxxii. SECOND YEAR IN ARTS.
6. Prove that in a fluid at rest under the influence of gravitythe surfaces of equal pressure are horizontal planes, and that in ahomogeneous fluid the pressure increases uniformly with thedepth.
If the density varies as the square root of the pressure, showthat the density increases uniformly with the depth.
7. Define the centre of pressure of a plane area, and find thecentre of pressure of a triangle immersed in a heavy homogeneousfluid (1) when one side is in the surface (2) when one angularpoint is in the surface and the opposite side is horizontal.
If one vertex be in the surface and the other two be at
depths x, y below the surface, prove that the depth of the centre. χ"1 + χ y + y2
of pressure is ———-—f-2(x + y)
8. Find the conditions of equilibrium of a floating body.A solid homogeneous hemisphere of radius a and weight W,
is floating in a liquid and at a point on the base at a distance cfrom the centre is fastened a particle of weight w ; show thatin the position of equilibrium the base of the hemisphere, whichis assumed to be entirely out of the liquid, makes with the horizon
, , ~~ ' 8 c wan angle tan ---------.
3a W9. Deduce the formula ρ = kp (1 + a t)
from the knownexperimental results connecting (i) the pressure and volume of agas kept at a uniform temperature, and (ii) the density andtemperature of a gas kept at a constant pressure.
In ascending a mountain the temperature of the air is foundto decrease by a quantity proportional to the height ascended,and h, k are the observed heights of the barometer at two stationswhose difference of altitude is ζ ; show that ζ varies as hm — k",where m is a certain constant, changes of density in the mercuryin the barometer being neglected.
10. Describe Hawksbee's air pump, and find the density inthe receiver after a given number of strokes.
If the piston cannot traverse the whole length of the cylin-der, prove that the density in the receiver can never be less than
— where μ is the density of the atmosphere, V the volume ofthe cylinder and ν the volume of the part not traversed by thepiston.
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS. lxxiii.
THIRD YEAR EXAMINATION IN ARTS.
LATIN COMPOSITION.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.Translate into Latin—
When the Dardarian thought he had found his opportunity,he ordered his servants to have his horse ready without the camp.It was now mid-day, and the soldiers were sitting in the sun orotherwise reposing themselves, when he went to the general'spavilion. And he had certainly entered, if sleep, which has beenthe ruin of many other generals, had not saved Lucullus. Mene-demus, one of his chamberlains, was then in waiting, and he toldOlthacus, " This was not a proper time to see Lucullus, becauseafter long watching and fatigue, he was now taking some rest."Olthacus did not take this denial ; but said, " I must enter,whether you will or not, for I have great and necessary businessto lay before him." Menedemus, incensed at his insolence,answered, " Nothing is more necessary than the preservation ofLucullus," and thrust him back with both hands. Olthacus,fearing his design was discovered, withdrew privately from thecamp, took horse, and returned to Mithridates without effectingany thing.
LATIN AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
•1. Translate into English, and explain the allusion in the lastfour lines—
Cicero de Officiis, I., 76—77 : Mihi quidem .... ipsaceciderunt.
2. Cic. de Off., IL, 7—8 : Nos autem, . . esse
nolui.Explain the references to philosophic
schools contained inthis passage.
lxxiv. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
3. Horace, Epistles IL, 1, 156—167: Graecia capta . . .
....................metuitque lituram.
Explain the allusions to Numerus Satumius, Thespis.4. Hor., Sat. I. 9, 60—74 : Haec dum agit, ....
. . . . cultro liiiquit.
LATIN AND GREEK TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.
1. Translate into English—Duodequadraginta annos tyrannus
Syracusanorum fuit Diony-sius, cum quinqué et viginti natus annos dominatum occupavisset·Qua pulchritudine urbem, quibus autem opibus prseditam, Servituteoppressam tenuit ? Atqui de hoc homing a bonis auctoiibus sicscriptum accepimus, summam faisse ejus in victu temperantiam,in rebusque gerendis virum acrem et industrium, eundera tarnennialeficum natura et injustum. Et quo omnibus bene veritatemintuentibus videri necesse est miserrimum. Ea enim ipsa quaeconcupierat, ne tum quidem, cum omnia se posse censebat, con-sequebatur. Qui cum esset bonis parentibus atque honesto loconatus, (etsi id quidem. alius alio modo tradidit) abundaretquesequalium familiaritatibus, et consuetudine propinquorum, credebatse eorum nemini ; sed his, quos ex familiis locupletum servosdelegerat, quibus nomen servitutis ipse detraxerat, et quibusdamconvenís, et feris babaris, corporis custodiam committebat. Itapropter injustam dominatus cupiditatem in carcerem quodammodoipse se incluserat.2. Translate into English—
Άλλ', ώ 'γαθε, είπε προς Δίο? φιΧίου, ου δοκεΐ σοιaXoyov είναι αγαθόν φάσκοντα πεποιηκεναι τινά μεμφεσθαιTOVTIj) οτι ΰφ' εαυτού ά-γαθος γεγονώς Tt και ων έπειτα πονηρόςεστίν ; ΚΑΛ. "Εμοιγε δοκεϊ. ΈΩ. Ουκονν άκοΰεις τοιαύταΧεςόντιον των φασκόντων παιΰεύειν ανθρώπους είς αξίων ;ΚΑΛ. "Εγωγε. άλλα τί âv Xêyotà ανθρώπων περί ούδενο;αξίων ; ΣΩ. Ti δ' αν περί εκείνων λε'γοίς, οΐ φάσκοντεςπροεστάναι της πόΧεως κα« επιμεΧεΊσθαι, όπως ως βεΧτΙστηεσται, πάΧιν αυτής κατη·/ορονσιν, όταν τνχωσιν, ώς πονη-
ρότατης; ο'·ει τι Βιαφερειν τούτους εκείνων; ταυτόν, ώ μακάρι,
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS lxxv.
εστί σοφιστής και ρητπρ, η εγγυ^ τι και παραπλήσιου, ωσπερέγώ ελεγον προς Πώλου, συ δε St' ayvoiav το μεν πάγκαλουτι ο'ιει είναι, την ρητορικην, του δε καταφρονείς. TÍ¡ δε αΧηθε'ιακάλλιον εστί σοφιστική ρητορικής, οσιψπερ -γυμναστικήΙατρικής.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.Translate into Latin prose—
1.—Fnim this terrible evil the Revolution set us free. Thelaw which secured to the judges their seats during life or goodbehaviour did something. The law subsequently passed forregulating trials in cases of treason did much more. The provi-sions of that law show, indeed, very little legislative skill. It isnot framed on the principle of securing the innocent, but on theprinciple of giving a great chance of escape to the accused,whether innocent or guilty. This, however, is decidedly a faulton the right side. The evil produced by the occasional escape ofa bad citizen is not to be compared with the evils of that Beignof Terror, for such it was, which preceded the Revolution. Sincethe passing of this law scarcely one single person has suffereddeath in England as a traitor who had not been convicted onoverwhelming evidence, to the satisfaction of all parties, of thehighest crime against the state. Attempts have been made intimes of great excitement, to bring in persons guilty of hightreason for acts which, though sometimes highly blamable, didnot necessarily imply a design falling within the legal definitionof treason. AU those attempts have failed.2.__
c WESTON, Jan. 29, 1789.My dear Friend,
I am not forgetful of any letters that I owe, and leastof all forgetful of my debts in that way to you ; on the contrary,I live in a continual state of self-reproach for not writing morepunctually, but the old Grecian, whom I charge myself never toneglect, lest I should never finish him, has at present a voicewhich seems to drown all other demands. I am now in the
lxxvi. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
eleventh book of the Odyssey, conversing with the dead. Invokethe Muse on my behalf, that I may roll the stone of Sisyphuswith some success. To do it as Homer has done it, is, I suppose,in our verse and language, impossible, but I will hope not tolabour altogether to as little purpose as Sisyphus himself did.
Though I meddle little with politics, and can find butlittle leisure to do so, the present state of things unavoidablyengages a share of my attention. But as they say Archimedes,when Syracuse was taken, was found busied in the solution of aproblem, so, come what may, I shall be found translating Homer.
Sincerely yours,WILLIAM COWPER.
LATIN AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HOUBS.HONOURS.
(N.B.—Notes, explanatory and grammatical, should be written in themargin.)1. Translate—
(a) Juvenal, V., 146—160 : Vilibus ancipites . .. . . . stridere molari.(ό) Juv., X., 114—127: Eloquium ac famam ..... . . . quae próxima.. (c) Persius, III., 44—57 : Saepe oculos, ..... . . . limite callem.(d) Pers., V., 176—188 : lus habet ....
gustaveris alii.2. Mention any changes undergone in the meaning or con-
struction of Latin words between the time of Cicero and that ofJuvenal.3. Translate— ¿,
(o) Cicero, Tuse. Disp. L, 57 : Ex quo effici .... illareminiscendo.
(o) Cic, Tuse, Disp., IL, 42 : Sitne igitur .... possitlongius 1
(c). Cic, de Off., III., 35 : Cum igitur . . . . id utile.(d) Cic:, de Off., III., 61 : Atque iste .... malitiose
potest ?
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS. lxxvii.
GREEK COMPOSITION.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.Translate into Greek—
Tn his conduct with respect to the other citizens, he behavedbetter as an enemy than as a friend. If he was severe to hisenemies, he was not unjustly so ; his friends he countenancedeven in their unjust pursuits, if his enemies performed anything extraordinary, he was ashamed not to take honourablenotice of it ; his friends he could not correct when they didamiss. On the contrary, it was his pleasure to support them,and go the same lengths they did ; for he thought no servicedishonourable which he did in the way of friendship. Nay, ifhis adversaries fell into any misfortune, he was the first tosympathise with them, and ready to give them his assistance, ifthey desired it. By these means he gained the hearts of all hispeople.
GREEK AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.
1. Translate into English—(a) Plato, Protag., 324, A—C. EÎ yàp εθελεις . . . .
StSaKTov αρετήν.(/3) Plato, Protag., 356, A—C. El yáp ης . . . .
ου πρακτέα.2. Translate and explain the following passages—
(ci) ΐΐάντας δ' επαίνημι και φιλεωεκων όστις ερογμηδέν αισχρόν' ανάγκρ δ' ουδέ θεοί μάχονται.
(6) Πώς ονν, εθην εγώ, \εyεtς τους ανδρείους ; ουχίτους θαρραλέους είναι ; Και νυν y, εφη.(c) NSv δε τρυφα,ς, ώ Σώκρατες, SIÓTI πάντε διδάσκαλοι,εεσιι» άρετης, καθ' όσον δύνανται έκαστος, καιονοείς σοι φαίνεται·
lxxviii. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
3. Translate into English—(a) Sophocl., Aj., 622—645. TH που παλαιή ....
έκτος ομιλεί.(β) Sophocl., Aj., 815—830. Ό μϊν σφαγευς . . .
οϊωνοίς θ' 'έΧωρ.4. Translate and comment on the following—
(α) Ουκίτι. Χαμπρας yap ατψ στεροπαςας,ας οςυς νότος ως Λήγει,
(δ) ΑΙαί' τίς αν ποτ* φεθ' ώδ' Ιπώνυμουτονμον ζυνοίσειν όνομα τοΐς Ιμοΐς κακοΐς ;
(c) · Τέως οέ κούφοις πνενμασιν βοσκού, νεαν"φυχην ατάλλων, μητρί τ^δε χαρμονήν.
(θί) ΤΩ φίΧτατ' Αίας, ω ϊ,νναιμον ομμ εμοί,αρ ιιμπόΧηκας ωσττερ η φατις κρατεί ;
GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.
3.—Translate into Greek Prose—I have now stated my views and opinions on this question,
not at all in a manner, I feel, equal to the question itself. Ihave felt the difficulty in thinking of it ; T feel the difficulty inspeaking of it—for there is far more in it and about it than anyman, however much he may be accustomed to think uponpolitical questions and to discuss them, ean comprise at allwithin the compass of a speech of ordinary length. I havedescribed the measures which I would at once adopt for thepurpose of soothing the agitation which now disturbs andmenaces every part of India, and of inviting the submission ofthose who are now in arms against you. Now I believe—Ispeak in the most perfect honesty—I believe that the announce-ment of these measures would avail more in restoring tranquillitythan the presence of an additional army, and I believe that theirfull and honest adoption would enable you to retain your power
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS. lxxix.
in India. I have sketched the form of government which Iwould establish in India and at home, with the view of securingperfect responsibility and an enlightened administration.
2. Put the same Greek into oratio obliqua after some pasttense of a verbum declarandi.
GREEK AUTHORS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.
1. Translate, with brief marginal notes—(a) Sophocles. Philoctetes, 344—358 : Ηλβόν με . . . .
.... Άχιλλί'α πάλιν.(/3) Soph. Phil., 843—854; Άλλο, TtKVOV, ........ ενιοεΐν πάθη.(γ) Soph. Phil., 938—950 : Ύμΐν τά8\ ........ aavTcjj γίνου·
327. In what sense does the Philoctetes appear to youto be a "tragedy ?" Whence is the plot derived ?
328. Account for the choice of the negatives in thefollowing passages :—
(α) Οικτειρω νιν Κγωγ , όπωςμη του κηΒομενου βροτων νοσεί.
(5) "Εξοιδα και φύσει σε μη πεφυκότατοιαύτα φωνειν.
(θ) Οΰ μη θάνωσι' τούσΰε yap Ui) ζην εΒει.4. Comment on the construction of—
329.φέρε νυν ατείγων χωράν καλέσω.330.ησθην πατέρα τον αμάν ευλο-γοϋντά σε.331.τ'ι τοΰθ' ο μη νεώς ye της εμης ενι ;332.προς του κάκιστου κάκ κακών Όουσσεως.333.Setvbv yàp, ουδέ ρητόν.334.τουργον ου μακράν Χεγεις.
lxxx. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
5. Translate, with brief notes in the margin—(a) Plato, Phœdo, 83, A-C: "Οπερ ουν λέγω, . . . .
Χογίζεται αυτό-(β) Plato, Phsedo, 103 Ε,—104 A: "Εστίν apa, ....
εστί περιττός.335. Explain—άνευφηιιεΐν—θεωρία—οι ένδεκα—
απόρρητα—νυν SÍJ—ει πολλάκίς—εντείνας τους τοϋ Αίσωπου λόγους—Αρμονία ι'} θηβαϊκή—το τον Άναξαγόρου—¿φείΧομεν αΧεκτ-ρυόνα.
336. What remarks have you to make on the followingexpressions—
(tl) η ποί αν αλλοσέ φαμεν {φαϊμεν Bekker) αΰτάς Ιεναι ;(6) εκείνου ορέγεται τοϋ ο εστίν tVov.337. άφικομενη οθιπερ {οίπερ Cobet) ai αλλαί.338. εϊς άπιστίαν κατεπεσομεν, μη οΰδενος αζιοι είμεν κμιτα\
η και τα πράγματα αυτά άπιστα y (ειη Bekker).
LATIN AND GREEK.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
The same paper as that set in the Second Year Examination.See page Ii.
LATIN AND GREEK VERSE COMPOSITION.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
The same paper as that set in the First Year ExaminationSee page xxix.
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS. lxxxi.
GENERAL CLASSICAL PAPER.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.
339. Describe the political situation at the time when thede Oßciis was written, and shew how Cicero's position andoccupations were affected by it. What is Cicero's professed aimin writing the book ?
340. State shortly the fundamental principles of the Stoics inmoral philosophy ; and describe and illustrate the attitude takenby (1) Cicero and (2) Horace with regard to the Stoic doctrines.
341. Give Cicero's list of the cardinal virtues, and give asummary of the duties which he classifies under the head ofjustice.
342. Explain Cicero's distinction between the prodigus and theliberalis. Under what circumstances, and to what extent, doeshe consider largitio j ustifiable ?
343. Give a short account of Horace's birth, education, andcareer, as described by himself.
344. Give the substance of Horace's criticisms of the prevailingliterary habits and tastes of his time.
345. Give shortly the story of Prometheus, as told by Pro-tagoras, and explain its bearing on the argument.
346. 'Ομολογείτε apa, ?¡v S'¿ΎΟΊ, ΤΟ «εν r¡cv à-γαθον είναι, τοδε àviaobv κακόν. How does Socrates explain and defend thisprinciple, and what is its connection with the niain argument ofthe Protagoras 1
347. Explain the motives which led Ajax to destroy himself.
GENERAL CLASSICAL PAPER.TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.( You are not required to translate the Greek and Latin passages inthis paper).1—
άρχομαι άπ' εκείνων, ίιποθίμενος t'ivaí τι καλόν αύτοκαθ' αΰτο κα\ αγαθόν κα) μέγα και ταΛΛα πάντα ' a u μοι
lxxxii. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS
6i6o)ç re και συγχωρείς (Ίναι ταΰτα, ελπίζω σοι εκ τούτων τηναΐτίαν επιΒείζειν και άνευρήσιιν, ώς αθάνατον η ψ»'χή·
Explain the postulate here laid down by Socrates, and theuse which he makes of it in his argument.2—
ως apa νους εστίν 6 οιακοσμων τε και πάντων αίτιος·
Explain Socrates' dissatisfaction with Anaxagoras' applicationof this principle.3—Tij¡, όεδιεναι apa και δεει ανδρείοι εισι πάντες πΧην Ioφιλόσοφοι.Explain this statement, and compare it with the positionmaintained by Socrates in the Protagoras.4. Explain and comment on—
(a) Nihil est aliud discere quam recordari.(ό) Tota philosophorum vita commentatio mortis est.
5— " Aristoxenus . . . (animum esse censebat) ipsius corporisintentionem quandam ; velut in cantu et fidibus quaeharmonía dicitur, sic ex corporis totius natura etfigura varios motus cieri, tanquam in cantu sonos."Explain the theory that the soul is a " harmony," and givethe substance of Plato's refutation of it.348. " Will the wise man be
happy on the rack T How wasthis question answered by the Stoics, the Epicureans, and Cicerorespectively ?
349. " Quod summum bonum a Stoicis dicitur, convenienternaturae vivere." Explain this principle.
350. " Num igitur fortem virum .... potes dicerePhiloctetam ilium ?"—(Cicero.)" The cries are those of a man, but the actions those of ahero. Both together make the human hero, neitherweak nor yet devoid of natural feeling, . . . thehighest character that Wisdom can produce or Artimitate. "— (Leasing. )Discuss these different views of the Philoctetes of Sophocles.9. Compare the literary styles of Persius and Juvenal.10. Describe the social position and
mode of life of aneducated Roman of the poorer class in the time of Juvenal.
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS. lxxxiii.
FRENCH.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.·
A. Rendez en anglais :C'est mon père, seigneur, je vous le dis encore,Mais un père que j'aime, un père que j'adore,Qui me chérit lui-même, et dont, jusqu'à ce jour,Je n'ai reçu que des marques d'amour.Mon cœur, dans ce respect élevé dès l'enfance,■ Ne peut que s'affliger de tout ce qui l'offense,Et loin d'oser ici par un prompt changementApprouver la fureur de votre emportement,Loin que par mes discours je l'attise moi même,Croyez qu'il faut aimer autant que je vous aimePour avoir pu souffrir tous les noms odieuxDont votre amour le vient d'outrager à mes yeux.Et pourquoi voulez-vous qu'inhumain et barbareIl ne gémisse pas du coup qu'on me prépare 1Quel père de son sang se plaît à se priver 1Pourquoi me perdrait-il s'il pouvait me sauver 1J'ai vu, n'en doutez point, ses larmes se répandre.Faut-il le condamner avant que de l'entendre 1
B. 1. Rendez en anglais :Se mettre, se mettre à, s'y mettre, faire dire, faire entrer,
faire monter, faire part, faire voir, faire venir, faire valoir, fairefaire, faire cas de, faire feu sur, faire sa prière, faire main bassesur, faire des façons, faii'e une question, se faire matelot, se faireà, se faire payer.C
351. Expliquez le su&xe-ment de l'adverbe français, et ditespourquoi c'est à la forme féminine de l'adjectif qu'il s'attachegénéralement.
352. Expliquez la différence d'accord que présentent ces deuxphrases :
Cette brave femme nous a bien servis.Cette recommandation nous a bien servi.Dites comment il se fait que la participe passé de se plaire,se succéder, reste toujours invariable.4. Expliquez par l'étymologie les irrégularités du verbe
aller. f 2
Ixxxiv. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
353. Distinguez entre l'emploi de l'imparfait et celui du prétéritdéfini Donnez des exemples.
354. Traduisez en français :355. It is found everywhere.356. I am told he is gone.357. How is your name spelt ?358. That remains to be seen.( 5) He is a gentleman, she is very ladylike.359. He speaks better than he writes.360. He does not speak better than he writes.
D. Put into French :Nothing can be more narrow-minded, says
Macaulay, thanthe contempt with which, in the last century, it was fashionableto speak of the pilgrimages, the sanctuaries, the crusades, andthe monastic institutions of the middle ages. In times whenmen were scarcely ever induced to travel by liberal curiosity, orby the pursuit of gain, it was better that the rude inhabitant ofthe North should visit Italy and the East as a pilgrim, than thathe should never see anything but those squalid cabins anduncleared woods amongst which he was born. In times whenlife and honour were exposed to risk daily from tyrants andmarauders, it was better that the precinct of a shrine should beregarded with an irrational awe, than that there should be norefuge inaccessible to cruelty and licentiousness. In times whenstatesmen were incapable of forming extensive political combina-tions, it was better that the Christian nations should be rousedand united for the recovery of the Holy Sepulchre, than thatthey should, one by one, be overwhelmed by the Mahomedanpower.
E. Traduisez en anglais :Dans tous les siècles où l'esprit humain se
perfectionne parla culture des arts, on voit naître des hommes supérieurs quireçoivent la lumière et la répandent, et vont plus loin que leurscontemporains, en suivant les mêmes traces. Quelque chose deplus rare, c'est un génie qui ne doive rien à son siècle ou plutôt,qui malgré son siècle, par la seule force de sa pensée, se place delui-même à côté des écrivains les plus parfaits, nés dans lestemps les plus polis ; tel est Montaigne. Penseur profond sousle règne du pédantisme, auteur brillant et ingénieux dans une
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS. lxxxv.
langue informe et grossière, il écrit avec le secours de la raisonet des anciens. Son ouvrage reste et fait seul toute la gloirelittéraire d'une nation ; et lorsqu'après de longues années, sousles auspices de quelques génies sublimes qui s'élancent à la fois,arrive enfin l'âge du bon goût et du talent, cet ouvrage,longtemps unique, demeure toujours original, et la France,enrichie tout à coup de tant de brillantes merveilles, ne sent pasrefroidir son admiration pour ces antiques et naïves beautés.
FRENCH.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.PAPER I.
I. Sketch briefly the plot of Polyeucte. What changes has
Corneille made in the story ?II. Translate—
Polyeucte, II., 2, 12—19 and 28—35.III. Translate the following expressions—
(a) Il faut ne rien aimer qu'après lui, qu'en lui même,Négliger pour lui plaire, et femme et biens et rang,Exposer pour sa gloire et verser tout son sang.
(ft) Quelque fruit qu'une fille en puisse recueillirCe n'est une vertu que pour qui veut faillir.
361. Le Roi de Perse aussi l'avait fait enlever,Témoin de ses hauts faits encor qu' à son dommageIl en voulut tout mort connaître le visage.
362. Puisse le juste ciel, content de ma ruine,Combler d'heur et de jours Polyeucte et Pauline.
363. Je rends grâces au Dieu, que tu m'as fait connaître,De cette occasion qu'il a sitôt fait naître,Où déjà sa bonté prête à me couronnerDeigne éprouver la foi qu'il vient de me donner.
(/) L'un conçoit de l'envie et l'autre de l'ombrage.(g) Si peu que j'ai d' espoir ne luit qu'avec contrainte.(h) L'artifice est trop lourd pour ne pas l'éventer.
IV. Give a brief account of Mme. de Sévigné's chief corre-
spondents, and of the circumstances that called forth themain group of letters.
lxxxvi. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
V. Translate—Madame de Sévigné, Lettres Choisies, page 130.
VI. Translate the following sentences, adding explanations when
necessary—(a) M. Foucquet a été interrogé ce matin sur le marc d'or.(6) M. de Ñesmond a témoigné en
mourant que son plusgrand déplaisir étoit de n'avoir pas été d'avis de la récusation deces deux juges.
364. Vous savez présentement l'histoire romanesque de Made-moiselle et de M. de Lauzun.
365. Je vois tous les jours votre fille, ce qui s'appelle à l'âtre.366. On a présenté la Brinvilliers à la question.(f ) Le roi d' Angleterre a été pris, on dit, en
faisant lechasseur et voulant se sauver. Il est dans Vittal : je ne saispoint écrire ce mot.
(g) Ce sont cinq tables de vingt personnes chacune, serviescomme chez Psyché.
(h) " Ah ! Monsieur, pour cet endroit-là, voici l'emplâtre quile guérit."VII. "Etudiez la cour et connaissez la ville ;
L'une et l'autre est toujours en modèles fertile ;C'est par là que Molière, illustrant ses écrits ;Peut-être de son art eût remporté le prix,Si, moins ami du peuple, en ses doctes peinturesIl n'eût point fait souvent grimacer ses figures,Quitté pour le bouffon, l'agréable et le fin,Et sans honte à Térence allié Tabarin.Dans le sac ridicule où Scapin s'enveloppe,Je ne reconnais plus l'auteur du Misanthrope.Explain and illustrate this criticism.
VIII. Translate the following quotations, and give the context —(a) Voici
Le personnage en raccourci.Son menton nourrissait une barbe touffue ;
Toute sa personne velueReprésentait un ours, mais un ours mal léché.Sous un sourcil épais il avait l'oeil caché,Le regard de travers, nez tortu, grosse lèvre,
Portait sayon de poil de chèvreEt ceinture de joncs marins.
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS. lxxxvii.
(¿>) Vous vous souvenez sans doute bien, madame, qu'Herminius avait prié Clélie de luy enseigner par où l'on pouvaitaller de "Nouvelle Amitié à Tendre"
( c) " Bélier, mon ami, je ne comprends rien à tout cela. Situ voulois commencer par le commencement tu me ferois plaisir."
(d) " Savez-vous ce qu' est mon neveu ? Il a bien tout ceque vous venez de dire là : c'est un fanfaron de crimes qu'il necommet pas."IX. Tell what you know of the following men, La Bochefoucauld,Perrault, Voiture ; and of the following books, Astrée,Le Menteur, Lettres Provinciales.X How did the style of Des Cartes influence French prose ?XI. Define the word caractère as a species of literary composition.
Sketch any of those by la Bruyère.XII. Describe any one of the chief Oraisons Fúnebres of Bossuet.
How do they escape the change of being mere pane-gyrics 1
FRENCH
c TIME, THREE HOURS.
, PAPER II.I. Translate :
A. Psara ou Chant de Victoire des Ottomans.
" Nous triomphons ! Allah ! Gloire au Prophète !Sur ce rocher plantons nos étendards.Ses défenseurs, illustrant leur défaite,En vain sur eux font crouler ses remparts.Nous triomphons, et le sabre terribleVa de la eroix punir les attentats.Exterminons une race invincible :Les rois chrétiens ne la vengeront pas."N' as tu, Chios, pu sauver un seul êtreQui vînt ici raconter tous tes maux ?Psara tremblante eût fléchi sous son maître.Où sont tes fils, tes palais, tes hameaux 1Lorsque la peste en ton île rebelleSur tant de morts menaçait nos soldats,Tes fils mourants disaient : N'implorons qu'elle,Les rois chrétiens ne nous vengeront pas.
lxxxviii. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
" A notre rage ainsi rien ne s' oppose :Psara n' est plus, Dieu vient de Γ effacer.Sur ses débris le vainqueur qui reposeRêve le sang qu'il lui reste à verser.Qu' un jour Stamboul contemple avec ivresseLes derniers Grecs suspendus à nos mâts !Dans son tombeau faisons rentrer la Grèce :Les rois chrétiens ne la vengeront pas."
Ainsi chantait cette horde sauvage." Les Grecs !" s' écrie un barbare effrayé.La flotte hellène a surpris le rivageEt de Psara tout le sang est payé.Soyez unis, ô Grecs ! ou plus d' un traîtreDans le triomphe égarera vos pas.Les nations vous pleureraient peut-être,Les rois chrétiens ne vous vengeraient pas.
En marchant,Tous deux rêveurs, ils sont arrivés près d'un champQu' emplit de son frisson toute une moisson mûre ;Au-dessus des épis jetant un long murmure,Sous de hauts échalas plantés parmi les blés,Flottent, mouillés de pluie et de soleil brûlés,A des cordes que 1' air pousse, éloigne et ramène,De hideux sacs de paille ayant la forme humaine,Nœuds de débris sans nom, lambeaux fous, balançantOn ne sait quel aspect farouche et menaçant ;Les oiseaux, les moineaux que le blé d'or invite,L' alouette criant aux autres : Vite ! Vite !Accourent vers le champ plein d' épis ; mais, au vent,Chaque haillon devient lugubrement vivantEt tout 1' essaim chantant s' effraie et se dissipe.
0.Cette œuvre de destruction universelle que
Pascal reprendraplus tard, avec une sorte d' acharnement douloureux, en emprun-tant les arguments de Montaigne, et son language même, Γ auteur dfsEssais Y accomplit en se jouant et sans aucun trouble. Il ne se lassepas de se donner le spectacle changeant des opinions humaines entrelesquelles il n'y a pas de choix à faire et qui n' imposent pas plusde règles à sa volonté que d' entraves à sa raison. Le doute est
B.
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS. lxxxix.
pour lui un bon oreiller, sur lequel il s'endort ou rêve tout éveillé,sans souci du présent ni inquiétude de Γ avenir. Car Montaignese laisse doucement conduire par la pente du scepticisme à uneporte de philosophie épicurienne. Tl place la vertu dans " uneplaine fertile et fleurissante, où qui en sait Γ adresse peut arrh erpar des routes gazonnées, ombrageuses et doux fleurantes."D.
TJn léger brouillard blanc couvrait alors les vallées et lesmontagnes du Fiord, dont les sommets, étincelants comme desétoiles, le perçaient en lui donnant 1' apparence d' une voie lactéeen marche. Le soleil se voyait à travers cette fumée terrestrecomme un globe de feu rouge. Malgré ces derniers jeux de Γhiver, quelques bouffées d' air tiède chargées des senteurs dubouleau, déjà paré de ses blondes efflorescences, et pleines desparfums exhalés par les mélèzes dont les houppes de soie étaientrenouvelées, ces brises échauffées par Γ encens et les soupirs de laterre, attestaient le beau printemps du Nord, rapide joie de laplus mélancolique des natures. Le vent commençait à enleverce voile de nuages qui dérobait imparfaitement la vue du Golfe.Les oiseaux chantaient. L' écorce des arbres, où le soleil n'avaitpas séché la route des frimas qui en étaient découlés en ruisseauxmurmurants, égayait la vue par de fantastiques apparences.
TI. Render into French :A.
As there was no commerce, no secure communication byland or sea ; as each man cultivated the soil only according tothe measure of his necessities, without thinking of enrichinghimself—for with unwalled towns one never knew if the harvestswould not be carried off by pirates from abroad—and lastly, asone could always hope to find one's daily livelihood elsewhere,men emigrated without difficulty.B.
In Modern Literatures, Satire is especially represented byFrance, and thence it has most frequently passed into Europeas a whole, by means of more or less faithful translations andmore or less skilful adaptations. During all the Middle Ages, theFrench to a large degree practised that spirit of raillery which isa national trait, and which, it seems, causes them to see andblame abuses rather than put a stop to them. From the 12th to
the 16th Century, French poetry has several important branches
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
specially devoted to Satire. At the beginning of the 17th Century,the department of Satire has its classical representatives inFrance who of course are far from having inaugurated it, butin its general history occupy a place that should neither beexaggerated nor minimized. Without bringing forward forgottensatirists, disinterred by literary curiosity, it will here be sufficientto mention the most famous, from Régnier to Béranger.III. Render into French the following clauses—
(a) I would not do that for anything in the world.(δ) Charles V. made Antwerp the richest city of Europe.(c ) It is almost always good sentiments badly directed that
make children take the first step to evil.(d) He did not let himself be guided by custom in anything.(e ) The moon borrows her light from the sun,(/) He departed at the age of ninety.(ff) Italy was imposing to strangers through the ancient
authority of religion, and all the splendours of wealth and thearts.
(h) If on this occasion I let myself be taken in, it is a veryvenial fault.
(i) However rich he may be, he should be economical.(j) A time will come when all men, subject to thought alone,
will guide themselves by the lights of the spirit.IV. Write in French a short account of the characteristics of
French Literature in the 17th Century.
GERMAN.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.A. Translate into English—
©cn)ö[)nlidj fjielten mir un§ in allen unfern ^reiftunben jur©rojjmutter, in beren geräumigem SBofcnjimmer »Btr binícingíid} $tafeju unfern ©fielen fanben. Sie rcujjte une mit allerlei Äieinigfeiten u¿fcefdjdfttgen une mit allerlei guten Siffen 311 erquiáen. 5ln einem3Bei6nacbt§aüenbe jebocfy fetjte fíe allen ißren 9Bof)lti)aten bie Ärone auf,inbem fîe une ein $u££enfpiel oorfteflen íiejj iinb fo in iem alten <§aufeeine neue 3BeIt erfdmf. 2)tefeS unerwartete (Scbaufyiel jog bte fungen
THIRD YKAR IN ARTS. XCl.
@emütl)er mit ©emit an flcf; ; Befonberg auf ben Anoten madjte egeinen fel)r ftarfen (SinbrucE, ber in eine grope, Iangbauernbe SBirïungnací;fíang.
î)aê 3at)r 1757, bag mir nod; in ööflig 6ürger[tdjer 9hii)e oer6ract)=ten, würbe benutngeacfytet in großer ©emütljgBeroegung »erieBt. 9îeicf/eran SegeBenrjeiten atg biefeg rear ttietteicbt fein anbereg. !Die @iege, bie©rofjtfyaten, bie Ungiücfgfaile, bie ÍBiebertjerftettutigen folgten aufeinanber, öerfct/iangen ftcf) unfc fcfyienen ftct/ !auf¿ut)eBen ; immer aBerfcfjroeBte bie ©eftait Criebrifyg, fein 0lame, fein 0lut)m, in Äurjem rcieberoBen. Ser ©ntr)ujiaëmu8 feiner 3Serer;rer roarb immer größer unb6ete6ter, ber φα§ feiner fteinbe Bitterer, unb bie aSerfcf/iebenBeit ber9lnftct/ten, roeldje felBfï Çamilien jerfpaítete, trug nict>t wenig baju Bei,bie ot)net)tit fcf/on auf mancherlei Söetfe üon einanber getrennten Sürgernocfy tnefr %u ifoltren.
!Die 9Bei6er »on SßeingBerg.2113 Äönig Äonrab III. ben ^erjog 2BeIf im 3al)re 1140gestagen l)atte, Belagerte er bie ®tabt SBeingBerg. 2)ie (Sinrooljner!»ehrten flcB, a&er fo ijartnäcf ig, bajj ber erjürnte Äönig fdnour, bie <Stabtju eroBern unb bie 33ürger nieberjumacf/en. (Snblicr/ rcurbe bie Uloty fogroß, bajj bie Günrooljner in bie UeBergaBe willigen mußten, 2lBer bie3Bei6er machten bie Sebingung : baf? jebe oön ifjnen auf iijren ©cfyttlteriimitnehmen bürfe, wag fie tragen tonne. 5)er Äaifer wittigte ein, unb bennädjften Sag, atg ftct) bag ££)or öffnete, fiet)e ba ! in langem 3»ge &Wn
bie 9Bei6er aug, jebe aBer trug auf bent 3lücfen iijren Sftann; an ber©inlje mar bie ^erjogin mit iijrem ©entai)! 3BeIf auf ben ©djultern.3118 beg Äönigg petite baê fafyen, fyracfyen it)rer »tele, bag rodre bie!¡Meinung nidpt gewefen, unb wollten eg ntcf)t jugeBen. 3)er Äönig aBeräd)elte üBer ben iiftigen Qïnfct;Iag ber grauen, unb rief : @in toniglicB,SBort, bag einmal gefprocf/en unb jugefagt ift, foil unöerwanbelt BleiBen !@o erhielten bie SSBeingBerger bag Seien.—©rituin.
B. —Translate—It was a Saturday night in winter. Father
always used toget shaved by candle light, in order to be able to dress himself themore comfortably on Sunday morning for church. We childrenwere sitting on a stool behind a stove reciting our usual passagesfrom Klopstock's Messiah in a low voice. My sister, who playedthe part of Adramelech, had to seize me, who performed the partof Satan, with an iron grasp, and exclaim : " I hate you, youmonster." So far everything had gone on all right,
but when sheadded, with a shriek, " Oh, I'm done for," the good barber got
xcü. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
frightened, and poured the whole soap basin into my father'schest. Then there was a great commotion ; a great investigationwas held, and the mischief Klopstock's hexameters had createdwas so evident, that they were banished again from our housefor another year.Ο.-
Ι. Give the equivalent German proverb for :a. Man proposes and God disposes.b. A good appetite is the best sauce.c. Birds of a feather flock together.
2. Translate—a. 2)arüBer muffen ©ie fid) fein graueá -§iiar rcacfcfen taffen.b. 9Bie fommer Sie mir öor?c. Unfer Saeger t)at biefeê Safer öiel 5BiIb gefangen.
5)iefer Zitate i ft ein Heiner Sßilbfang.3. Write a German letter to B. Tauchnitz, bookseller, in
Leipzig. Tell him that you want for next year'sSenior Examination the best edition of " Gbthe'sGötz von Berlichingen," with English notes. Givehim your address, tell him to send you a copy of it,and to enclose the bill, as you wish to pay him atonce.
GERMAN.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.PAPER I.
367. What were Winkelmann's ideas on the Laocoon group,and how does Lessing criticise them ?
368. SBoratt liegt eê, bafj mancbe ^oettfcbe ©emätbe »on biefer 3lrt(b.t)., flcbtfcarer ©egenftanbe) für ben SKaler iinfcraucbbar finb, unbbtnrcieberum mancbe eigentliche ©emâtbe unter ber íSebanbíung beg©icfcterê ben größten Xfieil iÊrer SBirfung öertieren?"
How does Lessing answer this question ?3. Translate—Laokoon, xi., 85- 97.
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
xciii.
4. Tell what you know of the origin and literary history ofthe Faust legend.
5, "31)r nafit eucfy rcieber, fcfcrcanfenbe ©eftaltcn,©ie friifi fid? einft tent tru6en SIttf gezeigt.93erjW ίφ rcofií, ειιφ biestotal feftjuîjaiten ?Süfil' ίφ mein ¿jperj ηοφ jenem SSa^n geneigt?3Cr brängt eucf; ju ! Dhnt gut, fo mögt i^r rcalten,9Btc ifir auë ©unft itnb befiel um ιηίφ fteigt ;SWein Bufen füljlt |Ιφ jugenblidj erfc^ûttert9$om 3"u6erÇau^, ber euren 3ug umwittert."
Translate and explain these lines.6, Translate—Faust, 2861—2882.
7. Translate and explain the following expressions—a. ©aS äßögiicfye foil ber ©ntfcfjiufj
Befierjt fogleid) teint ©djopfe faffen.b. ©od) an »Blumen fefiït'â im {Reiner
(Sie (bie (Sonne) nimmt gemtfcte SKenfdjen bafürc. ©aê 2Dort erfttrrt fc^ott in ber ftùn,
©te ^errfc^aft führen 5Bad)ê unb Seberd ©ciiafft bie (Sübeífucfyerei
ffiofil breipig 3at)re mir bom Seite?e. üWargretíein jog ein fdnefeS SWaití,
3ft fiait, bad;t' fte, ein gefdjenfter ©au!,Unb, nnifiríicr/, gottlos ift nidjt ber©er ifin fo fein ge6rad)t fiierfier.
/. sRenn'ê ©lucf ! '.gerj! Stete! ©ott3φ finie feinen Planten' ©afür! ©efüfit ift atfeê ;9iame ift @φαί( anb giaud;UmneMnb ^immelêglut.g. (Sin Änieoanb jeid)net mid; ηίφί auê,
©od) ift ber $ferbefu(j fiter efirenöott ¿u ^aug.h. ©aS Pergament, ift baê ber íjeiíge BronnenQBorauä ein Srunf ben ©tirft auf eroig fttttt ?S. How did the Seven Years' War affect German literature 19. Describe the poetical development of Wieland, and
enumerate the chief works that belong to the different periods ofhis career.
χ en7. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
10. "Goethe at first regarded Schiller as likely merely torepeat and perpetuate the faults that he himself had committedand repented long ago."
Explain this statement.369. What were the characteristics
of the Romantic School,and who were some of its chief representatives?
370. Briefly characterize the following works : Bardiele,Xenien, Hesperus; and the following men—Herder, JungStilling, Kotzebue.
GERM A.N.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.
PAPER II.
A.—3Me leichtfertigen Sieber beg ©reifen jeictjnen ftcb nug buret;3Bi| unb Saune, atiein gugteid) buref/ eine Sftacftljeit beg QíugbrucfS, wiefict; bie beffern Xroubabourg niebt íeicbt erlaubt fyaben. (Sing tieferSieber enthält ein (gelbfttob ot)ne ©teilen: ber SSerfaffer fcr/i(bertfid; als einen, ber atteg roeifj, atteg burcfyÊIicft; er oerftebt fief; auf bagSiebten wie feiner; er rennt 93erftanb unb ït)orbeit. ©chanbe anb ©bre,Äübntjeit unb Surent; 6ei einer Streitfrage entfctyeibet er ftcfy ftetg für bieridjtige Stnftcfyt; er burebfef/aut bie, wetebe ifym übet rcotten ober i(mtyemticl) auslachen, (Snblid; rüijmt er fieb feiner ^ftfeften ©aten,rcorin eg ibm niemanb gteidj tfyue; er banft ©Ott unb (Sanct Sulianbafür unb nennt ftcb ben untrüglichen äfteifrer, ber fein ebteg ©ewerbe fowof)l öerftehe, fcafj er fein ©rot auf jebent ïïiarfte bamit öerbienen fönne ;biejj oeweift er am ©cblufj buref/ ein gtücfticb beftanbencg 5t6entt)euer·roetcb.ee ftcb bier niebt nac^erjäbten läfjt.
B.—2>ie ©euebe raffte bag ungtücfticfje 33ο1ί bin; bag ©emüfe,bie Hälfte feiner Sßatjrung in biefer 3a^reêjeit, rear oerborrt; fein fonft fofüger, erftifdjenber Srunf »ergiftet; bie Sxitteln, feine 3uFoft, reiftenjjeran, um mit <5fet fortgeroorfen ju werben. Unb babei ber Äomet am"Öimmel, feine Hoffnung auf Ernte auetj nur eineS palmee in fünftigen¿ionben. 5)er SÖifc^of tot, bag Sßertrauen anfben Seiflanb ber ¿írebegefebwunben, ©otteg ©nabe wie erlofcben, »erloren gegangen in beut benUngläubigen oerfattenen Sanbe. Unb fíe. auf beren >§itfe mau baute,arme, fctjroacfye 3)}enfcben, ratiofe Sftäte, ftünblidj bebrobj, ben öon ber(geudje ergriffenen ©enoffen nacfysufotgen, welche bort öon ben teeren«Stüblen aug noeb jüngft bag große SBortiujwí} t-tcjnefg·
THIRD VEAR IN ARTS. xcv.
C. <2íuegeatfjmet f)at ber gutegib, ber tion ©toar ί"ιφ nannte.3u bot(6ringen feinen SBitten3ft ©ti ÍDtaj ie|t Bebaut.Satfamiret wirb fein ϋείφηαιη:grifc6 unb fdjön, alé 06 er lebte,<Si£t er ba mit tjetien klugen,!Kit etjrroürbig roeifjem Sart;(Sine áafel ftüfct bie (Schultern,@tne Xafet JEinn unb Qirme;Unberoegt auf feinem «Studie(Sifct er ba, ber ebte ©reis.5(Ie jmölf Sage nun »ergangen,(Statteten bie jfrtegêtrompeten,SBeáten auf ben !Kaurenfönig,<Der aSalencia Çart umfcbjofj.sKitternac^t roar'ê, unb man fe£te2luf fein guteê $ferb Sabieça©rab' unb feft ben tobten <§erw.@φη)α^' unb rceifje Sîieberfietber,Qíetjníict/ bem gercoÇnten -garnifd),©en gib an ben Seinen trug,SDur$genäl)t mit golbnen Äreujen,SBar bie Äleibung ; it;m am -êatfe,(Singefafjt mit ber ©etttfe,SBettenförmig tjing fein ©cfyilb;S3on gemattem Pergamente(Stanb ein >§elm itjm auf bem «Canute.
D.—(Sogte^ ertennt ber >§eib ben lofen !Kann »on geftetn,2)er ίίφ oermafí, ber ßt/riften ©ott ¿u läftern ;(Sr ift'ê, ber linfë am gotbnen ©tuljie fffctUnb feinen 9íaíen feto ft ber (Straf entgegenbieget.0Μφ, rrie beë Wimmele glamnie, bti|t!Der ™φε (Säbel auf, ber ,ffopf beê Reiben flieget,Unb í)otf;aufbraufenb überfyri§t©ein Stut ben Zi\ä) unb ben, ber it)m jur «Seite lieget.9Bie ber ©orgone fühlbare -feauptSn $erfeiië' Sauft ben reitbempßrten @φαα«η2>aS geben ftraaê bwrô) feinen Qtnbticf raubt ;3ΐοφ bamvft bie Jîônigêburg, ηοφ fcfiwitlt ber Qlufrutjr,frfjnaubt
XCVl. THIRD YKAR IN ARTS.
Sie ü)iorbtuft uitgejäfcmt im ©ufen ber Sarfcaren ;Φοφ Qîerfeuê fcfeütteít faum ben jtopf mit @d)Iangent)aaren,<So fiant ber Solch in jeber Mut'gen >§anb,Unb jeber 5Körber fleht jum Seifen Eingebannt.:(So float and} bier, beim 5ln6icf folder feien33errâtherifa)en S^at, beë froten 4BIuIeS SaufSit jebem ©aft. Sie fahren afljutjauf,QIIe fäbn fíe ein ©efpenft, bon itjren <Si|en aufUnb greifen nacb bem ©cöroert. Glutin gelähmt »om
S^recfen©rfchtafft im j$ktyn ber Qlrm, unb jebes (Scfircert blieb flecfen.
II.—Translate into German—The man went the opposite way, with his
hands behind himand his purpose in his thoughts. He passed the sheep, and passedthe gate, and came within hearing of the village sounds, and cameto the bridge The inn where he stayed, like the village and themill, was not across the rivor, but on that side of the stream onwhich he walked. However, knowing the rushy bank and thebackwater on the other side to be a retired place, and feeling outof humour for noise or company, he crossed the bridge, andsauntered on : looking up at the stars as they seemed one by oneto be kindled in the sky, and looking down at the river as thesame stars seemed to be kindled deep in the water. A landing-place overshadowed by a willow, and a pleasure boat lying mooredthere among some stakes caught his eye as he passed along. Thespot was in such dark shadow that he paused to make out whatwas there, and then passed on again. The rippling of the riverseemed to cause a correspondent stir in his uneasy reflections. Hewould have laid them asleep if he could, but they were in move-ment, like the stream, and all tending one way with a strongcurrent. As the ripple under the moon broke unexpectedly nowand then, and palelyflashed with a new shape and with a new sound,so parts of his thoughts started, unbidden, from the rest andrevealed their wickedness.III.—Translate the following expressions—
(a) The merchant knows the secret of becoming rich.(6) Parents wish their children to be happy.(¢) The battle of Rossbach was a crisis in the Seven
Years' War.(d) Let us pass over that in silence.
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS. XCVIl.
(e) If it is well to know when one is right, it is also wellto know when one is wrong.
(/) We know the character of a man by his deeds as we
know a tree by its fruits.(g) This little story of disappointed hopes and bootless
passion must be told in terms less acrimoniousand unfair than the hero himself
would use.(Ji) If I were wrongfully detaining another man's property
I would give it up.IV.—Write in German a short description of the
characterof Goethe's Mephistopheles.
DYNAMICS AND ASTRONOMY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.
371. A weight of 3 oz., hanging by a string over the edge of asmooth table, draws another weight from rest along the table,over a distance of 2 feet 6 inches in 5 seconds. Find the weighton the table.
372. A body strikes obliquely a fixed smooth plane. Determinethe circumstance of the motion after impact.
373. If a weight of " η " lbs. be placed on a plane, which ismade to descend with an acceleration, "/," find the pressure onthe plane.
Ex, A balloon is ascending vertically with a velocity whichis increasing at the rate of 3 feet in a second. Find the apparentweight of 1 lb. weighed in the balloon by means of a springbalance.
Why a spring balance ?374. A body starts with the
velocity, " u," and is acted on bya uniform force in the direction of the velocity during the time," t "; if "/" be the acceleration and " s" the space described inthe time " t," then
375. Why do we see the sun low down in winter and nearlyoverhead in summer ? Illustrate this by a diagram.
9
xcviii. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
376. Furnish a diagram in which the observer is at a point ofthe earth's surface in 45° south latitude, and then describe themotion of the stars and of the sun for a given day in the year.
377. To what do we owe the difference between the lengths ofthe sidereal and solar day 1 Express in mean time the length ofthe apparent solar day, the mean solar day, and the sidereal day.
378. When wishing to determine the position of a celestialbody on the celestial sphere, what instrument do you use ?Describe this instrument and its use.
379. Explain what is meant by correction for refraction, forParallax and for Aberration. Do these corrections accompanyobservations of all celestial bodies ?
10. Give methods for determining (i.) latitude ; (ii.)longitude.
DYNAMICS AND ACOUSTICS.
TIME, THREE HOOES.
PASS.
380. Calculate graphically the effect of compounding two har-monic vibrations perpendicular to each other, the periods beingas 5 : 3.
381. How may a simple pendulum be used to ascertain theacceleration of gravity ? What are the principal practical diffi-culties and imperfections in using this method ?
382. Weights of 4 ozs. and 5 ozs. are hung at opposite ends ofa fine string which passes over a pulley. Prove that the tensionis constant during the motion, and find its amount. Also findhow long the heavier weight will take to fall six feet.
383. If we know how two points of a rigid body aro moving(the motion being in one plane), shew how we can find theinstantaneous centre
One end of a rod AB is constrained to move on a fixedstraight rod CD, and the rod AB always touches a smallfixed peg at E : find the instantaneous centre, and the point ofthe rod which, at the instant, has the slowest motion.
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
384. Show how the longitudinal vibrations of bars have beenapplied by Kundt to compare the velocities of sound in gases.Why does a tuning fork give out a tolerably pure tone ?
385. The mass of a litre of Hydrogen is Ό896 grammes. Thenormal pressure of the atmosphere may be taken as a megadyneper square centimeter ; find the velocity of sound in Hydrogenwhen the ratio of the Specific Heats is 1414 and the temperature00C.
386. Explain accurately the theory of the open organ pipe.387. Give a practical method of finding to the highest
degreeof accuracy the period of vibration of a standard tuning fork.Describe exactly how you would set about the experiment, andgenerally frame your answer in such a way that an uninstrnctedperson might perform the experiment from your description.
388. Give a sketch of the objective part of Helmholtz's theoryof Harmony and Discord, shewing how the property of vibrationscorresponding to "quality" of tone may be represented graphically.
OPTICS.TIME, THREE HOURS.
PASS.
389. The focal length of a plano-convex lens is 10 inches. Asmall candle flame is placed on the axis of the lens at a distanceof 25 inches from it. Describe by means of a diagram thenature and position of the image of the flame.
390. State the laws of refraction.A ray of light passes from air into glass, the refractive
index of glass with regard to air being l' -5. Given the angle ofincidence at the common surface, draw a diagram to shew howthe angle of refraction may be accurately found.
3. Prove that the deviation of a ray incident nearly perpen-dicularly upon a prism of small angle is
(μ-Ι) A,where A is the angle of the prism, and μ the index of refraction.
4. Find the distance between the glasses of an astronomicaltelescope whose object glass is 6 feet focal length, and eye-glass1 inch, used by a person whose distance of distinct vision is9 inches, to view an object 100 feet distant. g 2
c. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
391. Draw a figure, shewing why a stick partly in and partlyout of the water, appears bent where it enters the water.
392. Prove that illumination varies inversely as the square ofthe distance from the radiant point.
Shew how a grease spot on a sheet of paper may be used asa photometer.
393. What is meant by double refraction ? Describe the Nicolprism.
394. A polariscope, formed of two Niçois, is placed in thepath of a beam of sunlight, and the following objects are placedbetween the Niçois :—(1) a thin plate of mica, (2) a thin plateand (3) a thick plate of calcite (or Iceland spar) cut parallel toits axis, (4) a plate of calcite and (5) a plate of quartz cutperpendicular to the axis, (6) a glass cell containing sugardissolved in water. Describe the appearance on a screen (aconvex lens being used for focussing if necessary) as the relativepositions of the Niçois are altered, and the interposed object isrotated.
395. How does a piece of blue or red glass impart colour tosunlight ? How would yellow sodium-light be affected by theglass ?
396. Describe the optical structure of the eye, What arelong sight and short sight ? How do you demonstrate theexistence of the blind spot on the retina 1 When and why areafter-images formed of bright coloured objects ?
397. What evidence is there for the assertion that "Thecolour of light depends on its wave length," and that the vibra-tions of the "ether" take place in the wave front?
INTEGRAL OALOULUS AND DIFFERENTIALEQUATIONS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
1. Define a definite integral, and if φ(χ) be the function fromwhich ψ(χ) springs by differentiation, prove that
ΓI rp(x)dx = \p(b) - ψ(α).
Ja
THIRD YEAR IN ARTS. ci.
Find the values ofα Γα ______
y/ a? - χ2 dx, I y/a2+x2 dx.J0
2. Show how to integrate cos "x sin "x, where m and η arepositive integers.Prove that
I cos mx sin "xdx— I cos "x
Jo Joand find the value of each when m and η are even.
3. Find the whole area of each of the curves£4+2/4=ia2xyx9-y2-(a2-x2)(x2~b2).
4. If ρ be the radius of curvature at any point of a curve,and s1 the arc of the evolute measured up to the correspondingpoint, prove that S^p=J. «
Find the whole length of the evolute of an ellipse.. 5. Define the Gamma function, and prove that
r(»+i)=»i'(»).Trace the curve i/=l' (x).
6. Prove that an ordinary differential equation of the firstorder and degree can have only one independent primitive-Solve the equation
y (1+^)^+^(1+^)=0.7. Show how to integrate the homogeneous equation
Φ (% l)=o.\ax χ ι
Solve the equationy2+x2^-—xy~-y dx ydx
8. Show how to integrate an equation of the foruid'y d"~lyd^ + itl d^+ ■ ■ ■ +W=0'
the coefficients a,, . . . a„ being constant.
/
sin mxdx.
cü. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
Solve the equationsdry■77 + Bi-V=Sm mx.dar σ
íl3y o d'y , n d y , ,αχ·* αν αχ
9. Show how to remove the second term from the equation
hence solve the equation<Py , dy ,„
CiJC-" CiX
10. Explain what is meant by the singular solution of adifferential equation of the first order, and find the singularolution of the equation
(!)"-% !+*-=»·
SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY AND ASTRONOMY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.1. If Wo spherical triangles have two sides, and the
included angle of the one equal to two sides and the includedangle of the other, prove that the triangles are equal in everyrespect.
Prove that the arcs of great circles bisecting at right angles,the sides of a spherical triangle meet in a point,
2. Prove the formulacos «=cos b cos c+ sin δ sin c cos A,
and show that in any trianglecos Á+cos B sin (α + ό)
1 - cos C sin c3. State Napier's rules for the solution of right angled
triangles, and prove them in the case in which one of the sides isthe middle part.
THIRD YEAR IN AKTS.
If C be the right angle, prove that. , . _. cos a + cos bsm (A + B) = —-----------.
1 + cosacoso4. Show how to solve a spherical triangle, having given two
angles and the included side, and show that the triangle is alwayspossible.
If B C, a be the given parts, and a small error da be madein measuring a, prove that if dA. be the consequent error in theangle A,
dA=da sin b sin C.5. Show that the area of a spherical triangle is proportional
to the excess of the sum of its angles over two right angles.The base of a spherical triangle is fixed ; determine at what
point on a fixed great circle the vertex must be in order that thearea of the triangle may be the greatest possible.
6. Describe the transit circle and the residual errors ofadjustment to be allowed for in the reduction of an observation.
If a north and south collimator be made to collimate witheach other, and if a be the micrometer reading for the coincidenceof the moveable wire of the transit with the cross wires of thenorth collimator, β the reading for the south collimator, and γfor coincidence with its image when pointed downwards at atrough of mercury, prove that the level error is γ - £ (α + /3)-
7. Show how to find the time by a single altitude of the sun.If the latitude be only imperfectly known, show that the
most advantageous time for making the observation is when thealtitude of the sun is equal to
. _1/sinrf\ . ""'/sin I^sin ( - * "" "-" '
\sin Iaccording as I is greater or less than d, where d is the decimationof the sun, and I is the approximate latitude of the place.
8. Explain what, is meant by parallax, and distinguishbetween the various kinds of astronomical parallax. Prove theformula p=^ir sin ζ where ρ is the parallax of a planet withzenith distance ζ, π being its horizontal parallax.
Prove that, to an observer in latitude I, the altitude of thepole of diurnal rotation of the celestial sphere, as found from twomeridian observations of the altitude of a planet of declination δ,
\ . -'/sin l\\ or sin I,------J
/ Vsin dj
civ. THIRD YEAR IN ARTS.
is depressed in consequence of parallax through an angle IT cos Isin d below the actual pole.
9. Explain the different effects of the finite velocity oflight on the apparent position of stars and planets.
Investigate an expression for the aberration of a star inlongitude ; and show that, neglecting diurnal aberration, thedifference in the heliocentric longitudes of the earth and a planetmoving in the ecliptic, when we see it in its true direction, is
-· \Zn~rcos ' -------—=-----,
where R, r are the radii of the orbits of the earth and planet.10. Find superior and inferior limits to the number of
eclipses which can take place in one year.Prove that the time from conjunction in R.A. to the middle
of an eclipse is
g2 + /2 cos2 dwhere d is the moon's declination, λ is the difference of declina-tions of the sun and moon at the instant of conjunction and g, fare the hourly variations of the differences of declination andright ascension.
SOLID GEOMETRY AND DYNAMICS.TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.
398. Find the condition that two straight lines, whose equationsare given in the symmetrical form, may intersect, and supposingit satisfied, form the equation to the plane containing the twolines.
399. Find the general polar equation to a sphere.Through a fixed point O a straight line is drawn, meeting a
given sphere in P. In OP a point Q is taken so that therectangle OP. OQ is constant. Find the locus of Q.
3. Give a geometrical construction for an ellipsoid, and fromit derive the equation of the ellipsoid.
'THIRD YEAR, IN ARTS. cv.
If three fixed points of a straight line are on given planeswhich are at right angles to one another, show that any otherpoint in the line describes an ellipsoid.
4. Show that there are two systems of generating lines onthe hyberboloid of one sheet, and prove that any two lines ofopposite systems meet, and that no two lines of the same systemmeet.
Two planes are drawn, one through each of two intersectinggenerating lines ; show that these planes meet the surface in twoother intersecting generating lines.
5. Find the co-ordinates of the centre of a given planesection of an ellipsoid.
Prove that the locus of the centres of plane sections whichpass through a given line is a conic.
6. If u, ν be the components of the velocity of a movirgpoint in two perpendicular directions OP, OQ, prove that theacceleration in the direction OP is ώ —νω where ω is the angularvelocity of the lines OP, OQ in the direction from P to Q.
Hence or otherwise find the acceleration of a point alongand perpendicular to the radius vector.
7. The equation of motion of a particle is 0=/(0) ; showhow to find a position of equilibrium, to ascertain whether it isstable or not, and the time of a small oscillation about a positionof stable equilibrium.
If in the position of equilibrium we have/'(O)=O, /"(0)=0,/"(θ)=—k2, and the particle be displaced to a distance a fromthe position of equilibrium, prove that the particle will return tothe position of equilibrium in the time
a k J0 v/(l -y*)8. A free particle moves under the
influence of a verticalattraction whose intensity is constant ; determine the form of thepath, and the circumstances of its description.
Prove that the vertical velocity of the centre of curvature ofthe path of a projectile is proportional to the time which haselapsed since the particle was at the highest point of its orbit.
9. A particle moves about a centre of attraction, varyinginversely as the square of the distance. Determine the orbit.
cvi. M.A. EXAMINATION.
If at any point of a parabolic orbit about the focus thevolocity be diminished in a given ratio, prove that the emptyfoci of the elliptic orbits corresponding to different points ofchange lie on a parabola.
10. A particle moves under the influence of a centre of force ;find the polar differential equation of the orbit, and show how tofind the position of the particle in its orbit at any instant.
If the central attraction beß{2(as+bs)us-Sa-bsu'}.
and the particle be projected at right angles to the radius vector
at a distance a with velocity __ prove that the orbit isa
r*=a2 cos2 β + b' sin2 Θ.
M.A. EXAMINATION.I. TACITUS, ANNALS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.PASS.
1. Translate, with short explanations when necessary—(a) Tac, Ann. 11., 69—70 : Sœvam vim......................................ei
renuntiabat.(6) Tac, Ann. VII. 22, 1—5 : Sed mihi . . . nostra
tulerit.(c) Tac, Ann. XIII. 6, 2—6 : Noctem sideribus . . .
suse infertur.2. Translate and explain—
(a) Largitio differebatur in hiberna cuj usque. Non abscesserequintani unetvicesimanique, donee isdem in sestivis contracta exviatico amicorum ipsiusque Csesaris pecunia persolveretur. Pri-mam ac vicesimam legiones Csecina lesatus in civitatem TJbiorumreduxit, turpi agmiiie, cum fisci de imperatore rapti inter signainterque aquilas veherentur.
M. A. EXAMINATION. cvii.
400. Id solum Germánico super leges prœstiterimus, quod incuria potius quam in foro, apud senatum quam apud judices demorte ejus anquiritur. Cetera pari modestia tractentur.
401. ¡Sexto démuni consulatu Cœsar Augustus, potentiaesecurus, quae triumviratu jusserat abolevit, deditque jura quispace et principe uteremur.
402. Incedebat enim deterrimo cuique licentia, impune probraet invidiam in bonos excitandi arrepta imagine Caesaris ; libertiqueetiam ac servi patrono vel domino cum voces, cum manus inten-tareut, ultro metuebantur.
403. Bona Seiani ablata aerario ut in fiscum cogerentur,tanquam referret.
(/) Copiam vendendi secuta vilitate, quanto quis obseratior,segrius distrahebant, multique fortunis provolvebantur ; eversiorei faniiliaris dignitatem ac famam prseceps dabat, donec tulitopem Caesar disposito per mensas millies sestertio, factaquemutuandi copia sine usuris per triennium, si debitor populo induplum prsediis cavisset. Sic refecta fides, et paulatim privatiquoque creditores reperti.
\g) Eodem anno ssepius audita vox principis, parem vim rerumhabendam a procuratoribus suis judicatarum ac si ipse statuisset.
3. Describe, and as far as possible account for, the leadingcharacteristics of the style of Tacitus, as opposed to that of thewriters of the Ciceronian period.
II. HISTORY OF THE EARLY ROMAN EMPIRE.TIME, THKEE HOURS.
PASS.1. To what extent did the authority and influence of the
Senate survive under the Principate ?2. Enumerate the most important offices held by Augustus,
nd explain the nature and extent of the powers attached tohem.
404. Describe the relations of the Roman power underAugustus and Tiberius with the Germans.
405. Account for, and explain the significance of, the deifica-tion of the Emperors. Within what limits did the practiceprevail ?
CVlIl. M. A. EXAMINATION.
406. Explain the term decores. Trace the growth of theabuse of delatio, and describe the procedure adopted in the trialsof the persons accused.
407. " Neque provinciae ilium rerum statum abnuebant."How were the interests of the provincials affected by the establish-ment of the Principate ?
408. What means have we of checking Tacitus' estimate ofthe life and character of Tiberius ? How far is the truth andimpartiality of his description thus confirmed or rendereddoubtful ?
409. " Sed Africain potius et Aegyptum exercemus, navibusqueet casibus vita populi Romani permissa est." Describe andaccount for the economic condition of Italy under the earlyempire, and estimate the political and social results.
410. Describe the motives, principles, and aspirations of thearistocratic opposition under the early Emperors.
10. Describe the life and character of Seneca.
LOGIC, MORAL, MENTAL AND POLITICAL 'PHILOSOPHY.
ADAM SMITH'S "WEALTH OF NATIONS."TIME, THREE HOURS.
HONOURS.411. What does Adam Smith
understand by " PoliticalEconomy " ? How does his conception of the science differ fromthat of Mill ?
412. Enumerate the causes of the different rate of wages indifferent employments, so far as this arises from the nature of theemployments themselves. Give illustrations.
413. Why is it that in a new colony both wages and profits areusually higher than in an old and thickly populated country 1
414. Explain and illustrate the following statements—
(a) " The division of labour is limited by the extent ofthe market."
(6) " From century to century corn is a better measure ofvalue than silver." ..." From year to year, on thecontrary, silver is a better measure than corn."
M. A. EXAMINATION. ClX.
(c) " The demand for men, like that for any other com-
modity, necessarily regulates the production of men."
(d) " Money . . . makes no part of the revenue of thesociety to which it belongs."(«) " The conduct of every prodigal . . . tends not onlyto beggar himself, but to impoverish his country."
415. Explain how the introduction of paper money in a countrypreviously using a gold circulation only, enriches the country.What is the limit to the profitable issue of paper money ?
416. " Without any intervention of law, the private interestsand passions of men naturally lead them to divide and distributethe stock of every society among all the different employmentscarried on in it as nearly as possible in the proportion which ismost agreeable to the interest of the whole society." Summarizethe arguments by which Adam Smith supports this assertion.
417. " There seem, however, to be two cases in which it willgenerally be advantageous to lay some burden on foreign, for theencouragement of domestic industry." ;Of what cases is theauthor speaking? and on what grounds does he regard them asexceptional ?
S. Explain the economic relations existing between Englandand the North American colonies down to the time of the Warof Independence.
9. What is Adam Smith's opinion on the expediency of(1) endowment of educational institutions; (2) State ownershipof land ? Give his arguments in each case.
10. Give Adam Smith's four canons of taxation. How farare they satisfied by (1) a fixed income tax ; (2) a graduatedincome tax ; (3) a tax on tobacco ?
POLITICAL ECONOMY (J. S. MILL.)TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
418. Define Wealth. Are (1) a knowledge of Greek, (2)Sydney Harbour, (3) the water in Crown Street Reservoir, (4)a good commercial credit, to be regarded as forms of wealth ?
419. Is "over-production," or "a glut of commodities,"possible?
ex. M. A. EXAMINATION.
420. Explain the effects, temporary and permanent, producedon wages by the substitution of machinery for manual labour.
421. " It is vain to say that all mouths which the increase ofmankind calls into existence bring with them hands. The newmouths require as much food as the old ones, and the hands donot produce as much." Explain this. Is it true under allcircumstances ?
422. Define Communism and Socialism, in the sense in whichthe terms are used by Mill. Explain and criticise the scheme ofFourier.
423. What would be the economic effect of fixing, by law ortrade union regulations, a minimum of wages in (1) any oneemployment, (2) all employments in a country?
424. State and explain Ricardo's theory of rent. Are thereany limitations to its universal truth ?
425. Explain the following statements—(a) " Demand for commodities is not demand for labour."(¿>) "The cost of labour is frequently at its highest
where wages are lowest."(c) "Value in use .... is the extreme limit of
value in exchange."9. What does Mill mean by "the stationary state"? What
counteracting tendencies defer its realization in England ?10. What is meant by co-operation in production (as
opposedto co-operation in distribution)? What advantages has such asystem over the system of relations between capital and labournow customary ? And to what counteracting influences is itlikely to be exposed?
PLATO, "REPUBLIC."TIME, TITREK HOURS.HONOURS.1. Translate and explain the following passages—(α) ΔοκίΤ μοι .... τοιαύτην ποινσασθαι ζητησιναντοϋ, ο'ίανπερ αν ει προσεταζε τις "γράμματασμικρά πόρρωθιν άναγνώναι μη πάνυ οξύ βλε-πονσιν, 'έπειτα τις ενενόησεν, 'ότι τα αυτά γράμ-ματα εστί που και αΧλοθι μείζω τε και εν μείζονι,ερμαιον αν εφανη, ο'ιμαι,εκεΐνα πρώτον ¿tvayvóv-τας ούτως επισκοπείν τα ελάττω, εΐ τα αυτάοντά τυγχβν£ί.
M. A. EXAMINATION. cxi.
(6) Ty ψυχή 7Tfjoî τα οντά ψεύδεσθαί τε καϊ εφεϋσθαι καϊάμαθη είναι καϊ ενταύθα έχειν τε και κεκτησθαιτο ψεϋοος πάντες ηκιστα αν ΰεζαιντο.
(c) Αρ' ονν .... τούτων ένεκα κυριωτάτη ενμουσική τροφή, οτι μάλιστα καταδύεται είς το¡ντος της ψυχής ο τε ρυθμός καϊ αρμονία,
. και ποιεί ενσχημονα, εαν τις ορθώς τραφή,ει δε μη, τουναντίον ; και οτι αν των παραλειπο-μένων και μη καλώς ΰημιουργηθεντο^ν η μηκαλώς φνντων όζύτατ αν αίσθάνοιτο à εκεΐτραφείς ώς εοει, καϊ όρθιος Εη χαίρων καϊΰυσχεραίνων τα μεν καλά έπαινοι καϊ καταΒεχό-μενος είς την ψυχην τρεφοιτ αν αττ' αυτών καϊyíyvoiTo καλός τε κάγαθος, τα δε αισχρά tpêyoiτ' αν ορθώς και μισοί ετι νέος ών, πρϊν Xoyov$υνατ6ς είναι λαβείν, ελθόντος δε τοϋ λογούασπαϊ,οιτ αν αυτόν yvωpíζωv δι' οικειότηταμάλιστα 6 οντω τραφείς.
(d) Και περί δικαίου και αδίκου και άγαθοϋ καϊ κακοί}και πάντων τών ειδών περί ό αυτός λόγος, αύτομεν εν έκαστοι» είναι, TTJ οέ τών πράζεων καϊσωμάτων καϊ αλλήλων κοινωνίςι πανταχούφανταζόμενα πολλά φαίνεσθαι εκαστον,
426. Ti ούν , . . ¿ΤΓολογήσει, εάν τίς σε φη μη ττάνυ τιεύΰαίμονας ποιεΐν τοντους τους ανόρας (sc. τους φύλακας), ώνεστί μεν ή πόλις Ty αλήθεια, οί δε μηδέν απολαύουσιν αγαθόντης πόλεως. How does Socrates meet this objection ?
427. Give accurately the definition of δικαιοσύνη (i.) inthe State, and (ii.) in the individual; and explain therelation in which δικαιοσύνη stands to the other virtues.
428. Explain the place and function of the sciences inthe Platonic education.
429. Draw and explain the diagram of the divided linedescribed at the end of Book VI. of the Republic.
430. Give and interpret the allegory of the Cave.431. Explain the motives of Plato's proposal to
abolishthe family and private property, and discuss the fitness ofthe means to the end in view.
cxii. M. A. EXAMINATION.
432. Describe the development and condition of theDemocratic man.
433. ΟίσΟ' ovv .... 'ότι ει θεΧοις τρεΐς τοιούτουςανθρώπους (sc. φιλόσοφου, φίλόνίκον, φιΧοκερΰή) εν μέρει'έκαστου άνερωταν, τις τούτων των βίων ηΒιστος, τον έαυτοϋέκαστος μάΧιστα ε-γκωμιάσεται..............................οτε δη ούν, ε'ιπον,αμφισβητούνται εκάστου τοΰ fïSouç al -íjSovai κπί αυτός ó βίος,
πως αν εΐΰεϊμεν τις αυτών αΧηθέστατα Χέ·γει ; Howdoes Plato solve this difficulty?
10. What is meant by the ίδεα ayaOoTi? What has itto do with the subject of the Dialogue ?
MILL'S LOGIC.TIME, THREE HOURS
HONOURS.
434. What is Logic 1 What is the use of it?435. What different theories have been held as to the
sisrnifi-cation of general names ? By what process do we arrive at theconception corresponding to a general name ?
436. What is a definition 1 Explain why it is often animportant step towards the knowledge of things to determine thedefinition of a name.
437. " In every syllogism, considered as an argument to provethe conclusion, there is a petitio principii." Explain this. Whatis, according to Mill, the true function of the major premise insyllogistic reasoning ?
438. Distinguish between Experimental and Deductive Sciences,Explain and illustrate the process by which an Experimental maytransform itself into a Deductive Science.
439. What is the ground of our belief in the axioms ofMathematics? Give and discuss Mill's answer to this question.
440. " Every induction may be thrown into the form of asyllogism by supplying a major premise." Explain this. Howdoes Mill hold that the ultimate major premise or fundamentalprinciple of all induction is itself established ?
LL. B. EXAMINATION. CXlIl.
441. Explain and illustrate the proper use of scientifichypotheses.
442. What is chance? Would the assertion that a man hasthrown sixes with a pair of dice ten times in succession be lesscredible than the assertion that he has thrown any irregularcombination of numbers?
10. What are the conditions of the possibility of a Scienceof Politics? What does Mill consider the method proper tosuch a science, and why ?
LL.B. EXAMINATION.
ENGLISH LAW.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
443. What are the constituent parts of the Parliament of theUnited Kingdom ? State generally the limits of their respectivejurisdiction therein.
444. What is the privilege claimed by the House of Commonsin regard to " Money Bills ?" Upon what theory is thisprivilege founded ?
445. State and explain some of the principal attributes of theRoyal Prerogative under the law of England.
446. State and illustrate some of the modes of redress ofprivate injuries by the act of the person injured.
447. Mention and define the different forms of actions classedas personal actions in Courts of Common Law.
448. What is the Writ of Habeas Corpus ad subjiciendum ?By what Statute is the procedure in respect of this Writestablished ? State some of chief provisions of that Statute.
449. What is the general division of Contracts according tothe law of England? Mention their distinguishing characteristics.
8. What is meant by a consideration as applied to Contract ?Will a past consideration support a Contract? Give the reasonfor your answer,
h
CXlV. LL.B. EXAMINATION.
9. What is the Common Law respecting the Contract of (1)Infants, (2) Married Women, (3) Lunatics?
450. Define respectively " Misrepresentation " and " Fraud "in connection with Contracts. What are the rights at Law and inEquity, respectively, of a person who has been induced by fraudto enter into a Contract?
451. Mention some of the purposes for which oral evidenceis admissible in our Courts in connection with the establishmentof written Contracts.
452. What are the remedies at Law and Equity, respectively,for Breach of Contract ? What is the principle upon which isbased the jurisdiction of Courts of Equity in such cases ?
453. What is an Estate. Tail? What has the law in regardto such Estates before the passing of the Statute De DonisConditionalibus 1 Explain the operation of that Statute.
454. State some of the principal rules governing the descentof an Estate in fee simple.
455. Define respectively Estates in Joint Tenancy, andEstates in Common ; and mention their distinguishing incidents.
456. State shortly the original operation of the Statute ofUses.
457. Mention some of the chief alterations effected by theWills Act, 7 Will 4, and 1 Vic, c. 26, in the law relating toWills.
458. What is meant by Springing or Shifting Uses? Whatled to their introduction ? Give an illustration of Shifting Usesin connection with the exercise of a Power of Appointment.
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
459. Hallam says " It is certain that the children of Henry theEighth did not preserve his almost absolute dominion overParliament." Discuss this statement.
460. What attempts were made during the reign of Charles theFirst by means of illegal and arbitrary proclamations to encroachon the legislative supremacy of Parliament and on the personalrights of the subject ?
LL.B. EXAMINATION. cxv.
461. Give an account of the civil and criminal jurisdictionexercised by the Star Chamber during the reign of Charles theFirst.
462. State the important questions of Constitutional law whicharose
463. On the impeachment of Lord Danby.464. On the impeachment of Fitzharris.
465. Mention the privileges asserted by the House of Commonsduring the reign of James the First.
466. How was the liberty of juries more effectually securedduring the reign of Charles the Second 1
467. By what improvements in the Constitution is the reign ofWilliam the Third distinguished ?
468. " The Parliamentary Constitution of England representsnot only a concentration of local machinery, but an assembly ofestates."
Explain and illustrate this statement.9. Sketch the history of the royal revenue for the reign of
Henry the Second.469. What permanent limitations of the royal power are to
betraced to the events of the reign of Richard the Second 1
470. "George, be a King." How did George the Thirdendeavour to obey this advice, and how far was he successful 1
471. Discuss, as a constitutional lawyer, the point at issuebetween Fox and the Court party on the Regency question.
472. What were the matters for decision in the followingcases 1
(1). Calvin's case(2). Somersett's case(3). Case of Slave Grace(4). Darnell's case(5). Wilkes v. Wood(6). Stockdale v. Hansard(7). Wason v. Walter.
h 2
CXVl. LL.B. EXAMINATION.
ROMAN LAW.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
473. Explain-—" Idem juris est in earum personis quae in manusunt, nam feminae a coemptionatoribus eodem modo possuntmancipari quo liberi a parente mancipantur ; adeo quidem ut,quamvis ea sola apud coemptionatorem filise loco sit quae ei nuptasit, tarnen nihilominus etiam quae ei nupta non sit, nee ob id filiseloco sit, ab ea mancipari possit." Explain.
474. Explain the functions of " Ouratores," stating at whattime they are first heard of, and mentioning the laws by whichtheir duties were regulated.
475. In what cases was an express or implied trust recognisedby Roman Law ? State shortly the rules governing those cases.
476. Explain the view taken by the Roman Lawyer of" Possession," and indicate the topics dealt with in the Institutesof Justinian in which this conception becomes of importance.
477. How was a Servitude acquired and protected 1478. Describe the several rights,
real and personal, of theparties to a " pignoratio ;" and give a historical account of theRoman Law of Pledge.
479. What different kinds of transaction are included underthe term " Locatio-Oonductio 1 "
480. " Formula Arbitraria," " Formula praejudicialis," <; Vin-diciae," " Deductio," " Calumnia," " Judicium imperio con-tinens." Explain these terms.
481. What standard of carefulness is applied to the acts of(1) Tutor, (2) Mandatarius, (3) Socius, (4) Coheres, (5) Venditor.
10. What is meant by " Delatio hereditatis 1 ■" Explain theterms "Cretio," " Agnitio," " Dies cedens," " Dies veniens?"
JURISPRUDENCE.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
1. In what respects may an analytical system of Jurisprudençe be affected by the results of the historical method.
LL.D. EXAMINATION. CXVH.
482. Explain the following terms — " Modality," " Correalobligation," " Bona Passiva," " Authentic interpretation,"" Acquisitive prescription."
483. Distinguish accurately the place of Jurisprudence in aclassified list of studies with regard to (1) Ethics, (2) Politics,(3) Legislation.
484. What various classifications of Rights have been adoptedby Jurists Ί Explain briefly the best basis, in your opinion, for aclassification.
485. Classify with examples from English and Roman Law thevarious kinds of artificial persons.
486. Illustrate and account for the prominence of Procedurein early system of Jurisprudence.
487. Explain fully the Theory of Sovereignty. Who is" Sovereign " in New South Wales ?
488. Analyse the nature of the right violated in the case of—Smuggling—Seditious Libel—Personation of a Voter—Insolvency—Kidnapping.
489. Under what circumstances may written Law be said tobe defective ?
10. The Progress of Society has been from "Status" to" Contract." Explain and illustrate this statement.
LL.D. EXAMINATION.ROMAN LAW.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
SPECIAL SUBJECT. DE PACTIS, DE
OBLIGATIONIBUS.
1. " Si unus ex argentariis sociis cum debitore pactus sit, anetiam alteri noceat exceptio ? Neratius, Atilicinus, Proculus, neesi in rem pactus sit, alteri nocere ; tantum enim constitutum, utsolidum alter petere possit. Idem Labeo ; nam nee novare aliumposse, quam vis ei recte solvatur. Sic enim et his, qui in nostrapotestate sunt, recte solvi quod crediderint, licet novare nonpossint."
Translate and comment on the above. Which view is right ?
cxviii. , LL.B EXAMINATION.
490. When did an undertaking not to sue made with theprincipal debtor release the surety, and when did such an under-taking with the surety release the principal debtor ?
491. Sed cum nulla subest causa propter conventionem, hieconstat non posse constituí obligationem, Igitur nuda pactioobligationem non parit, sed parit exceptionem.
Translate, What is meant by causa, conventio, obligatio,exceptio ?
4. Enumerate the various divisions of " stipitfotiones " con-tained in these titles.5.—
(a) Si ita stipulatus fuero: "Decern aut quinqué darispondes ?"
(J) Si calendis Stichum non dederis, decern dare spondes 1Mortuo homine quaeritur, an statim ante calendasagi possit.
(e) Si " tenere sibi liceri " stipulatus sit servus.Examine the validity and effect of the above stipulations.6. Venditores emptori caverant pro evictione quanti ejus
interesset : sed et specialiter adgnituros, si in lite mola sumptusfecisset, emptori stipulanti promiserant : post mortem emptoris,unus ex venditoribus ad judicium vocavit, pretium sibi deberidicens : heredes ejus, qui sumptus in defensione causae factos,cum probarent pretium solutum fuisse, ex stipulatione petebant.
Translate and advise on this case.7. " Actionum genera sunt duo : in rem, quae dicitur vin-
dicatio : et in personam, quae condictio appellator."Explain this. Frame a formula of an action of each class.8. Lucius Titius Caiuru Seium mensularium, cum quo
rationem implicitam habebat propter accepta et data, debitoreinsibi constituí et ab eo epistulam aeeepit in haec verba : " Exratione mensae, quam mecum habuisti, in hunc diem ex contrac-tibus plurimis remanserunt apud me ad mensam meam ccclxxxvi.et usurae quae competierunt. Summaru aureorum, quam apud metacitam habes, refundam tibi. Si quod instrumentum a teemissum, [id est scriptum,] cujuscumque summae ex quacumquecausa apud me remansit, vanum et pro cancellato habebitur."Quaesitum est, cum Lucius Titius ante hoc chirographum Seionummulario mandaverat, uti patrono ejus trecenta redderet, an
LL. D. EXAMINATION. cxix
propter illa verba epistulae, quibus " omnes cautionos ex quocuin-que contractu vanae et pro cancellato " ut haberentur cautum estñeque ipse ñeque filii ejus eo nomine conveniri possint.
Translate. Answer the question, giving your reasons.9.-
(1.) TJt puto post divortium convenit, ne tempore statutodilationis dos reddatur, sed statim.
(2). Si paciscar ne operis novi nuntiationem exsequar.(3.) Si quis pactus sit ; ' ut ex causa depositi omne periculum
praestet.(4.) Si ante aditam hereditatem paciscatur quis cum credi-
toribus ut minus solvatur.(5.) Inter debitorem et creditorem convenerat, ut creditor
onus tributi praedii pignerati non agnosceret, sedejus solvendi nécessitas debitorem spec tare t.
Examine the validity of each of these facts.10. Explain the words underlined in the previous question.
ROMAN LAW.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
1. Explain—"Idem juris est in earum personis quae in manusunt, nam feminae a coemptionatoribus eodeni modo possuntmancipan quo liberi a parente mancipantur ; adeo quidem ut,quamvis ea sola apud coemptionatorem filice loco sit quae ei nuptasit, tarnen iiihilominus etiam quae ei nupta non sit, nee ob id filiieloco sit, ab ea mancipari possit." Explain.
492. Explain the functions of " Ouratores," stating at whattime they are first heard of, and mentioning the laws by whichtheir duties were regulated.
493. In what cases was an express or implied trust recognisedby Roman Law 1 State shortly the rules governing those cases.
494. Explain the view taken by the Roman Lawyer of"Possession," and indicate the topics dealt with in the Institutesof Justinian in which this conception becomes of importance.
495. How was a Servitude acquired and protected 1
CXX. LL. D. EXAMINATION.
496. Classify the different modes in which " Intercessio " mighttake place, citing the more important laws upon the subject.
497. What circumstance prevented the Roman Law fromarriving at the conception of the Agency 1 How was this wantsupplied %
498. Did the doctrine of " Consideration " enter into theRoman Law of Contracts, and, if so, when and how 1
499. Trace the history of the execution of civil process atRome.
HISTORY OF ROMAN LEGISLATION AND
JUDICIAL
INSTITUTIONS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
500. Sketch the history of the law of delict.501. Describe the general
characteristics of the legislation ofJustinian, mentioning instances in which it was a return to theolder theories of Roman Law.
502. What changes weie made in the law of Sale through theinfluence of the A ediles 1
503. Describe the ordinary steps in an action (1) UnderHadrian, (2) Under Justinian.
504. What is the nature of the remedy "Missio inPossessionen Ί " When, and under what conditions, is it granted 1
505. Trace the steps by which pledge in Roman Law waschanged from a "Jus in Rem" into a "Jus in Personam."Was the change completely effected 1
506. What, in your opinion, is the meaning of the division oflaw called " Jus quod ad personas pertinet?" Is the divisionscientifically sound ?
507. Describe the use of " Sponsio " in Judicial Proceedings.What light does it throw on the early history of law ?
FACULTY OF MEDICINE. CXXl.
FIRST PROFESSIONAL MEDICALEXAMINATION.
CHEMISTRY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
508. Why is it necessary to ventilate occupied rooms? Whatproportion of CO2 would be produced by the combustion of 2 lb.carbon in a closed room 1 0 x 1 0 x 1 2 feet?
509. Give an account of the occurrence, preparation, andproperties of mercury.
510. Give an account of the preparation and properties ofbromine, and write out a table of its principal compounds.
511. How is the percentage composition ascertained of asubstance containing C. H. N. O. and S ?
512. What are the chief differences between the mon-hydric,di-hydric and tri-hydric alcohols ?
513. Give a short but general account of the fatty series ofacids.
514. What are the following substances—picric acid, tannin,vinegar, turpentine, starch, mannite, sorbin, resorcm, murexide,oil of mustard, lactose, oil of garlic, camphor, carbolic acid andglycogen ? Give their formulée where possible.
515. How would you test for As and Sb in a case of suspectedpoisoning ?
516. In what manner do ordinary disinfectants act 1
PRACTICAL EXAMINATION.TIME, THREE HOURS.
BOTANY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
1. Describe, with diagrams, the Flowers of Euphorbia,.Brassica, Eucalyptus, Benarolium, Morns, and Solanum.
cxxii. FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
2. Describe in like manner the Fruit of Qioercus, Casuarina,Vicia, Passiflora, Hélianthes, Pyrits.
517. Describe in like manner the Seed of the Cocoanut, theBrazil Nut, the Raspberry, the Strawberry, and the Carrot ;and define the terms Hilum, Chalaza, Micropyle, Albumen(Perisperm), Cotyledon, Radicule, and Plumule.
518. Make a sketch, with explanations, of a vertical sectionthrough the inflorescence of any one of the Composite, and givean exact account of the individual florets.
519. To what Order does garden Celery belong ? Whatproperties are observed to prevail in the Order ; and whatspecies are in most frequent use, and for what purposes ?
520. What are the distinctive characteristics of the Labiates 1And how may they be distinguished from Asperifoliœ(Boragineœ) Scrophularime, and Verbenaceae respectively?
521. Give the Botanical names of the undermentioned plants ;state the orders to which they belong, and note some of theirproperties or uses, viz. : Foxglove, Henbane, Hemp, Pea-nut(Arachis hypogcea), Garlic, Carob, Cedar (in the different accepta-tions of the word), Native Rose, Sweet Potato.
522. State in like manner, the Genera and Orders of theplants from which the following substances are obtained, viz. :Jalap, Camphor, Colza Oil, Rhubarb, Castor Oil, Mustard, Cotton,Cinnamon, Saffron, A tropin, Strychnin, Indigo, Woad.
523. Describe some of the most remarkable provisions innature for the effectual dispersion of Seeds over widely extendedareas.
NOTE.—Only six Questions out of the nine need beattempted ; and full marks for the Paper may be obtained forthat number of answers.
ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
Only four of tlie first five questions and four of the second five to be attempted.
1. Describe the structure of a Medusiform Gonophore of one
of the Hydromedusœ (Hydrophora) and compare it with one
of the Scyphomedusœ (Discophora). What stage in the life-
history of the latter corresponds to the zoophyte stage of the
former.
FIRST PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION. cxxiii.
524. Give an account of the reproductive organs and develop-ment of the Fresh Water Mussel ( Unio).
525. Make a sketch, shewing the relation of parts in a trans-verse section of Hydra, the Earthworm, and a Vertebrate, andcontrast the relative position in the three cases of the partsrepresented.
526. Describe the organs of digestion, respiration, and circula-tion, and the nervous system in an insect.
527. Define the expressions Individual, Zooid, Colony, Coeno-sarc, Alternation of Generations, giving examples.
528. Describe the digestive and respiratory organs of a Bird.529. Describe the structure of the heart of the Frog, and
mention the blood-vessels connected with its various parts. Howis respiration carried on in the adult Frog, and how in theTadpole 1
530. Give a general account of the organisation of the Teleosteias regards the following : Form of body, fins, exoskeleton,endoskeleton, organs of circulation and respirations
531. What are the special characters of the exoskeleton inReptiles, in Birds, and in Mammals 1 Give a detailed account ofthe structure and development of a feather.
10. What is meant by a holoblastic, and what by a mero-blastic ovum 1 Illustrate by examples. Describe the egg of afrog, the process of yelk-division, and the mode of formation ofthe primitive alimentary canal, nervous system, and the notochord.
PRACTICAL COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
532. Give a general description of the external parts ; separateoff the appendages of the céphalothorax and pin them in theirorder on a sheet of paper, with the designation of each writtenopposite.
533. Expose the brain ; make a sketch showing the parts asseen from above, and indicate in your sketch the position andgeneral form of the organs of sense.
534. Write what you know of one of the specimens.
CXXlV. FACULTY OP MEDICINE.
SECOND PROFESSIONAL MEDICALEXAMINATION.
ANATOMY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
N.B.—Any four questions, but not more than/our, may be chosen by tlieCandidate.
535. Describe fully the internal surface of the middle fossa ofthe base of the cranium.
536. Give an account of the structure of the heart as seen bythe naked eye, and state what are the clinically more importantrelations of its several parts.
537. Describe (1) the superficial origin of the cranial nervescomposing the eighth pair ; (2) the peripheral distribution of each.
538. Give á complete descriptive account of the naked eyeanatomy of the submaxillary salivary gland and its duct.
539. Describe fully the dissection needed to lay bare the entirespan of the deep palmar arterial arch.
540. Describe systematically and fully the anatomical regionknown as Scarpa's triangle.
PHYSIOLOGY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
Tlie Candidate may choose any four questions, but
not more than four.541. Deglutition—describe fully
the entire act and the variousmechanisms involved in its performance.
542. Give a full account of the minute anatomy of the kidney.543. Describe the phenomena
presented by an animal afterremoval of its cerebral hemispheres, and concerning the localisa-tion of cerebral functions, state what you consider necessary tomake clear what is the present state of our knowledge in regardthereto.
SECOND PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION.
544. Describe the functions of the various nerves supplied tothe tongue.
545. Explain what is meant by the inhibitory action of thevagus upon the heart, and mention in what way this action canbe brought into play.
546. What is meant by the blind spot in the retina 1 Stateshortly how its existence can be demonstrated, and explain whyit produces no apparent effect in ordinary vision.
MATERIA MEDICA.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
547. Explain the terms, alcoholic, green and liquid extracts,respectively. Give an example of each. What other kinds ofofficinal extracts are there 1
548. Ether and chloroform : compare the advantages and dis-advantages of these relatively as regards their relation to
549. The heart550. The respiratory organs551. The nervous system552. The presence of air553. Administration by artificial light554. Rapidity of action.
3. What plant yields cocaine ? Give its natural order. Statethe action of this substance upon—(1) the eye, (2) other mucousor epidermic surfaces when administered locally ; and also upon(1) the heart, (2) the respiration, (3) the nervous system, whenadministered internally.
How would you administer it in(I)A painful operation (say) of the throat(2) Irritability of the stomach?
555. How would you administer a wet pack ?
556. Give directions for the application of a mustard poultice,with precautions as to its preparation.
cxxvi. FACULTY OF MEUICINE.
557. Bismuthi Trisnitras : how is it made ? Give the averagedose of it for an adult. Why is the dose of an insoluble salt of·Bismuth larger than of a soluble ?
558. Quinine : What genera of plants contain it ? What isthe officinal cinchona plant 1 What countries yield it ? Whatalkaloids does that bark contain chiefly, and what quantity doesthe B.P. demand of them ?
What other important ingredients are present in theofficinal bark ?
GENERAL PATHOLOGY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
559. What are the chief conditions that cause a pathologicalincrease in the quantity of fluid in the pericardium, and how doessuch increase affect the circulatory apparatus.
560. Describe how infarction occurs, and explain the variouscharacters of infarcts in different organs.
561. Distinguish between fatty infiltration and fatty degenera-tion. Under what circumstances may these conditions beestablished in the liver and heart ?·
562. Classify tumours of the epithelial type, and give anaccount of cylindrical epithelioma.
SPECIAL PATHOLOGY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
563. Describe fully the pathological anatomy of caries of thespine.
564. Give the pathological anatomy of albuminoid disease ofthe kidney.
565. Give an account of the chief macroscopic and microscopiclesions of typhoid fever in the body.
SPECIAL QUESTION FOR PRIZE.—Give an account of thehistory and course of the ''secondary degenerations" of the spinalcord,
THIRD PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION.
PRACTICAL EXAMINATION.
TiMK, THREE HOURS.
SPECIMENS.--Round-celled Sarcoma of Lung. Acute LobarPneumonia. Brown Induration of Lung. LeucocythaemicLiver. Adenoma of Liver. Tubercle of Liver, with hyalinedegeneration. Brown Atrophy of Heart. Albuminoid Diseaseof Spleen. Squamous Epithelioma of Bladder. Myeloid Sar-coma. Chronic Parenchymatous Nephritis. Interstitial Nephritis,with albuminoid disease. Bacillus of Typhoid Fever.
THIRD PROFESSIONAL MEDICALEXAMINATION.
PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
566. Enumerate the non-eruptive continued fevers which arespecific and contagious, and give the exciting and predisposingcauses of Cerebro-Spinal Fever ; also its symptoms, treatment,complications, sequela;, and prognosis.
567. What is understood by malaria or marsh-miasma ?Enumerate what you know of its origin and propagation, itsnature, mode of entrance into the system, and the effects produced.What precautions should be taken by those who are obliged toreside in malarial districts to prevent its attacking the system 1
568. What are the predisposing and exciting causes ofDiabetes? Enumerate the symptoms developed in a typical case.
569. As relate to the urinary system ;570. As relate to the digestive system ;571. General symptoms.
Give the treatment you would adopt in such a case therapeutically,dietetically, and hygienically.
4. What are the predisposing and exciting causes ofEmphysema of the lungs 1 Do all cases of emphysema depend onthe same pathological condition 1 If not, in what way do theydiffer 1 Give the symptoms and physical signs of the disease.
cxxviii. FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
5. Given a case of Cirrhotic kidney : what would be the typicalsymptoms developed by the urine, or on other organs of the bodyand on the system generally, which would justify your diagnosingthe case as such 1 How do such cases generally prove fatal 1
.6. What conditions of disease will give rise to Aorticincompetency ? What effect has an established aortic incompetencyon the circulation 1 And what are the physical signs and generalsymptoms diagnostic of this disease 1
PRACTICE OF SURGERY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
572. Describe the mode by which a wound heals by secondintention.
573. Describe the operation of deligation of the femoralartery in Scarpa's triangle.
574. Describe the entrance of air into a vein during anoperation ; the treatment of such a case and the probable result.
575. How would you diagnose between a case of organic andspasmodic stricture, with retention of urine ? How would youtreat each variety 1
576. What are the coverings from without inwards of afemoral hernia 1 What are the boundaries of the saphsenousopening 1 And, in case of a femoral hernia strangulated in thesaphsenous opening, where would the strictures probably befound ?
577. In what way would you treat a wounded bowel protrudedthrough a wound in the abdominal wall ?
578. Describe on Graeffe's modified linear operation forextraction of cataract.
579. What are the symptoms of a case of syphilitic iritis, andits appropriate treatment ?
M. B. EXAMINATION. cxxix.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
EXAMINATION EOR BACHELOR OFMEDICINE.
MIDWIFERY.
TIME, THREE' HOURS.
580. Describe (briefly) the female pelvis, its bony framework,articulations, ligaments, and the approximate average length of itsdiameters in the living subject, and state what is meant by theCurves of Cams and Barnes.
581. Enumerate (approximately) the signs and diseases ofpregnancy.
582. Describe (briefly) a' natural labour : its causes at fullterm ; the forces by which the child is expelled. What is meantby the first, second, and third stages into which labour is divided ?—when one ends and the other begins, and the phenomena ofeach.
583. How would you diagnose a breech from a cephalicpresentation, and what would be your prognosis and treatment ofa breech case ?
584. State (briefly) the causes (as far as at present known),symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of placenta previa.
585. What are the causes, symptoms, and treatment ofmammary inflammation and abscess, and what is meant byglandular, subglandular, and subcutaneous mastitis 1
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.TIME, THREE HOURS.
586. Describe the characters of a wound on a dead body whichwould lead you to conclude that it had been received during life,and contrast them with those of one which was made afterdeath had taken place.
587. Under what conditions does rigor mortis come on rapidly?
i
CXXX. FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
588. What is adipocere? What are the conditions favourableto its formation ?
589. Describe the hydrostatic test as applied to the lungs of anew-born child. What does it prove, and what are the objectionstoit?
590. What is sufficient legal evidence of life after birth, ac-cording to the law of England ? How does it differ from that ofScotland 1
591. What are the longest periods of gestation as fixed by theCode Napoléon and by the Prussian law ?
592. What signs would aid you in distinguishing the sex of abody which was in an advanced state of decomposition?
593. Describe Reinsch's process for the detection of arsenic insolution.
594. Give the symptoms of poisoning by phosphorus. Whatis the smallest dose which has proved fatal ?
10. What would lead to the conclusion that a body, in whichrigor mortis had set in, had been moved after death had occurred 1
PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
NOTE. Candidates are required to ansxoer
three questions only.595. State what is meant by the
terms illusion, hallucination,and delusion.
596. Describe the symptoms in each of the three stages ofgeneral paralysis of the insane.
597. Give a classification of the various forms of insanity, andindicate the grounds on which such classification is based.
598. State what forms of mental disorder are included underthe term " Puerpural Insanity." Give the symptoms of insanityfollowing delivery (true puerpural insanity), describe the treat-ment necessary, and state what is the prognosis of the maladygenerally.
599. Describe an attack of circular insanity (folie circulaire).600. Give the symptoms of acute or
active melancholia, anddescribe the treatment necessary.
M.D. EXAMINATION. cxxxi.
CLINICAL MEDICINE.TIME, THREE HOURS.
601. The diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of three casesof skin disease.
602. The naming of four slides of urinary deposits when underthe microscope.
603. The clinical record, history, present conditions, diagnosis,prognosis, and treatment of case in the wards of Prince AlfredHospital.
CLINICAL SURGERY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
604. Enumerate the principal points which would enable youto distinguish between chronic mammary tumour and scirrhus ofthe breast.
605. Supposing, in clearing the axilla of malignant glands, theaxillary vein were punctured, how would you arrest the hseinorr-hage?
606. Enumerate the signs of strangulated hernia in the orderof their importance.
607. An exploratory abdominal section in a case of obstructionof the bowels has revealed an intussusception which cannot bereduced. How would you proceed in such a case 1
608. Examine case A in female surgical ward.609. And B in male surgical ward. Give your diagnosis in
each case.
EXAMINATION FOB, M.D.PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE.
TIME, THREE HOURS.610. Describe the symptoms in the three stages of
generalparalysis of the insane.
611. Classify the different forms of insanity in accordance withrecent views on the subject.
612. Describe acute dementia (melancholial altonita) and itstreatment.
613. What is meant by alternating insanity (folie circulaire) 1
il
cxxxii. FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
MEDICINE.TIME, THREE HOURS.
614. What is the disease called measles ? Describe itssymptoms, duration, species, diagnosis, and treatment.
615. What is scarlatina ? Describe its symptoms, diagnosis,species, sequelse and treatment. How does its poison geteliminated from the system ?
616. What is lumbago, its symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment ?617. What is urticaria ; species, symptoms, cause,
diagnosis,and treatment Í
618. What is Herpes zoster ; its common name, symptoms,cause and treatment.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE.SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION,
CHEMISTRY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.METALS.
619. What is the action of water upon Pb ? why do somewaters act less readily than others ? How would you test forPb in water 1
620. Give an account of the properties of, and mode of pre-paring, aluminium and of its alloys?
621. What changes take place during the setting of mortarsand cements ?
622. How is iron extracted from its ores? what are thechemical differences between cast iron, wrought iron, and steel.
623. What are alloys ? Give a general account of the commonalloys of Au, Ag, Cu, Zn, Sn, Pb and Sb.
624. Explain the action of each of the reagents employed toseparate the metals into the usual six analytical groups.
625. Describe the principal processes used for the extractionof lead from its ores.
626. What are the characteristic tests for compounds oftitanium, tungsten, vanadium, and didymium ?
SECOND YEAR OK SCIENCE. cxxxiii.
CHEMISTRY—CARBON COMPOUNDS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
627. Give a brief account of the classification of the carboncompounds.
628. What do you understand by the terms isomerism,metamerism and polymerism? Give examples of each.
629. Describe the changes which take place in the preparationof ether. What are the differences between simple ethers andmixed ethers ?
630. What is the hypothetical structure of benzine (C6H6) andof the mono-, di-, and tri· haloid-benzine compounds?
631. How is aldehyde prepared ? Give one or more generalmethods for the preparation of the aldehydes.
632. What are the principal properties of the alkaloids as aclass ?
633. What are the chief chemical properties of the fats andoils ?
S. What are the principal properties of cellulose 1 what isthe action of (a) H2SO4 (J) HCl upon it ? Why do "iron-moulds"destroy linen ?
PRACTICAL EXAMINATION.
. TIME, SIX HOURS.
NATURAL HISTORY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.634. Describe in general terms the motion of Sun, Planets
andSatellites, as they might be" imagined to be observed from aremote point in the Southern prolongation of the Sun's axis, andshow how they correspond with the hypothetical development ofthe Solar System from a nebulous origin.
635. Show that wind in the Southern Hemisphere blows fromcentres of higher pressure in spirals against watch hands, andtowards centres of lower pressure in spirals with watch hands.
636. Account for the formation of Fog or Mist under differentcircumstances, and describe the phenomena of the various kindsof clouds ordinarily recognised by Meteorologists.
cxxxiv. FACULTY OF SCIENCK.
637. What evidence can be adduced as to the Subsidence ofthe East Coast of N". Queensland, and Elevation of the SouthWest portion of the Australian Continent 1
638. Explain the phrases Anticlinal Valley, Hade to Down-throw, Horse (in Coal mining), Lead (in Gold mining), Lode(in Tin mining) Basaltic Bylce, Metamorphic Roch, Volcanic Tuff,Rotten Granite, Chocolate Soil.
639. Upon what formation is Sydney built 1 With whatEuropean rocks does it appear to be homotaxial, and why ?State the series of strata which a bore of (say) 10,000 feet mightbe expected to penetrate at this point ?
640. A seam of coal which crops out at A is observed to dipat an angle of 9° to the North East. B is a quarter of a miledue North of A, and one hundred feet higher in elevation abovethe sea. At what depth may a shaft sunk perpendicularly at Bbe expected to strike this seam 1
641. A bed of conglomerate underlies a stratum of sandstone ',above this is a thick bed of clay, with Ichthyosaurian remains, andabove this again is a bed of granular calcareous rock, containingAmmonites, and largely quarried for building stone ; and all theserocks belong to the same series. Under what circumstances werethey severally deposited, and during what Geological period 1
642. Describe the Geological and Geographical distribution ofthe Marsupials.
643. Show to what bone in the Human Skeleton the coffinbone of the near fore foot of the Horse is homologous.
644. Describe the aspect of a Carboniferous Forest, distin-guishing the principal types of vegetation.
645. How are the processes known as Fermentation andPutrefaction caused ? And how may they be prevented ?
PHYSICS.TIME, THREE HOURS.
' Six questions only to be attempted.
1. Given that 42 million ergs are equivalent to 1 grammedegree of heat, and that a gramme of lead at 10° C requires 15-6gramme degrees of heat to melt it : find the velocity with which a
FACULTY OF SCIENCE. cxxxv.
leaden bullet must strike a target that it may just be melted bythe collision, supposing all the mechanical energy of the motionto be converted into heat, and to be taken up by the bullet.
646. Explain what is meant by " moment of inertia," and shewtheoretically and practically how the moment of inertia of anirregular body may be found experimentally.
647. It is found that a bar vibrating under the torsionalrigidity of a wire has a period nearly independent of the arc ofthe vibration, provided it is always small. What elastic propertyof the wire does this experiment point to ?
648. Compare the elastic properties of water, steel, cork,jelly, and tallow.
649. Shew how the mechanical equivalent of heat may beascertained from a comparison of the specific heat of a gas atconstant volume with its specific heat at constant pressure.Shew clearly the principle established by Joule which makesyour reasoning legitimate.
650. Describe exactly one of the following classical researchesof Regnault :
(a) The proof of Boyle's law.(/3) The comparison of the mercury and air thermometer.(y) The determination of the>specific heat of gases.(8) The determination of the density of gases.
651. What are the laws of the surface tension of liquids ? Thesuperficial energy of the surface of mercury and air is 540 ergsper square centimeter. Eind the force tending to urge togethertwo wires 10 centimeters long, between which there is stretched amercury film. What relation exists between this force and thedistance of the wires from one another ?
652. Shew that the electric density is infinite at a point, andthat it is uniform over the inner surface of two parallel plates ofa condenser, except at the edges. How has this latter principlebeen applied by Sir William Thomson in his absolute electometer?
653. Give in full an account of an experiment to determine thelaw of force between two electrified bodies.
10. Give the theory and describe the method of making oneof the following measurements :
(σ) The comparison of electromotive force.()3) The determination of the change of resistance pro-duced in a wire by heating it.(γ) The measurement of the resistance of an electrolyte.
CXXXVl. FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
654. Distinguish between magnetic force and magnetic in-duction. What is meant by " magnetic susceptibility " and" permeability 1 "
655. Describe and give the theory of the Gramme or anyother modern dynamo.
656. Explain the rainbow.657. Describe exactly how you
would produce a beam of lightpolarised in one particular plane.
658. Explain any method with which you may be acquaintedby which the absolute pitch of a musical note may be determined.
659. Discuss the modern theories of the molecular constitutionof gases. How do you know that gases are essentially dis-continuous ?
PHYSICS.
TIME, THREE HOURS.HONOURS.
Candidates ma; only attempt six questions, which must include one part ofquestion 10, i.e., one part of 10 must be attempted and five otherquestions only.
1. Steel is sometimes used for the purpose of making thependulums of clocks, the temperature changes being compensatedby " compounding " the steel with brass. Draw a diagram shewingthe arrangement of the steel and brass bars requisite to keep thependulum of invariable length from the point of support to thepoint of junction with the bob. If the coefficients of expansionof steel and brass are a and β respectively, investigate therelative lengths of steel and brass rod necessary for compensation.Steel, being a magnetic metal, is subject to disturbances in itsvibration, due to the vertical component of the earth's magnetism^How will the rate of the clock be affected—
(i.) By magnetising the steel bar.(II.) By softening the steel bar.
(in.) By heating the pendulum (assuming that the com-pensation for changes of length is perfect.)(iv.) By an increase in the strength of the earth's magneticforce.
SECOND YEAR OF SCIENCE. CXXXVU,
660. What is the exact meaning of the term " viscosity," asapplied to fluids ? Are any analogous phenomena presented bysolid bodies 1
661. Draw a diagram shewing the form of the isothermals ofair at ordinary temperatures, and carbonic acid below and abovethe " critical " temperature.
662. Give in full the experimental details of the measurementof the absolute coefficient of expansion of jfnercury.
663. Explain exactly how an open organ pipe when over-blown gives all the harmonics of the fundamental note.
664. In what way does a discord, according to Helmholtz,differ physically from a harmony ?
665. A wire joining two points, A and B, having potentials,a and b respectively, has a resistance R. A point, C, anywhereon the wire is taken, such that the resistance of AO is p, andof CB q. Find the potential of the point O ; the potentials ofA and B are supposed to be kept constant by means of a battery.
666. What is Faraday's law of electrolysis ? How would youverify it experimentally 1
667. Explain the theory of the construction of any reflectingor refracting telescope. On what does the magnifying powerdepend, and on what the brightness of a fixed star when viewedthrough the telescope 1
10. Write an essay on one of the following subjects ; theessay must not take up more than three pages :
(l.) The determination of Joule's equivalent.(II.) Methods of measuring electric currents,(in.) On specific inductive capacity and methods of finding
the capacity of a condenser,(iv.) On the proof of Boyle's law.(v.) Methods of polarising light,(vi.) The Kinetic theory of gases,(vu.) The determination of the elastic constants of solid
bodies.(VIII.) Electric lighting.
ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.
The same paper as that set in the First Professional MedicalExamination. See page cxxii.
cxxxviii. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
PRACTICAL COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.
The same paper as that set in the First Professional MedicalExamination. See page cxxiii.
BOTANY.
The same paper as> that set in the First Professional MedicalExamination. See page cxxi.
MATHEMATICS.The same papers as those set in the Second Year Examination
in Arts. See pages lxiv.— lxvi.
EXAMINATION FOR BACHELOR OFSCIENCE.
MINERALOGY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
668. Give examples of amorphous minerals.669. Give sketches of three minerals assuming pseudo-
hexagonal forms.670. Prepare lists of minerals which present
characteristicallycoloured streaks ; black, white, and grey streaks are not to beincluded.
671. Describe the Rhombic system of crystals.672. Briefly describe the following minerals, and state by
what peculiarities you would recognise them, viz., alabaster,anatase, beryl, cobaltine, zinc blende, cassiterite, antimonite, andcalamine.
673. Give a short account of the principal silver bearingminerals.
674. Name the accompanying (10) minerals.675. Describe the (10) models of crystals, and mention the
names of minerals assuming those forms.
B.Sc. EXAMINATION. CXXXlX.
VEGETABLE MORPHOLOGY !'PRACTICAL).
TIME, THREE HOURS.
1. Describe the specimens placed in your hands, andmake preparations and sketches illustrating the following :(i.) Structure of stem as seen in transverse and longitudinalsections, (ii.) Structure of leaf, epidermis, and stomata.
Assign the plant approximately its place in the vegetablekingdom, giving reasons for your conclusion.
2. Describe fully the preparations under the microscope.
ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.Seven Questions to be answered.
676. Describe the process of yelk-division and the mode offormation of the germinal layers in the Crayfish, an Ascidian,the Frog, a Bird, and a Mammal.
677. Give an account of the development of the organs of sensein the Chick.
678. Under what conditions is chlorophyll known to occur inthe bodies of animals 1 Enumérate all the examples known toyou.
679. Give some account of the most important theories relatingto the mode of formation of Coral Reefs.
680. Give a description of the organisation of the Sirenia, andmention the distribution of the members of the order.
681. Describe the embryological history of the Star-fish.
• 7. Give the leading characteristics of the various groups ofRhizopoda.
1. Give a detailed account of the structure of the skull andvisceral arches in one of the Bony Fishes.
PRACTICAL COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.
1. Helix. Dissect out the alimentary canal and reproduc-tive organs, and give a sketch indicating the parts in yourdissection.
cxl. FACULTY OF SCIENCE.
682. Cat. Make a dissection of the thoracic and cervical partsof the sympathetic nervous system, describe its arrangement, andpoint out some of the principal structures with which it comesinto relation.
683. Holothurian. Open the body cavity, and sketch thestructures exposed to view.
684. Blastoderm of Chick. Sketch; state at what stage oftheir development the various parts seen have arrived.
685. Give an account of two of the preparations.
GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY.
TIME, THREE HOURS.(Only 6 out of the 9 need be attempted.)
686. Give a brief account of the fossil Echinodermata, andshow at what period on the Geological record each group in thisclass appears to attain its highest development.
687. What forms are included in the TABULATA of M. Edwardsand Haime? To \vh;it different orders are the several generanow referred, and what Geological period does each indicate 1
688. Describe and account for the present distribution of thefollowing groups of animals and plants, viz., the Marsupials, theEdentata, the Ratitse, the Araucarias, and the Cycads.
689. Give a geological account, with diagramatic figures, ofeach of the following genera, viz., Zaphrentis, Spirifer, Stigmaria,Hipparion, Archäopteryx, Phacops.
690. Show how, under existing geographical conditions, anequable and warm temperature may be maintained in one hemi-sphere, while the opposite is passing through a frigid or glacialperiod.
691. Describe the succession of geological formations traversedby the road from Sydney to Bathurst, [and mention any groupwhich, though intercalated elsewhere, are here apparently missing.
692. Sketch upon the accompanying map the geology (1) ofthe coast between Port Phillip and King George's Sound, and (2)of the country along the meridian of 141 E. L., with the necessaryexplanations in each case.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING. cxli.
693. What reasonable hypothesis as to the cause of Earthquakeswill also account for the limitation of volcanic energy to par-ticular lines, zones, or areas of the earth's surface 1 Give a full andclear statement of the grounds on which you base your argument.
694. Give a full explanation of the phenomena of Hot Springsand of Geysers, and show their essential difference.
DEPARTMENT OE ENGINEERING.SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION.
GEOMETRICAL DRAWING.TIME, THREE HOURS.
695. Draw the plan and elevation of a cube when two edgesmeeting at a point are inclined at 60° and 30° respectively.
696. A given oblique plane and a given triangular pyramidintersect, determine the projections and the real figure of theintersection.
697. A point P is given by its projections, and a plane by itstraces ; find the pi'ojections of the perpendicular from P to theplane, the point Q where it cuts tho plane, and the distance fromP to Q.
698. Draw the plan and elevation of a square prism, havinggiven the plane of one face 60° to horizon, and one edge of thebase in that plane, but inclined at 30° to horizon.
699. A sphere of 3" diameter is situated 3" above thehorizontal plane and 4" in front of the vertical plane, draw theprojections of the shadow cast by a cylinder of rays inclined at45° in plan and elevation. Draw the traces of the plane of thethe circle of contact.
6.- A cylinder stands on the horizontal plane with its axisvertical, a right cone, having its axis parallel to the horizontalplane, but inclined to the vertical, passes through the cylinder,its axis does not intersect that of the cylinder. Arrange thesolids and draw the curves of interpénétration.
7. Two oblique planes are inclined to each other at an angleof 60°, the horizontal trace of one of the planes makes an angle of45° with the ground line, this plane is inclined to the horizontalplane at an angle of 30°. Draw the traces of the two planes,and find the real angle between their traces.
cxlii. DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
700. Arrange the plans and elevations of 4 points, not all inthe same plane, and determine the projections of a spherepassing through them.
701. Draw the isoinetrical projection of an ordinary table,with a cylinder standing symetrically on its upper surface.
10. As an example of perspective, take the table andcylinder in the above question, assuming point of sight, picture,plane, and distance.
APPLIED MECHANICS.TIME, THREE HOURS.
FIRST PAPER.(Not more than Eight Questions to be attempted. )
702. Define the terms unit of work, horse-power velocityratio, mechanical efficiency, modulus of a machine ; and illustratewith reference to the following example :—A hydraulic press issupplied by means of a force pump, the diameter of the pressram is 6£ inches, the water pressure as shown by the gaugeconnected with the press cylinder was 1,000 pounds per squareinch, the actual force exerted by the ram found by balancing itwith a steelyard was only 26,000 pounds.
703. In a steam engine working without expansion, thediameter of the cylinder was 10 inches, stroke 20 inches,' lengthof connecting rod 40 inches, and the pressure of steam 100pounds per square inch. Draw the diagram of turning effort.
704. Referring to the above question, calculate the diameterof the crank shaft, having given torsional strength of a bar1 inch diameter as 800 pounds on a lever 1 foot long, and factorof safety 6.
705. Define the terms limit of elasticity, modulus of elasticity,modulus of rupture ; and illustrate with reference to the follow-ing example:—A beam of ironbark, 12^ inches by 12| inches,on a span of 28 feet 6 inches in the clear, when loaded with acentral weight of 3'8 tons, deflected 1-39 inches, on releasing theload the beam returned to its horizontal position ; when loadedwith a central weight of 20 tons the beam failed.
706. An iron girder is required to support a distributed loadof 1 ton per foot run, and a central load of 2 tons on a span of20 feet. Draw the diagram of bending moments and shearingstresses.
SECOND YEAR IN ENGINEERING cxliii.
707. Referring to the above question, draw the central crosssection of the girder, if the material is wrought iron.
708. A hydraulic lift is required for a height of 60 feet, anda maximum load (including the weight of the cage) of 1 ton, theaccumulator pressure is 700 lb. per square inch. Calculate thediameter of the ram : first, when direct acting ; secondly, whenthe velocity ratio is 6, making your own deductions on accountof friction. Sketch the arrangement.
709. Explain the principle of the toggle joint, and show howit is applied in Blake's Stone-crushing Machine.
710. Describe any good form of dynamometer you are ac-quainted with for measuring the horse-power of a steam engine.
711. Explain the principle of opposing fluid pressures, andsketch a double-acting pump on this principle, suitable forsupplying an accumulator.
712. Show how you would set out practically the actingsurfaces of two teeth in añ ordinary spur wheel and pinion.
713. A steel boiler is required to resist a working pressureof 100 pounds'per square inch, the diameter of the boiler is10 feet. Find the thickness of the shell having given tensilestrength of steel 60,000 pounds per square inch, and the longi-tudinal joints being assumed double rivetted.
APPLIED MECHANICS.
TIME, THBEE HOURS.
SECOND FAPER.[Seven Questions only to be attempted.)
714. Investigate mathematically the slit bar motion, when thecentre of the driven crank" lies inside the circle described by thedriving crank, and show how you would apply this motion in pro-ducing a quick return in a shaping or slotting machine.
715. Describe and explain the mechanism and mode of workingof any form of hot air engine.
716. Describe the differences of behaviour of ordinary saturatedsteam and " steam gas " in the principal processes which occur ina steam engine.
cxliv. DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
4. Find the indicated horse power in a steam engine, havinggiven
Diameter of cylinder = 54 inchesStroke of piston = 54 inchesRevolutions per minute = 60 per min.Cut off at = 32 inchesSteam pressure, until cut off = 42 pounds per sq. inch"Vacuum = 9.4 pounds717. A slide valve has a lap of IJ inches on the steam side,
and a lap of J inch on the exhaust side. It is required to have alead of ^- of an inch and to cut off steam at half stroke. Draw adiagram, showing how the position and throw of the eccentricsheave is found, and points of release, admission, and compression.Show, also, how to draw the approximate indicator diagram.
718. Draw a section through the cylinder and slide of an Ottogas engine, showing inlet and outlet passages. Describe thecycle of changes, and draw the ordinary indicator diagram pro-duced by such an engine.
719. The initial temperature of steam in the high pressurecylinder of a compound engine is 4000F., the final temperature is120° F. Calculate the work done as a perfect heat engine.How many pounds of coal per indicated horse power wouldsuch an engine consume in ordinary work 1What are the chief sources of loss 1
720. Air is compressed adiabatically from 1 to 5 atmospheres.The original temperature of the air was 80° F. Calculate therise in temperature due to the work done in compressing the air.
721. What are the advantages and disadvantages in usingcompressed air and water under pressure, as compared with steam.Under what circumstances would you recommend each ?
10. Describe and sketch an ordinary Lancashire boiler,showing how you would attach the furnace tubes to the endplates, and the precautions you would take to prevent the in-ternal flues from collapsing. Show also the gusset plates andthe arrangement and pitch of the rivets.
APPLIED MECHANICS.TIME, THKLE HOURS.
HONOURS.(Not more than Eight Questions to be attempted.)
1. It is stated by some writers on Mechanics that frictionis independent of the extent of the surfaces in contact. Is this
SECOND YEAR IN ENGINEERING. cxlv.
true in all cases ? Mention some exceptions, and describe Weston'sfriction coupling.
722. Investigate the formula for calculating the amount ofwork saved by the use of friction rollers. Describe a few anti-friction arrangements as applied to turning of swing bridges,expansion of bridges, turn tables, &c.
723. A rough cord passes over a rough cylinder and embracesa portion of the circumference of the cylinder, which subtends anangle φ at the centre. If μ is the co-efficient of friction betweenthe cord and the cylinder. Prove that
~P"= A
724. A non-condensing steam engine is supplied with steam ata pressure of 40 pounds per square inch above the atmosphere,cut off at one sixth of the stroke. Draw the indicator diagram,and comment upon it.
725. Explain carefully how you would apply the indicator toan ordinary horizontal engine, pointing out all the precautionsnecessary to ensure a true diagram.
726. Describe any form of variable expansion gear which youare acquainted with. Draw a diagram, showing how such a gearmay be designed, marking on it the points where the steam iscut off.
727. Prove the formula for the work done in a perfect heat(T-<) , , .
engine = JH —™—, and show how the following enginesapproximate to the conditions assumed to exist in these engines :
728. A Sterling's hot air engine.729. An Otto.gas engine.730. An ordinary marine compound engine.
731. Describe the experiments made by Messrs. Crossley Bros,and by Mr. Dugald Clerk on the effect of the richness of the ex-plosive mixture on the rate of combustion in gas engines.Contrast the mechanism and cycle of changes of an ordinary Ottoengine with those of the A tkinson engine.
732. Describe Clark and Stanfield's patent differential accumu-lator, as applied to raising guns in a fort. Describe · fully theadvantages and disadvantages of the hydraulic system asgenerally applied.
cxlvi. DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING.
733. An ordinary wrought iron plate web girder is 60 feetspan and 4.7 feet deep ; the total live and dead load may betaken as 1.13 tons per foot run. Form the equation of bendingmoments and apply it to find the maximum stress in the centreof the girder. Design the central cross section of the girder.
734. A beam is partially loaded with an uniform load of 2 tonsper foot run, extending from the right abutment to a distance of10 feet along the beam. The beam is also loaded with threeconcentrated loads of 2 tons, 5 tons, and 12 tons, acting at dis-tances of 6 feet, 15 feet, and 20 feet from the right abutmentrespectively. The span of the beam is 30 feet. Draw thediagram of. bending moments and shearing stresses.
SURVEYING.
TIME, THREE Horas.FIRST PAPER.
(Not more than Six Questions to be attempted.)1. It is required to range out accurately a
straight lineconnecting two points a mile apart, but which, owing to a slightrise in the ground between, are not visible from one another.How would you perform this, and what precautions would youtake to ensure accuracy ?
(a) With poles only.(¿>) With a theodolite.
735. It is required to determine the length of a long line«bypacing. How would you do this, and what mode of registeringthe number of paces would you employ ?
736. Describe carefully the construction of the best form ofsurveyor's chain. What is its length, and what are the specialadvantages of that particular length ?
737. Describe the optical square. How is it used, and howwould you test it ?
738. What are the principal sources of error in chain sur-veying, and how would you guard against them 1
739. Carefully describe in their proper order all the adjust-ments of a transit theodolite.
SECOND YEAR IN ENGINEERING. cxlvii.
740. How would you proceed in order to make an accuratesurvey with theodolite and chain of a field in the form of anirregular polygon.
741. Explain carefully the method of computing the area ofsuch a field.
742. Make a detailed sketch of an engineer's level of modernof ndarm, briefly state the name and use of each part of theinstrument.
743. What is meant by the arithmetical check of the levelwork ? How is it applied, and what class of errors does it guardagainst 1
744. What are contour lines ? How would you proceed inorder to set out a contour line 10 miles long, starting from agiven point 1
745. What is meant by curvature and refraction? How dothey affect ordinary levelling work ?
SURVEYING.TIME, THKEE HOURS.
SECOND PAPER.(Not more than Six Questions to be attempted.)
746. How would you proceed in order to select a line of roadconnecting two towns on opposite sides of a range of mountains 1
747. It is required to lay out a circular curve connecting twostraight lines of railway, the intersection being inaccessible.How would you perform this 1
748. Make all the calculations requisite as a preliminary tosetting out a circular curve of 10 chains radius connecting twostraight lines which intersect at an angle of 120°.
749. Make a detailed sketch of a gauging weir for a smallstream. Describe the method of determining the discharge,stating all necessary formulée.
750. Compute the discharge in gallons per hour of an orificeone inch diameter, and placed with its centre one foot below thesurface of the water :
(a) the orifice being in a thin plate(Λ) the orifice being in the form of a vena contracta.
cxlviii SECOND YEAR ENGINEERING.
751. The outlet pipe of a reservoir is horizontal ; it is one footdiameter, 100 feet long, and its centre is ten feet below thesurface. How many cubic feet a second will it discharge ?
752. What is meant by the hydraulic mean depth of a channel ?Compute the hydraulic mean depth in the two following cases :
(a) rectangular section, 100 feet wide, ten feet deep(ό) semicircular section, ten feet diameter.
753. What is the object of tide gauging in connection withhydrographie surveying 1 Describe an ordinary and also a self-registering tide gauge.
754. Explain the usual method of fixing the position of asunken rock some considerable distance out at sea.
10. State the various rules in common use for determiningthe volumes of railway embankments and cuttings, distinguishingbetween those that are mathematically accurate, and those thatare merely approximate.
MATHEMATICS.The same papers as those set in the Second Year Examina-
tion in Arts. See pages lxiv.—lxvi.
CHEMISTRY.METALS AND CARBON COMPOUNDS.
The same papers as those set in the Second Year ScienceExamination. See pages exxxii-iii.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.FOUR HOURS.
PHYSICS.The same paper as that set in the Second Year Science
Examination. See page exxxiv.
GEOLOGY.The same paper as that set in the Second Year Science
Examination. See page exxxiii.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION cxlix.
EXAMINATIONS IN CONNECTION WITHTHE SCHEME FOR UNIVERSITYEXTENSION.
THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEONBONAPARTE.
TIME, THREE HOURS.755. Give a concise account of the
whole epoch of the FrenchRevolution and Napoleon, indicating briefly its successive periodswith the prevailing character of each.
756. Contrast carefully the political and legal condition on theeve of the French Revolution of what was in France called "TheThird Estate," with the corresponding class or classes inEngland.
757. Show how the successive crises of the Revolution wereaffected by (1) Monetary embarassments.; (2) Famine.
758. What was the influence on the Revolution of theWritings of Voltaire and Rousseau ?
759. State concisely, in their chronological order, the eventswhich led up to the deposition of Louis XVI.
760. Trace briefly the struggle between the Girondists and theMountain, and explain the principles at issue between the twoparties.
761. Give an account of the Constitution of 1795 establishingthe Directory, and of the part taken by Napoleon in quelling theinsurrection raised in consequence of its proclamation.
762. The French soldiers said that they were carrying " TheRevolutionary Idea " throughout Europe. What was the natureof the social changes which they sought to accomplish ?
763. What were the terms of the Concordat ? How far wasit an expression of the general policy of Napoleon ?
764. Give the leading incidents of the Campaign which ledup to the Peace of Tilsit. What were the terms of this peace ?
765. What were the political results of the retreat fromMoscow 1
766. Give a brief narrative of the Campaign of 1815, and ofthe subsequent events of Napoleon's life.
cl. UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.
WAITERS OF THE AGE OF QUEEN ANNE.TIME, THREE HOURS.
767. Give the substance of Pope's defence of his satire. Howfar does he succeed in justifying it ?
768. Explain the nature and extent of the influence of ClassicalLiterature on the writings of Pope and his contemporaries.
769. " Anything like sustained reasoning was beyond Pope'sreach." How far is this statement borne out by the " Essay onMan ? "
4. " Bear me, O ! bear me to sequestered scenes,
The bowery mazes, and surrounding greens."Estimate the appreciation of the beauties of nature shown bythe writers of the period.
770. What amount of truth is there in the satire" on Addisoncontained in Pope's description of " Atticus ? "
771. " The first English writer who composed a regulartragedy, and infused a spirit of elegance through every part ofit, was the illustrious Mr. Addison. His Cato is a masterpiece,both with regard to the diction and the harmony and beauty of thenumbers." How much truth is there in this remark of Voltaire ?How do you account for the temporary success of the Cato, andfor its want of permanent success ?
772. Point out the chief characteristics of Addison as a writerof English prose.
773. What part did Swift take in the political disputes of histime, and with what success 1
774. What aspects of Swift's character appear most prominently in " Gulliver's Travels " and the " Journal to Stella 'respectively ?
10. Analyse the peculiar quality of Swift's humour.
POLITICAL ECONOMY.TIME, THREE HOURS.
1. Explain briefly the chief causes on which the productive-ness of labour depends.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION. cli.
775. Illustrate some of the errors which have arisen fromconfounding money with wealth ?
776. Why are wages different in different trades ? How farand why do they tend to be equalised ?
777. State and discuss Bicardo's Theory of Rent.778. The value of a commodity depends on its cost of
produc-tion. Under what conditions is this true, and what causesinterfere with it 1
779. For what different reasons may a nation's importshabitually exceed or fall short of its exports 1
780. Discuss the effect of trade unions on wages.781. "If a man buys a buggy made in New South Wales,
thecountry is richer than if he had imported it; because in theformer case the country has both the money and the buggy, inthe latter it has the buggy only." Is this a sound argument ?Give reasons for your answer.
782. "A country in which the average rate of wages is highcannot compete against a country in which the average rate islow." Is this statement universally correct 1
10. What is the effect on (1) Wages, (2) Profits of theintroduction of machinery ?
'«Λ **>">* ^iW(I
^A^ft^A^ »ΑΛΛΛΛ
A^»*V»^ ΛΚ("ΝΛ""1C~Í*C~'"* ". - :î' ^ '--" „
. Λι ~„ν^
' ΛΛ>- ~ Λ. ^AV Λ ^*¿»
,*â^^W^ι
"»'J-,
ΛΛΛΠΛ^^ίνΛΛΛ'
£«^-Ä^^ή^Λ Λ,
a«Ä^^64i ¥*
%WMAMfr
«^ ^ΛΛ-ΛΛΛ-
/" "A^*ñS*^*ME "
'Àfî^ra^a^
: -VA
Λ'"^^Λ^ΛΛΛ^':
c
w*.«^ ^
*- -ÂfteA**
**~ - . s* »V. ·. Λ-.
ÄÄ^**i/,'W,^'V*MM***'****.'"*
-:j>^^^*^/ s^Λ**«'ΛΛ*Λ'
'/^*A
![[RTF]calendararchive.usyd.edu.aucalendararchive.usyd.edu.au/Calendar/1897/1897.docAn Act to empower the Senate of the University of Sydney to confer Degrees in certain cases without](https://static.fdocument.org/doc/165x107/5adaf3ed7f8b9a6d7e8d5fb5/rtf-act-to-empower-the-senate-of-the-university-of-sydney-to-confer-degrees-in.jpg)
![[RTF]calendararchive.usyd.edu.aucalendararchive.usyd.edu.au/Calendar/1896/1896.doc1 F 2 S 3 s 4 M 5 Tu 6 W 7 Th 8 F 9 S 10 S 11 M 12 Tu 13 W 14 Th 15 F 16 S 17 S 18 M 19 Tu 20 W 21](https://static.fdocument.org/doc/165x107/5b0ae15f7f8b9a604c8d1c3f/rtf-f-2-s-3-s-4-m-5-tu-6-w-7-th-8-f-9-s-10-s-11-m-12-tu-13-w-14-th-15-f-16-s-17.jpg)
